1954 Television - World Radio History

Most Often - Needed

1954VOLUME TV -8

TelevisionServicing Information

VOLUME TV -8

PRICE$3

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

Most - Often - Needed

1954Volume TV -8

TelevisionServicing Information

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

4791..m I 11 F

I PR ',CU,: T /

Fb 4,r

Supreme Publications

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

2

FOREWORD

This new 1954 Television Servicing Informationmanual is the eighth volume of the Supreme Publica-tions TV series. As in previous volumes, we havetried to include in this new manual circuit diagramsand all essential service facts on every popular TVset made during the past year. Factory prepared andchecked material was used in every case where it wasavailable. We believe that each manufacturer knowsits sets best and can prepare the most accurate andeasiest to apply service material on the very sets theyengineered, built, and distributed. The kind receptiongiven by servicemen to previous volumes of this seriesencourages us to believe that our selection and edit-ing of factory material incorporated in these manualsmeets with your needs and approval.

The data on 1954 TV models included in this newSUPREME manual brings exciting news of recent tech-nical developments that will prove of great interest toyou and will be the help you need when these sets arein your shop for service.

The list of Contents is given on pages 3 and 4,while a complete Index by manufacturers and model(or chassis) numbers begins on page 191. Refer tothis list and index to find the TV material you need.

Our sincere thanks and appreciation is extendedto all manufacturers through whose cooperation it waspossible to present technical information on the setsof their make.

M. N. BeitmanFebruary 1954Highland Park, Illinois

Copyright 1954, by Supreme Publications.

All rights reserved. This book, or partsthereof, must not be reproduced in anyform without permission of the publisher.


TABLE OF CONTENTSAdmiral Corporation

Chassis 22F2, 22G2, 22M2, 22N2, 22P2, and 22R2 5 to 14Chassis 19J1, 19L1, 19P1, 19S1, 19A2, 19B2, 19D2, 19E2 . 15 to 18

(For list of models using these chassis see pages 5 and 15)Arvin Industries, Inc.

Chassis TE 358-1, TE 359, TE 363-1, TE 364, used in Models9210, 9212, 9216, 9218, 9219, 9240 (with suffix letters) 19 to 22

Crosley Corp.Chassis 405, 405-1, 410, 410-1, and similar Chassis 402, 402-1

403, 403-1, 404, 404-1 :for list of models see page 23) . . 23 to 30Allen B. Du Mont Laboratories, Inc.

Chassis RA -306, RA -307 31 to 36Emerson Radio and Phonograph Corp.

Chassis 120185B, 120190D, 120191D, 120192B, 120192D . . . 37 to 44Chassis 120174B, 120180D, 120193B, 120198D are similar.(See page 37 for complete list of models using these chassis)

Chassis 120182D, 120195D, 120196B, 120197B, 120197D, used inModels 741F, 757D, 781A, 781B, 784E, 784G, and 785K . 45 to 46

General Electric Co.Models 21C225, 21C333, 21T7, 21T8, 21T20, 21T21, Chassis EE 47 to 52

The Hallicrafters Co.Chassis A1400D, B1400D, C1400D, D1400D (Models listed on 53) 53 to 58

Hoffman Radio Corp.Chassis 300-17, Models 7M140, 7B141, and Chassis 300-21, used

in Models 21M143, 21B 144, 21P145, 21M317, 21B318,21M718, 21B719, 21P720 59 to 62

Motorola, Inc.Chassis TS -602, TS -602Y, (see page 63 for list of models) 63 to 68Chassis TS -292, VTS-292, WTS-292, with various suffix letters 69 to 71

(For list of models using these chassis, see page 69)Chassis TS -402, TS -502, (see page 72 for list of models) 72 to 76

Muntz TV, Inc.Chassis 17B1, 17B2, 17B3, 17B4, 17B5, 17B6, and 37A2 77 to 82

(Models using these chassis are listed on page 77)Olympic Radio & Television, Inc.

Chassis TM -17, TN -21, TNA-21 (see page 83 for list of models) 83 to 84Packard -Bell Co.

Chassis Type 2040 (See page 85 for complete list of models) . . 85 to 86

Philco CorporationRF Chassis R-181 and Deflection Chassis D-181 87 to 97RF Chassis R-191 and Deflection Chassis D-191 98 to 104RF Chassis R-201 and Deflection Chassis D-201 105 to 110

(For list of models using these chassis see first pages of text) 3


4

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Coed.)

R. C. A. VictorModels 21T356U, 21T363, -U, 21T364, -U, 21T365, -U, 21T372, -U,

21T373, -U, 21T374, -U, 21T375, -U, Chassis KCS-83, -B, -E,and similar Models 21S354, -U, 21S362, -U, KCS-83C, -D 111 to 114

Models 17S349, 17S350, -U, 17S351, -U, 17T352U, 17S360, -U,17T361, -U, using Chassis KCS-78F, -78H, -78J, andModels 17T301, -U, 17T302, -U, 17T310, -U, ChassisKCS-78, -78B, and Models 21T303, -U, 21T313, -U,21T314, -U, 21T315, -U, 21T316, -U, 21T322, -U, 21T323,- U, 21T324, -U, using Chassis KCS-82 and KCS-82B . . 115 to 120

Models 21D305, -U, 21D317, -U, 21D326, -U, 21D327, -U,21D328, -U, 21D329, -U, 21D330, -U, Chassis KCS-81,-81B, Models 21D358, -U, 21D368, -U, 21D376, -U,21D377, -U, 21D378, -U, 21D379, -U, 21D380, -U,Chassis KCS-81F, -81J, and Models 21D346, -U, -81D, -E 121 to 126

Raytheon Manufacturing Co.21T8 Chassis, Models UM -2133A, UM -2134A, UM -2135A,24T2 Chassis, Models UC-2403A to UC-2406A

Sentinel Radio Corporation

etc.127 to 134

Models 500, 510, 511, 512, 513, 515, 532, 542, 552, 554, etc. 135 to 138

Sparks-Withington Co. (Sparton)Chassis 21S173A, 21S214, 24U174, 24U213, 24U214 . 139 to 142

(See page 139 for a complete list of models)

Stewart -Warner ElectricModels 21C-9300, 21T-9300, with various suffix letters 143 to 152

Stromberg-Carlson CompanySeries 621A, 622, 624, and 625 153 to 158

Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.Chassis 1-514, 1-520, Models 105-14, 120-20, 300, 320, etc. 159 to 163Chassis 1-518, Models 175-18, 372, 373, 375, 376, 377 . . 164 to 168

Westinghouse Electric Corp.Chassis V-2240-1, V-2240-2, V-2243-1, V-2247-1, V-2249-1,

and V-2250-1, (for list of models see page 169) . . . 169 to 175Chassis V-2227-1, V-2227-2, Models H -736T17, H-738T17,etc. 176 to 177

Western Auto Supply Co. (Truetone)Models 2D1330A, 2D1331A, 2D1336A, 2D1345A, 2D2334A . . 178 to 180

Zenith Radio Corp.Chassis 19L25, 19L26, 19L27, 19L28, 21L21, 22L20

(See page 188 for a complete list of models) 181 to 190

Index 191-192


Admiral22F2, 22G2, 22M2, 22N2, 22P2 and 22R2 CHASSIS

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHARTMODEL NUMBERS

Model numbers may hovesuffix letter "N"

TVChassis

PictureTube

VHFTuner

UHF RecordTuner Changer Radio

ToneControl

122DX12

122UDX12

222DX15B, 222DX16B,222DX17B

22F2 21ZP4A 94D61-1 ......22G2 21ZP4A 94D61-1 A3969 or

A4000

22M2 21EP4A 94D61-1

Yes

Yes

Yes

222UDX15, 22211X16, A3969 or22N2 2IEP4A 94D61-1222UDX17 A4000 Yes

222DX27B 22M2 21EP4A 94D61 -I Yes

322DX16A 22P2 2IEP4A 94D61.1 RC600 Built -1n AM Yes

322UDX16 22R2 2IEP4A 94D61.1 A3969 orA4000 RC600 Built -In AM Yes

All these chassis have the same basic television circuitry and are similar toearlier Chassis 22C2, 22E2, covered in 1953 manual. For alignment informationon all of these sets please refer to Supreme Publications Volume TV -7, Most -Often -Needed 1953 Television Servicing Information manual, pages 13 to 15, inclusive.

The circuit for 22G2 and 22N2 chassis is printed on pages 10-11. These areall channel VHF and UHF sets. Chassis 22R2 is used in a combination set and issimilar to 22G2, 22N2, except for a built-in AM radio, record changer, and thenecessary switching network. On pages 12-13 is the circuit for 22P2 combinationwhich uses a similar radio and switching arrangement. Chassis 22F2 and 22M2are straight television sets that correspond to the TV circuitry of 22P2 chassis.

BUILT-IN VHF AND UHF TELEVISIONANTENNAS

VHF -UHF receivers using the All -Channel UHF tunerare equipped with separate VHF and UHF built-in an-tennas which may eliminate the need for either indooror outdoor antennas if the receiver is in. a "normal sig-nal" area. The VHF built-in antenna is connected to thetwo lower terminals; the UHF built-in antenna is con-nected to the two upper terminals.

CONNECTING EXTERNAL ANTENNAS

A combination VHF -UHF antenna or a separate VHFand UHF antenna system can be used with these re-ceivers. For best results in weak signal areas, we recom-mend the use of separate VHF and UHF antennas andtransmission lines.

If separate VHF and UHF external antennas areused, connect the VHF antenna lead-in to the lower an-tenna terminals and the UHF antenna lead-in to theupper antenna terminals.

I f a combination VHF -UHF antenna is used, thefollowing connections should be made:

1. Connect a 31/4 inch stub of 300 ohm transmission line(shorted on one end to the upper left terminal andthe lower left terminal, as shown in the figure below.

TO COMBINATION VHF -UHF ANTENNA

31/4" t31/4"SHORTED END

UHFANTENNA

TERMINALS SHORTED END

VHF

300 OHM TRANSMISSION LINE

Figure 21. Antenna Connections when CombinationVHF -UHF Antenna is Used.

2. Connect a similar stub to the other two terminals,upper right and lower right.

3. Connect the combination antenna lead-in wire to theupper two terminals.


ADMIRAL Chassis 22F2, 22G2, 22M2, 22N2, 22P2, and 22R2, continued.

SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS

6

For best results, all checks or adjustments should be made using a transmitted televisiontest pattern. A mirror placed in front of the picture tube screen will be of help in observ-ing the picture while making adjustments at the rear of the chassis. Removing the TV backdisconnects the line cord; use a separate line cord (part number 89A22-1) when servicing.

1. ADJUSTING CHANNEL SLUGSIndividual channel slug adjustment of every

receiver should be checked upon installation orservicing. I f this adjustment is properly made,it is possible to tune from one station to anotherby merely turning the CHANNEL control. Withcorrect slug channel adjustment, best picture and satis-factory sound will be located at the approximate center(half rotation) of the range of the Tuning control.

Channel slug adjustment can be made without remov-ing the chassis from the cabinet. Adjust as follows:

a. Turn the set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.b. Set the CHANNEL knob for a station; set other con-

trols for normal picture and sound.

c. Set TUNING control at center of its range by rotatingit approximately half -way.

d. Remove the CHANNEL and TUNING knobs.

e. Insert a 1/8" blade, NON-METALLIC tool in thehole adjacent to the channel tuning shaft (see illus-tration). Since some channel slugs may be "hollowedout" for hex drive, the screwdriver slot will exist ononly the outer edge of the slug. A narrow, worn orexcessively sharp blade will cause the adjustment toolto slip out of the drive slot in the slug. For eachchannel in operation, carefully adjust the channelslug for best picture with clear detail. (Note thatthis may not be the point at which the sound isloudest.) Be sure that the Tuning control is set atthe center of its range before adjusting each channelslug. Generally, only slight rotation of the slug willbe required; turning the slug in too far will causeit to fall into the coil. (If the slug falls into thecoil, remove the chassis from the cabinet and re-move the coil. Move the retaining spring aside,lightly tap the open end of the coil until the slugslips out. Replace slug and reset retaining spring.)

TORE VERTICAL RORIEORTAL:::Z

0.T.,..

\CHANNEL TUNINC

SLUC ADJUSTMENT

Control Panel in 22F2 and 22M2 Sets.Channel Knob Removed.

CHANNEL TUNING

SLUG ADJUSTMENT

Control Panel in 22P2 Sets. Channel Knob Removed.

2. ADJUSTING THE ION TRAPTo prolong the life of the picture tube, it is

important that this adjustment be made upon in-stallation, after adjusting the picture positioninglever, or after repositioning the focus coil.

Set the BRIGHTNESS control I at front of set) fornormal brightness.

Position the ion trap on the picture tube close to thebase. Starting from this point, very carefully move theion trap forward or backward and at the same time,rotate it slightly in either direction until maximumbrightness is produced.

Reset the BRIGHTNESS control for normal brightness.Adjust the FOCUS control (at front of set) for goodfocus. Readjust the ion trap for maximum brightness.

Note that there may be two locations where the bright-est picture can be produced. The second ion trap loca-tion, which is further away from the tube base, shouldnot be used or tube damage will result.

Important: If the corners of the picture are shaded,be sure the ion trap has been properly adjusted. Do notsacrifice picture brightness when adjusting the ion trapto remove shaded corners. To eliminate shaded corners,see paragraph 5 "Picture Centering".

3. ADJUSTING DX RANGE FINDERThis control is at the rear of the set, near the right side.

This control is used to improve TV reception in fringeareas and in ores. where there is interference.

PICTURE POSIEONING LEVER.

MOVES SIDEMAIS OR

UP AND 0019

H

FOCUS COIL

ION TRAP

FUSE

WID!-

VEH I

HORIZ.LIN.

HORIZ. DRIVE

DJG

.HONGINPUTJACK

PHONOMOTOR

SOCKET

"P. ked,- RANGE FINDER

Pr HEIGHT\HORIZ LOCK

Chassis View Showing Adjustment Locations.


ADMIRAL Chassis 22F2, 22G2, 22M2,The DX RANGE FINDER should be at the "0" posi-

tion, if satisfactory pictures can be obtained by using theoperating controls on the front of the set.

Where the TV signal strength is weak, the picture canoften be improved by turning the DX RANGE FINDERpart way to the right or, if necessary, all the way to "300".

White flashes across the picture can sometimes beminimized by careful adjustment of the DX RANGEFINDER.

Caution: If the DX RANGE FINDER is turned toofar to the right for a strong signal, the picture may dis-appear completely.

If the signal strength changes, it may be desirable tochange the setting of the DX RANGE FINDER; however,it is generally possible to set it at a single compromiseposition which gives reasonable reception for the differ.ent signal strengths.

It is important to keep the DX RANGE FINDER set-ting as low as possible consistent with satisfactory pic-tures.

4. ADJUSTING PICTURE TILTIf the picture is

tilted, loosen thewing screw "H" onthe deflection yokecoil "F" and slightlyrotate the yoke un-til the picture isstraight. Beforetightening the wingscrew, be sure thatthe yoke is movedas far forward aspossible, otherwisecorners of the picture may

Picture Tilted; AdjustDeflection Yoke Coil.

become shaded.

5. PICTURE CENTERINGIf the picture is

off center, it can becentered by usingthe picture position.ing lever, and whennecessary, reposi-tioning the focuscoil around the pic-ture tube neck. Fol-low the instructionsgiven below. Notethat the picturepositioning lever'can be moved sideways, or up and down.

a. Adjust ion trap as instructed on preceding page.

b. Slightly loosen the screw "A" which locks the picturepositioning lever to the focus coil, and adjust thelever (sideways, or up and down) for correct picturecentering.

Picture Not Centered; AdjustPicture Positioning Lever.

22N2, 22P2, and 22R2, continued.c. Readjust the ion trap.

Difficulty in Centering the Picture

a. Adjust ion trap as instructed on preceding page.

b. Slightly loosen the two screws "B" which hold thefocus coil to the yoke bracket. Center focus coilaround the tube neck; tighten screws.

c. Loosen the screw "A" and center the picture with thepicture positioning lever. If the picture cannot 'becentered with the lever, it may be necessary to locatethe focus coil slightly off center and then center thepicture with the picture positioning lever.

d. Readjust the ion trap.

Difficulty in Eliminating Shaded Corners

a. Loosen screws "G", then move the yoke supportbracket forward until rubber grommet "E" is firmlyagainst the flare of the picture tube.

b. Move the deflection yoke coil "F" as far forward aspossible. In some cases, it may be necessary to loosenthe two screws "D", move the bracket up or down,and then move the deflection yoke coil as far forwardas possible.

c. Adjust preceding page.

6 HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITYADJUSTMENT

If the picture is of incorrect height (vertical size), ad-just the HEIGHT control. This adjustment may affectthe vertical linearity of the picture. If necessary, al-ternately adjust the VERT. LIN. control and HEIGHTcontrol. Note that the upper portion of the picture is

Incorrect Height; Alternately AdjustHEIGHT and VERT. LIN. Controls.

affected mostly bythe Vertical Linear-ity control; the low-er portion by theHeight control.

If the large circlein the test patternappears cramped orflattened at top orbottom (non-linearvertically), correctby alternately ad-justing the VERT.LIN. control and the

Top or Bottom of PictureCramped or Flattened; Adjust

VERT. LIN. and HEIGHT.

HEIGHT control. 7


ADMIRAL Chassis 22F2,

7. WIDTH ADJUSTMENTIf the picture is too wide or too narrow, slide the

WIDTH adjustment to the left or to the right until thepicture just fills the picture tube screen.

8. HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTIf the large circle

in the center of thetest pattern has acramped appearanceat either side (non-linear horizontallyslide the HORIZ.LIN. adjustmentto the left or rightas required. Notethat the HorizontalDrive and the Widthadjustments also af-fect linearity. Be sure that these adjustments are set cor-rectly when making the horizontal linearity adjustment.

Side of Picture Cramped orFlattened; Adjust HORIZ. LIN.

a HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR AND HORIZONTAL DRIVE ADJUSTMENTA receiver which requires horizontal oscillator

or horizontal drive adjustment can be correctedonly by following in exact detail the step-by-stepprocedure given here.NOTE: If HORIZ. DRIVE adjustment is not prop-erly made, it may be difficult to obtain sufficientpicture width and brightness.

Check to see if the HORIZONTAL control (on frontpanel) keeps the picture in "horizontal sync" throughhalf of its range so that the picture does not "break up"when switching channels. Note: Since there is someinteraction between the HORIZ. LOCK adjustment andthe HORIZ. DRIVE control, adjustment of these controlsare combined in one procedure.

If the picture will not stay in "horizontal sync"through half of the range of the HORIZONTAL control(on front panel), it will be necessary to make HORIZ.LOCK and HORIZ.DRIVE adjustments.However, beforemaking these adjust.ments, be sure thatthe picture can bemade to remain sta-tionary up and down(sync vertically) aslack of both verticaland horizontal syncis an indication oftrouble in the synccircuits such as a deicctive tube or other component.

Make the HORIZ. LOCK and HORIZ. DRIVE ad-justments exactly as follows:

8

Picture Out of Horizontal Sync.

g.

22G2, 22M2, 22N2, 22P2, and 22R2, continued.a. Allow the receiver to warm up for a few minutes.

Tune in the station, set the BRIGHTNESS control ata lower than average setting. Turn PICTURE con-trol fully to the left. Important: Before proceeding,be sure that the DX Range Finder control (AGC) isadjusted according to the instructions given in thismanual.

Turn the HORIZONTAL control (front panel) com-pletely to the left. Turn the HORIZ. DRIVE controlfully to the right.

Turn the HORIZ. LOCK adjustment to the right untilthe picture falls out of sync. If the picture cannot bemade to fall out of sync, momentarily interrupt thesignal by switching the CHANNEL control off chan-nel and then back on.

With the picture out of sync, turn the HORIZ. LOCKadjustment slowly to the left until the picture justfalls in sync.Turn the CHAN-NEL control toan unused chan-nel. If a whitevertical line ( s)appears near thecenter of thescreen, slowlyturn the HORIZ.DRIVE controlto the left untilthe line(s) justdisappears.

b.

c.

d.

e.

Vertical Line;Adjust HORIZ. DRIVE.

f. If, in step "e", the HORIZ. DRIVE control requiredreadjustment, tune in a station and repeat steps "c"and "d" to be sure of proper Horizontal Oscillatoradjustment.Adjustment should now be satisfactory. However,check adjustment by slowly rotating the HORIZON-TAL control in either direction while interrupting thetelevision signal by switching the CHANNEL controloff channel and then back on. The picture shouldautomatically fall in sync through at least half ofthe range of the HORIZONTAL control. If necessary,repeat the above step.

h. Do not use the HORIZ. DRIVE control to obtain cor-rect width or linearity. If necessary, make Widthand Horizontal Linearity adjustments.

ADJUSTING CURVATURE CORRECTINGMAGNETS IN SETS USING 21 EP4A

(21") PICTURE TUBE

If either side of the picture has excessive curvature(pin cushion effect) or if corners of the picture are bentinwardly, this can be minimized by adjustment of thecorrecting magnets shown in the chassis illustration.Either side of the picture can be adjusted individuallyby using the magnet on that side of the picture tube. Apicture or test pattern having straight vertical lines

near the sides can be used for making adjustment.


ADMIRAL Chassis 22F2, 22G2, 22M2, 22N2, 22P2, and 22R2, continued.

TROUBLE CHARTPicture Raster Sound Checks and Suggested Tube Changes

None. None. None. Is set plugged in?Line cord loose.Change tube V501.

None,weak, orintermittent.

None,insufficient brightness,or intermittent.

OK. Fuse (if it is necessary to replace fuse, alsoreplace tube V408).Change tubes V406, V405, V407, V408,V305.Adjust ion trap per paragraph 2.Replace picture tube.


OK. None,distorted,weak, orintermittent.

Cheek antenna connections.Changes tubes VI01, V102, V301, V302,V303, V304, V305, V307. See paragraphs 1and 3.


OK. OK. Change tubes V305, V304, V303, V101,V102, V301, V302, and V307. See para-graph 3.Replace picture tube.

OK. OK. None, weak,distorted, orintermittent.

Insufficient brightness. Insufficient brightness. OK.

See paragraph IChanges tubes V202, V201, V203, V204 andV304.Check speaker connections.See paragraph 2.Changes tubes V305 and V407.Replace picture tube.

Picture expands when pic-ture control is advanced.

May have insufficientbrightness.

OK. Change tube V407.

Insufficient width. Insufficient width. OK. See paragraphs 7, 8, and 9.Change tubes V406, V405, V501 and V408.

Insufficient height. Insufficient height. OK. See paragraph 6.Change tubes V402, V401, and V501.

Bright, horizontal lineacross center of screen.

Bright, horizontal lineacross center of screen.

OK. Change tubes V402 and V401.

Horizontal lines move up-ward when volume con-trol is advanced.

OK. OK. See paragraph I.Change tubes V102, V101, V301, V302,V303, and V304.

Will not hold sync ver-tically, or horizontally.

OK. OK. Change tubes V403, V401, and V101. Afterchanging each tube, adjust the vertical -holdcontrol, and make the adjustments in para-graph 9.

Holds sync vertically, butnot horizontally.

OK. OK. Change tubes V404, V405, V406, V305,V101, V301, V302, and V403. After chang-ing each tube, make the adjustments in para-graph 9.

Holds sync horizontally,but rolls vertically.

OK. OK. Change tubes V401 and V403.

Picture curves (bends). OK. OK. See paragraph 9.Change tubes V404, V405, V406, V305,V101, V301, V302, and V403.

Poor horizontal linearity. OK. OK. See paragraphs 7, 8, and 9.Change tubes V406, V4.05, and V408.

Poor vertical linearity.

Tilted.

OK. OK. See paragraph 6.Change tubes V402 and V40I.

Tilted. OK. See paragraph 4.

Off center or shadedcorners.

Off center or shadedcorners.

OK. See paragraph 5.

Vertical lines or jaggededges, poor horizontallinearity.

Jagged edges. OK. See paragraph 9.Change tubes V408, V406, and V405.

Wide, black horizontalbar across picture.

Wide, black horizontalbar across raster.

OK. Change tube V305.


Admiral Corporation Schematic

Block Diagram of UHF Tuner Circuit: The blockdiagram of the circuit functions ( figure 29) will aid inunderstanding the operation of the UHF tuner. Theprinciple employed is that of a single conversion stageand can be compared to a simple superheterodyne radioreceiver. The incoming signal is applied to a tuned pre -selector stage and then coupled to the input of a mixerstage. In the mixer, the signal is beat with signal fromthe local oscillator, thus producing a beat of the desiredfrequency. In this case, the oscillator operates below thefrequency of the incoming UHF signal and produces abeat which is the difference between the two frequencies.The preselector bandwidth is such that the usable beatfrequency extends from 76 to 88 MC, which is within thefrequency range of Channel 5 or 6.

UHF TUNER A4000

MO HO VII 111.

MIF ANT.

NI 4141PILOT LIMIT

/00 Y

SI AIM /0'MY 1.05/1701

143.04,

0 0C

6663821

If

CIA 013

64144UMf 13101

VI

gt, III! 14S1NIX41 KIN

II00 f4n

CiplO0

RIB/ C011etl/NBMW C111111 of s"°I? SWF, st

L

4

10

UHF TUNER 44000

10

I L2

_ClI 4-3-,40.

II

Z IA

ZIB

ZIC

6AF4VIII OSC.

V2

CO

500

TI

for 22G2 and 22N2 Television Chassis.

ANTENNA

UHFPIESELECTOR

40014C T0190 NC6AM4UHF VHF FRED.

MIXER OF CHANNEL5 OR $

6AF4UHF LOCAL OSC.

510MC TO II5MC

Figure 29. Block Diagram of UHF Tuner Circuit.

UHF Preselector Circuit: The UHF signal is coupledto the first tuned line of the preselector circuit by a coup-ling loop CL1. The loop is center -tapped in order to pro-vide a balanced 300 ohm input. The signal from Z1A istransferred to the second tuned line Z1B by means of

VHF TUNER 94D61 -I

1341

ira

NMI( 1 WITCO SETTIIC SELECTS 4611 08

COILS LIM 1 L102 TOR 0116601. 1E011E1.

/ , 1102

414

1350

IS %[

6BZ7VHF AMP

V101

CII5

T.0014111

1551

T 401

106 AlC125

I

-N

T11

it'114624le

1.1 ma.(1

110201

1101

2201

1104MO1

_016X,

L1026

6J6VHF MIXER

V1024

dD1J,I`N" 12

17;tio1105 C

JI 101 .5-3

1114

1.2

one -$.1r FiL"'

-I- C103 IT 'N.A.,5 VHF 054

110214

TO

11035.3 MC

1203

1/2 12AT 71ST. SOUND IF

V3045

21311400114f

10301 120

rC551_1_ -14535.2r .011

10.001 13%

L3, 13121

!WO6% NC Y Y IR

6C1ST

ol

RED4341

IILLIOt i on I//NF1401

1402 140 6404JA

221 MOO MO 0441 OSOw

0401 C402 I0403 TEEL0

502 1.005 T.005 MU1404121E0

2401VEIT

1/26SWICTyou 004.

T401 1401114E0

VEIT 4010

6S4YEA 041406

3402IWO

0405

. T40

Mn101

1404 S% ITC10E6

.... COM

Tuts% Vag,c-141

201M0

14012.5 MC

ti MOT

VEIT LII

1410

500

411

20

MIT

1403AvEITIC1LDR MDT

41.4.TOME

454VEll Ililt

LIIIII UM3403 56120

12AU7 -SYNC. ST1I C

SO 1401 NT 4420

1414

2.2400 2.2 KC

110441,MLT

hi 11111

1/2 6SN

SZ4`64:1

-1(1, W

_0110

1416

/ _0101

NO

1ME.

12

1421

IONIC

-40F

If

14231000

0412

14242200

R415

1200 20

RAMV2 VI

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONcoupling loop CL2. Since maximum coupling is at thepoint of current maximum, a loop of constant size at thispoint will have a degree of coupling which will vary withfrequency. To provide the most uniform coupling overthe entire tunable range, the loop is placed as close aspossible to the point of current maximum.

Coupling from the second tuned line Z1B to the cath-ode of the 6AM4 mixer tube, VI is provided by couplingloop CL3. Tuning capacitors TC2 and TC3 are connectedto the end of the line and add capacity to it. This effec-tively lengthens the line. The two lines are tracked fromChannel 14 to Channel 83.

An equivalent circuit of the tuned line preselector isshown in figure 31. Note that parallel resonant circuits

10210.001 - /I

L202

221

1201

1701

1511C

6AU6110.50010 11

v201

1202Ill

112012,3 1.5 NC

OS 17203

10005%

6AL5RATIO OET.

1101 v202

or

r

1205qt

201

1201 CO

C20SOO5lit

42012222 1 lowie- cr, RMIA

1111[C

0204MVO

0200

1125124

)I.,-

have been substituted for the tuned lines. Z1A can beconsidered as a tuned primary and Z1B a tuned second-ary. CLI is the UHF antenna coupling and CL2 is thelink coupling between the two tuned circuits.

Z1A

I CLI

ANTENNA IINPUT ,

IrJ

CL2

Z I BrCL3 I

I (

I 4i121,- T

L _J

TO MIXERINPUT

RI

Figure 31. Equivalent Circuit of Preeelector.

6AV6 6V6cT50010 IRI SOUND 0111101

*203 v201'sr r=it

,C212

5 .11.6 12I1110

1701

CVO rout4

30 T ARC

1223

15

011112111E4

0211

005

MI

1213535

e 02151

eeec

_

1202 44200 3202

1301-1302 fillmicurfm, 1201- 1303 -L309if/LACE Es Stir Illf len; ,...4'S!! 1.40 SIMI II iyoz____6AC5 oR 91vo6666 6AU6 !--2,210. IF 3 ID IF

T303233IN

V302 *303 c- -- -,.,F. AW IMF 1,

1302J an 223 NC I

130461

-4130T

530

13151

1000

3021

006

13011

0304

310

/ 55 7

1311ISO

15I

L303;4

j401111

-1-1/212ATT

VIDEO DETV3046-srl

1311MOO

:L302

1315

1115%

wristMOISI

6AU6

101110 01100

4 SY 601.61_ \v3VIDEO 05 111P

01100E11021 ff1312_

033

_0022 .6110.1 1334

Oa,

',NG. cat Ina..T TT

NY

1132

4100

1551 f 152701

011*1113,0:11 2,

too 'a

L303

111

-C$20

.005

121141

C2I31

10 NEN

L

101

1111

-

nzlllq1

1101331. 20

C 11

NM

2202I $11321 1.10,

T 5""(1325

1 11140 2

IL 304 firer1316 0332

_5 ItW031011 1%

0125 1In ''132/IralC315

13110 1001 ISM

11711191153 1000

---o-r51150 I

_3_

1215.NVY

1 6AG5I V303

010 11

MINE laf VS1.101fisW IOW SKr!!

/5000f 1 RENOVIt 1500 1111/17

451l

2101, ISO

011

13110

1014151

2IEP4A

v2IZP4A306111 2262

211P48II 22022

in Mil 0011011i1 5 11

6AL51152 On16 051

50404

.940

61112/

MI 'PA"1121

:XL-t-

xota,iIP IN\

HY1A_8112 .../\...)\_.

F=

,21141.2

5.401NOW.10Cl

1450470 20

"6SNTCTv4 05

/544Kea

at

1411

540004e

41

0411

tit cog CITE

EC 3,, 011

L105

C103

.001

4102

L104

410112101

04202:LejiL4,`, -1110 0

5 ..-...C4j0550 C421 0430

11

5 s t[1413 1431

nr 11201416

1452 4454

i500 1001

113166,44.41.1

NO , 0141 ICC 01140

410

Clil100 1.306

0

61106cTNOW 001101

v406

JOr

C42

(Conn4111

C311

00 050

MI 4501

5

03031

.001

4302

104047IN

221 1111

li

?Ns

Ef 0O 0

42)

4303 4301 4202 4201 4307 43-01 441 MOS

'1115411015%

C311

104031120110

1250 ICI

20

2'.

1101404 470

awl" KfritiStif If ?WI

45/

0411 .041017

cas

L.40{4ovum

`T7 1456AX4CT 10"

DOM L - -v408

twrL403

001107% 45401

311111FUSE

O 0 0 0 0 0o o 0 t(3 0 0

5011NSW

I B3CT 441110P Sit 0,14N V RECTIFIER Iffitif avow

V407Conu 91110

T4036

12Puiii20 10 31.,

10 a

Sr ACTELL011

T501

5U4c

v5011E1,

hror,*

sofFOC* COL ISOF

C431 1404 1E1

1 1E0:-. 011101 MO 5K1

251.t ° 130n In1112 ILIN 1110 CifOr9r t

113111 150 121 n S. i 2..4C1

CUM FIGS C102 3towel so en

una-r

O 0 0 0 ft 0O 0 0 0 0 0= =

4103 4203 1102 4441 1101 4201 1401

Refer to notes on page 14.

1142220

44501

IITEILOCI 44502

_J

EN 8501270I!

11


Admiral Corporation Schematic for 22P2 Television and Radio Chassis.

SCHEMATIC NOTESRun numbers are rubber stamped at the rear of the chassis.Numerical symbols C), ®, C), etc. indicate run numbers for all 22 series chassis.

g0, (:), etc. indicate alignment points and alignment connections.

TV TUNER 94D61 -I

011-1 411E111

1141

100E7 511201 5E1E116 SELECTS PAII Of

COILS 1101 1 1102 101 CKIJIIEL DESIRED.

1350

15 IR

6BZ71ST.4 21111 117 INV

1E0

3101 C404

.0047

_1402 10403 7(5501

5 7.005 °1"J

1152PvW.-

1.5 EC

140

1551-5.-tE 6-5

S7034 S70313

5703C S703D

6J6

S703

If MIXER11024.0-4. 100

!Sr LIp9 C!:2

010711 i12

IS

R1:1 L1031106

1

821 25.3 IC

0111101

I torclose

IF OSC- v10213

11011511

L203

(47(111141114.

slL704 'T- 5 V70i toot 2

T701

1/2 12 AT 71ST. 50010 IE

13040

-..' 120

'I. CH: 1 - iesE C2134 .28

L3:, 1.312 iLi3S,3 1501s.,..1535 ,2225 1.21

5.41 V V 'ICPI.

_J

ME 1102

6C1361ST IFV301

ED

5721

331

6BE6COOT RIR

L202

120'1-162.E12.

111E1

1307110

T301-1302

T3014.3v

2

4504000

6AU6210 5000 II

v201

T4 SIC

12031001

PI KS NI Mfcn7 111fICI1ICIIISWW1. prs SIN 1111 all IIINCI SIMI If Ifill

6CB624D. IFV302

-L- 100

C0

25

1F 21011

6

2

0.12113,081

03014 3021

I( II0015 0015

1501065%

730222.310

...'1<1.111301rE11

( 1/2 6 SN 7CTVERT. 05C.14014

0404

?07.74T

14012.51E6

(1647

6S4VEIT 011101

v402f

20sF0

0438

1451 3472100

I 2 7a. SE°

3 TOPPERv403

6551' CPC 9 f 111,7

022g6

51.1 *11 67445 2.2 KC

1411

561 21AAA"

1420331 21

101 I - 40,4E11 501117

r

.4"..."..*"."'" 257 r"."..--11"..."..1:0711.

-;v115011± ,11:

1 _

44 I \\ 354

1/2 6SNICTMC INV

V4014

144 5

-001

5121NN1.2410

1115

'3:0;

12

1412 .al

rot

If

41231000

01,1

1121 f .001

7200

6A L5 '6SN1c%R12 PVC DISC MOIL 050

1404 7 011 v4051100IP

4105

5439 0464.1 510 747

140! If40410 14!LOCI ISO

45015 211

133911


6BA6If kwV702 no

PICTURE TUBE REPLACEMENTPicture tube replacement for the 22 series receivers is

similar to that of other chassis using a rectangular. .glasspicture tube. The 21ZP4A is not interchangeable withthe 21EP4A because of cabinet differences. Instructionsfor adjusting curvature correcting magnets used with21EP4A (21" cylindrical faced) picture tube is given.

ty1703150

vat' 1101

231II

0307

T -°°0

1766

oat

6AL5111310 DS T.

v202

5306101

1715

IT*7 LI

1702

1109T.II'"5300 56

120

0205 4

500

Ill

09 y02064610

M704 Q m7u2 M706110110

NO TON

5102 PNO 01 -OFF

6AV6SOUND AMP

V203

VOLUME

C 1221 .0

C309.61

1201 cola

11frrio

7191210

005,

223EL

1021

11210 j.011101 to 5

6V6sTSOUND OUTPUT

0204 110010250

3

or irsroo 0214

d" .0047

, nplr

41.11?13A

130 VD

BLUE

7201-7303-L309

;5 OR ,(0)' C3 6

AU6ID. IF T303

23.5 NC303 - - - -2

5/JOY

IJOY

1312

C3031

L30

TAOS

70112.2204 I

I/212AT 7VIDEO DE E.V3046

- SY

,11311

1/00

L30

315.71

_LC3226.1

L3084.5 MC

ovAA- 4 - 577110112

MOP

6AU6 4.5410 P 6CL6V 307

VIDEOGATED ACC Van

6

C316

DI INICEFIIDE1

JOY 1342_700

5 IC

II

1333$ .001

15015

0321 1311

.4T

1532Moo

011.

2-9

1331OJ

210/

1316 $lo a5

000

White Flashes. Across Picture (22F2, 22M2 and22P2 chassis): In weak signal, high noise level areas,white flashes across the picture can sometimes be mini-mized by careful adjustment of the DX Range Finder con-trol. Caution: turning the DX Range Finder control toofar to the right for a strong signal may cause the pictureto disappear completely.

Refer to notes on page 14.

IAD Ty

6703E

64203

2 M201 M202

13E0111(0

02131

10 100

903

L 30 3

!PO_ !III

1320

.003

.-2a-C3074T :ow

coos!T

11521]111

11_304 -

11111 111111111111 III

EST.

I1324 #3072701(

1325

16E0 c

1215

470 2W

ACTORE /WE YOLIARESTARIM FROM TORE SOCKET

(SOCREI REMOVER Mir Wt. I

to

4SOY

1346 0332L _J 6200 .1

0310

1339III

13224700

211

03071

Bo 11311

11323_E71

151 t

11129niC5151701,

0309 2

110190110.

0420

2% 56" -330 C121 1131

H01 "1143/YIC

11136

006

,s3,) 1141 1501

5100 -DRIVE

307

042

10511

68Q6sT60111, OUTPUT

0406

11141

12

0425 .00

140 AI

IT 8200

135411015%

11319

549.44.3000 III

13131 1006

V306 21 E P44

250 ATONE rOLTAGE11.5 IV

111614111155

11326V,

1001

50- 4

VENT.

6AG5

YELLOW

5,

1E03131E5U4c1

1341

0331 .1,2 4250 IOW

1C4072011121113

A0i

3

2

740414434 7

110011110 If WEI1B3cr

X. V. RECTIFIER

//OS 11 I Of NW 2 0407

MOO V

1101112

C.11170It 2-1- MOON POIKFOlf 1114SIRSC

C0110111, MEL

RED

aR CREEN

3.4 25,!mar

Re ;RED1000 V3_-22 0111

402WIDTH

CONTROL

31

411

6AX4GT 'm

-1140313

DUPER Lv408

1445

I 110113.DEE YOKE

20 TO 31_,TOTAL

14116

131

IJOY COS

If-C127 047

.047

HOY

L403A0110.LIN. 64401

5703A

\RAO

TV

Focus COIL

L404RED 00000 TELLOI

34110 2 0 V FASF

04010-.610 MDT

1152 WI

FOC25 C432 n1030701-k--"WO 1111

350

V501

oorde

CHENS.JV N

1501

2701//7 AO

TOO

5501

S703C a DP110

IAD

TV

M501

INTERLOCKM502

M7013PILOT 1.161T fIffi vans .44

PP OW64707

40 DIAL L1011

© 00702

O 0V701

v402

0 eV408

V204

4-C-6 :.145 OTC"

0403

0 0 00306

0406

c CS>1,5

203

° 0303 3 0011

0 0 0V304

V202

V307

1130

306

0119,

13


Admiral Chassis 22F2, 22M2, 22P2, continued.

WAVEFORM DATA(Waveforms given on schematic)

Waveforms taken with CONTRAST control set fully to the right, all other controls set fornormal picture (in sync). Warning: Incorrect adjustment of the DX Range Findercontrol will cause waveform distortion.

Waveforms at .video and sync stages obtained with transmitted signal input to receiver.The oscilloscope sweep is adjusted for 30 cycles (which is one-half of the vertical

frequency), or for 7875 cycles (which is one-half of the horizontal frequency) so that twopulses appear on the screen.

The peak -to -peak voltage readings shown are subject to some variations due to responseof the oscilloscope and parts tolerances.

CAUTIONPulsed high voltage is present on the caps of V406, V407 and pin 3 of V408. Do not

make direct connection to these points with ordinary test equipment. Waveform and peak -to -peak voltage at pin 3 of V408 taken, using an oscilloscope with a capacitive voltagedivider probe. Waveform at pin 3 of V408 can be taken by clipping or twisting the leadfrom the oscilloscope high side over the insulation on the cap lead. When taking thewaveform this way, the shape of the waveform will be the same but the peak -to -peak voltagewill be much lower, depending upon the degree of coupling.

VOLTAGE DATA(Voltages given on schematic)

TV voltage taken with function switch on "TV" position. CONTRAST control turnedfully clockwise. CHANNEL control set on an unused channel. Other front controlsset at approximately half rotation. Vert. Lin. and Height set at approximately halfrotation. DX Range Finder control set fully to the left (at "0" position). TV antennadisconnected from set with terminals shorted.

Radio voltages V701 and V702 taken with function switch on "Rad" position; voltagesmeasured from underside of tube sockets. When measured from top of tube sockets (withtube removed), B plus voltage at pins 5 and 6 of V701 and V702 will be approximately275 volts.

B plus voltages at V203 and V204, will be slightly higher when set is switched to "Rad"position. Voltages marked with an asterisk will vary widely with control setting.

Line voltage 117 volts AC. Voltages measured with a vacuum tube voltmeter between tube socket terminals and

chassis, unless otherwise indicated. Voltages at V306 measured from top of socket with tube removed. Voltages at V101 and V102 (TV Tuner) are measured with tube in socket. Use an

adapter or lift tube out of socket just high enough to allow a needle point probe tocontact tube pins.

CAUTIONPulsed high voltages are present on the cap of V406, pin 3 of V408 and on the filament

terminals and cap of the 1B3GT tube. NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO TAKEMEASUREMENTS FROM THESE POINTS WITHOUT SUITABLE TEST EQUIPMENT.

Picture tube 2nd anode voltage can be measured from the 2nd anode connector andshould be taken only with a high voltage instrument such as a kilovoltmeter or VTVM witha high voltage probe. 2nd anode voltage is approximately 17.5 KV. Proper filament voltagecheck of the 1B3GT tube may be made by observing filament brilliancy as compared withthat obtained with a 1.5 volt dry cell battery.

POOR UHF RECEPTION DUE TO IMPROPERANTENNA LEAD DRESS

Poor UHF reception in All -Channel VHF -UHF re-ceivers, may be caused by the UHF antenna lead from

14

DRESS UHF ANTENNA LEAD AWAYFROM ALL METAL AS FAR AS POSSIBLE

REMOVE BRACKET (IF USED)

UHFANTENNATERMINALS

VHFANTENNATERMINALS

Side View of VHF -UHF Chassis ShowingVIIF and UHF Antenna Leads.

L

PICTURE TUBE

V306 SOUND AMR

RATIO 121:73DET.

1ST

\V '-' LV204

OSCA,MIXER VERT

,II, 2!D VIDEO DET. 2ND V/03\

V

V201102 V301 ,E, IF SOUND IF ,----. /----N

VIDESILIND IF

RF AMP. \\ OUTPUT

VERT. OSC. 6

STAG' V305 /INV 8403

'-' AMP. /OUTPUT

-1

/SOND

1-,

V101 \

.//1401 SYNC. SE P./'EQ=I

oRECT. V40o ...,

,HOR. SYNC. ,-,DISC y307(

"---' & CLIPPER

1401 DAMPER "v \

'----`.1 V404 ACC

1

/ RECTIFIER

\-.."V.06 I

HORIZ. i

OSC.

0 NOR IZ. /-;j (-I

OUTPUT 8405\...."

3/LAMP 250 V. FUSE

Top View of 22F2 and 22M2 Chassis.

V102

OSC. MIXER

V101

RI AMP \-1

j CONV. IF AMP

; V101 V102 SOUND AMP........ ----PICTURE TUBE

RATIO V203DET.

.....1S T V

IF 2ND306 VIDEO DET moo /3RD U 1ST SOUND IF ,---,

Vp..j .,---,"---' IF IF SOUND IFV204

OVERT.

V30 V303 V304 viDE0.1°J'SOUNDOUTPUT

1401 SYNC SEP/ ru...ff:1

V402

it° 1403

& CLIPPER

110fi SYNC./ RECTIFIER

DAMPER V301:

V408 AGC

8406HORIZ. /Th()SC

OUTPU81,4p. 05

e 0

Top View of 22P2 Chassis. (V701 and V702 areaccessible from underside of chassis.)

the UHF antenna terminals to the UHF tuner being closeto or touching the metal brackets of the rear picture tubemount. This lead is purposely long and acts to present ahigh shunt impedance at the mean frequencies of thelower and higher VHF channels.

Remove the back cover of the cabinet and check thislead to be sure it is not close to any metal and straightenit out if it is looped or doubled up. While the back is offthe cabinet and after the antenna lead has been checked,check the lead from UHF antenna terminals at the pointwhere it is soldered to the side of the UHF tuner; seeillustration above. Remove the metal bracket (if used)that covers the UHF antenna connections. This bracketwas used on the production line and is not required afterthe set is installed in the cabinet.

REPLACING FUSE M401The horizontal output circuit of these receivers is pro-

tected by fuse M401 ( 3/8 amp., 250 volts). This fuse islocated at the side of the high voltage compartment.


Admiral19J1, 19L1, 19P1, 1951, 19A2, 1962, 19D2 and 19E2 CHASSIS

Used in Models 121UDX12, 221UDX16L, 221UDX17L, 321UDX15L, 321UDX16L,TU1811, TU1812, TU1822, TU2212, C2215, CU2215, T2215, TU2215, C2216,CU2216, H2216, HU2216, K2216, KU2216, T2216, TU2216, C2217, CU2217,H2217, HU2217, K2217, KU2217, T2217, TU2217, T2218, TU2218, TU2222,TU2226, C2236, CU2236, C2237, CU2237.

For alignment of these sets please refer to pages 6 to 9 in Supreme PublicationsVolume TV -7, 1953 Television Servicing Information manual. The circuit printedon pages 16-17 of this manual is exact for Chassis 19J1, 19L1. The other chassisare very similar and this material may be used for servicing these additional sets.

INDIVIDUAL VHF CHANNEL SLUGADJUSTMENT

Individual VHF channel slug adjustment ofevery receiver should be checked upon installationor servicing. If this adjustment is properly made,it is possible to tune from one VHF station toan other by merely turning the LOW -CHANNELselector. With correct channel slug adjustment, bestpicture and satisfactory sound will be located at the ap-proximate center (half rotation) of the range of the FineTuning tab.

VHF channel slug adjustment can be made without re-moving the chassis from the cabinet. Adjust as follows:a. Turn the set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.b. Turn HIGH -CHANNEL selector completely to the

right until the pilot light goes out and the letters"VHF" are at the top of the knob.

c. Set the LOW -CHANNEL selector for a station; setother controls for normal picture and sound.

d. Set the FINE TUNING tab (low -channel) at centerof its range by rotating it approximately half -way.

UHF TUNER SLUG

mown.o.'ONE

VHF CHANNEL SLUG

Control Panel in 19)1 and 19L1 Sets;Knobs Removed.

UHF TUNER SLUG

....- .1.... ,...---e-3 .

.ft

VHF CHANNEL SLUG

Control Panel in 19P1 Sets; Knobs Removed.

e. Remove the CHANNEL knobs and FINE TUNINGtab.

f. Insert a 1/8" blade, non-metallic tool in the hole ad-jacent to the channel tuning shaft (see illustrationsbelow). For each VHF channel in operation, care-fully adjust the channel slug for best picture with

at which the sound is loudest.) Be sure that the FineTuning tab is set at the center of its range before ad-justing each channel slug. Caution: Only slight rota-tion of the slug will be required.

UHF TUNER SLUG ADJUSTMENT

The UHF tuner slugI mixer output network ) is set atthe factory and should generally never require readjust.ment in the field. However, if UHF reception is weaki picture has excessive snow). reception can be improvedby readjusting the UHF tuner slug. This adjustment islocated below the VHF channel slug adjustment. It canbe reached after removing the CHANNEL knobs andFINE TUNING tab (low -channel).

UFIF tuner slug adjustment can be made without re-moving the chassis from the cabinet. Adjust as follows:a. Set the LOW -CHANNEL selector knob to either Chan-

nel 5 or 6 (whichever does not have a TV station).b. Set the FINE TUNING tab at the center of its range

by rotating it approximately half -way.c. Tune in UHF station for best picture.d. Remove the CHANNEL knobs and FINE TUNING

tab.e. Insert a 1/8 inch blade, non-metallic tool through the

tuner shaft hole in the knob panel until the alignmenttool engages the adjustment screw just below the VHFchannel slug adjustment hole. Carefully adjust theslug for best picture with clear detail. Only slight ad-justment in either direction will be required.

15


ADMIRAL 19J1, 19L1, 19P1, etc. , continued

0UHF TUNER A4000 VHF TUNER 94D46-3

65110 -IN VHF ANT

0

6U1 1 -IN UHF ANT.

0

MI #47PILOT LICHT

/00

S/ SHOP /1/10/1 503/1101

114

300 5%\

R6

65K2

0 09 ok

f oh of oL

In

90

TURRET SNITCH SETTiliC SELECTS PAIR OF

COILS L101 6 L102 FOR CHANNEL DESIRED

6BZ7VHF RF AMP

I. L1 01A

10

L101 B,

7

1101

151

ZIB

6AM4UHF MIXER

VI

SEE Tall 14510/40.411 ill

ci_A1100CU.1100

7 8Ir L L

RI

400

.665

I Fa_500

1R314

Self, CONNECT/0Nroom 01111101 82

MI 300113 62005%

6AF4UHF OSC.

V2

9

L L4

R446Vs/VV.

10

C9

500

L6

cd L5

L 10 6TOO

V101N...

/300'

COIN

6102 -IC1014711 3-9

_LC1162800

65039000 5%

511

All

530 Y6

4C104

CII9 = 5-3

15 C120

47

8110 R103..Aw---vvvv----49

02!1001 1001_ RillA. I 1601

BOTTOM VIEW BOTTOM VIEW

OF OF

T301 13024 3 4

ENAMELED HIRES

1A,J 2 TERMINALS 314 I 2Of T301

1303

V 11 LI024I PI C105

05 7'1 3 4f

F

L 10 2 B

R104

1500

i`g

L 10 2C 1.'1

BLUE

R-3Y :05

4

2

10:%#

J5 Vs

R3ip

6J6VHF MIXER

v1024

L109 CiI2

171-'000,-4-Hifi0106

i/00 56.8 -

-.5-36106

2201I

I_ 71 1

= I, 1

COON

Ij0 -55r ; /5I Ri07C109 \-1

1015

VHF OSCvi020

TWINcoo

C503WHITE

RIO

15

V leCI141104i

8103

1200

ED

L20.4.511C

L10323.14C

Ci12103

LuC

330

V30i

V302

V303

V304

V203

V202

V204

V201

0115

BLACK 100

L307

- 000L105 Ciil

1401L104

COOT

I"'

V102

6102 V1011.901 6627

V402

WAR?

O ® 1...ii

eVI 1

61HF 1

1E1

0 0

UHF TUNER 44000

16

ZIA

ZIB

ZIC

6AM4VI

66502

44501

INTERLOC

l/OP 40

6AF4V2

7501-

I

i I

V40i

V305

V306

V406

V404

V4031 GREEN 3Y4C

01 5U4GRECTIFIER

VELLON 5Y4t

1710610I RED 4

1_

I:1 - RED

Li_ J 1/0Y ICRED- YELLOW

45012704IW

Slop

133315 MEC

3.3 MEC

201 VERT.

2011101a1

0480MORI'.LOCI

RANCE

10 Y HMI

10V

VERT. 11111

I

10 SPEAKER FIELDJUMPER IN ,---000, 3 16.SY

SPEAKER PLUG 65A20

... CEOs, 0502 ..TEC21301 (C409876000 IOMFD

Schematic for 19J1 and 19L1 VHF -UHF Television Chassis.

68

1420

35°K CHI;

WI< 14212011 52

5°

14213301


See page 18 for notes applicable to this schematic diagram.

6AL5RATIO 0E1V202

OY

470214

.0012"I

112015

IMEC

6AV6SOUND AMP.

V203/JOY

Or

- C21150

1773/3.,4N470

VANS sof, fit wifeIFS All OCT 0ff0 /0

111/4

6AS5SOUND OUTPUT

V204

E 20232 -31m

- "5 I °NIP! I 2/A75

2,4421I; =11- "111121,01,lj

0213

P

4700 44'4 910

ZIP14.04 J

5%5%

1$224471

/S 0100 /I/11/J 10450/5

102i4 7

7 1101'

tsar

0215

10Imp

TO 0501

Of 504 L

Admiral

4203SPEAKER

4214 101101 V1E11200 Of SOCKET

1201

101 41E1 00

MAC 1202

03031

fr 2.2

030415

L3012MC1 25

05351000

6C86250 IFV302

----- "orT301 or 5_25.340 r

11306 4 tie6

220 : I: 0311

2r H---1- /Y001 7 1531

41

$1309$1000

/JOY

1511

108

5%

1/2 608300 IF

130223.110,

133

C30111

C319 004

1512

1000

V303A

smor

i.rorOY 3

7 303 03102NC5 5

6A15VIDEO LIET &ACC

v304-.SY

OY

3Y

11716

3311/Y

0315I 1 C309

100 143C3011

11

20

- 0040314330

1331 --AAAY

5110

541.61,6

7'

11311 0 O.

4101

C3Ii C312

t315 , 001NEC

X

RANDCE

FINOtly

02131 17131 02)30

20400 6000 491100

1=3-62-1-foov-F

45114700 I C313

53195600

1520L303 MEC

e 3146 I

1

13044 SIC

65Y 65VNORI2. \ma) 0110.

111111111111111111

6 C 86 n Iso-511vIDEO AMP. '

V305 3C34

I100, 331 J

L30671/001 41324

10131Ii

521

MOM1000

CONT AST

IA-r-44

VER0

101'

433K322

.22

03265.41It

1 4327211

13301101

1331 1001

COUPLATE IBS -12

11110X140 56

\' IC315 f,11529T ISO

2.211E1

1/2 12AU7SYNC CLIPPER

1403 V4018 11401

C401

21

H 1E11011 11D

I 1200 1200 .0041aII kuf04 C405

v30344T1 2

1

JOYYaw"00 C405- 005-r-1, CNEE1

150,0412

-co

4021,

_ _L2ILEC

1410i-JOY

101

5%-1(

14042 1141

30 0 NO112.

3011E41.

11,,.11111111111111111111.

T I/2 6SN7sTOL NORIZ. OSC.

1405INK

It

04022221

14

1401

1204 VEIT.

COUPLATE 6301 II

1/26U8

(

0406T401 VERT. OSC.

1411

13140

4102.4010

1404 -4--C A /51 401112.

A F

710111242 1401.01425 16is/v. A/vvv.

0416III 501 221

T OS

-for

C415

022

1421ANNA. -

1501

V40394 ap) T404- - - - -WIZ.0

I 111 Ca, L401

0011 ` - i35A. 610

95,1 MU. 104111.07- 10-160

- OKA_ Kill.-C419 DRIVE

6501101112.

4421446A,

1431-,/vvv1701

0420

120

0430 1432vvvv. 4VVY

1501 121

...LC407041

'r(07.1.0105

[R413

INK

4 14

2 IIEG

741041

6 -VENT

-'I,

1434

.1

6S4VENT OUTPUT

V402Jr ?WY

1413 9 1000,,'NEC

-C3i7

T °'1337

4500 SW

__LI...1000V VERT

1402ILuE

C40 11001E0

OMC4102011E9H7,,

8411 1411 3000

120 V(11 Liu

Ill i9LIII

uTELL01 I

VENTICAk

5 7403a,RED

5 Of4 7...

56011006 6

_

11

zR

1405

4

1B3crINN VOL1ACE RECT

V405

6806sTNORILOUTPUT

V404

1435IT

041

11436

52

A411120021

I JOY

2 0111171

C011ECTS TOPIN 6 Of 0405

1442 7 2

r 1445 7'32100

04271.01

54441421561 T.011.

CLOY

21WP4

2IZPIA

V306

_1_

50vKit

210 4110000011101

15111

4.7w CORONA 5 1E10

6AX46T KEA_

CAMPERC425V4061 41

1440

3000tsar 5

L 40211014

4434 1435 'RITEAAA,-1200 1000 042421

-0423 .047

T"104401 3/1 AIIP. 2500 fuSE

L403NOW. LIN.

T40313, 4011201101

DE f 701120 TO 31,101AL

0421

)1114170 25004

NON1L

.1

C401/01 Stf 14Yf10111 111.4111011 11(4511/11

17


ADMIRAL 19J1, 19L1, 19P1, 19S1, 19A2, 19B2, 19D2, and 19E2, continued.

SCHEMATIC NOTESRun numbers are rubber stamped at the rear of the chassis.Numerical symbols 0, (D, ®, etc. on schematic indicate a production change covered

by a run number.

g, ®, 0, etc. indicate alignment points and alignment connections.IMPORTANT: Before making waveform and voltage measurements, tee instructions below.

WAVEFORM DATA(Waveforms and Voltages given on schematic)

Waveforms taken with CONTRAST control set fully to the right, all "'for controls set fornormal picture (in sync). DX Range Finder control set fully to the left I at "0" position).Warning: Incorrect adjustment of the DX Range Finder control will cause waveformdistortion.

Waveforms at video and sync stages obtained with transmitted signal input to receiver.Waveform at pins 1 and 4 of V403 and terminal "C" (2) of T404 taken with a 10 mmfd.

condenser connected in series with the oscilloscope high side.The oscilloscope sweep is adjusted for 30 cycles (which is one-half of the vertical

frequency), or for 7875 cycles (which is one-half of the horizontal frequency) so that twopulses appear on the screen.

The peak -to -peak voltage readings shown are subject to some variations due to responseof the oscilloscope and parts tolerances.

Caution: Pulsed high voltages are present on the caps of V404 and V405 and at pin 3 ofV406. Do not make direct connection to these points with ordinary test equipment. Wave-form and peakto-peak voltage taken at pin 3 of V406, using an oscilloscope with a capacitive voltage divider probe. Waveform at V406 can also be taken by clipping or twisting thelead from the oscilloscope high side over the insulation on the lead connecting to pin 3.When taking the waveform this way, the shape of waveform will be the same but the peak -to -peak voltage will be much lower, depending upon the degree of coupling.

TV VOLTAGE DATA

CONTRAST control turned fully clockwise. LOW -CHANNEL SELECTOR set on anunused VHF channel. HIGH -CHANNEL SELECTOR in the "VHF" position. Otherfront controls set at approximately half rotation. Vert. Lin. and Height set at approxi-mately half rotation. DX Range Finder control set fully to the left tat "0" position).

VHF antenna disconnected from set with terminals shorted. Voltages marked with an asterisk (*) will vary widely with control setting. Line voltage 117 volts AC. Voltages measured with a vacuum -tube voltmeter between tube socket terminals and

chassis, unless otherwise indicated. Voltages at V101 and V102 IN HF Tuner) are measured with tube in socket. Use an

adapter or lift tube out of socket just high enough to allow a needle point probe tocontact tube pins.Voltages at pins 1 and 8 of V101 (6BZ7) must be taken as described above or no voltagereading will be obtained.

Voltages at V306 measured from top of socket with tube removed. B+ voltage at terminal "a" of VIIFUFIF switch S1 of UHF tuner A4000 taken with

switch in UHF position.CAUTION

Pulsed high voltages are present on the cap of V404, pin 3 of 406 and on the filamentterminals and cap of the 1B3GT tube. NO ATTEN1PT SHOULD BE NIADE TO TAKEMEASUREMENTS FROM THESE POINTS WITHOUT SUITABLE TEST EQUIPMENT.

Picture tulle 2nd anode voltage can be measured from the 2nd anode connector andshould be taken only with a high voltage instrument such as a kilovoltmeter or a vacuum -tube voltmeter with a high voltage probe. 2nd anode voltage is approximately 15 K\.Proper filament voltage check of the 1B3GT tube may be made by observing filament brilli-ancy as compared with that obtained with a 1.5 volt dry cell battery.

18 Illustration of VHF -UHF Switch Si.

(VI ) 011MIXER

® 00F OSC

V102 vwft0S0 &MIXER

V101

VHF AMP

-1 1-

NV RECT

540

PICTURE TUNE

5306SOUND AMP V203

RI110 DE T 5292

SOUND If AMP

1ST If \ 21111! /DE*CCY7°1

V301 V302 v33 5304

VFRI

DOTC4-(

SYNC SIP VIDEO AMP

CLIP

0=03/8 AY/250 VISE

I DAMPER

5404

NOVOUTPUT NOR.050

CONTROL

SOWOUTPUT

RECTIFIER

Top View of Chassis.

PICTURE POSITIONING LEVER

MOVES SIDEWAYS ORUP AND DOWN

ION TRAP

FOCUS

ADJUSTMENT

UHF ANT.

TERMINALS

VHF ANT

TERMINALS

WIDTH

VERT. LIN.

HORIZ. LIN.

HORIZ. DRIVE

HORIZ. LOCK RANCE 0HORIZ. FRED. HEIGHT FUSE

HORIZONTAL CONTROL

ON FRONT PANEL

DX RANGE FINDER

Rear View of VHF -UHF Chassis ShowingAntenna Terminals and Adjustment Locations.

FULLY CLOCKWISE

3 TURNS

Drive Cord Stringing for UHF Tuner A4000.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONA

/Arvin TE 358-1, TE 359, TE 363-1, TE 364The chassis listed above are almost identical except for type of tuner

and size of picture tube. The circuit diagram on the next two pages, over,is exact for TE 363-1. To the time of publication these chassis were usedin television models listed below.

Models 9210, 9212, 9216, 9218, 9219, 9240 (with various suffix letters)

PARTS LISTSchematicLocation

Part SchematicNo. Description Location

PartNo. Description

Sche ma HcLocation

PartNo.

CAPACITORS RESISTORS 22381-561

C202 40355-1 Disc. 2.2 uuf, 5%, 500V. P -I00 R426 41050 1100 ohm, 5%. 22W22381-10224123-560

C204CZI7

41077-1 Disc. 2.7 uuf 0.5 uuf, P -I0020290-390 Mica. 39 uuf, 10%

R4098217,323,

379

22381-12222382-122

1200 ohm, 10%. 1/2W1200ohm, 5%, 1/2W

T202T203

4117141172

C407C414C410C408C409

20290-101 Mica. 100 uuf, 10%40538 Disc. 130 uuf, 5 KV.20290-27I Mica. 270 viol, 10%20331-331 Mica. 330 uuf, 5%, 500V.20290-331 Mica. 330 uuf, 10%

R429R427R221R218R430

25467-15223970-1822381-22222382-27220070-332

1500 ohm, 5%, 2W2000 ohm. 10%, SW2200 ohm, 10%, I/2W2700 ohm, 5%, 1/2W3300 ohm, 10%, IW

T204,205T206T301T402T401

411734117422446-14092641024

0416C205,208

24994 Hi Volt 500 nut. 20 KV. 8202,32141052-1 Disc. 560 mil R219

22381-47241075-602

4700 ohm, 10%, I/2W6000 ohm. 5%, 4W

T102L201

24776-541176

215,211C201, 203.

R5623074 Disc. .001 of, G.M.V. 20070-472 4700 ohm, 10%, IW T101

T3024117741023-1

206,207, R104 20070-682 6800 ohm, 10%, IW T201 41175209,210, 0211 22382-682 6800 ohm. 5%, 1/2W

212,213, R203 22382-822 8200 ohm, 5%, 1/2W

214,214, 0413 22381-822 8200 ohm, 10%, 1/2W

717R408 20070-822 8200 ohm, 10%, IW 41129-1

0111,308 40054-102 Disc. .001 uf. 20% R330 22382-822 8200 ohm. 5%, 1/2W

307.105 R431,432 25467-103 10K. 5%, 2W41129-3

C405 40108-102 Disc. Heavy Duty. .001 Ind. 1000V. R311 22381-103 10K, 10%, 1/2W

0110C406

40054-332 Disc. .0033 uf, 20% R310R301

20433-392 Mica. 3900 uuf, 5%, Giese B.22381-12322382-123

I2K, 10%, 1/2W12K, 5%, 1/2W 41129-2

C301R5540053-472 Disc. .0047 of. G. M. V. 25467-133 13K, 5%, 2W 41129-4

0302.401, R22440054-472 Disc. .0047 of, 20% 22381-153 15K, 10%, 1/2W

109CI12

0214

40108-472 Disc. Heavy Duty .0047 of. 1000V. R417,41822381-18320302-183

181., 10%, 1/2W18K, 10%, 2W 40935-3

C3 1 20324-472 .0047 uf, 600V. MM. Oil Imp. R303 22382-223 22K, 5%, 1/2W 40935-2R406Molded Paper 20302-223 22K, 10%, 2W

C101.102,103,104,

40053-103 Disc. .01 of, G.M.V. ::(317,, 316 22382-27322383-303

27K, 5%, 1/2W3034, 5%, 1W 40935-4

106.108, 852,53,54 25467-363 36K,45%, 2W40934-3

C4I7,418 41135-103 Disc. Heavy Duty, .01 of, 1500V. R106 22381-393 39K, 10%, 1/2W

C404.304 830525455-103 .01 uf, 20%, 200V. P.T. 22382-393 39K, 5%, 1/2W 40934-20319 25455-223 .022 uf, 20%, 200V. P.T. R308, 313, 22381-473 47K, 10%, I/2W 40934-4C412,419, 25462-104 I uf. 20%, 400V. 319 40933

51 R304 22382-473 47K, 5%, 1/2W 409320413.415 20457-473 .047 of, 10%, 600V. P. T. 8109 20061-473 47K, 20%, 1/2W 24699-70311 25461-473 . 047 of, 20%, 600V. P. T. R302 22382-563 56K. 5%, 1/2W 24973C402,219 25455-473 .047 of. 20%, 200V. P.T. R306 22382-823 82K, 5%, 1/2W 24944-4C312, 25461-104 .800.20%, 600V. P.T. 8110 22381-823 82K, 10%, 1/2W 24947C50 25455-104 .1 uf, 20%, 200V. P. T. 0410 22382-913 91K. 5%, 1/2W 40670-1C107,313 25462-224 .22 of. 20%, 400V. R225 22381-104 100K. 10%, 1/2W 25519C306 25455-474 .47 uf. 20%. 200V. P. T. R401; 402 22382-104 100K, 5%. 1/2W 23538C314 25461-474 .47 of, 20%, 600V. P.T. R412 22381-124 120K, 10%. 1/2W 19579C6 41534 Elect. 2 of, 150V. R317.222 22381-154 150K, 10%, 1/2W 25267-12C7 25453 Elect. 4 uf, 150V. R42, 20061-224 220K, 20%, 1/2W 40663C5 40002 Elect. 5 uf. 250V. R108 22381-334 330K, 10%, 1/2W 25471C4 41429 Elect. 10 uf, 350V. R309 22382-394 390K, 5%, 1/2W 40959Cl 22422-20 Elect. 30-400V, 60-20 350V.100 -50V. R318 22381-394 390K, 10%. I/2W 40512C3 22422-22 Elect. 30 of, 400V. R334,325, 22381-474 470K. 10%, 1/2W

25095C2CP-I

22422-21 Elect. 60-40-350V, 50 -400V.20 -25V.24166 Couplet.

4148404,314, 22382-135 1 meg 10%, 1/2W 25265-1

0411 24528 Trimmer 40-370 uuf 328 19351

RESISTORS R326 22382-135 1.3 meg, 5%, 1/2W24911-825662-3

A312 22381-155 1.5 meg, 10%. 1/2W 41123-2R420 20209-39 3.9 ohm. 10%, 1/2W, W -W 25511-10419 20308-100 10 ohm. 10%, 1/2W, W -W R331 22381-225 2.2 meg, 10%. I/2W 41464R50 22381-220 22 ohm, 10%, 1/2W 8403 22381-475 4.7 meg. 10%. 1/2W RI11,223 22464-50R415 20061-470 47 olun20%, 1/2W R107 20061-106 10 meg, 20%, 1/2W SW -38208,204, 22382-470 47 ohm, 5%, 1/2W RZZO 22464-52

212 COILS, CHOKES at TRANSFORMERS R333 22464-41R101 22381-680 68 ohm, 10%, 1/2W L403 41020 Coil, Width Control 8327 22464-580113 20070-181 180 ohm, 10%, IW L101 40937 Coil, Quadrature R4Il 22464-538215 22381-181 180 ohm. 10%, 1/2W L202 25468-18 Coil. Peaking 93 UH on 6800 ohm R112, SW- I 22464-568332 20103-471 470 ohm. 20%, IW 1.206 25468-16 Coil, Peaking 500 UH on 101.1 R329 22464-438416R428R105R3228205,206,

23970-16 220 ohm, 10%, SW23970-27 400 ohm, 10%, 5W22382-681 680 ohm, 5%, 1/2W22382-821 820 ohm, 5%, 1/2W22381-102 1000 ohm, 10%. 1/2W

1.203L204L207L4021.401

25468-1525460-1925468-2025468-1023449

Coil, Peaking 500 on DummyCoil, Peaking 185 UH on 8200 ohmCoil, Peaking 215 UH on 8.21Coil, Peaking 93 UPCoil, Horizontal C.c.

0315R103

22464-57410384107241073

207,210, L205 25609 Coil. Video Trap SW -2 41039213.216 L404 40533 Coil, Horizontal Linearity 40991-2

8434 20070-102 1000 ohm. 10%, 1W L406 40925-1 Choke. Filter 24458-3PSI 20061-102 1000 ohm, 20%, 1/2W 1,405 23095 Choke, FilamentR320 22382-112 1100 ohm, 5%, 1/2W 24807 Coil, Deflection Yoke

Description

0335,336, Resistor 560 ohm 10%R337, Resistor 1000 ohm, 10%,C315. Capacitor Disc. 56 uuf, 10",

Transformer, let Piz I.F, Amoy (MI)Transformer, let Pia I. F. Assy (M2)Transformer, 2nd 16 3rd 1.F. AileyTransformer, 4th Pia I, F, Assy.Transformer, Vert. Osc. AssyTransformer, PowerTransformer. Pori.. Output Assy.Transforrner, Audio OutputTransformer. Sound Take OffTransformer, let Sound 1. F.Choke, Vertical Output Assy.Transformer, Converter

MISCELLANEOUS

Door, Control 2 Escutcheon As.),(9210, 18, 19CM UHF)Door, Control& Escutcheon Assy(9210, 16, 18C9 UHF)Door, Control 0 Escutcheon Assy(9212CFP UHF)Door, Control & Escutcheon Assy(9212MEA UHF)Knob, Channel Indicator(9210, 16, 18, 19CM CB UHF)Knob. Channel Indicator(9212CFP UHF)Knob. Channel Indicator(92I2MEA UHF)Knob. Volume (9210, 16, 18, 19 -

CM CB UHF)Knob. Volume (92I2CFP UHF)Knob. Volume (9212MEA UHF)Knob, Fine TuningKnob, BrightnessKnob, Behind Control DoorRail, Top RetainerRail, Bottom RetainerGlass. SafetyMask, PlasticSpeakerPlug, SpeakerSocket, SpeakerTuner Assy. (Dual)Fuse, High VoltageCap, Tube Top (6CD6G)Plug. Interlock Assy.Socket I. Corona Ring Aef. 11133GT1UHF IndicatorPanel Light Socket AssyDial Light Bulb.Socket, Kinescope Assy.Trap, IonConnector, Anode Assy.Cover. Hi Volt Top & Rear Assy.41 Mc.Control, Volume, Brightness

Control, ContrastControl, Vertical LinearityControl, Vertical HoldControl, Horizontal HoldControl, Tone-Phono-TV SwitchControl, HeightControl, Elect. StabiliserControl, BuzzShaft, Control ContrastCoupling, Contrite! ControlSwitch, Local DistanceControl, Magnetic FocusAntenna Loop Assy.

19


Arvin television CHASSIS TE 363-1

20

AGC

L

DIAL LIGHT

R5022

UHF -VHF TUNER

YELLOW

L 23014700

HEATER

BROWN GREEN RED

SW -2 = R306DIST) LOCAL 82K

SU B -t""5 8371

I2K

R30,,

R30221

R304471(

FWHITE

13+ GRAY8+2505 B+145V 13+ 85V 240V 1

1

-I R56ORANGE

R511000

C50.1

R52-53-544700

OAPMVP

R5513K2W

36K 2W

C51

T201

:3311

7202 7203V4 PICTURE i 2' 1--=-- - - -1 =---,

,,cov co.,-1 -c../..44-rbi5 6GE16 2

2 1 -01V

cig1.3

MAX A"-5 VOLTS

V9AGO

23024700

C67.2 MFD

R33639K

C30

6AU6 R 47K308

2

R20447

8202 82034700

R2011000

TPP

15,750+

8200

2.7

0

$9.8

RaD5

47E0

C3351--560

R2061000

13 12

4

L_ _I

82071000

T145

5750-7

C2061000

R31110K

6 +290V

5v

R30727X

3901(

LQJ

C30401

R312

MEGmEG

WO=+30V68E6

- R3I347K 8317 VI/A Zfq1C7TER

1508+130V

6SN 7GTA

IMEGF34

-01V TO***-0.6V R3I8

8316 390K27K

25V

0305.1

X R315

t Z5MEG

ELECTRONICSTABILIZER

*a190

575 VPPI.0

.47

1451

30V

5

+34V

O

t

R820322

22K

.00228200

15-100478200

I -.)R3231_200

I. RESISTANCES ARE. SHOWN IN OHMS; x =1000. MEG ,C00.0002 CAPACITANCE ,ALUES LESS THAN (11 ARE IN MFD ANI) MORE

THAN IN MMF D UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED3 COIL RESILIANCE VALUES LESS THAN GI OHM ARE NOT SHOWN4 ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION5 DC VOLIAGES ARE READ WITH VOLTC,HMYST ANTENNA

TERMINALS SHORTED, LINE VOLTAGE 117 VAC . 60 CYCLES '1,6 RESISTANCE vALUES SHOWN ARE WITH FART OUT OF CHASSIS7 ALL WAVEEURAIS ME PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGE NORMAL PICTURE

ALL CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL PICTURE BEFORESIGNAL WAS REMOVED FROM ANTENNA TERMINALS

***DEPENDS UPON SETTING OF ELECTRONIC STABILIZER

TE 363-1 differs from TE 363 as follows:

R328, 1.5 meg changed to 1.0 meg. R339, 1200 ohm added.

C319, .022 of added. C314, .1 of changed to .47 uf.

.001

5.,IS. /So,

-- C3013.001 2405

.001

VI/8 OSCILLATORo

90/K.BLUE +170V

`:18r5;

50- 1301

GREEN

§: \

pairi RED

R326I 3 MEG

R328410

II R327 \ MEG

-4-*

2 0 MEG

VERTICALHOLD

R329 ,25MEG

8:r5

HEI

VI5 HOR1ZD1SCR

6AL5i4OiKOK

0101.1111Y4°4OI

R402 +6.6V1006

8404I MEG

R4C6VK2W

R4034.7 MEG

C401.0047 T 0402

.047

V/4 HORIZ OSCILLATOR

OV TO+2 V

10 ONNORMALPICTURE

L401

0406.0039

4071CO

408330

1

6SN7UTA9V

-13V

15A-X

+10VHORIZ

8409 8410LOCK

1200 91KR4088200IN

HOliaHOLD


Service data on Arvin Chassis TE 358-1, TE 359, TE 363-1, TE 364, continued.

.,,, INTERCARRIER SOUNDr I SOUND AMPLIFIER V2 LIMITER -DETECTOR+1+170V68N6

OV

0102

0101 I .01

.01

SECONDVSPIL TUNE IF

+120V T204 i) vGCB&

X < R2I0[003

T 101-

so 34 4 OV

PHONO

11102 SW- I Blobo

SW- I.

Tv

[L4

THIRDV6 PICTURE I F

+120V T2056G B6

.3-;;;+120V: o

0 TO +5v

1500- BUZZ _ 11100

- CCNTROC 418W00

FOURTHV7 PICTURE I F+130V

Alignment information on the next page.

SECONDDETECTOR

1206 INS 4

10003611

000100031 0- J

w AUDIOAl OUTPUT+24 V

1MEGII C-371

RIII

T102

VOLUMETRCL

= 020 -I-5- .8v

0II0 20 MFD3300

181212 MEG

TONECONTROL

R I131130

IW

L334

L. 118 AMPLIFIERVIDEO 000 6.

6G L6+40v

L203SWUM1041

R2171200

- 0 216= 1000

82003-

47

L205114.5 MCSTRAP

C217 cownosr1_39 coNT4oL

11220

R22111219 2200

... --4-/ _L ft

X145 I _l_ 0^ - 1 I 9 5 I 1 ,,:fi---10iCVN7R02E)C1'..,._

_ 1 1 145 1o

SYNC GATE 141.4 3 M..BRIGHT NESS LAS VOUJME )

(SAME SHAFT I

VIDEO TO SYNC B AGC_

+I8v R223.1 ,

I T. R2 24 038 R5011

GT302

T .0.43.1511

TVPHONO 5"T YELLOW .0-- f I"'

"ell -1111'-'.,.,,,,,. I. .19 SW -1D--)

0218

vagmcp-s 6AH4GT OWE

II FED-HV YOKE , R225C4T

i i_ 225A "II e ID 5.9. 10011\ 10-0-4 PLUG 4 0315-11RED C3I8 YELLOWC312 I

R3376 ''

1000 i'-'

T +20V TCH-35V 2 I :''R331 II

2.2 8 GREEN )MEG ,,-- V0321 , 14 II;;; xBROWN ,

441 ELACK GREEN o1

I C31 7 I

)66-6

CI 03R333 C313 snr'cl- 6' °:

L _ J i000000 WHITE WHIT OV , 2

+950VK/

-L- VERTICALUNEAFITY GRE E N 1

t -R3391200

+450V

C319

12751

.022 o

19.730^- -

DO NOTME /Gun(

vi5.0Faz L oo2

1 /11

PUTOurow)93UH

I/50 I

-I-15.3

G410 \ R4152TO 47

Pr

4'340 701 HOR I ZDRIVE

9+24V

..LF1416

OYFD

6 BO6GT

= 13001

161,7 11418KIK 18K2w 2W

V16HI- VRE CT

HCRIZ LINEARITY I ITV60

FED

T402 YELLOW -GREEN

POWER6

FEDRECTIFIER

114.0

1- 320

W95J4G

R426110022W

CANDOHM

000

ACK - 0 13Vil,

120, _LC 2C I

40 WD

21EP48

0422 8423 R424220K 22011 220K

w 2W 2W1-4° 850

135v ON STRONG SIGNAL.1900 cr. NO SIGNAL.

MINERALS BE93E SUPPLY VOLTAGESINDICATE NUMBER OF THOSE SUPPLYPOM TS ON SCHEMATIC.

8434030I W

CSICFD

LC 2 A

somPo

R430 -3- 00 TUNER3300 _t_ .11W =

I WRFE)

2

2

21

VH

F A

NT

EN

NA

TE

RM

INA

LS

UH

F A

NT

EN

NA

TE

RM

INA

LSX

UR

F M

OD

ELS

ON

LY

\F

OC

US

/\N

NC

)//

HO

P L

OC

K

BU

ZZ

CO

NT

RO

L

VE

RT

. LIN

EA

RIT

Y

O

HO

R D

RIV

E

HE

IGH

T

PH

ON

O

TU

RN

RIG

HT

TO

INC

RE

AS

ES

TA

BIL

ITY

ELE

CT

RC

NIC

ST

AB

ILIZ

ER

HO

R. L

INE

AR

ITY

A C

PO

WE

R

SP

EA

KE

RS

OC

KE

T

WID

TH

UH

F M

OD

ELS

ON

LY

UH

F O

SC

RE

AR

PA

NE

L C

ON

TR

OLS

----

----

----

----

V 2

0P

ICT

UR

E

TU

BE

VE

RT

OU

T

SY

NC

SP

LIT

VE

RT

OS

C

IS

T P

. IF

SO

UN

D O

UT

PO

WE

R

TR

AN

S

IJD

I

SO

UN

DLI

M D

ET

L201

AS

G

NO

R O

SC

Vi4

6SN

7G

TA

.

DA

MP

ER

AG

C

MO

R O

UT

H V

RE

CT

ST

AG

GE

R -

TU

NE

D I.

J. A

LIG

NM

EN

T P

RO

CE

DU

RE

1.S

et tu

ner

to c

hann

el 9

-10

or II

.2.

Pul

l AG

C tu

be V

9 m

t.1.

Con

nect

-2.

5 vo

lt. D

ia. f

rom

'sec

tion

P30

4 an

d R

303

to g

roun

d w

ith tr

iple

pas

ser

..itc

h in

Sub

urba

n po

sitio

n.4.

Con

nect

VIV

A(

act..

R21

16 1

1211

1.Is

olat

e V

TV

M w

ith 1

8X r

esie

tor.

U..

-5V

sca

le.

5.C

onne

ct R

F s

igna

l gen

erat

or to

ung

roun

ded

mis

er tu

be .W

ild I.

.. fli

t min

er tu

be .W

ild u

ntil

It le

Rut

tutg

ound

od.

6.G

ood

R. F

. gro

undi

ng b

etw

een

TV

rec

eive

r on

tea

and

ten

quip

men

t is

nec

----

- y.

A m

etal

eur

fac

Muc

h to

psh

ould

be

used

to in

sure

pro

per

RF

gro

undi

ng.

ST

EP

FR

EQ

UE

NC

YA

DJU

ST

ME

NT

INS

TR

UC

TIO

NS

I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10.

39.7

5 m

e

41.2

5 m

c

47.2

5 m

c

43.2

mc

UH

F -

VH

F42

.8 In

c V

HF

45.2

mc

VH

F -

VH

F45

.0 m

c V

HF

44 m

e

42.2

mc

40.3

mc

45.2

mc

43 r

oc

Top

T20

1 fo

r m

in.

Bot

tom

T20

2 fo

r m

in.

Bot

tom

T20

3 fo

r m

in.

Tun

er c

oil f

or m

ax.

Bot

tom

T20

1 fo

r m

en.

Top

T20

2 fo

r nu

n.

Top

T20

3 fo

r m

an.

Bot

tom

T20

4 fo

r m

an

Bot

tom

220

5 fo

r m

ax.

Bot

tom

T20

6 fo

r m

ax.

Out

er p

..k

Out

er p

eak

Not

e: T

urn

botto

m T

201

com

plet

ely

out b

efor

em

aldn

g M

i. ad

just

men

t.

Out

er p

eak

Out

er p

eak

-rec

heck

sto

ps 6

and

]

Rec

heck

Mop

e 8-

9 en

d 10

OV

ER

ALL

SW

EE

P C

HE

CK

I.C

onne

ct R

F s

igna

l gen

erat

or to

cha

mis

nea

r V

4 fo

r m

arke

r ge

nera

tor.

Pus

h M

ield

dea

n on

mis

er M

M.

2.C

onne

ct o

ecill

osco

pe a

ct..

R2I

7 It

R21

8.Is

olat

e om

illoe

com

lead

with

300

vat

to g

roun

d en

d 10

Kre

sist

or In

eer

is.

To

clue

ing

3.In

crea

se b

ias

to -

3.5

volt.

....

4,5,

...ity

_Lcg

reg_

4.C

onne

ct s

wee

p ge

nera

tor

to a

nten

na te

rmin

als.

Adj

uNt m

imes

gen

erat

or k

tune

r to

cha

suso

l 10.

;300

nut

CU

RV

E41

.

12.

25

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TIN

ST

RU

CT

ION

S

TZ

05

T20

6

1105

pos

ition

. 45.

75 m

arke

r45.

75

T20

6 ad

juet

s til

tof

turv

e

Not

e: U

dos

ired

curv

y ca

nnot

be

obta

ined

, alig

ht a

djus

tmen

t of H

IM,

coil

and

botto

m T

201

may

be s

ec..-

.- y

.

SO

UN

D A

ND

4.5

MC

TR

AP

ALI

GN

ME

NT

Tun

e in

ava

ilabl

e T

V s

tatio

n an

d ro

de..

sign

al Im

o se

t unt

il hi

m I.

hea

rd w

ith m

ond.

.T

hi c

an b

e do

ne b

yin

sert

ing

an a

ttenu

ator

in th

e es

tera

se fo

od -

le o

r by

roo

my.

' ant

enna

lea4

.1a

from

the

sot a

nd s

tray

foot

ling

in s

igna

l by

plac

ing

lead

-in in

---

-- p

roxi

mity

of t

he m

t.

Set

bus

s co

ntro

l in

the

mid

dle

of it

. ran

ge.

Adj

ust t

abs

off c

oil L

201,

top

and

botto

m T

101,

Qua

drat

ure

cell

(L10

1) a

nd b

uss

cont

rol f

or c

lean

est s

ound

and

min

imum

haz

e.If

any

adju

stm

ent c

ause

s h1

to d

isap

pear

redu

ce e

igru

l int

o se

t unt

il hi

m r

eapp

ear.

and

con

tinue

with

adj

ustm

ents

.

Not

e:If

diffi

culty

is m

icou

nter

ed e

ither

in r

educ

ing

sign

al m

dfic

ient

ly o

r ad

jum

men

ts M

ing

very

bro

ad. T

Mfo

llow

ing

proc

eedu

r m

ay b

e m

od.

ST

EP

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NF

RE

QU

EN

CY

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TIN

ST

RU

CT

ION

S

I.D

et. j

ig

Inpu

t of j

ig to

pin

2 of

V2

Kee

p bu

d be

twee

n 15

Kre

sist

or a

nd p

in 2

sho

rtm

pos

sibl

e

2.V

TV

Mou

t pm

of j

igT

une

in a

vaila

ble

chan

nel

L201

-T

101

(top

and

botto

m)

for

aux.

Adj

ust 1

.201

on

inne

r pe

ak

rem

rem

ove

jigS

am*

Qua

drat

ure

coil

(L10

1) fo

r m

an.

soun

d

cont

ra in

Set

buz

z c

of H

s ra

nge

befo

re .d

tine

L101

Sam

eB

uzz

cont

rol f

orm

inim

um b

uss

Cor

rect

adj

uotn

utd

ol b

uss

cont

rol i

s ap

prox

. mid

dle

of B

e ra

ng*

5.D

ot. j

ig

San

cti=

1.2

05an

d 1.

206

Con

nect

VT

VM

to s

ops

of A

t

6.R

F s

igna

lge

nera

tor

Pia

9 (

V8)

. 5 m

cT

une

.S e

nc tr

ap(1

.205

) fo

r m

inim

um

Det

ecto

r K

eV

TV

M

G w

oad


CROSLEY

A UHF Converter with a

CHASSIS 405Models:

F-21TOMH F-21COMH F-21CDMHF-21TOBH F-21 COBH F-21CDBH

CHASSIS 405-1Models:

F-21TOMU F-21COMU F-21 CDMUF-21TOBU F-21COBU F-21CDBU

continuous tuner that covers the seventyto 83) is included in the 405-1 and 410-1 chassis.

(70) UHF

CHASSIS 410Models:

F-17TOMH F-17COMHF-17TOBH F-17COBH


F-17TOMU F-17COMUF-17TOBU F-17COBU

television channels (14

The material on the next eight pages is exact for models listed above.The sets listed below use chassis which are very similar to the ones co-vered and, therefore, this material can be used as an aid in servicingthese additional sets. The main differences are in AGC circuit, tubesused in sync clipper and amplifier, and type of VHF tuner.

CHASSIS 402Models:

F-17TOLHF-17TOLBH


F-17TOLUF-17TOLBU

WOO01050

10151

LIPEL0 0 0 0 0pc

3.4.4SOCKER

001911.0. ECT

101 t9 P152

pcwi cr.

Kowa noRa01.1/15/3 CA10100[

caroPcs0 05,4' r,.3 09 of, 1.100, .34

v- I.6 10139

wwc.0455

0

C-0102

09,091 .4

Ec

061300AA0061016

59Loc. own,.

311166.10R156 SW402

Kw. CA,

10162

51155 5P-4 TP-5

nR

114C CLA.CA

0'277'r

10e L70

cow

(71LE.10Tr

1.01.

RA313

E.

T 101

e 1

AMOS

q v101 PI*

wW4

.

3(53 P0110100

.00( nhow

VISC3.1

TOP VIEW 405-1, 410-1 CHASSIS(Tube and Alignment Locations)

CHASSIS 403Models:

F-21TOLHF-21TOLBH


F-21TOLUF-21TOLBU

-i39.K

- A.

LCCAL VERYOS, SW oN

05sc

0SCOR.

00C

01\006

P102ECK

E QE f uIE

COL

P101 1.10:11

wmf

Ars AJMER

CHASSIS 404Models:

F-21COLH F-21 CDLHF-21 COLBH F-21CDLBH


F-21COLU F-21CDLUF-21 COLBU F-21 CDLBU

`""°T"00,33

SNEAKER

LI°

0

lea

T002

W I I

RATIO

ARA CT !CAT',

0UOKIAmPucER

r.060 rah

1 4;

6'7Cr'41152

40

C..6f0T30CR

405 Akr,.10.99,3

S1101

1

s l

4-j

73 ,,0 TACK

SE ac,T.0R

VENTPICED

P179

( v,15 .0.0000.OSC,A004

506219Ni. POAll000RER Off RR

P154

C 169

510 101

R 3 3 1

erwcw0PESS

1016394COAT.%

BOTTOM VIEW 405-1, 410-1 CHASSIS(Tube Socket and Alignment Locations)

esoT

-0II OftVOLubit

23

24


CROSLEY (Continued) I. F. ALIGNMENT

All lead connections from the signal generator and wobbulator must be shielded. Keep the exposed ends and ground leads asshort as possible (about one inch). Always locate the ground lead connections as close as possible to their respective "hot"leads in the television receiver chassis. The wobbulator, signal generator output, and contrast control must be kept lowenough to prevent overloading the television receiver circuits.

1. TO CHECK I. F. ALIGNMENT ON OSCILLOSCOPE.

a. Lift the shield of the Oscillator -Mixer tube V2 suf-ficiently to clear the socket ground clips. Connectsweep signal generator "hot" lead to the ungroundedtube shield and generator ground lead to the tunerchassis.

b. Connect high side of oscilloscope to high side of con-trast control, and the low side to chassis.

c. Apply -3.0 volts D. C. bias to I. F. Bias line(seesketch "Variable Bias Control"). Contrast controlshould be set in the maximum counter -clockwiseposition.

20.5 MC 21.9MC.

I 1

I

82.4%

NOMINAL OVERALL I. F. RESPONSE CURVENOTE: Response as Seen by Means of Sweep Generator.

d. With the generator sweep set at zero, connect anelectronic voltmeter between top of detector loadand chassis. Adjust the output of the generator toobtain a reading of 2 volts D. C. on the meter.

e. Set generator to sweep from 20 mc. to 32 mc.

f . Connect markergenerator to sweep generator out-put leads and adjust to provide markers that appearin the curve. See nominal response curve.

g. Observe curve and position of markers (see nominalresponse curve). Slight deviation in shape from thenominal response curve is permissible, but if anygreat deviation is noted, it will be necessary to re-align the I. F. Amplifier.

2. ALIGNMENT, I. F. & TUNER ASSEMBLY(with electronic voltmeter):

a. Connect -3.5 volts D. C. bias supply to I. F. Biasline.

b. Connect signal generator "hot" lead through a 1000mmf. capacitor to TP-1 (wire protruding from tunerclosest to the oscillator mixer tube V2) and theground lead to the R. F. tuner case.

c. Connect high side of Electronic Voltmeter to top ofdetector load resistor, R116, and low side to chassis;zero the meter.

d. Set signal generator to 24.4 mc. and adjust top ofT101 for maximum D. C. meter indication on volt-meter. Adjust the signal generator amplitude tomake this peak indication 2 volts. D. C., approxi-mately.

e. Set signal generator to 22.9 mc. and adjust top ofL103 for maximum D. C. meter indication, limitingmeter deflection to 2 volts D. C. by adjusting inputof attenuator.

f. Set the signal generator to 21.9 mc. and adjust bot-tom of L103 for minimum D. C. meter deflection.Input should be high enough to permit a definite nullto be observed on meter.

g. Repeat steps "e" and "f".

h. Set signal generator to 25.5 mc. and adjust top ofL102 for maximum meter deflection, limiting meterdeflection to 2 volts D. C. by adjusting input attenu-ator.

I -F Bias Line

To minus (-) of 4 1/2 v. Battery -#

and plus (+) of 4 1/2 V.Battery

5000 Ohm Control only, Part No. 144260

VARIABLE BIAS CONTROL ASSEMBLY

i. Connect a 100 ohm resistor in series with a 1000mmf capacitor across L101. With signal generatorat 25.5 mc., adjust converter output, L10 of R.F.Tuner, for maximum meter deflection, but limit out-put of generator so this reading does not exceed2 volts D.C. Remove the 100 ohm resistor and the1000 mmf., capacitor.

1 Reset signal generator to 27.9 mc. and adjust thebottom of L101 for minimum D. C. meter deflection.Signal generator amplitude must be sufficiently highto produce a definite null.

k. Set signal generator to 24.4 mc. Connect the 100ohm resistor and the 1000 mmf. series capacitorfrom TP-2 (wire protruding from the tuner throughthe insulated eyelet closest to L10) on the R. F.Tuner to the tuner case and adjust L101 for maxi-mum D. C. meter indication, adjusting amplitude ofsignal generator to make this maximum indicationapproximately 2 volts D.C. Remove the 100 ohm re-sistor and the 1000 mmf capacitor.

1. Repeat steps "j" and "k".

m. Check sensitivity. The input, to obtain 2 volts D. C.output with zero bias, should not exceed 650 micro-volts at 24.4 mc. with generator properly terminatedand generator fed into grid of first I. F. Amplifier.

n. Remove the signal generator and electronic volt-meter.

o. Note: When aligning bottom of L103 and bottom ofL101 the first null obtained when running the coreinto the trap winding from the Tinnerman Clip endof the trap winding is the proper alignment null.


CROSLEY Chassis 405, 410, etc.

SOUND

1. Connect crystal controlled 4.5 mc. 400 cycle amptitudemodulated signal, modulated 30% or greater, betweengrid of video amplifier and chassis.

2. Connect high side of scope through detector probe tothe junction of R132 & C121 (picture tube cathode).Connect low side of scope to chassis. Adjust 4.5 mc.trap, L111, for minimum 400 cycle deflection on scope.

3. Connect electronic voltmeter to lug 2 of ratio detector,V107, and adjust 4.5 mc. sound take -off (L115) and bot-tom of ratio transformer (T102) for peak reading on

Alignment Continued

ALIGNMENT

voltmeter. Adjust input to make this peak reading 4volts.

4. Adjust input to obtain 12 volts output. Transfer elec-tronic voltmeter to junction of R135 and R136 (refer toSchematic Wiring Diagram). Adjust top of T102 forzero balance on electronic voltmeter.

5. Recheck steps 2, 3 and 4 above.

6. Remove input signal, scope and electronic voltmeter.

HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT

1. Tune in a local television signal and adjust contrastcontrol for normal picture.

2. Connect electronic voltmeter between TP-3 (green lead)and chassis.

3. Short TP-5 (red lead) to chassis and adjust electronicvoltmeter to zero.

4. Remove short from TP-5. Do not change zero on elec-tronic voltmeter.

5. Connect a 0.1 mfd. 600 volt capacitor between TP-4(orange lead) and chassis.

A

Vu1/2 1111107 ADO /A0. 61127

R. F. AMP.

VI/In 61107,6 00 740.6.11,1,2

r T.17

CI?

AOC.WHITE

500

VHF TUNER

sso I- -1

S

1500

cool I 'e

writ 64 R FILACX BLUE6.3v 250v

S1

6. Adjust Horizontal Hold control for zero reading on themeter.

7. Remove the 0.1 mfd. capacitor from TP-4 and chassis.Do not disturb setting of horizontal hold control.

8. Adjust Horizontal Stabilizer coil (L117) for zero readingon the meter.

9. Remove electronic voltmeter from TP-3.

10. Check horizontal pull -in range. The pull -in rangeshould be approximately 50° of the control's rotation.

SCHEMATIC

IP.0

V26J6

MIXER 05C.5

C20

LIP

RIO15.1

1900

04 MIXERRED i3OV

TP20

Ce

T6.0

L.011

RII

1511

C14

I

C15

,20

25


CI

LI

L

0.68 02 0.6e

R

L5 470611111

CROSLEY Chassis 405, 410, etc.(Continued)

NOTES

I BOTTOM VIEW OF TUBE SOCKETS.2. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH AN ELEC-

TRONIC VOLTMETER CONNECTED FROMSOCKET LUG TO CHASSIS WITH THEFUNCTION SWITCH IN 'UHF" POSITION.

3*, AC. VOLTAGES.NC= NO CONNECTION.

4 OSCILLATOR SOCKET VOLTAGE VARIESWITH FREQUENCY, OTHER VOLTAGES 10%.

5. LINE VOLTAGES, I17v,606 MINIMUM CRYSTAL CURRENT FOR PROPER

OPERATION OF THE OSCILL ATOP, 300,uo

UHF SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART

L6

-41-f 0 0 0 0.182,"

L 9DOID.i45/)

2 2cRi CI4 L 10 paIT

2-7

TO TOTO 6.3V. TO II01

4250V. AC. 1103 1102

SW IFRONT

R IO 330

LI

J 68

NOTES

KI0002 ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN MMF. AND ALL

RESISTANCE IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

3 ALL SECTIONS OF SWITCH sw I ARE VEWED FROM

THE SHAFT END.

STUD

26REAR

PLACEMENT OF DIAL DRIVE CORD

FRONT

FRONT

4 TURNSREAR

MAX CLOCKWISE ROTATIONAGAINST STOP

FRONT

MIDDLE

PULLEY

t

jVHFROTATESONE POLE

(SHOWN IN UHF POSITION)

C11

47 OT

SWITCH ARM 8 CAM MUST BE SET SO THATPOSITIVE SWITCHING OF ALL POLES WILLOCCUR IN LAST 71/2 ROTATION OF TUNERSHAFT

R882

68Z7 8 6I-EAMPL.

UHF CONVERTER SCHEMATIC

3

CII

470

11O

R7470K

CI7

11500

TI

El1470


CROSLEY Chassis 405, 410, etc.(Material continued)

NOISE GATE CONTROL:

This control makes it possible to obtain improved picturestability in the presence of electrical interference (noise).When the control is turned completely counter -clockwise,its effect is minimized. Adjust the control by turning itclockwise until the picture is stable. If the control is ad-justed on a signal of one strength, it may require readjust-ing when a signal of a different strength is received.

L_

R101

4700

101

470

C102

470

11102

470

vRF RE TUNER

SEE SLNEMAT, ON ADJACENT PAGE

L101

_RED16.411

R.DE

MOTE

21 MC

0024 4 NC

VHF OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT:

A turret type VHF tuner is used on this receiver, and thereis an oscillator adjustment for each channel. When the re-ceiver is installed, the oscillator should be adjusted foreach channel on which a station is operating in the area.Set the Channel Switch to the channel that is to be adjusted.Turn the Fine Tuning control to the center of its range.The oscillator trimmer screw is directly to the right of thetuner shaft, and is accessible through a hole in the front ofthe chassis after the two VHF tuning knobs have been re-moved. Use a non-metalic screw driver and adjust theoscillator trimmer screw until the proper tuning point is inthe center of the fine tuning range.

v1016C86

1ST VIDEOIf.

$106

21_104 RR:6

ORANGEGREEN

1192

396R10647 .001MFD

R107

CI05

25 5.1C_L102

026066

2610.VIDEOI F ern

.R109

.1000

gill 1 1 "1468 1001,aFD

- )R112 0109 Rila50

21.9 MCL103

110 61

0106

g11

22 1W

11113

5111

6

p COO

MED

8.2

R03.220

VHF

UHF RF TUNER

OHIO OH AO, -1.410 -I CHASSIS ONLY

SEE SCHENHor ON ADJACENT PAGE

- L2.

-34'4

,----- SEE NOTE 10

R16512

R 0

C 101

SEE NOTE 9

61674706

Ri67

COOS

a D

5. 101OFF- ON SWITCHON vOLuNE CONTROL

56101

SR

amea

C1400± 0140

T40160TOO WO

T 07

00000 -Son

049AA.±.200 RFD

I

5

27


CROSLEY Chassis 405, 405-1, 410, 410-1Part of this circuit diagram is shown onthe preceding page. This division is madefor printing convenience only and is notpresent physically.

V 036086

3RD VIDEO Vi®

1.4

3'4S

I, 24 amc

IF,,,?! tl10 10112

o L105

0 %Tr41041

0110 150

MFD

tails _CPI1000 .0012

MFD.

0441118L106 L107

804A 59A0113

R1165.64

L108

TELLOMWm, F

82284

4

70-7-MED

4117

474

V1046J6

ACC AMP L

DEFLECTION YOKE AND BRACKET:

The DEFLECTION YOKE BRACKET should be positionedas far forward as possible so that the rubber cushion on thefront of the bracket rests on the flare of the tube.

The DEFLECTION YOKE should be positioned as far for-ward as possible on the picture tube neck and rotated to theleft or right as required to make the picture parallel withrespect to the top and bottom of window frame.

SO

82RII9 Cu'

1F11233904ImEG

M'F'D

t?17'ID

8124I KEG

- -R190

01181 W

yV

L GREEN,

33

LII2L110 OT.

6A46e z4

'15/56` 000

410E0 AMP

6 6TESEI

3 5119

T: W6.F 0

3

R1254-ON CONTRAST

illCOST

= 1

614N tWIRT

R130

334

R.316,28 ---6.84 8214

66

aq L114

a)b.oasa.U)

O

a)

0t1.0

s-

"04-1

U)

O

81443904

818611204 V105

6CS6STK

CLIPPER

8142NOISE

f GATEr 10MEG

C131L 01.MED. 8146 8148

6132t.8MEG 2.24

t,(0MFD

41066J5SYNC

OUTPUT

Ov. P -P

8152DES LEVEL

414924

'euzi

R1502.24

CI50

000

10 133

0047MFD

8151 R153

224 104

0134I7MFD

8154VERTMOLD

MEG

3504 3STOP

6135

5 MEG

17 p- P

01MPS

;Al(DISTANCE

LOCAL

SW 102

01404

-1.10 MFD

SO SO dALIt3103

0000

27611GREEN

0173_

T0012_LIAM

rri

006 MFD.00VI

V 1130V2 12847VERTOSC

RISK611825

MEGSTOP

0137

0138

VI138112 12847

FD047 VERT QUTRVT

7fppp0. GAEL

1 PLO

8157MVO4.74

R159 01411750 2

VERT T°°'L. MFOCOST -18'

C IrCR.605 64 I3061F0

=

c.?JI*2091rD

8174AVIV1504

R189we3.34

01156HIV

C156 In 6547CT

-I-4104.OSC

75 ,.61+20041

4170. 6153221s y,DC154

i7 v

TP-3

OD

iu73 AN

R172 "MEG MI4.71MEG

C 159

1471 0

;.1a DE2;

KOoOTP 5

4115 8152 66416T/ 320404 OSC

C1601

390 Lilic

, #812I:0 1 7:0 I

R 175 cisoiC-.-,Tn. tt"TiC° I

L11780R681811.12ATON

01498.

)151,00

IT

#179.0ft .3.0

1704

76

60

75v P -P

41166806GT

KM OUTPUT

1.4541

5162

mFOT.05

4183

Note: for minor circuit changes see page 30.28


35

r 108

SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAM - CHASSIS 405, 405-1, 410 & 410-1

CAUTION: One side of the chassis is connected to the power line. Therefore, test equipment should not be connected to thereceiver unless an isolation transformer is used between the power line and the receiver. DO NOT GROUND THERECEIVER CHASSIS UNLESS AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER IS USED.

R 172.100K

VI0/361.06

5 MC AMP

2

C1249

I

R158820K

--J

81852.2

R1621.50

P1171E13 GTHp RECT

C16320

T 02

270

Ri25ANEG

VOL CONT.

V107

RATIORATIO DE T

C144111-11:1'5A, 0

2SOK3

016

TONELINT

8196LVOV470K

RR IMO

0165

v 112606

AUDIO OUTPUT

3.

ROE T IOU

11201IL 1o7

offo :0RED 0

8137

RI3633K

C126 01291

DOS I°°'k1FD = UFO 1

L1166

7

C

al oL _J

10166 WO'

mi.,: SEE NOTE'S

LIIBNIA

71

00102

iPar

YELLOW

PICTURE TUBEvilB

405.05-1104101

1 2

; 1 88 ._____SEE NOTE *12

470K

1:22rEr.' - NOTE40

:..---410EroMM*2-

R140

FOCUSCOST.

2124212.2018128P17104

181395MEGBRIGHTNESSCONT.

RI933906

BOOK4

X

SPEAKER USED ONSP 0 IT TABLE MODELSSP 02SP .03

2, r.BLP MODELSOPEN CONSOLE MODELS

sP 101 CONSOLE MODELS wow DOORS

1

VHFR.F. TUNER ;

t` eeeYC168

-

7101

S

.?. I

T

T

Az!VAT

NOTES:

1. ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH AN ELECTRONIC VOLTMETERCONNECTED FROM SOCKET LUG TO CHASSIS.

2. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 117 VOLTS 60 CYCLE AC.3. K.10004. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN MMF. AND ALL RESISTANCE VALUES

IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.5. R140 FOCUS CONTROL 1.5 MEGOHM - USED ON 410 & 410-1 CHASSIS.8. JUMPER IS REMOVED BETWEEN TERMINALS 3 AND 4 ON T108 AND

R184 IS SUBSTITUTED ON 405 & 405-1 CHASSIS.7. 1-104 IS USED ON 405 & 410 CHASSIS.IL ON 405 & 405-1 CHASSIS, C165 IS REPLACED BY C166 0 L118.9. 1-101, 1-102, 1-103 USED ON 405-1 & 410-1 CHASSIS.

10. R165 USED ON 405-1 St 410-1 CHASSIS.11. R166 USED ON 405 4 410 CHASSIS. 2912. R188 USED ON 410, 410-1 CHASSIS ONLY.


CROSLEY, Continued.

CIRCUIT CHANGESON CHASSIS 405, 405-1, 410, & 410-1*

Tho circuit shown in Fig. 1 appears only on those chassis bearing code letter "A". The circuit change, as shown in the com-plete schematic, was made in later production sets (Code B, etc.) to improve the contrast ratio.

Fig. 2 shows two capacitors (.005 mfd) that appear in chassis coded with the letter "A". These capacitors were found un-necessary and are not used in with later code letters.

The circuits in Fig. 3 & 4 are found only in the chassis coded A and B. The changes to the circuits shown on the completeschematic were production changes only, not design improvements.

Chassis 405, 405-1, 410, & 410-1 (Code B or later) have a provision for greater heat dissipation in the screen circuit of the6BQ6. This is accomplished in two ways: (1) Part No. 156911-1 resistor is used for R183, for under test, this resistorshows more than its rated 2 watt heat dissipation ability. (2) Two resistors are used in place of one and are wired inparallel; one is a 33,000 ohm, 10%, 1 w. resistor (Part No. 39374-131), and the other is a 15,000 ohm, 10%, 2 w. resistor(Part No. 39374-215).

NOTE: In early production sets, R125B (Contrast Control) had a resistance of 1500 ohms. To reduce the total resistance,a shunt was added by wiring a 3300 ohm, 10%, 1/2 w. resistor (Part Number 39374-31) from terminal 1 to terminal 3 of thecontrol. in later sets, R125B has a resistance of 1000 ohms.

Code A

sane

SOP. P P

RI88

470K

7 I

3J.:* 2

R1401.5MEGFOCUSCONT.

`TO DEFLECTIONCOILS

Fig. 1

1

SEE NOT E#12

NOTE'S I

Codes A & B

Code A_ _ _ _ _

C143

VIII C1456C4 01

AUDIO AMP MFD

3

R1632505TONECCNT

Fig. 3

Codes A & Br

RI6433K

1 V1138i/2 12E047VERT UTPUT

RI57AMM4.7K

41.1111,

1118.5121

GE12.70

R159750VERTLIN.CONT.

005MFD. j_

T0141

3

2

51606.8K

V1126W6

AUDIO OUTPUT

7

CI42

-20MFD

C I 40C

BONED

R189SW.27K -1-

_ _ _ _ _ _ ------Fig. 4

Fig. 2* In early production, when a change was made to one of the above chassis, it was made to all of them; similarly, the same

30"de

letter was assigned to all chassis incorporating the same changes.


MALLEN B. DU MONT LABORATORIES, INC

RA -306, 307 CHASSISService material on these chassis is printed below and through page 36.For convenience in printing, the circuit diagram is divided and printedon page 33 and across pages 34-35. This separation is not present inthe physical sense in the actual chassis.

CC,...57CON,RetSHAFT

5215

LaHEARITT

UNDERCHASSIS VOLTAGE POINTS

=0=. 1STL210 V.I.F.

6

2204.06

J204

0202

,C11.1EL I -,Cr '1

AC:155y ASA "O.

OrE 1217 IS IS D iN Re 30eAND 02,9,220 N RA 507

OSC.MIXER R -F AMP

45V

105

-u-

3RD VIDEOV.1. F. DET.

2202 2203

-LRA.INAL BOARDS AREN....CRED AS SHORN SEL,ro

5 2

SOUNDI.F.

Lwe

1.3 7 .5P204 IOZT"aN/' 1ST SYNC

CLIPPER OP206

2ND SYNCCLIPPER

es,ss .

7..

1-1 r-1 r-1

POWER04 RECTIFIER

5:s22 -OT

O5

xAs

0A:

POWER A POWERRECTIFIER RECTIFIER

T204

VERT OSC.

VERT. DEFLAMP

.0 n,ANOR.

DE T.PHASE 57"

GC.5A0007 AMP.

GALSVAA

RATIODET.

1ST r"AUDIO

AMPe.

2NDAUDIO AMP

5 55y II125

8300RF AGCDELAv

1-1

ATES'T'4111

P203 s0,9:,

2.0v

NOR. .550

OSC.k

Ad

?A/5

NOR.DEFL.AMP.

A2,0r IUSt we PROSE,

DAMPER

31


3

DuMont Chassis RA -306/307, continued

(See page 36 for Alignment Test Points location drawing)

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT RA -306/307Place STATION SELECTOR between channels to disable oscillator. Remove the Horizontal Deflec-tion Amplifier, V214, and Damper, V215. Connect a short length of wire to pin 5 of V102 (seefigure 1). Use the lowest VTVM range for all steps.

StepSignal Generator Output

IndicatorConnect to Adjust

Frequency Connect to

1

44.0 MCNo

Sweep

Pin 5,V102

0rrvm

P206(Pin 2, V204)

Z203 for maximum reading.Set signal generator output to maintain

reading on lowest range of VTVM.IVTVM

242.35 MC

NoSweep

As Above0 VTV MAs Above

Z202 for maximum reading.2VTVM

As AboveVTVM Z201 for maximum reading.3

44.85 MCNo

Sweep

As Above

0 3VTVM

4

43.5 MCCenterFreq.10 MC

deviation

As Above

4Oscilio-graph

throughrrAL

Pin 5, V201C202 for 41.25 MC trap.

Mixer plate coil (L109) and 42 2595 75

MC

Z204 (top) for 45.75 MC "7

marker. Z204 (bottom) for 55%

42.25 MC marker. L210 _ --for 47.25 MC trap. 41 35 47.25

MC MC

4XTAL

54.5 MC400 CPS

AM

P206(Pin 2.V204)

Oslo-graph

throughXTAL

Junction ofR217, R220,and C216. L207 for minimum reading.

5XTAL

SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

64.5 MC1 MC

Sweep

P206(Pin 2.V204)

0Oscillo-graph

throXTAL

Pin 5, V2094.5MC

L208 and Z205 (bottom)for waveform.6XTAL

7 As AboveAs Above

0 Oscillo-graph

DIRECT

P205(Junction of

C241 & C242) 2205 (top) for 4 5MC

waveform.7DIR

ALTERNATE SOUND IF ALIGNMENT - USING TV SIGNAL

6TV Signal, Telesetmust be tuned for

best picture.VTVM

Pin 5, V209 L208 and Z205 (bottom)for maximum reading.6VTVM

7

II

As Above VTVM

P205(Junction of

C241 & C242) Z205 (top) for null point.

7VTVM


or -

1.°°:;

/204

P104n 11

122411

02025-3Lnyr

- 41.2550SOUNDTRAP

P201

V

Ac

40 MC7- 040r- -

R.F. AMP.VIOIA1,2 68117

GREENOR

WHITE

R.F. AMP0'12 1 V1018600 I 1,2 6E167

(17

-

V101

oocg

0104;Our

5%

PO

C 106800

0702UU,

5%

V102

1ST. VIDEO I.F.V2016036

2204TOP SLUG45754,C

Z204 10238 L210BOY. 27472550SLUG 0UEADJ.42.25 SOUND

MC TRAP

0.C277

-1247V

AGCDIODESV21033,2 6876

5201

830722K 0306 0204

42" 680UPC

,40v

R10482065%

C ,05 I

TL)2£

1C10847

±PP,10%

RIGSI MEG5%

CIO000

51

11706470

1

MIXERV102A

6J6

0123L51.8/4

5%

RIOT10K

Co09147 puo-

- IQ%

LOOKPOINT

C1104108

80612127

1-FINE

1-13

I TUNING

/C1 wur

5v

IF AMP STRIP IN UHF POSITIONBLUE RED

L107

05

410

w Ts

90V LIO8L109

45.75 MC0 p6 /-

Co I 4bo 0113

LTIfi II2L/0E-

10%w0w0% - 800

R109ICY

02.2

IW

A2"V

020144.8500

0267220K

83003 MEG.1/4 W

0s5LCa.LAAcTJ.

.1."'::#: O uu, di, '#OSC.I._ _ CON /

5,1__r

1 E81031 0680 , UP,

,

I 4 TUNER 89 012 901 NAS -C"

8750

RN/ _ 1'2 60600

" '4'4?,

Mix

-VI0213

STRIP IN UN, POSITION:_r_1'Z'''

40 MC --TUNER 89 012 911 HAS 40 MC

0210T5000120E

2ND. VIDEO I.F.V2026CBID

R204 0206111 470"

20% 20%

R242 270v3.3V -3.30 3.9 MEG.

146 A 012 AGC 5%DELAY

BL TEL

fi 1201DIAL LIGHT

T204

03064706

GRN.

I35V

CI ;276 -VWtOj!), 270"

220242 351AC

R2972771 2W

TO 1219AT v 048 R292AAT v205

POWERRECTIFIER

V2I7SU4G

285V

6 3v ACGRN. I

1101.6.3V AC

SRN. "''''

V219 6 V220 001USED IN MODEL RA307

851218

45"C2940 T 02946

C 20

POWERRECT.V2I95T3-GT

TO T204RED

(1)

POWERRECT.V220

503 -UT

TO T204RED

(i)

270 vA

262v

0

285VAC

23"COAXIALCABLE

21OOT

3RD.VIDEO I.F.V2036CB6

O P204AGC TESTPOINT -70

DU MONT

Part of circuitdiagram shownon pages 34-35.Correspondingpoints connecttogether as isexplained.

To point "A" of circuiton pages 34-35.

VIDEO DET.V221

6C4

220344MC

02081500006

V20t0 0

0229__5000 _G.0212

15KC

R27739005%

ROOK

5%

10 C2R4A

TO T204YELLOW

4 C222 R223

1.022476

.°C'v MP 0205'0% .22

200v

R30621K

....

D

V202

0L221

2.70

TO #268,0211AT V2t4

R289331120%

-I3VC213

1'3?

TEL

L202 L204/3" 1.8"IC2,31 IC24

,-- 1.111e ,- up,0% 0%

V2030 0

AGC AMPV2186AU6

L222

0261100

021500i

TO T2C4

0

2 OV

A

270V

V221

17L5206:

BRO.

02123.38

1203

VIOLET

0 0L223

TO JUNCTIONL206,L 207,0291

AT 9204

150

038V

,5000IO5V

1BOV

0 0R225688

IT/

#224396

0303100K- 30%

- DUM0/0 TOR2709 IACCI

33


Allen B. Du Mont(Continued)

RA -306, 307

Part of this circuitdiagram is shownon page 33. Thisdivision is made forprinting convenienceand is not presentphysically in theactual chassis.

To point "A" ofcircuit on page 33.

A A

0231.

asyyF

it 206.5mC2." -

SOUND I.F.V2086AL/6

130V

2200

O 0 yr

C233R216 0 .01

478 0 0 2.2v -C2345u00,01's

\ VIDEO AMP.V204I2BY7

P206VIDEO

TEST POINT

USE OF SYMBOLSSolid symbol indicates source of voltage.Open symbol indicates point to which voltage isapplied.Solid bar indicates an adjustable control.

60,1

e75v ftDIAL STRINGINGFINISH

START

UHF PULLEY SHAFTAT FULL CW

START Al POINT

PULLEYSHAFT

2 TURNS

TUNER SHAFTDIAL STRING LINED IN DRUM

RA -307 CHASSIS

3420

2 TURNS

LENGTH OF DIAL STRING

R246 C23222 .01

1450

02 00 00060

L -

R24618 205.

$350

60,1

.A.1,1J-90c

000--1209VIOLET

82148.28

021747 our

0%LOOT

1754

02928

400 VV

82198.28

TOJUNCTION

8211,R 296,8297NEAR V202

60'1

R218

T

R228338

8229560

82310219 58.022 1ST SYNC600V CLIPPER

VR239 2052208 68E6

35vTO50v

R2302.2

EG.

4 MC 'g8^1

TO R244AT V218

5 C C2I9

1206WHITE

R2217K

10*

270V

A i558 R256IMIG.

MEG4V

A',7,0

CA 20%BRIGHTNESS

I0%

RATIO DET.V209UALS

82171208

"1C220 0291 C2$6

IS 158 .1

OUT.I

20% 400CONTRAST

82451.58

2205

BRN

S202Tv PHONO

9 B

0252 .P C241228

C236 #205 .102 TO660 SOUND - 5202-I1101 NoLL TEST MP

T

0

C.R.T.V401

170P4 2IFP4A

TO P202

BLUE zioA

0 -R 220 o2708

R290AI mEG.30%

VOLUME

ltP

024C.01200'

10112

R2i5128

1010223

200V

9202

70 PHONO

.r 40

430vB BOOST

O

131_6

RED

C289RN. .1

200V

8259I MEG.20%

60,1

R268

37V 3S6 9226

250006

TO55V

C224

2004

0221022

400V

R227 R232MEG.226

20%

6.5

8,350 Sv 270v

R292A Ci A5 MEG.V4V/AUTOMATICPICTURE SYNC CLIPPER WAVEFORMS TAKEN *ITN

STABILIZER R292A IN FULL COUNTER CLOCKWISE POSITION

TO JUNCTIONR2II,R296.0297

NEAR V202

2/0V

A

60%

82908 000240

ISRC

COBB.01

6004

R260100K

2ND SYNCCLIPPER

V206AI/2 I2AT7

R2341.26

5v

MP

0225.001600

R233680"

59.

MP

C228.0033

R2416808

R236 R240100K 4.7

MEG.

R255690,,

5%

C226.0016004

1554

HOR. PHASEDETECTOR

V2076AL5


AUDIOMPtIOA6476

550

pmsi

C2ac0?

2928mEG48

TONE

2552400

WITH 9242 REMOVED05C4 DISABLED

6-5V

2ND. AUDIOAMP.V2I1

6576 CT

FV

VERT. OSC.V2068/2 12AT 7

7)201

RI RZ R3220 9 20 11.20

2

2,65 4TC%

5

1W_

/ __.31v

--r-

, \L 1 /

6257002240000%

R293.4141E0.

20% 4/4t0vERT. HOLD

P203AFCTESTPOIHT

0.C2671-.055

200v

HOR.05C.V2I36587

02704700 uor

5%

4500

4274900K

C2660022400r0%

0262

6000MP

4 0260.047205 R27340%0 o I MEG. 6000

650

0276B.205%

0 240y

826400K

L215HOR STAB

4, C269 0271

--18, 3,0

10

0009

-5020 %

0279180

R2982704

09200

20

9 5v

02938SOK 30%

i/45/HOP. HOLD

A

0272191,5%

0 2943 MEG.

30% I/46VERT SIZE

B. Ov135 BOOST

O

C27500476000

yr.

102820%6.205%

0274390LIU!

635

028469."20%

024368K

02742.2

MEG.20%

THE SPEAKER ASS, MUST BE..060(CTIO TO SEPvIGE Toils CHAt,SIE

R269470

50v

0275 -74920,,

ivy

8295SK 20%

VERT. LIM.

4704.41.1F

VERT. DEFL.AMP.V212654

450C

HOP. DEFL.AMP.V2I4

41306-67450v WSE HV PROBE)

60%

GREEN

NOTES1. All waveforms and voltages were taken under

operating conditions. The receiver was tunedto an average strength TV signal, the Contrastcontrol rotated fully clockwise and the Du -monitor control (aqc) was adjusted for -7volts at P204 the agc test point.

2. Voltages ± 20% of those shown are normal.3. All resistors are 10%, one-half watt, unless

otherwise indicated.4. W.W. indicates wire wound resistor.5. All capacitors are 20%. 500V, unless otherwise

indicated.6. All capacitors are ceramic, unless indicated as

follows:M-mica, P-Paper, ±-electrolytic

MP-Molded Paper7. GI Tuner 89 012 901 is used in RA -306 chassis

stamped G. GI Tuner 89 012 911 and filterN202 are used with UHF tuner 89 013 291 inRA -307 chassis stamped G. Chassis usingStandard Coil tuner 89 012 971 are stamped S.

8. The Tone Control R292B and the Phono-TVSwitch 5202 were installed in chassis begin-ning with serial numbers 3069001 and 3072338.

' i 500SOV

TO C2110AT v404

18 T201

OR286

ISK

20%

C2794300

2(4" 84 BOOST

O

0P404

1286

720

515 7

04800-00

0203 R2664700 .2 MEG.20% 20%

R2956.8MEG.1/26

G2

530

2

8299750 -42 -

led

REAR 0221TO 299

v PHON 7 15500 -1S202

0$

TO

S202-9

2700 F2014/4 AMP.

0244 HOP LIR2/7.

40280

0'

,0% 2000

028147)

0 0DAMPER o6AX4-GT 4800V215

IUSE MVPROBE1

0217--- 000 / 03-"-

270v

02975000I 40<

SEMI -POLARIZED

A270811'

("0292.0336000QR.

TO 0296AT/207

TO C24547 0248

z2 a

0:0

02500002KV

02873,31,2w

G29540 4300

350V 90 80061

0248

02

4000 5126

LAMEEEEE MON

rola

melt 20m14,

C40175 in.' IE

5%400r

I VERTICAL

H.V.RECTFIER

V216183-G7

L219

0902Kr.

504

1

35

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONDU MONT(C ontinued)

MIXER PLATE COIL LI09ON TOP OF TUNER

4XTAL

L2I01ST

V.I.F.V2016086

Z204 2201

Figure I

OSC.MIXER R-F AMP.

V102 VIOI6.16 6BKT

2NDV.I.F.V2026CB6

2202

3RDV.I.F.V2036CB6

Z203

P204

VIDEODET.vast604

ALIGNMENTTEST POINTS

SOUNDLE22061114U6

1ST SYNC VIDEOCLIPPER P2060 AMR209 V204

4E1E6 12477

2ND SYNCCLIPPER

V20612ATT

VERT.OSC.

2203VHF

ANTENNA

R.F. AMP.V101-131/2 6607

ANTENNASTRIP

- 1R.F. AMP.V101 -A

1/2 6807

1001

300^ 10INPUT

.102

L

360114800//LW

R108156

R10947620%

WHITE

ARC

TUNER 89 012 971USED ALTERNATELY WITH TUNER 89 012 901.

MIXERSTRIP MIXER220V VI02-A

1/2 6./6

3031

CUI1.5

UAW

LIOT

1300

01203-9UUf

120V

01093 111.1(

RICH3303

010468Tuuf

01022206

L116800UlJf

C1035-3

1.11./f

R105470,,20%

IS 1103

L104 31

L109

0110ICIUUf

10% NPO105 20

&Br

N750

h_L-

Viol -

BLUE - COO

WHITE000l/Uf

6.

C119FINE TUNING

00011 Ur

LIO6 LIDS

C1158001 [a_1.111f

SLACKWHITE

HEATER6.30

9031 a?), /

01076.8Uf5%

NPO

0110 Rio4.7N 15N

20%

VV\

OSC.V102 -B1/2 6J6

V102

TIOI

C722Ianuur

13,,COAXIAL

CH7BOO

REDWHITE

DR

TO210E0 LP

6XTAL6VTVM

RATIODET.2202111AL5

I

onoalo-0

1STAUDIOAMR

V210IAT6

2NDAUDIO AMP.

VIII4W6 OT

n


EllierS011 reaorkModel Numbers

TVChassis

TubeSize

TVTuner

760D, 762D 120191-D 17LP4470696

760H 120190-D (GLASS-RECT.)732G, 742E 120185-B 21MP4

767A, 771A, 773A 120192-B (METAL-RECT.) 470696

771D 120192-D 21YP4(GLASS-RECT.) 470696

The service material on the next eight pages is exact for models usingchassis as listed above. This material is also applicable to the followingadditional models:

Models 752A, 755A, 784A, use Chassis 120174B, and Models 768A,772A, 774A, use Chassis 120193B, which are almost identical to Chassis120185B, with the main differences in the use of individual VHF and UHFtuners, and placement of 5U4G rectifier tubes.

Models 753D, 761C, use Chassis 120180D,and Models 753F, 785C,785E, use Chassis 120198D, which are almost identical to Chassis 120191Ddescribed in this manual; the main difference is in type of tuners used.

TUBE TROUBLE ANALYSIS CHART FOR CHASSIS 120185-B, 120190-D, 120191-D and 120192-B, D

SYMPTOM CHECK

Weak or no sound nor video (picture), raster normal V-22, V-23, V-1, V-2, V-3, V-4, *Weak or no sound video and raster normal

(a) Volume control setting effects strength of sound or hum V-6, V-7, V-8, V-9(b) Volume control setting does not effect strength of sound or hum V-9, V-10

Weak or no video - Sound and raster normal V-5, V-24Sound and roster normal. Picture takes more than a couple of minutesto come to full contrast, starts out silvery. In time picture may alwaysbe negative in appearance V-24Poor or no horizontal nor vertical sync - sound and video normal(contrast control makes video darker or lighter) V-11, V-17Poor or no horizontal nor vertical sync - Video weak or distorted, rasternormal - sound may or may not be normal V-22, V-23, V-1, V-2, V-3, V-4Poor or no horizontal sync - raster normal and sound normal(picture locks in vertically) V-11, V-12, V-13, V-17Poor or no vertical sync - raster normal and sound normal(picture locks in horizontally) V-il, V-17, V-18Horizontal line (no vertical sweep) - sound normal V-18, V-19Insufficient horizontal size, sound and video normal V-14, V-16, V-20. V-21Insufficient vertical size, or white horizontal bar in picture,horizontal size OK V-19No sound, no raster - tubes lit Fuse, V-20, V-21No sound, no roster - tubes not lit Plug connection in wall socket,

ON -OFF switch, line cord.

By raster we mean the illuminated scanning lines.*Another very common fault is a shorted or open circuit antenna connection to set. 37

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONEMERSON Chassis 120185B, 120190D, 120191D, 120192B, -D, continued

ALIGNMENTSTANDARD

ALIGNMENT

SIGNAL GEN.

(SUPPLIES COUPLE IN A MANNER TWAT WILL

MARKER SIGNAL) PROVIDE JUST ENOUGH MARKERTO BE DISCERNABLE WITHOUT

a. Equipment Required - A sweep generator, (10 MC.sweep with center frequency of 44 MC. plus allnecessary R.F. sweep frequencies as listed in R.F.

TOGROUND,111CHASSIS

AFFECTING THE OBSERVED RESPONSE

ISO /..--..,I I riTable), accurate marker generator, oscilloscope

and V.T.V.M. are required for alignment. Themarker generator must supply frequencies of 4.5MC., 40 to 48 MC. and 50 to 216 MC.

b. Alignment Points - The location of all I.F. trans -

SWEEP GENERATOR

WITH 50 OHM

OUTPUT

50 .A.

V H F.ANTENNA

TERMINALS

formers, Tuned Circuits, and trimmers shown in 120

Figure 14.

TV R.F. & MIXER ALIGNMENT

Connect 3 volt bias battery to both I .F . and R.F.AGC. circuits, positive terminal to chassis, nega-five terminal to *junction of R-19, C-19, C-18.Add a jumper wire from this junction to junctionof R-10, R-16, C-8 so that the bias battery is alsoopplied to I.F. AGC.

eillNOTE. SWEEP GENERATOR

WITH 500 OHMOUTPUT CONNECTDIRECTLY TO ANT.TERMINALS.

Figure 10. GENERATOR CONNECTIONS FOR TELEVISIONR.F. CHANNEL ALIGNMENT.

SWEEP & MARKERGENERATOR

MARKER GEN. OSCILLOSCOPE MISCELLANEOUS TRIMMER TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT

CONNECTIONSFREQ.RANGE

FREQ.CONNECTIONS INSTRUCTIONS OR SLUG AND OUTPUT INDICATION

Connect asshown in Fig. 10and adjustsweep controls

Channel#12

209.75 MC.Sound Carrier

205.25 MC.

Vert. input ofscope through10K resistor totest point on

Set Channel Selector to #12

NOTE

Keep output of R.F. Marker

C-2R.F. Amp.

InPatTrimmer

Adjust Trimmers C-2, C-5 and C-6to obtain response shown in Fig. I I

IMPORTANT: When adjustingtrimmers C-2, C-5 and C-6 it will

for width sothat completechannel re-

207 MC.CenterFreq.

Pix Carrier tuner Fig. 14Low side tochassis

Generator at a level thatprovides a readable markerbut does not distort the

C-1I.F. Trap

be noted that the band pass char -acteristic can be broadened bysacrificing amplitude. It is unde-

spouse may beobserved asshown in Fig. 11

curve that is being observedon the scope.

C-5R.F. PlateTrimmer

sirable to overly broaden thecurve as that would result in aloss of sensitivity.

C-6MixerGrid

Trimmer

C-1 should normally be set at maxi -mum capacity (screw all the way in)unless interference is encountered.(See note below)

#13213 MC.

*215.75 MC.**211.25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #13(See Note Above)

The r -f band pass characteristic of the othertelevision channels should now be checkedwithout disturbing the settings of trimmersC-2, C-5 C-6. Adjust the -f

#11201 MC.

*203.75 MC.**199.25 MC.


and r sweep gen-erator and marker generator for operation onthe other television channels, observing posi-

#10195 MC.

*197.75 MC.**193.25 MC.


tion of both the sound carrier and picture car -tier markers.

/9 *191.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to #9189 MC. "187.25 MC. (See Note Above) / \

#8183 MC.

185.75 MC."181:25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #8(See Note Above) 2

1

SameOS

/7177 MC.

*179.75 MC.**175.25 MC.

Sameas

Above


E 50

r

Above#6 87.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to #6 t .

85 MC. ** 83.25 MC. (See Note Above) ** \\.e.

/579 MC.

* 81.75 MC.' 77.25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to 05(See Note Above)

\"" i.7:::i.7:0727:.. ::..!=,:=0.

#469 MC.

* 71.75 MC. 67.25 MC.


Figure 11-- TUNER RESPONSE CURVESHOWING BAND-PASS LIMITS.

#363 AMC.

65.75 MC." 61.25 MC.


The response for all channels should meet withthe requirements of Fig.11. To do so it may be

to by slightly changing#257 MC.

* 59.75 MC.*" 55.25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to 02(See Note Above)

necessary compromisethe initial channel #12 adjustments of C-2,C-5 and C-6 while switched to channel whichdoes not conform.

Sound Carrier Marker NOTE: C-1 IS AN I.F. TRAP AND CAN BE ADJUSTED IN THE FIELD TO REDUCE ANY INTERFERENCE WHICH

"Picture Carrier Marker MAY AFFECT CHANNEL #2 FROM A NEARBY TRANSMITTER OPERATING IN THE 40 MC. BAND.

38


EMERSON Chassis 120185B, 120190D, 120191D, 120192B, -D, continued

I.F. ALIGNMENT

1) Tune receiver to unused Channel 10 or 12.

2) Connect 3 volt bias battery with negative terminal to I.F. AGC. (Junction R-10, C-8, R-16) positiveterminal to chassis.

3) Connect D.C. V. T. V.M. to video test point (see location in Fig. 13 and 14).

4) Connect terminated marker generator to floating shield of converter tube V-23 6J6. (Shield raisedslightly so that it does not make contact with chassis). Use unmoduloted marker. See Fig. 13.

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUST PROCEDURE

45.75 MC.Unmodulated T-4

43.2 MC.Unmodulated T-3 Peak for maximum response. Adjust output of signal generator so that

maximum response does not produce more than -2V. D.C. on V.T.V.M.42.0 MC.

Unmodulated T-2

45.0 MC.Unmodulated

L-3T-1

41.25 MC.Unmodulated L-2 Adjust trap for minimum response. Increase output from signal generator so that a

true minimum position can be found.

5) Connect vertical input of an oscilloscope instead of V.T.V.M. to video test point with vertical scopegain set at, or near, maximum. (Horizontal scope sweep set at 400 cycles).

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUST PROCEDURE

47.25 MC.400 CyclesAmp. Mod.

L-1 With signal generator set at maximum output, adjust L-1 for minimum vertical re -sponse on scope.

6) Now that all the I.F. coils and transformers have been set, the overall response can be observed andadjusted if necessary.

SIGNAL GENERATOR INPUT

FREQUENCY MEASURINGADJUSTINSTRUMENT PROCEDURE

CONNECTIONSWEEP MARKER

Connect terminatedsweep and markeras shown in Fig .13.

Centerfrequency44 MC.10 MC.Sweep

45.75 MC. Scopeconnectedto Video

TestPoint

T-4 If 45.75 MC. doesn't lie from 60 to70% down adjust T-4 (see fig 12) fortolerances. *

Providing overall curve is within tolerances as shown below, no further adjustments are needed. If bond width ortilt is not as specified, repeat entire alignment procedure. If still out then a slight retouching is permissible.TRAPS L-1 and L-2 MUST BE ADJUSTED AS INDICATED ABOVE. DO NOT RE -ADJUST WHILE OBSERV-ING OVERALL I.F. RESPONSE CURVE.

*KEEP OUTPUT SIGNAL GENERATOR AS LOW AS POSSIBLE WHEN OBSERVING THE OVERALL I.F. SHAPE SINCETUBE OVERLOAD MIGHT RESULT AND THE RESPONSE WILL APPEAR INCORRECTLY FLAT AND WIDE.

mo.-- PERMISIBLE TILT

't 20% EITHER WAY

20%MAX.

41.25 MC.

.....60%i

45.7514- 3.5 TO 4 MC. --01

TO 70% NOTE: It may be impossible toobserve the 47.25 MC. markerwith the average service equip-ment due to the high attenuation

MC. of trap L-1 (adjacent sound).

47.25 MC. ADJACENTSOUND

Figure 12. OVERALL I.F. RESPONSE CURVE 39

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONEMERSON Chassis 120185B, 120190D, 120191D, 120192B, -D, continued

SCOPE

ERT HOE

TOSWEEP

GENERATORCONNECT IN

PLACE OF V TV.MWHEN NEEDED.

TOMARKEN

FLOATING SHIELD TOMARKER

TOSWEEP

FLOATING SHIELD

VIDEOTESTPOINT

T-5SOUND

TAKE OFFT NA N WORM E

Figure 13. CONNECTIONS FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT.

All instrument leads should be dressed as directed and as short as possible to preventinteraction between input and output leads. Failure to do this may result in an un-stable response indication.

NOTE: It is important that the output cable of the sweep and marker generator be properlyterminated in their characteristic impedance which is usually from 50 to 75 ohms.If this termination has not been built into the end of the cable by the instrumentmanufacturer then a resistor of the proper value (characteristic impedance) shouldbe connected across the output of each generator cable as shown above.

40

A2 -A 13ACCESSIBLETHRU HOLE IIN TUNERCHASSIS

C-3FINE

TUNING

TEST POINT

T-45.0 MC

T- 242.0 MC.BOT TOM

FRONT OF CHASSIS

L-3 45.0 MC. TOP OR BOTTOM

L -I ADJACENT SOUND TRAP47.25 MC. TOP OR BOTTOM

L-2 SOUND CARRIER TRAP41.25 MC. TOP OR BOTTOM

T- 343.2 MC.

C -I I F TRAP ADJUST- BOTTOMMENT TUNED IN FIELD TOREDUCE INTERFERENCE ONCHANNEL 2 DUE TO NEARBYTRANSMITTERS BROADCASTINGIN THE I.F. RANGE. IF NOINTERFERENCE IS PRESENTTURN SCREW ALL THE WAY IN.

T-445.75 MC.BOTTOM

VIDEOTESTPOINT

T- 54.5 MC

TOP ORBOTTOM

TOP ANDBOTTOM

4.51.- 7MC.TOP ANDBOTTOM

SECONDARYON TOP FORTPART NO.708018 AND708151.

4.1-5 I 11 2C

T-6 TRAP4.5 MC. BT OCTOP

BOTTOM

Figure 14 - LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT POINTS (TOP VIEW)



R.F. OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT (V. H.F. )

1. Connect marker and sweep generator as shown in Figure10, low side to chassis.

2. Connect scope to video test point (see location Fig.13 and 14).

3. Connect 3 volt bias battery as described under R.F. Alignment

4. Before undertaking oscillator alignment be sure I.F. circuits are correctly aligned for band pass characteristic and trapsettings.

5. During oscillator alignment, it is necessary to set the fine tuning control so that the tooth on the fine turning cam pointsdownward.

MARKERSIGNAL SWEEP MISCELLANEOUS TRIMMER TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT

GENERATOR GENERATOR INSTRUCTIONS OR AND OUTPUT INDICATIONFREQUENCY FREQUENCY SLUG

Be sure that fine tuning control hasbeen properly positioned (tooth on thecam pointing down)

NOTE

NOTE: Before making the following adjustment,advance the vertical gain control on the scope inorder to magnify the sound trap portion of the re -sponse curve.

Channel#12

Center

During this step and thru-out all suc-seeding steps it is necessary to:

Adjust

Then, use a non-metallic screwdriver to adjustchannel #12 oscillator slug (accessible thru holeon front of r -f tuner unit) and shift response curve

'209.75 MC.*205.25 MC.

Frequency207 MC.

10 MC.Sweep

1. Keep output of sweep generator at alevel that does not allow the readingon a VTVM to exceed minus 1 voltwhen connected across video detectorload at minimum sweep width.

2. Keep output of standard signal gen-erator at a level that provides areadable marker but does not distortthe curve that is being observed onthe scope.

SlugA-12

so that sound carrier marker is located at theposition indicated below.

Now reduce gain control setting of scope to re -store pattern to normal amplitude and observeposition of picture carrier marker. This markershould appear on the high frequency side of thecharacteristic curve. The amplitude of the pic-ture carrier should be between 60 and 70% downfrom peak response.

215.75 MC. Channel #13 Set Channel Selector to #13 Adjust the r -f sweep generator and marker generator for op -"211.25 MC. 213 MC. (See note above) eration on other television channels; set marker generator to

203.75 MC.**199.25

Channel #11201 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #11 sound carrier frequency. After setting Channel Selector to cor-responding channel, adjust oscillator slug thru hole on front ofMC. (See note above) r -f tuner unit. (A-2 to A-13)

*197.75 MC.**193.25 MC.

Channel #10195 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #10(See note above) This permits response curve to be shifted so that sound carrier

marker will appear at the position indicated below.*191.75 MC. Channel #9 Set Channel Selector to #9

**187.25 MC. 189 MC. (See note above)

185.75 MC. Channel #8 Set Channel Selector to #8

60 TO*181.25 MC. 183 MC. (See note above)

*179.75 MC. Channel #7 Set Channel Selector to #7 70%**175.25 MC. 177 MC. (See note above)

PI X 1. F.--+-45.75 MC. 87.75 MC. Channel #6 Set Channel Selector to #6

** 83.25 MC. 85 MC. (See note above) SOUND I. F.* 81.75 MC. Channel #5 Set Channel Selector to 05

* 77.25 MC. 79 MC. (See note above)

71.75 MC. Channel #4 Set Channel Selector to #441.25 MC.

** 67.25 MC. 69 MC. (See note above)

65.75 MC. Channel #3 Set Channel Selector to #3 TYPICAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE

* 61.25 MC. 63 MC. (See note above) NOTE: Make sure that cam on fine tuning control shaft re- 59.75 MC. Channel 02 Set Channel Selector to #2 mains properly positioned during this step (tooth on the cam

** 55.25 MC. 57 MC. (See note above) pointing downward).

NOTE: If on unsatisfactory overall response is obtained for a particular channel, observe R -F amp. and Mixerresponse curve for that channel (as described in R -F Amp. and Mixer Alignment Table). If characteristic curvedoes not conform reasonably well within the typical curve shown in Figure 11, then do the following things:

1. Check method of connecting scope, voltmeter and generator leads to eliminate possible distortion ofobserved response, or:

2. Attempt to obtain a better compromise for R.F. response on all channels by realigning R -F Amp. andMixer circuits, or:

3. Try replacing Antenna, R -F and Oscillator coils for the particular channel.

'Sound Carrier Marker**Picture Carrier Marker

R.F. OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 41


SOUND

42


ALIGNMENT

(A) USING 4.5 mc UNMODULATED SIGNAL (B) USING TRANSMITTED TV AIR SIGNALGENERATOR

1) Connect antenna and tune to a good on the air1) Short pin #1 of V-3 to Chassis with short jumper TV station.

wire. 2) Adjust fine tuning control for best picture.2) Keep output of signal generator low so as to 3) Adjust antenna coupling for moderate signal so

provide a sharp meter indication with adjust- as to provide a sharp meter indication with ad-ment of transformers. justment of transformers.

4) Meter reading may pulsate due to changes insignal strength; do not confuse with a peakadjustment.

STEPSIGNAL GENERATOR INPUT MEASURING

INSTRUMENTADJUST PROCEDURE

CONNECTION FREQUENCY

1

Maker Gen, through.01 MF to Pin 7 ofV-4 low side tochassis.

- or -Connect antenna andtune in a good trans-mitted TV. signal(any channel)

4.5 MC(Unmodulated)

- or -

A good on theair TV. channel

Connect D.C. V.T.V.M.(negative scale) through10K Resistor to Junctionof C-30, R-35, R-36 -low side to chassis.

T-5Topor

Bottom

T-6Top andBottom

Peak for maximum voltage. Adjustoutput of signal generator to produceabout a one volt D.C. rise onmeter (1 volt above noise* voltage)

If T.V. signal is used adjust ant.coupling to receiver to produceabout the same voltage rise.

2 Same as

above.

Same

a s

a b o v e.

Connect V.T.V.M.through 10K Resistor toJunction of R-44, C-34- low side to chassis.

T-7Top andBottom(Dis-crimi-nator)

A) Detune Discriminator secondary1-7 (Top Pt. #708018, 708151;Bottom Pt. #708017) for maxi -mum negative meter reading.

B) Adjust primary T-7 for maximumnegative meter reading.

C) Readjust Discriminator secondary(towards original setting) forzero D.C. reading on V.T.V.M.

D) Check Audio, if distorted repeatsteps A - C.

Theshort

4.5 MC

1.

2.3.

4.

ingduced.too

REPAIR

tionbroken

replacingoriginal

noise voltage is measured under no signal conditions (antenna terminals shorted directly at tuner by means of ajumper wire; or disconnect 4,5 MC. generator if procedure (A) above is followed.)

VIDEO TRAP ALIGNMENT 1l..-12)

Connect crystal controlled 4.5 mc. signal generator through a .01 mf. condenser to the grid of the video ampli-fier tube (Pin 1 of V-5, 6CB6) low side to chassis.Set contrast control for maximum contrast (fully clockwise).Connect a V.T. V. M. (D.C. scale) through an R.F. probe to the cathode of the picture tube (Pin 11, yellow lead)low side to chassis.Adjust the 4.5 mc. trap L-12 for minimum reading on the V.T.V.M.

If a crystal controlled generator is not available the video trap can be adjusted in the field by setting the fine tun-control for maximum 4.5 mc. in picture and adjusting the 4.5 mc. trap (L-12) until this 4.5 mc. beat note is re-

Be sure that video ringing is not introduced from this adjustment since this indicates the trap was aligned atlow a frequency.

OF TUNER

The majority of tuner troubles which are not due to defective tubes con usually be detected by a physical examina-of the tuner (turret removed), such as burnt resistors, broken parts, bent or dirty contact fingers, cold solder joints,

socket pins, etc.It should always be borne in mind that a burnt resistor is usually the result of a shorted condenser or tube.The part numbers of items which are not generally commercially available are given on the tuner schematic. When

parts, leads should be kept as short as possible and components replaced in the same position as theparts.



ROTEBELOW

POWERTRANSFORMER

TELEVISION TUBEI7LP4 - 100190-D2IMP4-1201135-11

VVt V-3

SOUND 1. .

1STAUDIO OUTPUT

v1I NOM LE 31111.V4I.P. VIVIET.

,......-N .-- ......... , ...... e

NO. AMR

INDICATES GAPS BETWEEN PINS I IOR 9) ON IMMATURESOtKETS. THIS SHOULD ASSIST YOU IS INSERTING THESETUBES WHERE A SOCKET IS OBSTRUCTED FROM VIEW

V-7SOUND i qT AU010

Lodmit

FUSE

1 v-i

oesLEGTwl; ram

AMPLIFIER 0v-i SYNC.

SNC.SEPARATOR v- IT

6 NOISE INVERTERYNC.CLAN*

ITORiZ PHASEOCT 110R1ESYNC PHASE

INVERTER

HOME 8851CONTSOL GT

GRID

HOME VEST OSCNYSE

GT

OvoYMIT

tONNECTION

IXIA - 110190-0X-3 1-1 1136T-120166-0

NOTBELOW

ANTENNACONNECTION

V.2VAC&

MIXER

V-72

917AIWA136E7

LvRECT

LV SECT

NOTE. THE RF AMP. TUBE PRESENTLY USED IS A SCOT. IN THE FUTURE 6B07 , 6807A OR A Sea T MAYBE USED. THESE THREE TUBES ARE INTERCHANGEABLE, BUT DUE TO POSSIBLE VARIATIONS ININTERELECTRODE CAPACITIES, SEVERAL TUBES MAY HAVE TO BE TRIED FOR BEST RESULTS.

Figure 15 - TUBE LOCATION DIAGRAMCHASSIS 120185-B, 120190-D

ANT. INPUTBAL.300 4L

ACC 0

+ 225 V 0

+ ISO V.0

6.3 V.

TELEVISION TUBE

I7LP4 -120191.1)SIMP4 - 120192 B

V-1 VE1ST 0NONO, viols

1STSOU ND.,

v-6

V-3 V43Noyo I VIO DEE

16C861

DEFLECTIONTONE

v.7SOUND

LASTER

v-17SYNC CLASPSNOSE p/vEATEA

NONE Ps.2ASE DET.00 SINGPHASE INVERTER

HONZ OSCOUTPUT

*NONE AsAsE NORIZCONTROL

11X21 12019I-0 00'0B 367 -120192-6

* THE PHASE COIL SIDE OF THE 4 LUGTERMINAL STRIP ALWAYS HAS TWO WIRESCONNECTED TO IT, THE OTHER SIDE HASONLY THE ONE CONTROL GRID WIRE.

Figure 16 - TUBE LOCATION DIAGRAMCHASSIS 120191-D, 120192-B, D

//1 IT

81 /""1

960631Ce / 1/2 V-22

6807

C -9 133

I -. I, . .

L-4:1 . i:

,,,,-:

. -....--, R.4wo x

L__J

5-4 a6C3:26L -S - 960635

, E I

9-3 8-, 1C-15330K *OK

c_. 19.'3%r

!SEEN

BLUE

C -10000

960131

L-

RED

SLACK

TUNER

C -11r000

F00-13

C121000

COILS FOR CHANNEL DESIRED

II F AMP 191301341/2 V-22 C-5

6607 ro 5 3

R - To

-7

I

L-9

CI610

PO960636

960136%'/ I

9606571

FINETUNING

I.

0-10

C-3

C -II TO COS PT NOS 960407

L-8

ION

L.

icnIcoLLAToR11/2 V-23I CIS

C-19IWOOssoi3s

Li- II1 c

- -I

NOTES- 3, L 10 AND L11

ARE MOUNTED . INDIVIOULCHANNEL ITN /PS ON TURRETSNITCH POINTS Ant 7NNEITED

THE ORDEN OE THEIR RESPECTIVELOCTIOH 'RON T. SEAN ENSOf UNES

- ALRESISTANCE VALUES REPS CAPACITANCE VALUES

NNE UNLESS OTMERVISEINGICATE0

IS SONE TUNERS960136 THIS ETO OF c-eiL-Ic /coNNEcTED TO Pint

NS UN 4144.

S60633L -13Of

T - 1 VIDEOWIRER

1/2 V-236.16

91

960634C-60.6-3r

R-10K

R-9210K

TEST POINT

AY -A13

c-ze isL960659

960139.E.C-230000 I

PART NO. 470696 MECHANICAL PARTS CAN BE ORDERED BY NAMINGPARTS FUNCTION AND NOTING THE TUNER PT. NO.

1OUTPUT

R-1115 K

Figure 17 - SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF TURRET TYPE TUNER USED ON CHASSIS 120185-B, 120190-D, 120191-D AND 120192-B, D

43

1111

1111

1111

1111

1I

ON

-VO

LD. C

NT

.0t

1/2

5-2

e JS

VH

F T

UN

ER 1-

1

FR

ON

T C

ON

TR

OLS

V-2

2 M

T

/V

-23

11J6

OM

M

IXE

Rso

NoN

sjs

rer.

741..

114.

4.0

RA

U

'-II

so c

V-2

0V

-2I

5U44

5044 '1

2

P-5

N C

-1 1

-...

. .

C D

NO

TS

X00

¢7.

1 N

AT

.

1ST

VID

EO

V 6C66

ST

AT

.@ S

ELE

CT

OR

-4.;r

0r I

01.

..°1*

,7.C

.-4.

411,

0SC

IliD

;70.

4

AN

40 .7

11.

NC

CZ

PZ

,v-

ID

70C

u

ISA

U6

sous

6ALS

'AV

G6,

1 G

T

i"4-1

41 -

.N

.,,./

W.

C .6

4.0

011

C .

EN

D V

10.0

/MI

V-1

260

66

OW

AN

DM

INN

UII

10

N.,.

...,7

7.

VIN

O A

C *

mos

.V

-1D

INO

SA

CS

ND

V-3

6C11

600

0 s

11V

j.

'111

00 I

A11

1111

0'i

NO

20 T

O in

tD

OC

1011

0100

,111

110

.11

1111

DI

1

Cre

711

CP

S

ON

q. V 5

6C66

C

RE

AR

00

0o

0

1:1

?

0-2

8-2

0

CO

NT

RO

LSF

OR

CH

AS

SIS

120

165-

8, 1

2019

0-D

1201

91-0

912

0192

43,D

SP

-1

EM

ER

SON

FIG

UR

E (

8S

CH

EM

AT

IC D

IAG

RA

MC

HA

SS

IS12

0185

-8,1

2019

0-0,

1201

91-D

, 120

192-

B,D

So

IN

V10

V.

1/2

V-1

162A

UT

T

MC

NN

W.

1SO

V

V-1

76!P

AU

?

'AN

41.1

101/

it2A

Vu

I 7

c

'X'X

1.1,

142

0.00

1000

1, *

V-

SO 1

11

firl

d11

C-

C00

CC

'SA

C? =

INN

0.2

.704

1sV

-122

,5-

1211

i

'111

1,11

,1,

Li'.

,1

1114

1111

C r

tt"

C T

S.0

0.1

0

C -

SS

0011

nOoT

n4O

ul,A

L

,sV

-I4

5605

67

1:0

I.k CI

KN

../N

OLL

AN

AV

- D

i66

1CT

IST

;+-b

.247

.11,

41-7

,a-

-

C-7

1N

7

Ow

0:.1

TN

LA

<,

so

V-

IS51

(867

voT

0101

110

1,10

.B

IS

DE

N S

IDE

CO

N11

10L

-D

e

47 NO

NT

IDD

IC

OT

Nt

.

Vi

v-$5 X

2

V-1

5IR

S G

T e

IND

SC

NT

IOL

oA

WL

200'

CX

'A tE

PIC

TU

RE

TO

RE

0-24

100K

TA

.2LE

AD

.1.5

K

NC

I.

L''''

..1

"gr

10-

6

2tP4

551%

,.

201

CH

AS

SIS

,041

10 0

,130

100

2-6

_2-

52-

5

m0.

020T

AL

SO

CK

ET

. 5,

11,4

11,1

;WM

. id

0.1

MO

N 0

'DO

SD

.tv

04.1

.-,7

;---

--7-

LO

fK

O.4

0002

202

000.

402

Tra

"


Emmon readikx,Model Numbers TV

ChassisTubeSize

TVTuner

741F, 757D 120182-017LP4(GLASS

- RECT.) VHF - 470696781A, 781B 120196-8

21MP4(METAL

- RECT.)

784E 120197-B21MP4

(METAL - RECT.)VHF - 470712UHF - 470729784G 120197-D 21YP4

(GLASS - RECT.)

785K 120195-D17LP4(GLASS

- RECT.)

For circuit diagram see the next page, over. Alignment procedure for thesesets is the same as for earlier sets covered in the 1953 Television Manual,and you are referred to pages 50 to 54 of this volume (TV -7) for alignmentinformation.

BRIEF CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The above chassis incorporate a 40 mc I.F. intercarrier system. The 4.5 mc intercarrier sound signal which isdeveloped in the video detector is fed back to the grid of V-2 where it is amplified along with the regular, video endaudio I.F. signals are then fed to the sound limiter (V-6). This system is known as "sound reflex" and is ac-complished by incorporating two resonant circuits in the plate and two resonant circuits in the grid of V-2. Oneset of plate and grid circuits resonates at the 40 mc video I.F. frequencies and the other set at the intercarriersound frequency (4. 5 mc). C-7 resonates with the secondary of T-5 to form the 4.5 mc grid resonant circuit of V-2.

To operate the R.F. amplifier at maximum gain at low signal levels delayed A.G. C. is applied to the tuner.

The output of the video amplifier (V-5, 6CB6) not only drives the cathode of the picture tube but also feeds thecomposite video signal to the grid circuit of the sync separator tube (1/2 V-8, 12AX7). Since the polarity of thevideo signal is such that the sync tips drive`the grid of V-5 in a negative direction strong noise pulses of greateramplitude than the sync will drive the grid to cutoff and will, therefore, be clipped in the plate circuit of this tube.This effect greatly improves sync stability in electrically noisy weak signal areas.

ALIGNMENT OF MIRACLE PICTURE LOCK(Horizontal Oscillator and A. F. C. )

This can be accomplished without removing chassis from cabinet.1- Tune set to a channel known to be good.2- Short phasing coil by using a clip lead across phasing coil terminal strip located on top of chassis next to

horizontal oscillator tube.3- Rotate horizontal hold control fully clockwise.4- Starting with horizontal frequency slug all the way out, rotate in until picture just locks into sync. (Turn slug

in 1/2 turn more).5- Adjust horizontal size if necessary; if picture falls out of sync. repeat Step 4.6- Adjust centering so that right hand edge of picture is visible while facing front of set (see Figure #1).7- Decrease contrast and turn up brightness while viewing a good picture so that the horizontal blanking porch is

visible (see Figure #1) on right hand side of picture.8- Remove the short across the phasing coil. If the picture falls out of horizontal sync. adjust the phasing coil

to re -sync. the picture and then carefully continue to adjust the phasing coil so that the start of the horizontalsync. pulse is just visible at the end of the front blanking porch. (see Figure #2). It should be noticed that thesync. pulse is darker than the front blanking porch but not quite as dark as the unlit portion of the picture tube.

FIGURE I

ENO OF PICTUREDETAIL

BLANKING FRONTPORCH ---40SYNC- PULSE JUSTSTARTS TO SHOW

UNLIT TUBE

FIGURE 2 45

mT

O G

OM

M Z

OIN

Am

NoL

vm

Qom

,`

1Zr

MIA

S i-MM

INN

ICT

OM

. S

ME

AR

. MA

IM*

uGM

LNIM

LIN

N

re.

ON

-711

15" al

V.1

5ol

-N le M

IAM

I,vk

lil.B

12P

b10

011

OR

ME

TM

ES

I L_

NE

M N

MI F

US

Sn

JS

W 3

.17,

=w

, roi

4.4

==.

MO

MO

IST

.

InV

-111

646

VT

v T

UN

ER

ITT

47011E

1113

-0,

Pel

IT N

a S

PO

ON

711

1-0.

1114

1

TI

I

V-

IS 6

1107

R.E

AM

RV

- If

LK 0

601

MIX

ER

MM

I AM

1ST

rIII

SO

V-1

SC

SI

L-3

MODELS - 741F. 747D

CHASSIS - 120162-0

MODELS - 781A. 7818

CHASSIS - 120196-6

MODEL - 764E

CHASSIS - 120197-8

MODEL - 76411

CHASSIS - 120197-0

MODEL - 7555

CHASSIS - 120195-0

In=

V-2

OC

AS 50

r.11

0V

ST

K M

IMO

SA

1/2

V -

S12

AX

7

CO

MM

MA

TS

LIS

TC

ON

TR

OLS

CO

MIE

NS

IN

.141

1iii

thE

. D

IER

OT

ES

AY

,

CO

MM

IS R

Ism

RE

SIS

TO

RS

114.

4.A

01

NA

L LI

OM

MT

000

EM

ER

SO

N R

AD

IO A

ND

PH

ON

OG

RA

PH

CO

RP

V-6

6.61

16

.4:

IM

V-3

SC

SI

7-6

DIM

ILE

INA

TO

RV

-7S

ALT

MO

M M

C D

ET

EC

TO

RV

-4 G

ALS

."3

VII

IMP

"

I/UT

-S12

AX

7

II.'

......

.1.4

.H

OR

IMN

ITA

L ..1

IC

OM

ELM

OS

CIL

LAT

OR

.In

V -

III2

AU

71/

2 V

-11

12A

U7

I

IMR

E M

S V

DU

AS

CO

NT

RO

L T

EM

IN M

TIA

LLE

I

I1=

r I I

PII:

Cf Z

S":

1:.

I

11

i-__

I,m

sem

mC

ON

TR

OL

TO

M1/

2 V

-II

1111

176T

VE

ST

ICA

L 05

CLa

la V

-IC

I 12A

U?

..,.

c..

cg1

a..:1

.

.

,- T

-1

H

i

NO

MIO

NT

AL

OS

CIL

LAT

OR

:r

CO

MM

A

3P-1

/wow

IMO

IXIN

WIt

NM

1/-1

1

SV

SS

T

XI

0-5

SC

SI

rogr

: eag

ra ;M

inR

. N

IT a

men

=M

N M

eT

O .

ME

SE

IM*1

1.4.

0" a

ti/P

#1.1

61.1

INIT

TE

D.M

N.

TO

EIL

ION

IST

S.A

rIT

ICI

SE

RI

UT

MIT

K61

37III

NIT

-IO

1201

82-D

I201

95 -

D A

I201

97 -

BA

Q

I201

97 -

DA

1201

96-B

Ini

tial

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

V-2

112

0113

2-D

- 1

7LP

412

0195

-0 -

17L

P4

1201

96 -

B -

2 I

MP

412

0197

-5 -

21

MP

412

0197

0 -

2 I Y

P4

UN

TIR

ING

RE

NT

10, T

RA

ON

TH

E C

HA

SM

S O

ME

N

W=

4:0,

114.

U4C

FCC

PTA

"IM

O P

on M

OM

'Rui

n.

CHASSIS NO.120182 -El


GENERAL ELECTRICTELEVISION RECEIVERS

MODELS 21T7 & 21T8

This material is exact for Models 21T7 and 21T8. Models 21C225 to 21C333,21T20, and 21T21, are similar, but waveform voltages may differ somewhat.

TROUBLE SHOOTINGIn many cases a circuit difficulty may be localized by observing the picture or test pattern and by noting the presence or absence of

sound. In general, the tubes in defective circuits should be checked first since this check does not take much time and the probability offailure is higher in tubes than in components. When substituting tubes in r -f or video i-f circuits, the original tube should be replaced inthe socket if it is found to be satisfactory.

General Service InformationI. CRIDCAL. LEAD DRESS

To prevent the effects of undesired 4.5 me harmonic radiation,it is essential that all audio and video i-f components be replacedin exactly the same position they occupied when they were wiredin at the factory. All r -f, video and sync carrying leads should bemade as short as possible. Check lead dress of picture tube anodelead to prevent high -voltage arc -over.

2. NOISE INVERTER CHECK

A simple oscillographic check may be performed which willdisplay the operation of the noise inverter. The procedure isbased upon noise pulse inversion in the absence of signal.

1. Turn on receiver. Set channel selector switch to an un-occupied channel.

2. Connect oscilloscope to Junction of C303 and C304.3. Bias off the noise inverter (V115B) by connecting a 100,000 -

ohm resistor between its pin No. 3 and +250 volts.4. Supply a moderate -amplitude noise signal to the antenna

input terminals. A suitable noise source would be an electricshaver or similar "spark" type noise generator.

5. Observe positive polarity of noise pulses on oscilloscope.Removal of the temporarily added 100,000 -ohm resistor shouldcause the noise signal to reverse itself and hence become negativein polarity.

3. KEYER TUBE CHECKThe proper operation of the AGC Keyer tube VIO8B may be

checked by shorting pins 2 and 7 and observing the AGC voltage.This voltage should reach a value of 40 volts as measured at theAGC terminal of the R -F Tuner (see Fig. 19).

SYMPTOM CHECK FOR

DEFECTS OF THE SYNC SECTIONA. Weak or no horizontal sync; vertical

sync, picture and sound satisfactory1. Sync amplitude at input to discriminator tube, V119A2. Bias and plate voltage on control tube, V119B3. Sine -wave oscillator components, L351, C361, C357, R358 and R3594. Leaky or shorted capacitors, C354 and C3555. Waveform feedback components, C364, R365, R366 and C365

B. Weak or no composite sync, otherwisepicture and sound normal

C. No vertical sync, horizontal sync satis-factory

1. Defective coupling capacitor C303 or C304 to clipper tube2. Incorrect value of plate resistor, R312 of clipper tube, V116A3. Insufficient amplitude of composite signal applied to sync amplifier from video

detector; check video detector circuit

1. Sync pulse at input of vert. oscillator, check integrator plate P3012. Vert. oscillator frequency, if far off from 60 cps, check vert. oscillator components

such as C311 and R3173. Leakage in feedback capacitor, C315

D. Picture displaced to left, right edgewavy

1. Open or low value of capacitor, C304

E. Horizontal sync out, bright bar or barsin picture

1. Shorted, open or leaky capacitor, C3602. Improper value resistor, R361

F. "Gear Tooth" effect 1. Open or low value capacity of C3562. Open or high resistance of R357

DEFECTS OF THE VERTICAL DEFLECTION CIRCUITA. Poor vertical linearity, inadequate

height1. Low emission of sweep output tube, V1182. Improper grid input "drive" voltage at V1183. Defective sweep output transformer T3014. Low B+ voltage to sweep output tube V1185. Low value of cathode capacitor, C402C

B. Inadequate picture height 1. Rise in resistance value of vert. oscillator plate resistor, R319 or R3742. Leakage in capacitor C3123. Incorrect value of plate, or grid voltages on output tube, V1184. Low value capacitor in cathode of vert. output tube, C402C (This usually results

in poor linearity)5. Weak vertical deflection tube, V117 or V118

C. No vertical deflection 1. Open vertical deflection coils, D3012. Defective sweep output transformer, T3013. Shorted capacitor C312, C3144. Poor contacts in yoke plug

Continued onpages 48 to 52. 47


AGC

GENERAL ELECTRIC Models 21T7 & 21T8

OUTPUT CIRCA T5Of R F TUNER

F1/V103B2 12427 6CONV

7t

TERMINAL BOAR

240V

cisa75

L152380MCTRAP

140V

TESTPOINT

+260VVII3C

4 6T8AGC

DELAYDIODE

R3083. 3MEG

C305 -0.152MF

C1531_22

C306 _C-02MF

UHF,POWER

J402

117V60.,, 6.3VAC

R45220K

1401

1402

1403YOKE PLUGINTERLOCK

BLARED' F4014

LACKR406220K

2W 2W

- .S21 GREEN

48

L1534225MCTRAP

R336VVN180K

C 3192IMF

C3204IMF

+270V

VIII6CB6

AUDIO 1-F AMP190V

VII26406

LIMITER

VII3AT202 1/2 618

- RATIO DET 1 RATIO DETTRANS lc

I A

I 1.11 TOTAL

5000 f yyy R203 47K 100R201 4700C202 R221 R206180 1300 IW 100K 470K

4-2600 TEST POINT

SEL W. -T.-260VC2085000

SOUND TAKE -OFF 4.5MC

TESTPOINTII

V1046406

I ST. VIDEO I -F155V

600V

4fet B1/2 EUEIKEYERA

L40i4H

1_74,F,= a

C4014 700 5600

-;43F C 4018,r o,330V

VI255U4G

2 4 RECTIFIERRED TEL.

VII. 4

GReEnEL

VI 245U4G

RECTIFIER

VI056406

2 NO.VIDEO I -F

060 L3V

B- OO

R 53

t 22K

0156330

. RISK336K

C157

VII5BI 2 12477 TEST IX V2N0'2ISAET7

VI 6AVII5A

INVERTER 0303 0304R304

0. C302 r

2L, pi 2,4EXR7

L57.17-il, 4R73F-0-64.6v

.0033 R3I3 R3I9 R315 1.IF

7 33KP301

...) :c3202K8 8200 8200 I 2

gi 39MF

.047MF 1

1 1W530v2 _.-3c3.52V2 4 470KC310

: 3 - 8316

R3I7 4IM

8319 5321 04:1214F3::: 'IRA Iv wEGF -44 M r "

6R803°K7

3

R312

a I? 2 V__ 47K

82K

.7IAEG EG 390

* 1 i

I

**R301

.--

74-..

47K

,_2W

KIE A

60 8318 481932EG0 HE iGHT-VLE:R5:42W 2K4-- 60V 1731+240V1 VERT.

HOLD

V1066406

3 RD. VIDEO I -F150V

5 TI53

V1076CB6

4 TH. VIDEO I -F

R210

TESTPOINT

SfaV11313

I/4 6T8AU010 AMP

C2I3 C 15

C2MICF)10Mf '

50v

.01MF

VOLUME .L13

R3:73 54)-kv".'h

I

K F8220

CONTROL

I 470K

BOOK

VIDEOr_DEJECTOR ASSEMBLY

C152 (TOP) TRAll41.25 MC

68CI67

LI67 Y151311!1464 Ci66

LI56310.LI 68

5 44mN 1

TESTPOINT

33C

65V L201

7 R2I4470K

.1-P)+240V

V 1 01/2

ST. VIC

H 9I00L 160

TRAP IC17

1.1"

6.VFF

C316 83

.003910

..s30,03

) +260V

+240VC4034 HEAD END

+140VHEAD END

V119A1/2 12407

ORZ. PHASE.DETC35I -7VA-It

R354 C3532 4. 68 K

R351

560K

R352 C354__

15VIOOH 3300 T.

R356ANA220K

RE FIL.

01 13 Vi 14 7 V 16 9 0115 0II9 0I20 V1124 viz, 26T85 6V6 24X74 5 4

12477 24074

12407 64065 6CD6

1V109 3 V1239 VIII V110 VIIB2 V10896405 64647 12BH74521EP48i2 644407 608

UHF FIL

0106 36406

4

V105 Vi04641.154 64064

R360100K

0359

L163 01781 LI65C177 1.40 800 1.406 CI79800I8100800

C361 688

500HOR. HOLD

T VII7A VII7B.5V 1/2 28H7

iVERT. OSC.I/O I28H7VERE OSC.

C3I5 C313

0312 mEGIMF+260 \

** **

VI20A1/2 12407HORZ.05C.

33K.1

R365 R3664VslY, 4VsN,6800 T 6800

11 03641470

VI2013 VI211/2 12407 6006OR 4:1417 C366 HORZ OUTPUT

-25

765

300

NOTE RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMSCAPACITANCE VALUES IN MIAFDUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

0377.05MFm

C4031

25V

C37'..051

8321

33K 8372 8Crx

NESS76

CONRi

Fig. 31. Schematic Diagram with Waves


VI 146V6GT4) OUTPUT

NOTE

* SCOPE SYNCED AT 172 VERT FREOUENcy

KR SCOPE SYNCED AT la NONZ FREOuENcy

DISCONNECT INTEGRATOR OUTPUT TO 51176SO THAT VERT OSCILLATOR DOES NOT

LS INFLUENCE PULSE

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS ARE IN RESPECTTO ChLASSIS WITH A 24000111 VOLTMETER, WITH CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL

C.038 a OPERATION 743 SIGNAL APPLIED

A MEASURED win4 vIVAI.Wa.ED LETTERS REFER TO TERMINAL

OF TEST PORT COMMA

+260V . VARIES MTN CONTRAST CONTROL SETTING

161 V1096A05

kJ, 2 PRIVIDEO AMR

I/89

4.36 170Rill

40006 crc

5V

Z2

c 80P00

CONTRAST

RIBS

8172

33K073 1.155

Niel.IMF

13

L164201.1.

TESTPONT

R173MEG1

VI1021E P46

PICTURE TUBE

20-120V

R175

4174200K

T7

22K294

RI86

47K

OM 22K

+260V

250V +

oc*J.....R176 -100K

/ BRIGHTNESS8176 GANGED WITH

P0Slit7ifiROVEIER

T301

R326150

1 2

I D351

i OREENI NOR.TOKE

of

D301 I

VERT.YOKE

30

4R327

I I 2200

G)L-- -400

4

C372

rh.FR3773.9 MEG.

R3782.2611CG OR MEG1 550y

6330

8329 160002201 cult

.ONIF

T 328

V1168I/2 1261(7NORZ. BL.

R376

3311

20V

R375-4v4v4.

MEG

T351

YOKE CONN.I8LACKI

25MF

2600V 36V

II 111111111 11111

5

L354100en

NOR.LIP.1-353

11+ 80057

2

VI236A1C4GT

DAMPER

C376

800

1402

C370

V122183-GT

RECTIFIER

4.6052.50

'oltagos

Wiring Diagram for T152

.53

-=TSA'

LL,46(;" 7.06"5nd

403.94=1224¢=1C61.35.3. DT cx

Wiring Diagram for T153

T 52

Ratio Detector Wiring

i3Y11..

GENERAL ELECTRIC

5 .0.2 54066 A ...04 NNT 1.6 POSITIONGAPSIB3r2.. RF

V101

6A$4In RF4 .00

01C.T5

p T.0

.

00E

.0E474

4.5 me Interstag Transformer Wiring

L.

.4 0.

.1

512050,NO3

C131

4p op

VI02

60

41 .24

d.

1" `'c',.!,";

eso V103605C

A ." (142 AT 7v

1:

50

2

.6

iH

4.30

V433 41:4

4,1Js V10313

CON V(1,012 AT 7

25,Cl.gr52e,

PONT

1,12'0x

-31XX3

C42

LILT.8411

0122400

ACC

CO..,

GAOTERM 404415

160,501.1viern

Fig. 29. R -F Tuner, Schematic Diagram

240VOC 14pVDt

_J

Video Defector Wiring Diagram

1 c5.1 Pawl -

109fil--- 1-i472f;

icr..-,

col

MI4 40,..,4 3

NO CHNGE/ ,,URAL II

55

e 2

TUBE1

EP49PI X

473: .,3,0,..7..G3 III.'eLOAC4H'"GANGEI--4( B

.0p3d I 9 0 3.0 c_r 3 3CIAOP -II

r,_0 .00 Tad

5 1T 11011 161tV

PV

MS.

.+ .0 .500 74 . .

T

4.2605. NEAT DISEN STAGE 0366OTDC.NCE)4---1

.0047

Revised Video Amp. andBrightness Control circuits.

4366

4760

6216CD6

R3(15100v1.055

C300

m. 4186IT 4,2

T 352

INC El

21PAEG

1BRIGHTNESS

439024,1W

0.13 260V

EG

12391226,212

49


GENERAL ELECTRIC 1100 B. 240V Ell AGC

C410RECEIVER ALIGNMENT iai l al 137(Cont'd)EH- TO

AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENTNOTES:

1. Tune in a television signal. This will provide a 4.5 mc sig-nal source for audio alignment. Keep the Volume control turneddown unless the speaker is connected.

II

1

R -F

INPUT WAFER

OSOL.

Fig. 19. R -F Tuner Terminal Board

2. Figure 21 shows a simple resistor network needed for thealignment of T202 secondary. These two 100K resistors shouldbe chosen as accurately as possible, for equal resistance. Be sureto remove these resistors after completing the alignment. Alignas follows:

L106 T100 V101 0102 1106 V103 T202

ADJUST FORMAXIMUM =DEFLECTION

+ METER20,000OHMS/VOLTAPPROX.ma= , NPUT ST R -F 280 R -F

TRANSFCONY OSC

1 - 10-15VOLTSr -V112

_ -1 -2-V113AI 6T 8

II. 6AU6 I 3

2TUNING

41. CONTROLcll.

...i I I

I

1I 1 R208, I 22K

Ca09-

-/VskA",I

C2I0 I

IOMF f."40. '-' Ir 41

k1

1

500050V 1

' It* CHANNELSWITCH

460

OP

--

1

I

e-- -.I

1.0 I0 TEMPO ARY ADDEDBALANCED 100K

0I -.

I

L _ _ _ _J

1- -1 C213TO VOL. i R210

RESISTORS FOR T202TOP -CORE ALIGNMENT

`HAND-P1CK" RESISTORSWITHIN 5% OF EACHOTHER.CONTR.111

C100 C106 cioa 22K ADJUST FOR ZERO

CHANNEL 13 CHANNEL 13 TEST CHANNEL 13.OIMF

C2I2 C2IiVOLTS

011ST R -F PLATESTEP 1

2ND R -F GRIDSTEP 2

POINTY 2ND R -F PLATESTEP 1

. 0 04 1 .0 01 IC124J 31MF T TEST POINTrnF

-:-- ....- 3DE METERFig. 1$. R -F Tuner Adjustment, Top View 20000, OHMS/VOLT

Fig. 21. Audio IF Meter Connections SET ON LOWEST RANGE

AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

STEP CONNECT VTVM OR20,000 OHMS/VOLTMETER

ADJUST METERINDICATION

REMARKS

1 To test point VI and chassis. L157 and T201 (top and bottomcores). Adjust for maximum

deflection.Voltage to be read is negativewith respect to chassis.

2 V113A, pin 2 and chassis. T202 primary (bottom core).

3 Test Point VII and center oftwo 100K resistors. See Fig.21.

T202 secondary (top core). Adjust for zero voltsd -c output.

Repeat steps 1, 2 and 3 to assureproper final adjustment.

L106 TRAP ADJUSTMENT

ALIGNMENT OF L106 1-F TRAP 2.The trap, L106 (Fig. 18) i's incorporated in the r -f tuner to same

remove or attenuate any interfering frequency in the i-f range. eratorThe trap should be aligned by tuning for minimum i-f channel ferenceinterference pattern on the screen. If the interference is inter- at themittent and the interfering frequency is known, L106 may alsobe aligned by the use of a calibrated signal generator. 3.

of 300NOTES: antenna

1. Connect 3 volts bias from the AGC line on the r -f tuner(see Fig. 19) to chassis with the positive terminal of the battery 4.connected to chassis. channel

L106 ALIGNMENT CHART

Use an accurate marker generator to furnish a signal of thefrequency as the interfering frequency and a sweep gen-with its center frequency set approximately at the inter -frequency. Connect the scope to view the response curve

output of the video detector.

Use the GE -ST -8A balanced adapter and a 3 -foot piece-ohm transmission line to couple the r -f sweep to the

terminals of the receiver.

Be sure not to tune the trap so that it will attenuateNo. 2.

MarkerFrequency

Sweep Frequenciesand Input Point

Observe ResponseCurve at

Channel SwitchSetting Adjust

Interference frequency

5 040 to 50 mc to antennaterminals

Test Point IV 2 Core of L106 for minimumamplitude of curve at marker

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRECEIVER ALIGNMENT (Cont'd)

ST- 5AMARKERGEN.

ST -4ASWEEPGEN.

00 00

SWEEP OUTPUTTO MARKER

I -FFILTER

OUTPUT TO VERT.OF SCOPE

HOR. SWEEP VOLTAGETO SCOPE

RESPONSEUNSHIELDED PAIR

FROM RECEIVER

ATTENUATOR

Fig. 15. I -F Sweep Equipment Connection Diagram

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENTIntroduction:

The following alignment data is divided into two separateprocedures. Because of the extremely high adjacent channel trapattenuation, the conventional method of sweep observation ofthese traps becomes difficult.

The second portion of this procedure involves the shaping ofthe i-f response curve in the conventional manner by the applica-tion of a sweep generator signal. During this procedure, observethe usual precautions regarding warm-up time, equipment cablelead dress and generator output cable termination, see Fig. 15.

ALIGNMENTIn many cases, the technician will have a suitable AM signalgenerator available. It should cover the range of 37 to 48 mega-cycles at fundamental frequency, with available internal 400 -cycle modulation. When this type of signal is used, the trapsshould be adjusted for minimum 400 -cycle signal as observedon the oscilloscope.

Owners of General Electric sweep alignment equipment mayobtain the required amplitude -modulated carrier frequencies bya simple manipulation of the equipment controls as noted below.

Those technicians who do not have either of the above equip-ment available are advised to omit the trap alignment procedure.With the exception of the video amplifier 4.5 mc trap L160, thetraps will not become seriously mis-aligned due to tube changes.The above -mentioned 4.5 mc trap may be sweep -aligned, ifdesired, in which case a 4.5 mc sweep signal should be used instep 2, of trap alignment chart.ObtainIng AM Output from G -E Sweep Equipment

The General Electric ST -4A Sweep Generator will provide 60 -cycle square -wave amplitude -modulated signal. To obtain thissignal proceed as follows:

Fig. 22. Tube and Trimmer Locations

1. Turn the sweep generator sweep width control fully counter-clockwise. This will provide a steady (zero sweep) carrier.

2. Turn the sweep generator blanking switch "on." This willsquare -wave -modulate the carrier at a 60 -cycle rate.

3. The next step is to calibrate the frequency of this AMcarrier.

a. Turn the marker generator "on" and set the dial to thedesired frequency (4.5 mc, 38.0 mc, 41.25 mc or 47.25 mc).

b. Slowly tune the sweep generator through the desiredfrequency. As the desired frequency is approached, a strong beatsignal will be observed on the oscilloscope. At exact resonance,a zero beat condition will be noticed, on each side of which willappear a beat pattern. Minor sweep generator back -and -forthfrequency drift may be noted. However, this drift is insignificantand may be disregarded.

c. Turn off the marker output.4. Apply this AM signal according to the instructions in the

chart on page 5Z.5. The signal observed on the oscilloscope appears as two

parallel lines. When the traps are properly tuned the distancebetween these lines will be at a minimum. NOTE: It may benecessary to use full output of the sweep generator and nearmaximum oscilloscope gain to observe proper trap tuning.

ALIGNMENT NOTES:

1. Remove V121 plate cap. Temporarily connect a 2500 -ohm,25 -watt resistor from B+ 260 V to Chassis.

2. Remove tube VII5 from its socket.3. Turn the Volume control to minimum and the Picture

Contrast control to maximum. Turn the Brightness control fullycounterclockwise.

4. Set Channel Selector tochannel 11 position. Set the FineTuning control to its maximumcounterclockwise position.

5. Connect oscilloscope to testpoint V (picture tube grid).

6. Allow receiver and testequipment to warm up for 15minutes. Refer to Fig. 22 foralignment adjustments location.

TESTPOINT.

I -16

R FTIMER

207 AOC

.-4

1401

VI095

RITZ

CI7 3

R171 RI7

TO VERTICL

,MPUT Of SCOPE

Fig. 23. Detector Network

TEST TESTPf T NT

TESTPOINTI

TESTPONT

TEST POINT XI

%re) 70 0

0o °TESTo 4-PONT o

TESTPONTII

TEST PORITY

NOTE: OMfiVZ:111.1"IIO

Fig. 27. Test Point Diagram

TESTPOINT

PIN 2OF VII0

51


GENERAL ELECTRIC RECEIVER ALIGNMENT (Cont'd)

TRAP ALIGNMENT CHART

STEP AM-GENERATORINPUT POINT

AM-GENERATORFREQUENCY

ADJUST FORMINIMUM OUTPUT

L151

REMARKS

1

Through .001 mf capacitor to junc-tion of R166 and L154; connectgenerator cable shield to receiverchassis (see figure below)

41.25 mc

May require maximum oscilloscope ver-tical gain.

47.25 mc- -

L153

38.0 mc L152

2 Test Point IV (Diode Load) (seefigure below)

4.5 mc L160Connect detector network between oscil-loscope input and receiver test point Vas shown in Fig. 23. Remove V107 dur-ing this step.

Trap AlignmentStep

IC

TESTPOINT

L154

1 RI66

10

V104 5

I

7 Trap AlignmentStep 2

aiso

-=

0 VIDEODET. ASS'Y

-I- 1

Y151LI56 J_ Gt6 8

0I66- 1 L168 L159

__JTEST - I-15 8

POINT

IVR163

=

GEN.

.00IMF

GENERAL:-Now that the traps have been I -F SYSTEM SWEEP ALIGNMENT

set at their proper frequenciesthe i-f curve may be shaped. VIII. Connect positive lead of

battery to chassis.NOTES:- 4. Calibrate the vertical gain

1. Turn Picture Contrast con- of the oscilloscope to provide atrol to minimum. 2 -inch deflection with applied

2. Connect oscilloscope to test signal, 1% volts peak -to -peak.point III (junction of R164 and 5. Note that the following procedure uses 45.0 mc as the 100%R165). reference point. Maintain the sweep generator output so that

3. Apply a negative 414 -volt the baseline -to -45.0 mc marker amplitude equals 2 inches. Alignbattery bias voltage to test point as indicated in the alignment chart below.

I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

STEP CONNECT SWEEPGENERATOR

ADJUST DESIRED RESPONSE REMARKS

1

Into Test Point II andchassis through .001 mf ca-pacitor. Center sweep fre-quency approx. 44.0 mc.Sweep width approx. 10 mc.

T151 for proper 42.0 mcresponse.T153 for proper 45.75 mcresponse.T152 as L167 for zero "tilt"and maximum gain without"saddle -back."

41.25 MC

Make indicated adjustments toobtain maximum gain con -sistent with proper curve. Cor-ners of curve peak must showslight rounding. Peak of curvemay extend 10 % (max.) beyond

mc marker.

v42 MC 40%

55% 45.75 MC

42.5 MC 85x 45 MC- 100%45.0

2

Into Test Point I and chassisthrough .001 mf capacitor.Center sweep frequencyapprox. 44.0 mc. Sweep widthapprox. 10 mc.

L154 and T105 (R -F Tuner)for maximum gain and propermarker position.

41.25 MC

Obtain maximum gain andproper marker positions. Peakof curve should extend 15%beyond 45.0 mc marker, withslight rounding.

42 MC 35%43% 45.75 MG

42.5 MC 80%45 MC -100%

3 Into R -F Tuner inputthrough balanced adapterand 300 -ohm pad and line.Sweep channels 2-13. Sweepwidth approx. 10 mc.

C108 (R -F Tuner) Align for zero "tilt" on ch. 10. Check chs. 7--I3 and makefurther compromise adjustment so that each channel willhave no more than 20% "tilt" with the Fine Tuning ad -justed to provide the proper sound and picture i-f markers.

4L124 86 L127 (R -F Tuner)

Align for zero "tilt" on channels 3 and 5. Check chs. 2-6 andmake further compromise adjustment, so that each channelwill have no more than t 20% "tilt" with the Fine Tuningadjusted to provide the proper sound and picture i-f markers.52


A1400D21"

UHF/VHF

hallicraftersB1400D

21"VHF

C1400D24" or 27"UHF/VHF

D1400D24" or 27"

VHF

CHASSIS IDENTIFICATIONThe first two digits of the model number indicates the picture tube size while the last letter indicates the cabinetfinish. A mahogany cabinet has an M suffix while a blonde cabinet has a B suffix.

CHASSIS NO. MODELS CHASSIS MAY BE USED IN

A1400D 21K201B, 21K211M, 21K221B, 21K231M

B1400D 21K200B, 21K210M, 21K220B, 21K230M

C1400D 24K241M, 24K241B, 27K251M, 27K251B

D1400D 24K240M, 24K240B, 27K250M, 27K250B

The circuit of B1400D chassis is printed on pages 54-55. Chassis A1400Dalso uses a 21" picture tube and is practically the same as the B1400D exceptthat provisions are included for UHF reception. Chassis C1400D and D1400Duse either 24" or 27" picture tubes and are very similar to 21" chassis. TheI.F. chassis are practically identical and the circuit differences will be foundin the deflection circuits where circuit changes were required in order to obtainhigher deflection voltages for the 24 and 27 -inch picture tubes and also a highersecond anode voltage. The alignment information applies to all 1400D chassis.This service material is continued through page 58.

POWER SUPPLY & I. F. CHASSIS - The Hallicrafters 1400D series television chassis are composed of twobasic chassis which are bolted together by means of a single bracket in the rear and the dial support bracket in thefront. One chassis contains the VHF tuner, the UHF tuner and cascode i-f amplifier if the chassis has UHF provisions,all four i-f stages and the video detector, sound i-f amplifiers, ratio detector and two audio stages, AGC tube, videoamplifier, and sync clipper stage. This chassis will be referred to in this service manual as the I.F. CHASSIS.

The other chassis contains two rectifiers in a transformer type power supply for both chassis. Two 5U4G tubes areused in a full wave rectifier circuit. This chassis also contains an additional stage of sync clipping, the vertical oscil-lator and output stages, horizontal AFC tube, horizontal oscillator and output stages, damper tube, and high voltagerectifier. This chassis will be referred to in this service manual as the POWER SUPPLY CHASSIS.

The two chassis are connected together electrically by a nine pin plug and socket, a three pin plug and socket, and asingle shielded plug and socket. The nine pin plug and socket is used primarily for supplying the I.F. CHASSIS with150, 270, heater and bootstrap voltages. One pin is used for feeding the brightness and the retrace blanking voltagesto the grid of the picture tube and one is used for feeding the sync signal from the sync clipper stage in the i-f chassisto the sync clipper stage in the power supply chassis. The three pin plug and socket is used for feeding the outputfrom the ratio detector to the volume control, which is mounted in the power supply chassis, and then back to the audioamplifier stages in the i-f chassis. The single shielded plug is used to feed the pulse from the horizontal output trans-former to the plate circuit of the AGC tube.

53


HALLICRAFTERS 1400 Series

NOTES

I CAPACITOR TALLIES ARE IN NSF AND HAVE 500V RATINGUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

2 RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS AND HAVE 1,2 WATTRATING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

3 273 VOLT SY LEADS SHOWN IN HEAVY SOLID LINES.

150 VOLT SA LEADS SHOWN IN HEAVY BROKEN LINES.11.=11.

5. 00 NOT MEASURE VOLTAGE ON PLATE OF V317. PEASVOLTAGES PRESENT RAT DAMAGE TEST EQUIPMENT.

VHF

21" CHASSIS

B1400D

RUN 1

"TTP-

k

"

aaa

150V

GC

1oo

L102

VRNaces

1ST IF AMP fr) 1103

0104 000

Ca1

RHO ATAMO

If

j.011 L104 -so.45

mos

= Ives110 .

CL106

AHT

V102 I6C815

.0 IF AMP

O 00

T 410.IaY

1000

A..roo

OHO000

37. TAM.OI.

wow,. 6.3 V AC

um... 0100

II 1:4

1- 35_

I J1.11..!:

L

54

.

III

roodtoo

DIAL "pLAMP

CONTROL

DIAL

15101

S 30IOFF -ON

1.1c

a aro0004

03156SN7GT

SONG CLIPPER& VERT 05C.

0301

"131110.000

TI010.000

RT OSC.7302

.200

A34* Too ASA

VERT ICAHOLD

MI1

1

MOOD gift11311 od.*too I 0014

MOO4001

31.11

000,000 3C3111

0313 UN. 111411

1 Vog9-1 "XIII. . ./ SO '47

STOP ...0 14" ....

MS.,

ii.t__.CC00.13133

4001= IEIGHT

P: I 11"".3.11300

n..07,1C/1.

11110 To

LNEARITY'

- .

41=1O

11110

40041

V101 v101 VII

3 I 13Al

VOLUMEs CONTROL

s"II

V 314634

VERT OUTPUT

MAO

AWL

OL

I 411Too341

-L M.

E.

80305__$

PL301

T30103205044

LV RECT.

F

1132151.AG

4 ...V RECT

Ana11300s "VA

301 Y.es.0.0.000" _

CbY 430"40 PO SO 1010

0.00010

EAU ER -

L301 A

-TSA400vWA i

304 00,000

S3012`

CT TO ------ 1144 Mire*

5


VIIISAVE

AUDIO AMP. 5RF DELAYEDAGC DIODE

,ft7.50

NCA

30

C.02000

=RIR/

5 1 NM

VII 26605

.0010 OUTPUT

F PC -80A.3

10,000

HALLICRAFTERS 1400 Series, continued

C.OS 1610 RIGS

1100W 10.0.0 TONE1( nx.. CONTROL

612.0 ci20 10195 20 INFO

R3v 4003

PM 1

1103 500 0.103SPEAKER TO

PL 102

01036CB6

3RD IF AMP L108

1.1000 RI.

0 0

V1046.6

4TH IF AMP

1101

1064VIDEO

DETECTOR

C.611.1

J01D000

Lt09

-jL112

/OM

:go

,y,15,000

LI11

4.5 MCD

TRAPLIN

4000

0--

MIS 5 C210.000 60

R1303000133

10 w

v1051213T1

VIDEO AMP

L201N0812. VERT

10

1Y1

L113 .00

.000 0 A

- C12.6-220,000

CONTRAST 'F 010R 5

I CONTROL

00 .00 6.000 TARSI

8003 --015RFC

0123^ ss

xx2-1-m 15:g1 0000". R.6

.005 1111,0

6003

0104 0108

_(\ 5

L 18 -

V109 0112

fCVII 2 V107

4,1 3

0105

000RFC

1000- 0111 ONIS

1000

50301

VION6606

KEYED AGO

50 302BOTTOM

VIEW

6.3V -TOPly TUBE

v222

V316651101

HOR11. 05C.

V312600601

HORIZ. OUTPUT

=m/mtwomt6tSctv

C5R1 C320 1C32R R532. 11..'I100,..... 1000 67000

t .562 T1.,000 J_ 2003

100

70'0'200

HORIzHOLD

TOf-XtZ

L302HOR1205C.

C 321.001.0

.600V

R337.0,000 cx,:t,

C33230 HORIZ60 DRIVE

80 TO 350R5311.000

1151100

R3.06110,000

WO5560,000

-10129 0130

INTO WOSOte 2003

RI633.000

PL OS

SO 305

V222ply TUBE

PL104

50 304

R142 0355100 51.11.SW 503

V318W4

DAMPER

L 306RFC

303Holy 12

L (REPRO,

L305

(I(6003

fi033,

"60:7

0304

V/ 102

R35166,000

V319H RECT

I B3

T 304

-5 5

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONHALLICRAFTERS 1400 Series, continued

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT

1. Turn the channel selector to the strongest station that can be received and tune it for the best possible picture.

2. Connect the d.c. test probe of a zero center scale vacuum tube voltmeter to test point (V-315 pin 1).

3. Set the horizontal hold control (R-334) in the center of the range over which it may be rotated.

4. Adjust the horizontal oscillator coil (L-302) adjustment screw until the picture is in sync and a zero d.c. voltage isindicated by the vacuum tube voltmeter.

CHANNEL VHF FINE TUNINGSELECTOR UHF TUNING

II

PIX CONTRASTGUARD

AGC TONE

f f r®6J6

TERM.00 CXER

6BZ7RE AMP

® ®VHF TUNER

BRIGHTNESS

VERTHOLD =Cc

PIX TUBESOCKET 06AU6

KEYED AGC

L105 (TOP)L102 47.25MC

6CB6ISTIF

6405AUDIOOUTPUT

L1036CB62ND IF

06AV6

01ST AUDIO

CPSPEAKER/ 6AL5SOCKET RATIO DET

56

T0

4.5e1

L106 L104(BOTTOM)41.25 MC

L107

6BE6SYNC

CLIPPER

0

HORIZ.HOLD

AGCLEAD

(6CS6)R134

Lsc?

0L108 12BY7

6CB66 VIDEO

3RD IFAMP

TI03

LII6

04.5MC

6CB6'-4TH IF

0

X 101

6AU61ST

SOUND IF

TIOI

6AU62ND

SOUND IF

The UHF tuner

HEIGHT VERT.LIN.

OFF -ONVOLUME

P1101S0301

6S4

6SN7VERT. OSC.

VERTOUTPUT

PLIO203025U4

LV. RECT

0R302

S03046407

HORIZ AFC

L302 HORIZ OSC

6SN7 PLIO5HORIZ OSC

L301

POWERTRANS

T 301

1 B3GTHV RECT

6B06

HORIZOUTPUT

SO 305

6W4

DAMPER

T 304

11

S0303 L 303DRIVE WIDTH ( LOWER ) HORIZ LIN.C332 ( UPPER)

U I

and cascode amplifier will be found only in combination VHF/UHF chassis.

Fig. 617A. Alignment Adjustment Points for all 1400D Chassis

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONHALLICRAFTERS 1400 Series, continued

4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT & FM SOUND CHANNEL ALIGNMENT

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

1. Signal generator capable of delivering approximatelya 1 volt unmodulated signal between 4 and 5megacycles.

2. Vacuum tube voltmeter (VTVM).

3. Test circuit shown in Fig. 616A.

PROCEDURE

47 MMFCONNECT TO MICA

PIN NO. II OF 41---)PICTURE TUBE

100,0001/2 W.

I MEG

1/2 W.

GND.

CONNECT HIGH SIDE

OF VTVM HERE.

GROUND LEADOF VTVM

Fig. 616A. Test Circuit for Trap Adjustment

1. Disconnect the. 1N64 video detector diode from terminal 0 in the top of T-101. CAUTION - Crystal diodes arevery easily damaged by excessive heat. .Hold the lead between the diode and the terminal with a pair of pliers tohelp dissipate heat when removing the solder connection to terminal

2. Connect the hot lead from the signal generator to terminal from which the diode was disconnected. A 3300 ohmresistor should be connected in series with the generator lead and terminal . Set the generator to 4.5 MC.

3. Connect the detector circuit shown in Fig. 616A. to pin 11 (yellow wire) of the picture tube.

4. Adjust the generator output (unmodulated) to give a 1 volt reading on the VTVM.

5. Adjust the 4.5 MC trap (L-111) in the video amplifier grid circuit for a minimum VTVM reading. Use the settingnearest the outer limit of the adjusting screw. Increase the output of the generator as required to maintain ausable VTVM reading.

6. Remove the detector circuit and connect the VTVM to terminal OG (V-110 plate pin 2).

7. Adjust L-116 and the bottom core of T-102 at 4.5 MC for a maximum VTVM reading.

8. Connect the VTVM to test terminal OH shown in the schematic diagram. Adjust the secondary of T-102 (top core)at 4.5 MC for the zero reading which occurs between the positive and negative peaks. If the zero reading occursat more than one setting, use the position nearest the top limit of the core.

9. Shift the signal generator an equal amount on either side of 4.5 MC and touch up the primary of T-102 (bottomcore) for approximately equal peaks. Use just enough signal output to obtain one volt peaks for best results.

Fig. 618A. Response between V-102 & X-101

42 45 44 .5 44

9181168

Fig. 618D. Response Between VHF Tuner & V-101

4243 44. 45

Fig. 6188. Overall i.F Response Curve

5 44

Fig. 618C. Response Between V.101 6 V-102

57


HALLICRAFTERS 1400 Series, continued

I -F AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT FOR 1400D CHASSIS

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

Sweep Generator RCA type WR-59B or equiv.

Marker Generator RCA type WR-39C TelevisionCalibrator or equivalent.

Oscilloscope RCA type WO -56A or equiv.

VTVM RCA type WV -97A vacuum tubevoltmeter or equiv.

Detector Circuit Shown in Fig. 619A.

Bias Source 3 volt battery or equiv.

PROCEDURE

VAGIrr r 11r.10At vit

ArAVOIAL OVA./<TOM, TO OVIALOSGOIS

Fig. 619A. Detector Circuit

1. Connect the hot lead from the sweep generator to point ® (grid of the second i-f amplifier, V-102) through a.005 mfd. capacitor. Connect the ground lead from the generator to the receiver chassis.

2. Connect the vertical input terminal on the oscilloscope through a 47,000 ohm 1/2 watt resistor to point Uin thevideo detector circuit.

3. Connect the oscilloscope terminals on the sweep generator to the horizontal input of the oscilloscope and adjustthe gain for the desired test pattern width.

4. Connect the negative side of the 3 volt bias supply to the AGC bus at point through a 1000 ohm isolatingresistor. Connect the positive side of the bias supply to the receiver chassis.

5. Adjust T-101, L-108, and L-107 (See Fig. 617A) until the pattern shown in Fig. 618A is obtained. A markergenerator loosely coupled to the hot lead from the sweep generator may be used to locate the 50% points whichshould fall at 41 MC and 46 MC as shown. Adjust for maximum gain and a flat topped response with the 41 and46 MC points down 50% on the skirt of the response curve. Keep the output of the generators low so as to preventoverloading of the i-f system of the receiver.

6. Disconnect the sweep and marker generators from point ® and reconnect to point OD (V-101 grid pin 1).

7. Connect the hot lead for the vertical amplifier in the oscilloscope to point (V-102 grid pin 1) through thedetector circuit shown in Fig. 619A.

8. Adjust L-103, L-104, L-105, and L-306 for the response curve shown in Fig. 618C. The 41.25 MC and 47.25 MCsound traps, L-104 and L-105, must be carefully adjusted for a minimum response on the exact frequenciesspecified.

9. Disconnect the detector circuit and oscilloscope lead from test point and reconnect to test point 0

10. Raise the shield for the oscillator mixer tube in the VHF tuner above the ground clips that hold it in place andconnect the hot lead from the signal generator to it. Loosely couple the hot lead from the marker generator tothe sweep generator lead.

11. Adjust L-9 (in the VHF tuner) and L-102 for the response curve shown in Fig. 618D.

12. Repeat steps 6 and 2 which will give an overall response curve.

13. Touch-up the adjustments for L-107, L-108, and T-101 for a flat topped response curve with maximum gain andthe band width shown in Fig. 618B. L-107 will have more effect on the high frequency side of the response curveand L-108 will have more effect on the low side. Transformer T-101 should be adjusted to control the tilt of thetop portion of the curve. DO NOT change the settings of L-103, L-104, L-105, and L-106. Their adjustment wascompleted in step 8.

58


111110 111SERVICE DATA

TELEVISION CHASSIS

300-17 & 300-21

anCHASSIS 300-17

MODELS 7M140, 7B141

CHASSIS 300-21MODELS 21M143, 21B144, 21P145, 21M317,

2113318, 21M718, 2113719, 21P720Chassis incorporating the "All -Wave Tuner" can be identified bya "U" following the model number. (Example 7M140U)

The 300 chassis and its complete model assemblyis designed to facilitate receiver servicing. The chassisis mounted in a horizontal position within the cabinet.It is held in position within the cabinet by four boltswhich thread into four mounting brackets located atthe corners of the chassis. The four bolts are insertedfrom below the mounting shelf in the cabinet. Removalof the backboard exposes the top of the chassis. Theremoval of two screws from the bottom rear of the highvoltage cage allows the back and top of the cage to berotated away for servicing inside of the cage. Thebottom of the chassis is made accessible by removingthe bottom cover board which is held in place by severalwood screws.

,a. XI=a al al'f' o

TMma cogra Tao a Tem

1114MOPIVT 0.,

MO1111,

-.f.....

.....c ....... 416i KZ Oa Mrt r7

Nir,..,...,,,,,.. t . ..t.-- az,.....c No NI

Dm",F2

sla

ALr a

ma, Oa a gam. //00-MMa 00 300- Fr

0,..,Canar

,..,

MAC OR

Figure 3. Top View Parts Layout

SIGNALGENERATOR

0.005 of

) H -TO GRID

Figure 4. Signal Generator Isolation

VOLTMETER10K

0- W\C-..- TO OUTPUTO TO GROUND

Figure 5. Voltmeter Isolation

Figure 6. Detector Network

Figure 7. Oscilloscope Isolation

MX LIMIT ONTILT

MX LIMIT ON 10% LIMIT ONDIP ROUNDED CORNERS

mm3.6 mot

50%__ 50%DOWN DOWN

42 I 45.75mc I mc

FREQUENCY, mc

Figure 8. Picture I -F Response Curve

Circuit diagram is on the next two pages.Alignment continued on the page following. 59

*260

8201IK

C201

.006

.01

60


HOFFMAN Chassis 300-17 & 300-21

ANT. INPUT 11-300 OHMS

C22

68

CS.001

COIL TURRETPRI C. ANT R.F PRI

1 079:16", T24 'Th'17C2I

R. _

I:C2336

R215

6

R41801(

8 F-C4GrL Re 120

1006

3..

47

C3001

II760-

BLK

CW4C

IS

AGO

122 V8 AMP

RED-YEL

2.0

92

a 5

1

1jis

R3

C7001

C IC.001Ailar

L5 T L6

FIL

Effo.:B6

IM PICTI.9 1.F.

R 2061.201 43 MC

I R20376

C202.001

OK

C 203C2001

R40IA

47

SEC

5

6V I:MIXER-OSC

R 9L7 4.711

C 1147

15K

R S2206

2

C125-3

6

OSC

15

O

Z201CHANNEL ; Aung:1-13_j

L945 MC

3 5 ,1.171.1E

TUNING

C13.001

RIO10 K

22621'

CIS.001

1511

C20*"."82

39.

Cv2-Q06 CB 6

2nd PICTURE 1 F

140

RED

Figure 2. Ion Trap PositionV 101

6 AU 6SOUND I F

R 202150

45 MC

0101

L10 T"

6211,

-2 X .0,

C 1071

GB 63rd PICTURE I F

C 20645.61C 24

C 20647 820

L 202

C 211

R209470

C 209820

24L 203'31.25 MC

11

T47

42.75 MC _C 212.001

10

IS K 6213001 ISO

3

YEL

06.3 V, I AWR.YEL 7 W

XH

GRN In06.3 V,I2A. Y OaGRN

X801

*i+

R

IC 801140 MF

C1302X802 MF

A.

3 V58AV01

BL yr°

0

COLOR C00

WH _ WmTEBL BLUEGRN GREENTEL YELLOWOR MANX

BR BROWNELK BLACKGT __GRAY

2604

;IC 803 TUBE DROP,ZOO MF ( 6W6 )

A 150 VC 804

-200 MF

t..,

° 11121k

v501A 12 AU 7

IL SYNC. SEPARATOR

+260 H 39

502F 12_,AU72Nd SOS SEPARATOR

K3 K

R5042.2 6

65052.26

2

1)501611

R5071.86

9308390

1AvEFORMS NOTESH INMATES SCOPE FREQUENCY THESE NuM0ERS REFER TO THE Lp3ST NumBERINL.FOUR, TO HORIZONTAL SWEEPERICH/ENO - - -v tNOICTfS SCOPE FREDIANCT ----- WILD WASHED LLNE AROUND V NUMBER INDICATESEOVAL TO vERTICAL SNEER EXTERNAL TUBE SHIELD

BUS VOLTAGES ARE RIR II, V LINE ZERO S.GRAL 0 VOLTS AG C

III"AV"E'WPFL:TAI:TI:Et 70 PE.NORMAL CON,. SETTINGS EXCEPT MAX CONTRST .0 MIN BRiGHTNESS

VOlTGE vAL.S Cf wAvEFoRms DENOTES Sir, 8 S301 ARE GANGED TOGETHER .0 ARE SHowN IN NORmALOBTAINED w,TH NORMAL SE TTiNGS

a PIN 9 IS INTERNAL SHIELD.ROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATIONINPUT .0 WIG LIME VOLTAGEALL CAPACITIES SHOWN DECIMAL ERACTKINS AKRCTARADS .Ad WHOLE

NUMBERS MICRO MICRO !RAMIS UNLESS OTNERIMSE NOTED

LI le

V701 t+6AL5HORIZONTAL

PHASEDETECTOR

C7011181

0703

9703470 K

C 7040047

0705047

Figure 13. Schematic Diagram for Chassis 300

+ 260

1182

V7036SN7G'

HORIZONTAL OSC

114:

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONThe source of protection which is provided in the

chassis is the (usable resistor, 8801. The entirereceiver is protected against overloading due to shortcircuiting that results in excessive input current beingdrawn by the selenium rectifiers. 1(801 will open cir-cuits on several times normal load.

V 102

64L5RATIO DET

LvIck416AL5

VIDEO DETECTOR

C 709470

;Z 0I'

06 CO610R 001

V4

L203 I

_IQ n ,050L _J

Ram6W4GTDAMPER

V 1056 AV 6

£0010 AMPLIFIER

+ 150V JOI

I2 BY 7VIDEO MAIALIFER

11)L

31171 kn.5

L. J

_LC 606

HOFFMAN Chassis 300-17 & 300-21

V1046W6GT

114713 OUTPUT

+260 CIII01

VERTICALCARY

ISO

J 1420

64031311

6404_47T

V706 NI

R.V. RIPTIER

260

V 502

21`0.4AI7HP4A

I 93

61


HOFFMAN Chassis 300-17 & 300-21, continued

6

ALIGNMENT

Before alignment is begun, tune the tuner off -channelby turning the tuner CHANNEL SELECTOR shaft so thatthe detent roller rests on one of the high points of thedrum disc. Bias pin 1 of V704 with -60 volts, in orderto eliminate spurious signals and possibility of highvoltage shock hazard, or remove high voltage tube.

TV ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEPNO.

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY,

MC

CONNECTSIGNAL

TOOUTPUT

INDICATOR ADJUST INSTRUCTIONSSPECIAL CONNECTIONS

AND SETTINGS

SOUND I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR

1 4.5CW

Pin 2of

V301

Meter acrosspin 7 of V102and ground.

T101 Pri.(bottom)

L101

Tune for maxi-mum reading onmeter

Signal level should be lowenough to obtain approxi-mately 4 to 7 volts onmeter. Use isolation net-works shown in Figures 4and 5.

2 4.5CW

ft Meter acrossground andjunction of R105and C108.

T101 Sec.(top)

Tune for zerometer reading;use same sig-nal level as instep 1.

Repeat tuning of T101 pri-mary and secondary untiladjustments do not change.

TRAPS AND PICTURE I -F

3 4.5CW

Pin 2of

V301

Meter connectedthrough detectornetwork to picturetube cathode lead.

L302 Tune for mini-mum readingon meter.

Detector and isolating net-works shown in Figures 4and 6.

4

5

6

7

41.25CW

43.75CW

42.75CW

45.4CW

Mixer grid

II

II

Mixer grid

Voltmeter acrossR215.

II

"

If

Top ofL203

L204

L203

L202

Tune for min-imum readingon meter.

Tune for maxi-mum.

II

Tune for maxi-mum readingon meter.

Apply -3V bias to AGC bus.See text for connection tomixer grid. Use isolatingresistor between negativevoltmeter lead and R213.Keep generator output low.Either bias V704 with A-60volts or remove tube. SetCONTRAST control formaximum contrast. Adjustsignal level throughout I -Falignment so that a 1 voltDC output is maintainedacross R215.

8 43CW

ft L9 Tune for mini-mum readingon meter.

9 43CW

., L201 Tune for maxi-mum.

10 45CW

,, ,, L9 Tune for maxi-mum.

11 Repeat steps 4 through 10 until adjustments do not change.

12 Approximately43.5 with 10-mc sweep.Marker re-quired.

Mixer grid High gain scopeacross R215

AdjustL202,L203 andL204 ifnecessary,

Set 45.75 mcmarker at 50%point with L202.Eliminate tiltwith L204.

See Figure 7 for isolationnetwork. Use markers todetermine bandpass be -tween picture carrier and50% point on opposite skirt.Bandpass should be between3.4 mc and 3.6 mc. AdjustL9 and L201 only when ab-solutely necessary.


HIGH VOLTAGE--- CONNECTOR

YOKEADJUSTMENT

THUMBNUT

FOCUS COIL POSITIONADJUSTMENT STUD

( DNE ON EACH END)

' -41111e--.- ION TRAP4D

- . ....,, IlD 41 MI 4 gip,

0 . '""Vi! FOCUS COIL.lb .". ECCENTRIC'- '`= ADJUSTMENT STUD

.ONE ON EACH SIDE)

PICTURECENTERING

LEVER

FUSES - B+ and initial surge; 5 ohm special resistorFilament - fusing wire; 1" of #26 copper wire

POWER SUPPLY - 117 volts, 60 cycles, AC only

There is a dual control on the right and a triple controlon the left of the receiver's front panel. Supplementarycontrols are located behind a door in the center of the frontpanel. See Figure 1 for control functions.

CHASSIS

TS -602TS -602 Y

MODELS

24K1Y248124K1BY24K1B24K2Y24K224K2BY24K2B24K3Y24K324K3WY24K3W2782

Service materialbelow and on thenext five pages.

NOTE: The ion trap is accessible without removingthe cabinet back. The picture tube rear cover is hinged atthe top and can be opened by pulling on bottom edge to ex -

1. Place the magnet on the neck of the tube sositioned over the slash in the gun structure.the separation between grids #1 and #2.

2. Set the brightness control at low intensity.

3. Move the magnet a short distance forward and back-ward, at the same time rotating it to obtain the brightestraster:

4. Keep brightness at low intensity until the ion trap isproperly set. NOTE: A few precautions to keep in mindwhile adjusting the ion trap are:

a. If the magnet has to be moved more than 1/2" for-ward from the slash, the ion trap is probably weak andshould be replaced.

b. Never correct for a shadowed raster with the iontrap if such correction results in decreased brightness.The ion trap is always adjusted for maximum brightnessand, if shadows occur at this setting, they should be elirre3Mated by adjusting the focus coil or adjusting the yoke.


MOTOROLA, INC.

2411 SERIES 24E2 SERIES

2413 SERIES

27E2 SERIES 2713 SERIES

01--"""'"AI- 300 Om

At us

C2

So

to

Mores

TELEVISION CHASSIS TS -602

o

Mt *AK **415411..1, Kos worm A v vs. II000 INDICAICO GYMS.

Loot 03.1. voL vs ELE1

3. movE. CON10CII1 Mon SC14 se LOCAL POW., .111.1AL 1.1.11L 11.10S . ALL C01011104. S .11,10L OPERA,. POSIT.

022.3 *no SE 2 2.433 Of .11123AS

0.0 OA Ow. 1.00EL OSGL LOSCOPE

ALL Oil. CONTROLS 00121. OPERMINS POUT.

SE SPEcoOPOOKVEr.0 0C...02ARASSI wCESS

We/W.10FISSASTORS 1.0cA2E 0 04/3. a COO 0100

DC PROSE 220K 100MMF SAW,0111111.001

or. C.% 00.Kw VOL 0.1

71;1 D

1134220K

FIGURE 19. CRYSTAL DETECTOR CONNECTIONS

64

4. 5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

Equipment Required:

/VA

8527R. .1

SO ..

1000

RE

of

SO

cm

xv ca

S

v /2 Sue1 OSC.2

1000

CIO

%OR O

.0

2211

.3COH

S. 3

El

RN

47014 ii

200 NV

C113

AM Signal Generator: Accurately calibrated at 4.5 mcDC Meter: Low range electronic voltmeter

Procedure:

1. Connect the signal generator to top of the 4700 ohm de-tector load resistor R-46.

via12 AU? I 2/220 AU,

AK WIT

11,

Oro

100

V?:WOO

r SE Aw G*

21011-SR

t

A V

SCSI

4130SIRIC

.SEP

.1% 1 ISNH

C

30011RIC

011/

SO.7010

Ant**

2. Set the contrast control for maximum gain (fully clock-wise).

3. Connect the voltmeter and a crystal detector, as shownin Figure 19, between the cathode of the picture tube (yellowlead) and chassis,.

4. With the signal generator accurately set at 4.5 mc andmaximum output, adjust the trap L-32 for a null or mini-mum reading on the voltmeter.


AU62.0 AUDIO

-7"

RIO

AL5RATIO DV

WOOA62

A65

V9

68,61ST 4.0 AMP IS

RF AMP

vn6V6GT

0010 OUTPvl

100V

4'00

O 114 '41

1,=°,3r

aleT. IAOT .A1

7:1- 4110

SPA, PLUG1PM VICAI

ATO (C50

11,

10

IPA

122,VAXO

2,101/

C

0 *A

L33

/EST RECER71110, 0E40 it C

LOCALl LAWMAN

RS4

./AU?1ST SYNC SFR

1ST A.0 IF

API

Jr.

Oa

Thllui

v

1/2 604761.0. ...St Dv.

3.10_10EMI

NWe-G--A01

WIG

651,176Tr0.1 OSC

elmcAwsL SAA

TF7.

16CAMASLIAS

L SAC

oroFt OEFL

380

24CPAA240/0427E P4*

R,CI'VRE

I vELfear

'AG

00K 1

ME6RISS R134

I 1,

CSG

r106'

O 0

1C0

6G060PRA OUTPUT A Mv 401

SIWVAr

3,5C103

YALC

714:41

1,7

-I-

r .- I(

70: T122

OSSIRM

T104

00600

I6361v;ECT

'AGOG'mot

121

CAUTION: AOT AT TEMPT v0 TAU RE AOMGATW OA SCOPE RE01.5 TW 6004G

e l ATE ma °ADM. v. E0o1PME A 1

S P

WAS

IA

A 04

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

I. Remove the mounting board containing the chassis andpicture tube from the cabinet by removing the screws hold-ing the board to the cabinet.

2. Remove the picture tube socket, ion trap, and high volt-age lead.

3. Loosen the tie rod nuts.

4. Remove the strap retaining screws which hold the pic-ture tube to the front picture tube support bracket.

5. Remove the picture tube with band, and place face up inunused tube carton.

6. Loosen the band clamping nuts and remove band fromold tube. DO NOT BEND OR KINK BAND. 65


Motorola Chassis TS -602

GENERAL

ALIGNMENT

The chassis should be mounted on angle iron bracketsso that all connections and adjustments are readily acces-sible.

Since the power cord circuit is broken by the interlockwhen the cabinet back is removed, it is necessary to obtainan extra power cord with the female interlock receptacle inorder to make a power connection to the receiver. OrderMotorola Part No. 30B470756.

It is important that an isolation transformer be used be-tween the receiver and line when any test equipment is at-tached to the chassis. Due to the full -wave rectifier, thereis always a potential difference between the chassis andearth. This precaution is especially important if groundedtest equipment is used. NEVER GROUND THE RECEIVERCHASSIS DURING TESTING OPERATIONS OR INSTALLA-TION UNLESS AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER IS USED.

For all of the following procedures, the line voltagemust be set at 117 volts. If necessary, a variac should beused to obtain the proper line voltage.

ORDER OF ALIGNMENT

A complete receiver alignment can be most convenientlyperformed in the following order:

1. IF I Mixer Transformers

2. Oscillator & RF Sections

3. IF Trap

4. 4. 5 Megacycle Trap

5. Audio Take -Off Interstage Coil and Ratio Detector

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Equipment Required:

IF Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:

C6

6615154

TB

BOTTOM VIEWOF CHASSIS

1T3

L37

®1

L36

L32

J5

66 J6

(Continued)

1. 38 to 50 mc approximately 12 mc sweep width.

Z. Output constant and adjustable to at least 0.1 volt max-imum.

3. Accurately calibrated, adjustable markers

Cathode Ray Oscilloscope - Preferably one with a calibratedattenuator.

AM Signal Generator - Adjustable Output

NOTE: If there are no built-in markers in the sweep gen-erator, loosely couple the output of an accurately calibratedAM signal generator to the IF strip. At all times, keep themarker output low enough to prevent the markers from dis-torting the response curve.

If a wide band scope is used, the markers will be moredistinct if a capacitor of 100 to 1000 mmf is placed acrossthe scope input. Use the smallest size possible, since toolarge a capacitor will affect the shape of the curve.

NOTE: Caution should be observed that all coils are tunedwith slugs tuned away from the center of the coil.

Keep the signal input low, to prevent flattening thetop of the curve, due to limiting in the video orscope amplifiers.

The dressing of plate and grid components in the IFcircuit affects tuning. Do not move indiscriminately.

Procedure:

I. Remove the horizontal output tube V-17 to eliminate RFinterference in the oscilloscope. Place a 2500 ohm 25W re-sistor from B to chassis to normalize the bus voltages.

2. By means of an external battery, apply a voltage to theIF AGC like, so that a negative 3V bias appears at pin 1 ofthe test receptacle.

3. Attach a scope to pin 3 (video detector output) of the test

J1ANTENNA

RECEPTACLE

J2@

El)0610

0519

V2i- 0621

125 T52 ;3) 5.171

L26

0113

T13

TOP VIEW OFCHASSIS

T6Lee

(v s, J7

C6)

(0_32

LM

V13

®L34

(V7)

QD

VW

79VIO

630

ve

FIGURE 7. ALIGNMENT ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS


Motorola Chassis TS -602,

receptacle (J-6) and chassis. If a stronger output is re-quired, connect the oscilloscope between the picture tubecathode (yellow lead) and chassis. The curve seen at thispoint will be opposite in polarity to that seen at the detectorload.

4. Turn AREA SELECTOR SWITCH (S-2, Figure 2) toLOCAL position. Set channel selector switch to channel 13.Set contrast control to minimum.

5. Detune the oscillator by placing a 470 mmf capacitorfrom the channel 13 coil to chassis.

6. Using leads as short as possible, connect the sweep gen-erator through a 1000 mmf capacitor to test receptacle(J-7). feeding into the grid of the third IF tube (V-5, seeFigure 7). (Do not use the loose or "spraying" method ofcoupling. ) Set the generator center frequency to 44 mega-cycles with a sweep deviation of 12 megacycles.

7. Connect an AC voltmeter to the high side of detectorload resistor (R-46) and chassis. Adjust sweep output togive 3 volts AC at the detector load.

8. Tune the primary and secondary of the 3rd IF trans-former (T-7) to place a 45.75 mc marker on the high sideof the response curve approximately 5 to 10% down frommaximum response and a 42.25 mc marker on the low sideof the response curve approximately 5 to 10% down frommaximum response. See Figure 8.

5-10%

Alignment Information, continued.

42.25 MC 45.75 MC

FIGURE 8. 3RD IF RESPONSE CURVE

9. Move the sweep generator and capacitor to test recep-tacle (J-5, see Figure 7) feeding into the grid of the 1st IFstage. Set the sweep generator to 45.75 mc and adjust the1st IF transformer T-5 to place the 45.75 mc marker 30%down from maximum response on the high side of the curve.See Figure 9. The resonance point of the IF coils and thetraps will be found at two settings of the core. The correctsetting is the one with the cores at the outer end of the wind-ing (toward the top).

10. Set the sweep generator to 42.25 mc and adjust the 2ndIF transformer T-6 to place the 42.25 mc marker 30% downfrom maximum response on the low side of the curve. SeeFigure 9. The resonance point of the IF coils and the trapswill be found at two settings of the co. -e. The correct set-ting is the one with the cores at the outer end of the winding(toward the top).

1l. Set the sweep generator to 47.25 mc. Adjust the trap

L-27, which is located at the top of the 1st IF transformer.until the marker is at maximum attenuation on the curve.See Figure 9. Make sure the core is toward the outside ofthe trap winding (toward the top).

12. Set the sweep generator to 41.25 mc. Adjust the trapL-28, which is located at the top of the 2nd IF transformer,until the marker is at maximum attenuation on the curve.See Figure 9. Make sure the core is toward the outside ofthe trap winding (toward the top).

41.25 MC 4 7. 2 5 MC

42.25 MC 45.75 MC

1,0 4 TILT ALLOWED

FIGURE 9. OVERALL IF RESPONSE CURVE

13. Apply the sweep generator and capacitor to the testreceptacle J -3, which feeds into the grid of the mixer. SeeFigure 7.

14. Adjust the mixer coils L-25 di L-26 to the response andmarkers shown in Figure 10. The mixer coils should betuned so the slugs are toward the outside of the coils (towardthe chassis). L-25 affects the high side of the curve, whileL-26 affects the tilt.

41.25 MC30-34DB 38-40DB

47.25 MC

FIGURE 10. MIXER RESPONSE CURVE

NOTE: It is important that the 41.25 mc and the 47.25 mccarrie-s be attenuated as much as shown in Figure 10. Tocalculate, connect an AM generator directly to the mixergrid (pin 2 of V-2) and a VTVM across the detector load re-sistor R-46. Take voltage readings at 41.25 mc, 44 mc.and 47.25 mc and divide per following formula:

voltage reading at 41.25 mcvoltage reading at 44 mc

voltage reading at 47.25 mcvoltage reading at 44 mc

between 40 and 70

75 or better

67


Motorola Chassis TS -602, continued

BANDWIDTH

The IF bandwidth may be checked with an AM signalgenerator, if desired. Connect the generator, through a1000 mmf capacitor, directly into the grid of the mixer tube(pin Z of V-2) and an electronic voltmeter across the videodetector load resistor R-46. Set the generator to 44 mc andadjust its output for a I volt reading on the meter. Doublethe output of the generator. Tune to both sides of 44 mc andnote the frequencies at which the meter again reads 1 volt.These frequencies indicate the 6 db bandwidth. By watchingthe meter while tuning slowly through the band, any seriouspeaks or holes in the response curve can be detected.

REGENERATIONAfter the mixer and IF stages have been aligned, a check

for regeneration in the IF strip should be made as follows:

1. Detune the oscillator by placing a 470 mmf capacitorfrom channel 13 coil to ground.2. Remove the bias and observe the response curve on thescope as taken between the picture tube cathode (yellow lead)and chassis. The bandwidth may change with the bias re-moved, but should not change more than 0.3 mc. If thebandwidth does change more than 0.3 mc, check the cathoderesistors or change tubes.3. Set the contrast control at maximum gain.4. Decrease the generator input until the output signalshows a marked decrease.5. Any regeneration present will be indicated by sharppeaks on the overall response curve.

TT37UHF TUNER I!!!F!IIII--"1 1_jHF,SCALE

VIEW OF UHF TUNER INSTALLEDIN "Y" SERIES CHASSIS

68

MIXER SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENTS

1. Connect an AM signal generator set at 44 me directlyinto the grid of the mixer tube (pin Z of V-2) through a ca-pacitor of 1000 mmf.

2. Remove battery bias from the AGC line.

3. The 470 mf capacitor should be left on from the channel13 coil to ground to detune the oscillator.

4. Connect the electronic voltmeter across the video de-tector load resistor R-46. Turn contrast control to maxi-mum.

5. Turn area selector switch to fringe position (fully clock-wise).

6. The signal required to produce 1 volt DC above noisevoltage at the detector should be less than 90 microvolts.

IF SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENT

I. Move the generator to test receptacle J-5, feeding intothe grid of the 1st IF tube V-3.

2. Connect the electronic voltmeter across the video de-tector load resistor R-46 (4700 ohms).

3. The sensitivity at 44 mc for 1 volt DC at the detectorshould be at least 600 microvolts.

VIVTT42Y

TVHFER

6BZ7RF-AMP

V 20PICTURE TUBE

TUBE KEYING INDICATED BY6U8V2r. MIXER-OSC

V3 V41ST IF 2ND IF

©3RD IF

6CB6

12BY7VIDEO AMP

12SYNC AMID a1ST AUDIO IF OV14

V5

6AV6AF AMP a

RF-AGC-CL AMPVI3

6B X7VERT

OUTPUT

V9

VIO6V6GTAUDIO

OUTPUT

V8

(5VT RATIO6AU60 DET2ND AUDIO

6SN7GT IFHORIZ

PHASE DET 81VERT OSC

V6

6C S6SYNC SEP 813V15NOISE GATE

12AGCAU7

O 6SN7GTHORIZ

VII OSC

V12

VI9

1B3GTHV RECT

6CD6V16 HORIZ 6AU4OUTPUT a DAMPING

HV GEN DIODE

VIT VI8

TUBE LOCATION


MotorolaSee the next two pages for complete circuit

Complete service material on ChassisTS -292A is in Volume TV -7, 1953 TVmanual, pages 91 to 98. The produc-tion changes after TS -292B-04 areprinted below and the differences ofother chassis are also explained.

CHASSIS DESCRIPTIONThe basic chassis is TS -292. Suffixes (B-04, C-01,

etc.) to this basic number indicate production changes.Prefixes (WTS and VTS) indicate only mechanical differ-ences between chassis. A "Y" suffix designates a chassiscontaining a factory -installed UHF tuner.

CHASSIS WTS-292 SERIES

Same as chassis TS -292 with corresponding suffix, ex-cept for different picture tube front support brackets, madenecessary by a thicker safety glass window in some cabi-nets (e. g. , chassis WTS-292B-04 is electrically the sameas TS -292B-04). Chassis WTS-292 uses the TT -44 CascodeVHF tuning unit.

CHASSIS TS -292Y, WTS-292Y, VTS-292Y SERIES

Chassis model numbers with a "Y" suffix (TS -29213Y -04,WTS-292CY-02. etc.) indicate that the chassis contain fac-tory -installed UHF tuners. Chassis TS -292Y and WTS -292Yuse the TT -52M UHF tuning unit, and chassis VTS-292Yuses the TT -60M UHF tuning unit.

MODELS

21C1BD21C1BDY21C1BY21C1D21C1DY21C1Y21F2F21F2FB

diagram of basic chassis. 21F 2FBY21F 2FY21F 2Y21F 3BD21F3BDY21F 3BY21F 3D21F 3DY21F 3Y21K 4AY21K 4BD21K 4BDY21K 4BY21K 4C21K 4CB21K4CBY21K 4CW21K 4CW Y21K 4CY21K4D21K4DY21K4WD

CHASSIS

TS -292B-04WTS-292B-04VTS-29 ZB-0 S

THRIITS -292C-03

WTS-292C-03VTS-292C-03

TS -29 ZAY SERW TS-292BY SERVTS-292BY SER

THRIITS-292CY-03

WTS-292CY-03VTS-292CY-03

CHASSIS VTS-292 SERIES

21K 4W DY21K 4W Y21K 4Y21K SBD21K SBDY21K SB Y21K SD21K SDY21K SY21K 6D21K6DY21K6Y21K7D21K7DY21K7Y21K921K9Y21K1021K1OB21K1OBY21K10Y21K1121K11B21K11BY21K11Y21T 4ACY21T721T7B21T7BY21T7Y

Electrically, the same as chassis TS -292 with corre-sponding suffix (e.g.. chassis VTS-292B-05 ts the same asTS -292B-05). Mechanically, the picture tube rear tilt brackethas been removed, and the VTS-292 picture tube front sup-port brackets are different from the TS -292 brackets be-cause of a different type window and mask in some cabinets.Chassis VTS-292 uses the TT -45 Cascode VHF tuning unitand a new volume control, both with longer shafts than thetuner and volume control on the TS -292 chassis.

PRODUCTION CHANGESChassisCoding Changes

TS -29213 -04WTS -292B -04

TS -292B -05WTS -292B -05VTS -292B -05

TS -292B -06WTS - 292B -06VTS -292B -06

TS -292C -00WTS-292C-00VTS -292C -00

Fusing wire (F-1) added to filament cir-cuit. R-84 (470) added to screen circuit of6BC)6GT, to reduce barkhausen oscillation.

R-82 (4700) changed to 6800 ohms to reducehorizontal over -drive and fold -over.

R-62 (3300) changed to 1800 ohms and R-63(1800) changed to 3300 ohms, to increaseblanking pulse at the grid of the picturetube. (This change did not occur in somechassis until "C-0 l". )

NOTE. Chassis marked "C-00" do not in-corporate the change above in "B -06". Com -pensating coil L-16 and 4.5 me trap L-17interchanged, to improve video response.

"Framelock" circuit added, as listedbelow, to improve vertical sync under noiseconditions:

ChassisCoding Changes

TS -292C -01WTS -292C -01VTS -292C -01

TS -292C -02WTS -292C -02VTS -292C -02

TS -292C-03WTS -292C-03VTS -292C -03

C-103(33), C-104(22), R-96 (1000), andL-27 added to 3rd IF stage.

C-28 (1500) changed to 1000 mmfC-105 (470) and R-97 (15K) added to

video amplifier stage.C-63 (22) removed from 1st clipper.

These chassis incorporate all changes listedunder "B-06" and "C-00".

R-53 (680K) changed to 1 meg, to improveinterlace.

C-75 (5000 mmf, 2000V) added from picturetube focusing anode (blue lead) to chassis,and C-73 (5000 mmf) changed to capacitorwith 2000V rating, to prevent high voltageflash -over within the picture tube and the69vertical output tube, respectively.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I

v,SAM

Fa MYERMOTOROLA, INC. CHASSIS TS -292C-00MOT Tom TEN OF CLASS.,

NOTES

MN WI" KISUlleiglIrft. MK INN VTVW IRON POINT VIOLATED TO CLASNINS

2 LIE LOLTAISE 07 VOLTS

1 ANTENNA TASCONTECTED 0111 IN LOCAL POSITION.]

CIONNIL SELECTOR SOTO. 001 GNARL IMP 011 ALTOSLESS Took 1 VOLT NOM AT Po NO. OF TEST TEMPT

S CON GOO ROI CLOCALISE POW TOOL

6 ALL OTRIN CONTROLS S ISIS. OPERA, INN POSIT*.T oats WITH SET TOGS OP CONTROLS

WAVVVRAISS,

E COLLO 0 ON NOON, LOLL 041 OSCILLOSCOPE.

COM CONTROL SET FOR SONO. OF 410 P TO P AT

PLATE OF vOCO AMP TOPE

S. ALL OTHER COOT ROL S M NININAL OPEESTINE POSTS 611066T HT SEN TIM INENOLLD TO CLIMATE MI TEAM

O UTWORE MC IRON SOOT LION CORNS ALL IIMITORIDS,E RUPT THOSE IRON MASI OCT TOINOION YORIZ OLIO

LI

LIE

LID

LIG

Lie

LA

OECEPTACLE 220CI

PLANTENNA

PLUG

01

ONMLINE

ANTENNAINPUT

70

RED

T2

TI

EC 2P 61'

V I 11/107/16027 1N 2050 comm.)OF AIAP

VIA

220C3

470 170IT TO

LA

L3

150

13

Is o

C

OF TUNER TT -44

CST

5S, 2 iR R7

, sOr

TOssi 51.5

LZE110-.,

. LTC

V-/.

VII Tog

120 k a a1 r LTD

LOC II 55 / m LTG

LEO LS / cs-s.L7O

MOO 3.[AS ' 1900I v3LTA

i:rc . vson - yIs

1±500

4700 =C/R2

3JV CII

1500

CIT

02A

1/ 2- 6U8as(

GE

-,-"v co L.I

50 0

ci.

RE195 TS -5 r17 1=

OK FINEToo 1121..16

IS

11,7Tow

1500

vre1/2-6(15 0 GtoestTom

A4C0

POW

SID

4.,

-190

L9C0-.4

LSOo-2 .L911

0300At

MCI500_1_

CIO

I Y

1000012

RI

C20

5000

Co

T3

v36056

HST

150V

THANNEL SELECTORSOTO.

NOTE CNA/NEL SE LTC TON SOTO]WAN ill 4040 EL NO 1 POSTON

sVf

Ress3TORS 5411(0 IN 0416111. 5.1000 COOCAPACITORS INMATE] II INCRONICROFARADS UNLESS°TORNIO SPICE 1E0 INNEN MCAT DWOOF SRAos TN ET AK CENALL COO TONAL AL ORMICA T 'MTS. (LEP T ION soLvE LOON IN RiosCOX , 500. S 41000, TRILH ART TK ODL OEPAPER T YET AND PIE NERO O NOIRE MCAT TO

000 11NNG CORES

SMITE.ToNOCA

7_5

t 020

4700

C62

.6-MSS._ISSY

Xs.' ( !FC95A

2001Mf

C39151 5 MEG

151

120'2700144

052

ILO

wo.TEL2

700

C17

tiY

V12

6SN7GT1ST D 250 CLIPPERS

012A47;000

WI,C65

053220094

1

NOW

120

220

"'ASO I

*TOOTCOD

I MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1944 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONVII V9

6AU6 GALSFM LOWER RATIO OCT

5000 100 5000

ob 04S s$20 03

, T4,E,T6Ittis7C6CB62ND AMP

i351,

0019

13

(I)

15CONNECTIONS

CHASSIS

t1.9 MC TRAP

30

C30

.05V

R:0

000

000

C

000

C52 330p-A40,4-1445

VIDAlit -581470T

5000 va 15T AUDIO AMP

470

CST

C5734LL

.Vs 2.26C86 c Sr

3RD IF AMPNOV

J4TEST

RECEPTACLE1007 TOM VIEW)

1.5 MEGMAPR25

J6UHF RECEPT(TOP VIEW(

100882.

2.2MEGNkmR26

LI4PUR DDT

'6110'

C35 -.AW-

7,

0200

vti6W 66T

41100 OUTPUTMOr

PLOUHF PLUG(PIN VIEW)

V6

6AH6VIOE0 AMPMir

2500

CONTRASTR3IA

S2AREA SELECTOR

SWITCH1500401 M SUBURBAN POSIT0IN RED T(L)

J7 PLOSPQR RECEPT SPIER PLUG

II 1713. VIE81 IP* VIEW)

LIT4.5 MC L16

GIN/ DOT111111-

30 10 0

87P CVI R34

Wft

BRED

5 OHTLID

(DOLED

.0,

DEL

1200R36

4,2L--;cioT >R97

t AK.

ERED '1600T

39001137

DLRDOT

10000CA_

C42

390%LOCAL r Nw

- SUBURBAN 30001R33

'FRINGECI C401

Sry

-1-LornILA

005 MEC70

10,000

VERT e65HOLD

VISA1/ 2 - 121111(7

\-1.5VVERT BLOCS OSC

NM /91ve

1500 i500AMP WIPP

07:1; C62#75 R76

C601

-/FP

aHlts_.

4.7 ENG

R14 IIY

, c+1,

ror

toyL.

1000C71

\ \/TI e

V14

6SN7GTHORIZ OSC

/7/

3300863

5 MEG861

STOOP

STOP

01381/2-1261(7

VERT OUTPUTNoy.

(13V

ART LIM713

\N\

4700 30 DM 10 MFR65 3904k74

893

TIO

LSli '""SRN

o

GV7 LVERT

TSOHMS

(EDT -404-11L0,

GRA

L 220

L220

400011

VI56B06GT

H0192 OUTPUT NV GEN

CAUTION' DD MOT ATTEMPT VOLTAGEREADIMISS ON THE 411134T On SCOPE READINGSON THE 400.110T PLATE WITH ORDINARY

VI66AX4GTDAMPING

DIODE

fogy9 VIA

CST

ID

390

86F177 4o

STOP

470DIFF II/.4011.1232

C1151 OSC

112008711

Sly

NOM'HOLD

ROO

r 5000

6001 COO

C137

12, KR0003301

62 1.1211 3

P-71) .1 MFCOST Case

470

RED.YEL2

4700

Ras wo,

C9I

HOR11SIZE

REDD

V le

21F P4PICTURE TUBE

ORM

O TEL

PSDD

MAP1002R95

S MEG

SPIGOTNE

SS

NOR

0

STOP

FOCUSR611

1.5 MEG

VI]193GT

HV RECT

Til

.7\(.0- 807

-S

Til CONNECTIONS

L22C L22D100(2 REELII-

86 Conn 71


MotorolaRECEIVER MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART

Model Cabinet Description

TVChassis

Used-- 1

17K17 Console, red-brn mahogany TS -402Y17K17 Console, red-brn mahogany TS -402Y17KI7B Console, limed oak TS -402YI7K1713 Console, limed oak TS -402Y17T15A Table, red-brn mahogany; plastic VTS-402YI 7T 15A Table, red-brn mahogany; plastic VTS-402Y17T15AE Table, ebony plastic VTS-402Y17T15AE Table, ebony plastic VTS-40ZY17T16 Table, red-brn mahogany TS -402YI7T16 Table, red-brn mahogany TS -402Y17T1613 Table, limed oak TS -402Y17T16B Table, limed oak TS -402Y21C2 Table, red-brn mahogany: with de-

tachable, console -height legsTS -502

Y21C2 Table, red-brn mahogany: with de-tachable, console -height legs

TS -502Y

21C213 Table, limed oak: with detachable,console -height legs

TS -502

Y21C2B Table, limed oak: with detachable,console -height legs

TS -502Y

21F5 Combination, red-brn mahogany TS -502Y21F5 Combination, red-brn mahogany TS -502Y21F5B Combination, limed oak TS -502YZ1F5B Combination, limed oak TS -502Y21K12A Console, red-brn mahogany WTS-502Y21K12A Console, red-brn mahogany WTS-502Y21K12AB Console, limed oak WTS-502Y21KI2AB Console, limed oak WTS-502Y21K1ZWA Console, walnut WTS-502Y21K12WA Console, walnut WTS-502Y21K13 Console, red-brn mahogany TS -502Y21K13 Console, red-brn mahogany- TS -502Y21K13B Console, limed oak TS -502Y21KI3B Console, limed oak TS -502Y211(14 Console, red-brn mahogany TS -502Y21K14 Console, red-brn mahogany TS -502Y211(1413 Console, limed oak TS -502Y21K14B Console, limed oak TS -502Y211(15 Console, walnut TS -502Y21KI5 Console, walnut TS -502Y21KI6 Console, birch TS -502YZIK16 Console, birch TS -502Y21K16W Console, walnut TS -502Y21K16N1 Console, walnut TS -502Y211(17 Console, birch: with iron stand TS -502Y21K17 Console, birch: with iron stand TS -502Y21 T8A Table, red-brn mahogany; plastic TTS-502Y21T8A Table, red-brn mahogany; plastic TTS-502Y21T8AE Table, ebony plastic TTS-502Y2I T8AE Table, ebony plastic TTS-502Y21T11 Table, red-brn mahogany; metal VTS-502Y2ITII Table, red-brn mahogany; metal VTS-502Y21T11B Table, blonde; metal VTS-502Y2 IT 118 Table, blonde; metal VTS-502Y21T1IW Table, walnut: metal VTS-502YZITIIW Table, walnut: metal VTS-502Y

72

CHASSIS

TS -402 SERTS -502 SER

ALIGNMENTIF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Equipment Required:

IF Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:

1. 38 to 50 mc, approximately 10 mc sweep width

2. Output constant and adjustable to at least 0.1 volt max-imum.

3. Accurately calibr.ated, adjustable markers

Cathode Ray Oscilloscope -Preferably one with a calibratedattenuator.

AM Signal Generator - Adjustable Output

NOTE: If there are no built-in markers in the sweep gen-erator, loosely couple the output of an accurately calibratedAM signal generator to the IF strip. At all times, keep themarker output low enough to prevent the marker from dis-torting the response curve.

If a wide band scope is used, the marker will be moredistinct if a capacitor of 100 to 1000 mmf is placed acrossthe scope input. Use the smallest size possible, since toolarge a value will affect the shape of the curve.

If necessary, use a variac to obtain input of 117 volts.

NOTE: Keep the signal input between 3 and 5 volts peak -topeak, at the detectors to prevent overloading of theIF or scope amplifiers.

To check for crystal overloading an AM signal gen-erator, set at 44 mc and fed into the first IF grid,should be used. With the AGC shorted to ground,the output at the detector load R-46 should be atleast 13V DC before limiting occurs or increasingthe input gives no corresponding increase in output.

The dressing of plate and grid components in the IFcircuit affects tuning. Do not move indiscriminately.

The resonance point of the IF coils and the trap canbe found at two settings of the core. Be sure thatthe coils are tuned with the cores away from thecenter of the coil form so as not to affect the cou-pling between the coil and the trap windings.

Procedure:

1. Turn the AREA SELECTOR switch to LOCAL position.2. By means of an external battery, apply a negative 3 voltbias, through a decoupling resistor of 47K ohms, to theAGC line, which is connected to pin 1 of the test receptacleJ-7. See Figure 5 for receptacle location. Check to makesure that bias is still 3 volts after sweep is applied.3. Turn tuner to channel 13.

4. Stop oscillator by shorting grid (pin 9) of V-2 to groundwith a short lead.

Circuit diagram on pages 74-75,alignment continued on page 73.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA Chassis TS -402, TS -502,

ro n

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

continued.

C11

J3

L15--- (D --1C 23

TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

0J2

©J6

L21 C)

0 L33©

C)TESTRECEPT

0T4

S®C66

L29

HORIZOSC

FIGURE 5. ALIGNMENT ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

5. Using leads as short as possible, connect the sweep gen-erator, through a 1000 mmf capacitor, to test receptacle5-6 feeding into the grid of 1st IF tube V-3. See Figure 5.(Do not use the loose or "spraying" method of coupling.)Set the generator center frequency to 44 mc, with a sweepdeviation of 10 mc.,

6. Through a 47K ohm decoupling resistor, connect the (xi -cilloscope across the video detector load resistor R-46(4700) which may be reached from pin 3 of test receptacleJ-7.

7. Adjust trap L-23 (top slug of the 2nd IF transformerT-2) so the trap suck -out falls on the 41.25 mc marker.The sweep generator input should be adjusted to a level suf-ficient to clearly define the trap.

8. Adjust trap L-22 (top slug of theist IF transformer T-1)so the trap suck -out falls on the 47.25 mc marker. Tem-porarily removing the AGC -3 volt bias may define the trapsuck -out to a greater degree).

9. Tune the 1st IF transformer, T-1, to place a 45. 75 memarker on the high side of the response curve 40% downfrom maximum response. At the same time, adjust T-3 toprovide a flat top or symmetrical response curve. Tuning

the two transformers together will make for proper markerplacement and "jacking" action of T-3. See Figure 6.

41.25 MC

42.25 MC

45.75MC

50%

I

47.25 MC

40 %

IF RESPONSE CURVE

FIGURE 6. OVERALL IF RESPONSE CURVE

Alignment continued on page 76. 73


MOTOROLA, INC.

TELEVISION CHASSIS TS -402, 502

i7 vOLTS60 CYCLESIAC ONLY)

TUNERIREAR VIEWI

IlL.FrOR

TUNER

FETYOFF -011 SWITCH

INTERLACE ION VOL CONTI

7.5

TO RIOT

RED

T9 12507312661

14- - - - -TO

Eb

filMBL

BOOST2

SLU

R107

O

68Z7 OR 6807ARF AMP LII

IS

L9

(WW1,

5

LID

NOTES

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

I MADE WITH VTVN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSISLINE VOLTAGE II/VAC

3 ANTENNA DISCONNECTED IS! IN LOCAL POSITIONICHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH ON CHANNEL WHICH DEVELOPSLESS THAN I VOLT NOISE AT PIN NO5 OF TEST RECEPT

5 CONTRAST CONTROL MAXIMUM CLOCKWISE POSITION6 ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITIONS 01 VARIES WITH SETTING OP CONTROLS.

WAVEFORMS

I OBSERVED ON DUMONT MODEL 241 OSCILLOSCOPE2 CONTRAST CONTROL SET FOR SIGNAL OF ASV 11 TO PAT

PLATE OF VIDEO AMP TUNE3 ALL OTHER CONTROL IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION4 6110653 HV GEN TUBE REMOVED TO ELIMINATE NV PULSE

INTERFERENCE FROM SCOPE WHEN OBSERVING ALL WAVEFORMS.EXCEPT THOSE FROM PHASE OCT THROUGH HOME CIRCUITGENERAL

RESISTORS INDICATED IN °HULK 1000 OHMSCAPACITORS INDICATED IN MICROMICROFARADS UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED. WHEN INDICATED IN miCRON.CRO.FARADS THEY ARE CERAMIC DISC. TUBULAR, OR MICATOPES, EXCEPT FOR VALUES SHOWN IN RTMA COOE,SUCH AS 47,000, WHICH ARE THE MOLDED PAPERTYPE AND PREFERRED WHERE INDICATED

OAF TUNER

5.

2,u1

No

C12

IC

L 12A

L126

3300' L12CR6

LIZO

LIU

To

1000R6

L12f

000

JO

1500

1500

TIE

22

CI6

V26I/2-6UB

MIXER

130v

3 351, _C2I

'BOO

1.5V

HY

C25

4A

LIB

L14C

L140

LINE

4C2615

2A

I/2 -6U8DISC

15001C20

000

012

014

_10 POO

EziTT

S E

'TX

COT

6AU6FM 06,E

TESTRECEPT

6000

R31

+3

6GB.1ST IF

5

470

T''

470

C42

155V

10,000

CZO

150,2_

CT15001 10,000

TCI

B UHF T puff.?

StCHANNEL SELECTOR

SWITCH

NOTE CHANNEL SELF TOR SNITCH SHOWNIN CNNNEL NO2 POSITION.

v5iTTCR2

CR3

N

2000269 Y

100.6IF

C116 --

T9 CONNECTIONS IN TS.402 SERIES. CHASSISNOTE.- TS -.102 SERIES CHASSIS MEASURED

VOLTAGES WILL BE APPROX 513 LOWERI THAN S11051. ON THE MAGI.

IOpTYf

ISMEG

Fl

26i111)

2M01(__,

C"

27

BV

MOO IOV

NOR.,

T -NV

V12

6SN7GT1ST 8 NO CLIPPERS

51,

47000

C67

ION

4700 4700 10,000

COr C90

OV

10

220R25

2700ARVR.

V:;'6)

11:;r12

470

C97

470

C911 100R9

1000

HOW

v106

470

CT

LAO000`-P0

30XSTOP

I/2-6SN7GTPHASE ET

001

1000

0100

.ti

R94

/553,


ye6AU6

Fr ;Joint

it;

v96AL5

RATIO MT6 0 le

S6 Ow

C 4T

415reA

11111

vOLumE

CT,

Re5

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -402, TS -502viCAT

l/26SN7GT

T ALCM AMP

cov;it

- -130

.04.2C791 I

.00CNO

1200A66

067TON

003 1W

cnN..330 %

6W6GTAuoto

OUTPUT 0710

155V

e04

sv

elz

GOT

RED

200

00311 -

P12sPA PLGG1Po v,Ew;

rI Ln 22.

1T1 52 -Z4

f0.. 1

. 3301436B

L -r. _ _ _; 3i

0_

C46

,000r ,0001;35

5 IfC ST

v6C B6

2ND IF 10.1.

3 v

560(; ENT

S2AREA SELECTOR

SWITCHMAR VIEW)

5.008. IALOCPOSITION)

1,Lz5 21

cIT

1000

42R

1.5

120

vs6CB6

300 IF AMP

2

500

51

PO

00MSU

LE

i000412

CRI

C54

Cam

II

2,000

R

10.000 10002_ 2001F

COT CUT C0441". -

V6

I 2BY 7010E0 AMP opy

He

4a2.

IF AGC

c55

0:

IOW*RT

1500

CONTRAST446

viDEC1DETECTOR 'Tr

Of

TEST incEPT(SOTTO.; VIEW)

L29/130

CST

1750

Id_o4

C54611000

3000053

220

no755V

rROY

TS

' CN

OR

VISA

woo sLoo, oscvin1

1/2 -210,1ram vv. OUTPUT543w

-.1"°°°100 2 is

-C93 SOLORe

0-6, An/30V-- STOP

2 .M07000_ -

6e1 VE11T

1!UN LIN

1/2 -12BHT

c.01-

0,

oESDO

:31V_)A.001I/OF MO lir

019 -R94

0

C102

0104

Pt V

I IC105

vt65N7GToNT12 OSC

390

35y

100

C107

137 - 210C;L: o0R12

OS TEST-cra4 RECEPT

5014

22l0fgHOL

STOP

0200 t097 5r

CI I 3!RON

IV)

CO

6110

CIOO

0104

CIlO

VIS

6806GTRORIE OUTPUT

or GEM

2

33001 a6905

135OEFUECTIOR TONE

CAUTION: DO LIDO Arno, vOLTAGERANKS ON THE 10361 0R SCOPE READIROSON THE 600661 PLATE WITH 00001415EquOVERT

vi664X4GTDANAING

005130

ISO

7011 C51 NOTE pot NO 6 Of INCOME TUNE

MAT NE CONNECT 0 AT ANT 04TOE FOLLOWING POINTSeconsnop ItcoASsiS

0010 6

vie PICTURE TIMITS- 502 21 FPO/1TS -502 21FP44

WTS - 502 215P4TS -402 17LP4

VTS-402 ITLP4

RH 5000RH

BRIOITNESS

vITIBSGT

RECT

TO

1.6

11100nTRA4

I5 3NY 0,rs-4orSt4arsIA SKY INTO -502SERIES

R106ION T5-502 SERIES 0.01.01

I 75

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA, continued.

10. Tune the 2nd IF transformer, T-2, to place a 42. 25mc marker on the low side of the response curve 50% downfrom maximum response. At the same time, adjust T-3 toprovide a flat top or symmetrical response curve as in step9. See Figure 6.

11. Move the generator and capacitor to test receptacleJ-3. See Figure 5.

12. Tune the convertor coils L-15 and L-21 together sothat the bandpass appears as in Figure 7. L-15 positionsthe curve and L -2l levels it.

This is a double -tuned bottom coupled circuit. L-15 andL-21 should be tuned simultaneously so that the convertorresponse is centered over the IF response.

BANDWIDTH

The IF bandwidth may be checked with an AM signalgenerator if desired. Connect the generator, through a1000 mmf capacitor, to test receptacle J-3 in the grid cir-cuit of the mixer tube, V-2, and an electronic voltmeteracross the video detector load resistor R-46 (4700). Apply3 volt bias as in 2nd step of IF procedure. Short out R-10(4700), set the generator frequency to 44.00 mc, and adjustits output for a 1 volt reading on the meter. Double the out-put of the generator. Tune to both sides of 44 mc and notethe frequencies at which the meter again reads 1 volt. Thesefrequencies indicate the 6db bandwidth points and should beeven with the low marker between 42.1 and 42.25 and thehigh marker between 45.3 and 45.75. By watching the meterwhile tuning slowly through the band, any serious peaks orholes in the response curve can be detected.

REGENERATION

After the mixer and IF stages have been aligned, a checkfor regeneration in the IF strip should be made as follows:

1. Remove the battery bias and observe the response curve.The bandwidth may change with the bias removed, but should

41.25 MC 47.25 MC

42.25 MC

5 0-60 %

45.25MC

50-60%

76

10% VALLEYPERM I SSABLE

MIXER RESPONSE CURVE

FIGURE 7. MIXER RESPONSE CURVE

not change more than 0.2 mc. If the bandwidth does changemore than 0.2 mc, check the cathode resistors, bypass ca-pacitors, and tubes.

2. Any regeneration present will be indicated by sharppeaks on the overall response curve.

NOTE: The oscillator should be stopped, as described,during this procedure.

CAUTION: Do not inject too much marker signal.

AUDIO TAKE -OFF, INTERSTAGE COIL,& RADIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT

Refer to Figure 5 for location of adjustments.

1. If possible, it is desirable to align the audio sectionfrom an actual station signal, since the 4.5 mc alignmentwill be exact. To permit operation below the limiting levelof the audio drive tube, for sharp alignment, the fine tun-ing should be turned off the station slightly so that there isbetween 6 and 8V as measured from plus side of C -56B andchassis.

2. If a signal generator is used, tune it accurately to 4.5mc, and adjust the output to approximately 5,000 micro-volts. Connect the high side of the signal generator to pin 3of test receptacle J-7 and the low side to chassis. The fol-lowing steps apply whether the station signal or signal gen-erator is used.

3. From positive side of electrolytic capacitor C -56B (10mf) through a 10K ohm decoupling resistor, connect anelectronic voltmeter to chassis.

4. Tune audio take -off coil L-33 for maximum reading onmeter.

5. Tune interstage trimmer C-66 for maximum reading onmeter.

NOTE: As adjustments are brought to resonance, it is ad-visable to reduce the signal generator output to preventoverloading.

6. Tune ratio detector T-4 primary (top core) for maxi-mum reading on meter.

NOTE: Both the primary and secondary of the ratio detec-tor transformer have two tuning points. Only one, with thecores at the outer end of the windings, is the proper point.

7. Connect a matched pair of 100K resistors across theratio detector load R-62.

8. Connect the ground side of meter to the mid -point of the100K resistors and the high side to the output of the de -emphasis network (junction of R-63 (33K) and C-74 (1000mmf).

9. Adjust T-4 secondary (bottom core) for zero responseon the lowest scale of the meter. Be sure the slug is tunedto the outside of the transformer winding. This correspondsto the cross -over point of the FM detector curve. If de-sired, the symmetry of the curve may be checked by tuningthe signal generator 25 Kc above and below 4. 5 mc andnoting the plus and minus voltage produced, reversing themeter connections, as necessary. For proper balance ofthe ratio detector system, the voltages in each directionshould be approximately equal. If not, check the tuning ofL-33, C-66, and both the primary and secondary of T-4,the ratio detector transformer. If necessary, replace theratio detector tube V-9.

10. Repeat steps 4 through 9 for maximum accuracy.


Ilkautz,TV,,cMaterial on models listed at leftpresented on the next six pages.

BENEATH CHASSIS

POINTC o

-{ .0

TRANS.T6

0

Figure No. 6 Figure No. 6A

CHECKING NEED FOR HORIZONTALOSC. ADJUSTMENT

MODELSMODEL

NO.CHASSIS

NO.PICTURE

TUBECABINET

STYLE

2053-A 17B1 or 17B2 20" Rect. Consolette2054-A 17B1 or 17B2 20" Rect. Console Comb.2055-A 17B1 or 17B2 20" Rect. Table Model Leatherette2055-B 17B2 20" Rect. Table Model Leatherette2056-A 17B1 or 17B2 20" Rect. Consolette W Doors2457-A 17B3 or 17B4 24" Round Consolette With Doors2158-A 17B5 or 17B6 21" Rect. Consolette With Doors2159-A 17B5 or 17B6 21" Rect. Consolette

2162-A 17B5 or 17B6 21" Rect. Table Model

2461-A 17B3 or 17B4 24" Round Consolette

317T2 37A2 17BP4A Table Leatherette

321T1 17B2 21WP4 Table Masonite

321T2 17B2 21WP4 I Table Leatherette

Rotate the horizontal hold control (found beneaththe Muntz nameplate) fully counter -clockwise. Thepicture should remain in horizontal sync. Rotatethe control fully clockwise and the picture shouldfall out of sync showing one vertical black blank-ing bar near the center of the picture. If the horizon-tal oscillator does not fill the above requirements, thecircuit needs readjusting and can usually be donein the customer's home by readjustment of theHorz. Range Trimmer, the top Horz. Slug, the Horz.Drive and the Horz. Hold control until settings arefound that fulfill the above procedure. If these con-ditions cannot be obtained, the bottom slug of T-6under the chassis probably requires adjustment.Then follow the procedure listed under "CompleteAlignment of Horizontal Oscillator." For a stablesetting of the Horz. Hold Control, turn the controlfully clockwise. The picture should slip out of syncby one vertical black blanking bar. Now movethe control counter -clockwise until picture locksinto sync. Final setting of this control should be20 degrees counter -clockwise from where the picturepulls into sync.

COMPLETE ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTALOSCILLATOR (A. F. C.)

(a) Tune in a known good signal (test pattern wherepossible) and adjust the contrast control wellbelow an over -contrast condition.

(b) Turn both Horz. Osc. slugs out of coil canNo. LO -0039 (T-6) as far as possible.Caution: For manufacturing convenience bothof the oscillator adjustments are within the canNo. LO -0039. If the Horz. Osc. slugs are turnedtoo far in, a coupled condition is reached whichis undesirable.

(c) Place jumper wire between terminals C and Dof T-6.

(d) Preset Horz. Range Trimmer 1/4 turn out fromfull "in" position. Turn Horz. Hold control fullyclockwise. Through adjustment of top slug ofT-6 cause the picture to sync. Readjust Horz.Range Trimmer slightly in order to sync picture.

(e) With picture in sync., check picture width andlinearity adjusting Horz. Drive and Linearitycontrols if necessary until a normal picture isobtained.

(f) Remove jumper between terminals C and D ofT-6. Picture should remain in sync. If it does not,re -adjust Horz. Range Trimmer or top slug of T-6.IMPORTANT: The Oscilloscope used in thefollowing adjustment must have a flat verticalamplifier response up to 500 K. C. or better ora false waveform will result. A scope withpoor vertical response will show a perfect wave-form as shown in Figure 6A but when checkedagainst a good wide band oscilloscope, thewaveform will be found to have considerabletilt. This is highly undesirable because the bot-tom core is not adjusted properly, although weare led to believe it is.

(g) Connect scope having a 10 mmf. condenser inseries with the vertical lead to point C Fig. 6.

Adjust bottom slug of T-6 until the broad andsharp peaks are of equal height (Fig. 6A) keep:ing picture in sync at all times. If picture goesout of sync at any time repeat procedure understep No. f. If the picture still goes out of sync.,there is a defect in the Horz. control and A.F.C.circuit. Try a new 6SN7 tube before checkingfurther.

The above adjustment is very important to cor-rect circuit operation. If the broad peak is lowerthan the sharp peak the noise immunity becomespoor, hence the osc. is not stabilized as wellresulting in greater drift. If the broad peak ishigher than the sharp peak, the oscillator be-comes over -stabilized and double triggering canoccur when the hold control approaches fullclockwise position. REMOVE SCOPE.

(h) Set the Horz. Hold control to extreme clockwiseposition and adjust top slug of T-6 for onevertical blanking bar. Rotate Horz. Hold controlfully counter -clockwise. Picture shouldremain in sync. 77


ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS MUNTZ TV, continuedAvoid excessive signal input when using V.T.V.M. as alignment indicator. Use lowest scale on V.T.V.M. and just enough signal from thegenerator to override the noise level at all times. Run coil slugs at points A, B, C, and D in Figure 7 down all the way before proceeding.A 22,000 ohm isolation resistor, for scope or V.T.V.M., is provided beneath the chassis terminating at Point "E" Figure 7.

VIDEO I. F. ALIGNMENT CHART

STEPNO.

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY CHANNEL

CORRECTV.T.V.M.

FIGURENO. 7

ADJUST REMARKS

01 High side thru 24.25 2 or 13 D.C. C (Z-9) Short Antenna Connections. To avoid distortion#2

.001to ungrounded tube 22.5 2 or 13 Probe A (L-5) which may be caused by AGC action keep the

#3 shield floating over 22.5 2 or 13 To Test D (Z-6) attenuator of the signal generator to a minimum

#4converter tube (V-2).Low side to chassis 25. 2 or 13

PointB (Z-4)

just enough to override noise level voltages.Adjust for maximum.

#5 Repeat above operations in sequence until no fur her improvement can be made. Be very particular about the last adjustmentmade at 25 M.C.

PrecautionsWhencurveAlwaysthe scope.

OVERALL VIDEO I. F. RESPONSE EMPLOYING I. F. CURVEto be observed before making the following adjustments:

observing the television receiver band pass characteristics on the scope, it is extremely important to avoid distortion of the responsewhich would occur when using a large signal input from the sweep and marker generators.

set the generator attenuator below the point where its output voltage starts to alter the shape of the response curve shown onThis applies to both sweep and marker generators.

STEPNO.

SWEEP GENERATORCOUPLING

SWEEPGENERATORFREQUENCY

MARKERGENERATORFREQUENCY CHANNEL

CONNECTSCOPE

FIGURENO. 7

TOUCH UP REMARKS

#6High side thru .005 to un-grounded tube shield float-tng over converter tube(V-2). Low side to chassis.

23 M.C.(10 M.C.Sweep)

20.6 M.C.22.6 M.C.C.

M.C.24.3

25.1 M.C.

or 13 PointE

ABCD

Short Antenna Connections.Check response curve toFig. 8 and touch up wherenecessary.

DISCRIMINATOR AND SOUND I. F. ALIGNMENTEQUIPMENT: A.M. Generator and V.T.V.M. indicator.Connect two matched 100K ohm resistors in series from Pin #2 of the 6T8 to chassis ground. Fig. 9.

STEPNO.

SIGNALGENERATOR

COUPLING

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY CHANNEL

CONNECTV.T.V.M.

FIGURENO. 7

ADJUST REMARKS

#7

High side thru .1blocking condenserto side of Xtal (Y-1).Low side to chassis

4.5 M.C.(unmod) Max.Signal outputof generator

2.or 13 Pin #2 of 6T8 and chassis ground F, H

Turn picture control (contrast) allthe way counter -clockwise. Adjustfor maximum reading. Use non -metallic screw driver.

#8 Same as Step #7 4.5 M.C.(unmod) 2 or 13

Move neg. lead of V.T.V.M. topoint T, pos. lead to Point 5. Besure V. T. V. M. case is notgrounded during this adjustment.

The correct setting is whenV.T.V.M. Pointer is at zero "crossover point." Use non-metallicscrew driver.

DISCRIMINATOR AND SOUND I. F. SWEEP ALIGNMENT

STEPNO.

SWEEPGENERATORCOUPLING

SWEEPGENERATORFREQUENCY

MARKERGENERATORFREQUENCY CHANNEL

CONNECTSCOPE

FIGURENO. 7

ADJUST REMARKS

#7Alternate

High side thru .1

to side of Xtal.Low side to chassis

C.4.5 M.C.(100 K.C.Sweep)

. 5

MC. 2 or 13Pin #2 of 6T8and Chassis

Ground

F, HRefer toFig. 10

Same as Step #7. Remove C-22gnd. lead. Adjust for maximumsymmetrical output wave form.Solder C-22 gnd. lead whenfinished.

#8Alternate

Same as Step #7(alternate)

4.5 M.C.000 K.C.Sweep)

4.5M.C.each2 or 13

Move Vert. Scopeinput lead topoint T in Fig.7. Neg. scopelead to gnd.

GRefer toFig. 11

When finished the correct set -ting is when the "S" curve asshown on scope is symmetrical

side of base line and 4.5M.C. marker in center of "S"curve.

PIN 2OF 6T8 1

1

i 100K :

208 S ti - 4 6.11K 1 ILIMITS

4,

100K I

i

I

\5014 1l -A

YELLOW

I% -

4 25...MAi5% LEAD

- 4 75,..0

1-Z2.. a.31COK zzo OHMS

T

4 51201000 470 CENTER ERE()

myNM

FI78 Figure No. 8 = Figure No. 9 Figure No. 10

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMUNTZ TV, continued

R. F. ALIGNMENTRemove 1st I.F. Amplifier tube V7 before making adjustments L, I, M.

STEPNo.

DUMMYANTENNA

SWEEPGENERATORCOUPLING

MASTEROSC.(MC)

MARKERGEN.

FREQ. (MC) CHANNELCONNECT

SCOPE

FIGURENo. 7

ADJUST REMARKS

#9Two 120 ohmcarbon res.

Across ant.term. with 120in(10ohms eachlead.

207.50

MCsweep)

205.25209.75 12

R.F. Test Point N,Figure No. 7

PointsL, J, M

Adjust to response curveFigure No. 12 with mark -ers as shown.

213.50211. 25215.75 13

201.50199.2511203.75

195.50193.2510197.75

189.50187.259191.75

Across ant183.50

181.258185.75

#10 Two 120 ohmcarbon res.

term. with 120ohms in each 177.50

175.25179.75

7R.F. Test Point N.Figure No. 7

Check all channels to seethaf they have not beenseriously affected.

lead. 85.50 8325.

87.756

79.5077. 2581.75

5

69.5067.25471.75

63.50 61.25365.75

57.5055.25259.75

OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT

Restoreof thevidualIt shouldchannel.

Connect14. Connect

1st I.F. tube V7 to its socket. If the oscillator seems to be off frequency approximately the same amount for a majoritychannels, it is possible to correct them in one step, using adjustment K Figure No. 7. Before adjusting K move each indi-channel oscillator slug (they are reached through a hole at the right of the channel switch shaft), and observe the curve.

be noted that adjustment K is an all -channel oscillator circuit adjustment and should not be adjusted for any individual

the output of Model 7008 (Philco) to the antenna terminals of the receiver through a matching network; see Figure No.the oscilloscope input through the scope input leads to point E Figure No. 7. Set the FUNCTION switch to AM RF.

STEPNo.

DUMMYANTENNA

SWEEPGENERATOR

COUPLING

MASTEROSC.(MC)

MARKERGEN.

FREQ. (MC) CHANNELCONNECT

SCOPEADJUST

OSC. SLUG REMARKS

#11See FigureNo. 12

Across ant. ter-urinals with match-ing network. SeeFigure No. 12.

(Use Table in aboveR.F. Alignment Chart)

Point E,Figure No. 7 13 to 2 incl.

Adjust to place the soundmarker as per Figure No.13. The Video markershould fall about 50°c.

L K

A

O9M

4 5,... -.'-'----CREONTE,f

NOT TOED

MC AT 6.98

45 mCK- 70 --.,1

B4 4sAc ......,---

Ci?C PI.

Figure No. 11 Figure No. 12

E - 1--#-------...

DETECTORALIGN. TIE 9 D

F 4.5- k- MC.

POINT " BENEATHCHASSIS ' SOUND PHIL CO _,.. 106= re

AN

G -ABOVE'CHASSIS

LIU ITS MARKER DUMMY

C,ND

%C6

..

TEN

4.5 MC. m150

NA

I

?TRAP

H ABOVEOR

BENEATHCHASSIS

VIDEOMARKER

AN' MATCHING NET'VVORK

---' Figure No. 14ALIGNMENT POINTS 79Figure No. 7

TOP VIEW Figure No. 13

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION!

This circuit is exact for Chassis17B2 above Serial No. 369500,17B6 above Serial No. 361950,other chassis are very similar.

BACK OF CABINET0

O 0 0O 00

O 00

0

0

PICTURECENTERINGLEVER

0

BEAM CENTERINGYOKE COIL CONTROL.

TOP VIEW- C.R.T. ADJUSTMENTSRUBBER CUSHION TUBE BASE

VERT DEFLECTIONYOKE ADJ. Q ION TRAP

FOCALIZER UNIT

FOCUS ADJ.

4 C.R.T. CUSHION 0 FOCAL! ZER CENTADJ. BOLTS ADJUSTMENT ARM

OE ADJ.-HOR. PLANEFOCALIZER

80

8AU6SOUND U.

V3

Z310110 DETMON

R. F. TUNER

1+A. C C. HMI 11.0.1

In -I11 ill KU I%101111 I

T4

BA*(0 DIFLIV101 111/

V: 6BL7GT0(11 001710

VISA

+2101.1000

6T8E.M. DR A 151. WM

V4

1+1111211

6W6GTAUDIO 00711

VS

II in in12

.1451

6 C B61ST If IMP

V7

*36-,V A.-110

1782 chassis above Serial No. 3695001786 chassis above Serial No. 361950 "

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONL.51

3.2^ VOICE CO4

1rf

011.

Z40

CS'0401

474

No

6AL161116.4 1111

V8

C37

5041

L3131 015

4. 511 1 o RI -rzi;c51A d;c26.

6AU65101f 1111

V9

440

5U4GL V RECT

V6

520016.4

T 450,

C4'tiv OltOIL _ 135

4/1

.1453 1453

CSIT.22-7001

133

1201 1E1E510171011611

111

134

221

T2

111

042LbS 67

000

5C B6315E0 1113

VIO

51 MI M.0011101 -

5.04.

6/1-1111

114

1161

:50

50171451

531

5 11

1456 42103

51

L S2

4505

Ji

VIVO

0.1 47

4404

ASS

of

C44

I P70

s./1135

1300

1140 111.

1001

litivatzTV21(P4Ar 2IEP4A20GP4A et 201-IP4A

mustvol

TO 111"-L

1451201

1450.

044

510

151 1151_.. 160 I- ila 501 77 017-11

1

401.1

054.047

4403

6SN7GT11 4/C1 IOC

V13

C55 C56

022- NWIOC V

162 051

a-V."4H4J1 .47

N2/00.-

S 06511'E 1 1504

.054 is70.

/05/4 14-111

NI 1141

161

T6

161

MU

44)

1561T 11

062

11

1110

4757.

C63

11020 C64MI

114".AT/

T7 175

183GT04 UV

V15

301171 417

LI6101 Men

0,11:000000s-.*NIT

0-

347101.-{2T3114 10111/ 4144

52405c647 0017

061

T160r.153

6W4GT01/4/11

V16

177

11 10Wr17RIin CU

" , 2111___I

0511 IV 011 4144111 VII 15111103400 1001$ 111E5

*Mt

IOTES

PONsmarms sr NW/ In

1- uevren MX MOWNoaft III Wen MN311/1....f15 MalVUILC1MS MI/ INN. /At

.1-4N00I111 MN! IA11N$Aff MINNOW MUSS17,(11/50111

81


82

MUNTZ TV Chassis 17B1, 17B2, 17B3, 17B4, 17B5, 17B6, 37A2, continued

TUBE LAYOUT AND SIGNAL PATH CHART

12, CIO

0 6AU6 * 13AU6Z5 Z4

v io2

6C136%, 6AU6

12AT7

Ts11)

VERT BLOCKING OS . 1 I

° af38:

TRANSFORMER 0CIRCUIT LEGEND ,

R.F.SIGNAL ------I. F. COMPOSITE SIGNAL -VIDEO WITH SYNC PULSES 000 o 0004.5 MC TRAP SIGNAL - - - -HOR Z. DEF LC. CURRENT - - -

e.

AUDIO - SIGNALA .0 C VOLTAGE - I.- 0

**.

VER. AND NOR Z. PULSES --VERTICAL PULSES GO 0

HORZONTAL PULSES 86,6189,98898-,

BRILLIANCE VERT. HOLD HOR HOLD(R42) (RS3) (R59)

n

KINESCOPEV17

(0 T-4 .7..

6BL7GT

ANTENNA

ITERM. STRIP

0 OORi s.

TBI

SPEAKER

R48

° 0 0P"

6SN7GT

T 6

G -TOPF -ROT.

I B 3 GT

VOLUME(1416 A)

CONTRAST(R 168)

H.V. TRANS.T7

'FUSE (5.0 A:4.3-8LO

o 7

6I306GT 6W4GTHOAHC2SC

:N -DEFLECTION YOKE COIL----0- 0 0-0 0-1.-o °A'P

-*-FOCALI ZER -USED WITH ELECTROMAGNETICFOCUS KINESCOPE ONLY

Y-1....FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

VERT. LINEARITY VERT SIZE

PSI

rt}._ioN TRAP

INTERLOCKSI

R76

FOCUS

USED WITH ELECTROSTATIC FOCUSKINESCOPE ONLY.

NOR. RA NGE/-1-10R. DRIVE

C59A C59 B

NOR. LINEARITYCONTROL COIL

L 16

°.0T1 a)

X23a) o _2

°1:1

$12 (I)

Q)

z E-o 0.1n

uCL

:I1

CI a)

01::n .-(1) o

-6'0 wo

0o .>ba)

(te

a)-0 ;1

(1)

a) 0.g .0

Q)

TJCD z:0 to tY1

2 a oFo

gs 3 bi-;.4 a) a)

711 .4 -x

-.5 70

0 (1)Ts 0 -0

tj -X 'CI^. a) 0 0

E-.0 0


OLYMPIC RADIO & TELEVISION INC.Chassis TN -21, used in Models 21065, 21068, 21C72, 21C73, 21D60, 21D64, 21K61,21K62, 21K63B, 21T58, 21T69, 21T70, and 21T74, is covered by diagrams belowand on page 84. Chassis TM -17, used in Models 17C57, 17K55, 17T56, uses 17HP4picture tube, but is very similar to TN chassis. TV section of the combination setTNA-21, Model 21K101, is also similar.

rm

2

2

PICTURECONTROL

OFF -ON SWITCHAND SOUNDVOLUME CONTROL

RECTANGULARKMESCOPE TUBE

2IZ21:4A

/I rtlell POSTS

OYU,. 11/ T104.5 011,4101145'Min. .1 NTS O. 11.1 le IGOILII "C.

Stilt,fillet OM

CHANNEL SELECTORSWITCH

FINE TUNINGCONTROL

6BK 7.. 6807VI

I PSIPSTISIO

6J6V2

R F ORO CONVERTER

C304.5 5 NV

12 CHANNEL R. F. TUNER

L301411.$111C ram!

',.IN;;;.

VERT.OSCTRANS

sec L4 ANicUNDERSIDE OFCHASSIS

IIII'

LIT WIDTH

JeuI YOKE

FOCUSCOIL

POWERTRANSFORMER

PICTURE ION TRAPCENTERINGLEVER (BEAM RENDER)

.4/SPEAKER CABLE

LINE CORDINTERLOCKMOUNTED TOMASONITECABINET BACK

LW HORIZONTALFREQUENCY

LIT HORIZONTAL PHASEUNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS

L 10 AS.N.

SHIELD

L9 21.5.C.L2 1.5 AK. UNDERSIDEACC SOUND OF CHASSIS

L6 27 75 in TRAPL/3 23.0 ax.

ADJACENT Pix IFSOUND TRAP

VIDEO IFANN./NA

FILAMENTS

0 to .44C4 0 CO 0

to0 0 Cd I -

cc, fa. fa.VI CI) 8'a)

Po E row+tkoca

2 -Ers

4-,CO C.) ;

a) ajCV E

,Tt>

It" 0- U 0(1)

+0

Yz PL,clRi Ys

Ii..16/ OMIT rilar.511

IL + R46+520V.

+155V.

mX IA so.

POST


OLYMPIC TN -21 CHASSIS21' TN MODELS: 21158, 21D60, 21K61, 21K62, 2186313, 21D64, 21665, 21668, 21169, 21770, 21672, 21C73 9 21774

6U8 LI L2 6 A U6smc v3

le SOW. IA SOUND I TM.1.0.1M SOUM I

L3 L4 6AL5

RAT 10 DETECTOR

4,2

L 11111074-

6AV6V D

AUDIO AINALIIN

CIO

45V

21111 10411.

630

6W61431V.

AviNo ov..4

AL Ni WPM

itAgriCOS

N.I011.110T

AIM 'x-41V49)

6686 L5vt

1 roc

2.

IA!,Tomo

X 0 X

63fa:0144 e.

t

Unin y

-A.

6666 L7 6C86 L8 L955

5. e I no ros..61. Tear

OLE

6U8(%t) L12VI

viovo racrEcron .50. zet"' L it

I I

.tfrif 1 X

3 +155V.

EOM

84

+14 S V

cal DMA.CROWS KS RCS

6AC7 L14 LviOLO 4..T.66,1

114

TAM

:14LI 3SOON

MITA DOT.

°480

14W

12AU7SYNC v4VOR CA !MEP

12AU7VAC AMA NOISE CLIPPER

L, T.... 0e4 ..n. 'A twasso

nierc" 0000000000 . et Te.samma

Teovas TITUS. SO olagol. g 61.am TN BOMMIN CON.. WY

',40je AO V1114"14.1 14411 al gsre,r1 _

6SN7/GTguys... cow... OS COO off 6 6" ' "" :LA

V la "1r r:g."1:11g wt. To am ms oos am V6voneastrat OSVggs,00 .... ,Tre.01,.. SUMS

Ryar...°

L16

groMoT t. 04

11n nu

C41

mn

+ 320V

.:12;H;

Mg.ono eon

geTh'insg%

rin ;6', 61

*

rm.. nogg.. V 14es. woo 1..1...., DEVIL. OWL TOR

10A. 1SLIZA

tv"A").

163/DTV1S

1.61 KS? 44( RtnrxR

&MNOS V

+320V +155V.

+360V.

+360V.

ICTANGLILMI2IZP4A

5NINVICOM

ISM

O 15KV.

...Mt I:MOTION CO

+ 550V +360V.

6W4/GT

11.06

To cf. 1.0.

Part of circuit diagram is printed on page 83, and points 1, 2, 3, X, Y, andB+ voltages 360, 320, 155, connect to correspondingly marked points.

I5KV.

Y13 11. V. -IN1475CAS SO v ...CPS SOS

IOUTPUT ASV 1ST SIT 111

SO CP.

11111 .1160.0,06 0.G 00000

7/v1S - PITI

30 G1 4000 7 070 Cry 10S T.T. CPS 105070,1 CPS 1010


9aelaimi ffeaCHASSIS TYPE 2040 is a 20 tube TV chassis whichmounts a 21 inch electrostatic focus picture tube on ellmodels except the 17 inch table model. It features a Local -Distance switch located on the rear chassis apron to insureoptimum performance in either fringe or metropolitanareas. This chassis is used on the following models:(VHF Tuner; (VHF -UHF Tuner)

2041 2141 Table Model, 21 inch2042 2142 Standard Console, 21 inch2043 2143 De Luxe Console, 21 inch2044 2144 Table Model, 17 inch

Complete circuit diagram is printedon the next page, over.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURECHASSIS 2040

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT:

1. Connect a vacuum tube voltmeter between point "A"and ground.

2. Loosely couple signal generator to mixer tube in

tuner.

StepSig. Gen.Freqncy. Adjust For

3. 45.50 Mc. S-15 MAXIMUM(mixer I -F in tuner)

4. 45.50 Mc. S-6 MAXIMUM5. 41.80 Mc. S-5 MAXIMUM6. 43.30 Mc. S-8 MAXIMUM7. 44.50 Mc. S-10 MAXIMUM8. 39.75 Mc. S-4 and 5-9 Minimum9. 47.25 Mc. 5-3 and S-7 Minimum

REPEAT STEPS 3 THROUGH 9

10. Connect oscilloscope to point "B", using a 22,000ohm isolating resistor in series with the scope probe.Connect an electrolytic capacitor. 5 mfd., 50 volt,between point "A" and ground, the negative peadto point "A".

11. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminalsthrough an impedance matching network. (Antennaterminals 300 ohms balanced.)

12. Rotate tuner to channel 3, and set sweep generatorto center frequency of channel, (63 Mc.). With asweep width of 10 Mc., adjust generator output todevelop approximately 2 volts of A. G. C.

13. With signal generator loosely coupled to convertertube, adjust output to provide the markers shown onthe response curve, Fig. 1. Check the position of themarkers one at a time.

14. Observe the waveform obtained on the oscilloscopeand compare it with the waveform shown in Fig. 1.

If the spot frequency alignment has been carefully

done. the comparison will be favorable. However,slight retouching of the I -F adjustments may be re-quired. It should not be necessary to change any ad-justment appreciably. The markers should be locatedas follows:

The 47.25 Mc. and the 39.75 Mc. at minimumresponse. (These markers will be at too low alevel to show on scope.)The 45.75 Mc. marker at 50% response.The 43.30 Mc. marker at 95% response.The 45.00 Mc. marker at 97% response.The 41.25 Mc. marker at 8% response.

IMPORTANT: The 45.00 Mc. marker must not exceed97% response on channel 3 or picturemay smear on higher channels.

ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 Mc. TRAP:1. Connect signal generator between point "B" and

ground through a .001 mfd isolating capacitor.2. Turn contrast control to maximum.3. Connect a R -F vacuum tube voltmeter to point "C".

If an R -F VTVM is not available, connect a germani-um diode crystal in series with the positive probe of aconventional VTVM.

4. Set signal generator to 4.50 Mc:, exactly, with theoutput at one volt or more.

5. Adjust trap, 5-11, for minimum VTVM reading

NOTE: If signal generator is not capable of one volt out-put, it will be necessary to adjust the trap by visual means.To do this, observe the picture and adjust the trap to elimi-nate the 4.5 Mc. beat.

SOUND I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT:

1. Connect signal generator between point "B" andground

2. Connect VTVM between point "D" and ground.3. With generator frequency at 4.50 Mc., adjust 5-12

and S-1 for MAXIMUM output.4. Connect VTVM between points "E" and "F".5. Adjust Ratio Detector secondary, S-2, for zero be-

tween positive and negative peaks.

47.25 MC.

FiCTURECARRIER 1 50 %45.75 MC.

SOUNDCARRIER 4425 MC. 39.75 MC.

43.3MC.45.0 MC.

Fig. 1. I -F Response Curve, Chassis 2040 es

FR

ON

T E

NO

SE

E F

RO

NT

EN

D S

CH

EM

AT

ICS

TU

NE

R N

O. /

0534

- V

.N.R

V-

Isv-

50T

ON

ER

NO

. 105

35-V

.14K

eco

exV

-I9

V-2

0V

-2/

TE

ST

Ecl

air

CL

5-15

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T J

0-2

4725

3575

MC

.M

C.

MM3-

3i5

-.

C/t

-04

Cl.

470.

4..C

CA

A44

c/T

OR

US

ED

ON

LY W

/TN

NO

/053

5pe

ovrE

vo.

V-9

1ZA

U7

SY

NC

SE

P /

/NV

565

£39

R40

225

-`11

-*M

r+24

/r-

34

zo'c

$22

524

22/..

514

C24

pirE

eRA

TO

XN

ET

WO

RK

J R6/

ISM

Ru

344

sift.9.41-

RE

355

05

V./

6AU

6S

OU

ND

-I -

A-

+17

314

r

465,

44C

.

Cl/3

.0 AW

LL-

5847

.25M

C

V-2

-115

-2R

AT

IO D

ET

EC

TO

Rp

6AL5

AS

V.'0

.5V

/

V-

GC

BS

2NA

GY

.V1-

56C

B6

3m M

X/ -

F

R20

3500

ggs

C44

SM

A50

X

V-3

6AV

6I.-

Az/

0/0

5677

R7A

220

.02

500.

5V

OL.

o

.003

64C

C6

1-1

522

/20

0-10

V,/

6AL5

L-43

6SN

7-6T

C57

.4.5

. C.

.5-4

3N

O51

2. 0

50/5

007

0001

R50

raov

229

v54

d6-

41Y

v'/0

57

C30

54,

000

38

4/4

C26

546

/SO

O33

00 TggfR65 t

567

374

£64

V N

OLO

565

/005

C40

.410

0445

50V

L .0

05_

J

*365

V

568

55V

G/N

.V

-14

/Z81

17la

er 0

3C0,

./TR

V7

HA

45/

2200

Re

47M

. C/6

.05

496

fit.4

524

3300 C36

.05

4,5

WID

TH

RIO

2205

C9

.02

LOC

AL

Oar

1,-/

56A

X4

DA

MP

ER

V 8

MA

4/ 7

0. 5

..W

OC

-0

/83-

67"

'eV

RIC

,'

037

.500

205v

.-a.

V-4

6A-6

-Gr

AU

DIO

our

eur

o 1.

/9o

270

A4

.0E

40V

.3

CK

7-00

5

8

c45

2544

FZ

..2

50

C23 ./

V

553

.560

W.

/m .4

/

e_er

pvSM.

v-17

5U4-

6R

EC

T

V-

/8 P

ICT

UR

E 7

-c/8

E04

0050

5 20

4/ -

2042

- 2

043

AN

D 2

/4/ -

242

- 2

/4.9

LLS

E/ Y

R4

RE

CT

AN

GU

LAR

704

., v0

47..4

05E

LEC

TR

OS

TA

TIC

AX

VS

.

4600

205

2044

AN

D 2

/44

use

/7h'

P4//7

Ric

te/7

.122

T7

L.0

ELE

CT

RO

ST

AT

IC Ii

2Cvs

...E

TD

V NO

RA

NT

ER

.

t.R.3

FO

CU

S3,

44.

FO

R37

470K

CA

D/O

M"

-T45

00

NO

TE

vOtT

A6E

5M

EA

SU

RE

D 7

0 05

0.4v

0-0/

0 51

6144

4-co

vrap

sr A

T-

- O

TH

ER

CO

NT

RO

LSsy

s_or

52-

7- F

C44

eas

r P

ICT

UR

E (

rpm

Etc

,-8/

8A",

)/1

70 C

ow L

INE

ALL

px.

TE

TE

-mrs

ro,

r-E

XC

EP

T-

AS

IND

ICA

TE

D.

T54

45 v

4C

PAC

KA

RD

-BE

LL

CO

CH

,455

/S T

YPE

204

0

75I0

70

1/0,

20 V

AC

60..

044,


PHILCO

R -F CHASSIS R-181 AND

DEFLECTION CHASSIS D-181

R -F Chassis R -181U incorporatesa UHF tuner for UHF reception,and is used in UHF models.

For a complete list of models using these chassis, see listing on page 96.(This material is printed through the courtesy of the Philco Corp.)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Philco "B line", Code 130 Television Receivers usetwo chassis-r-f chassis R-181, containing the r -f, video,audio, and sync circuits, and deflection chassis D-181,containing the power and deflection circuits. Sincethese chassis are not isolated from the 60 -cycle powerline, all protruding shafts and mounting feet areinsulated from the chassis.

CAUTION: See A -C LINE ISOLATION.A separate subchassis contains the r -f amplifier. the

oscillator, and the mixer. The r -f amplifier uses a6BZ7 tube, VI. The oscillator and mixer each useone half of a 12AZ7 tube, V2. The output of themixer is fed to a three -stage, stagger -tuned, i-f ampli-fier system employing three 6CB6 tubes. A type1N64 crystal diode is used for the video detector,the output of which is amplified by a single -stagevideo amplifier utilizing a type 12BY7 tube, V6. Theconnections at the detector are such as to produce acomposite video signal with negative -going syncpulses. The signal, which is subjected to a 180 -degreephase shift through the video amplifier, is applied tothe cathode of the picture tube; therefore, the syncpulses at this point are positive -going. The grid ofthe picture tube is returned to ground through a re-sistor (R309). A blanking pulse, taken from the ver-tical output stage, is applied across R309, for sup-pression of the vertical retrace.

Sound i.f. (intercarrier) is obtained by utilizing thebeat frequency produced when the 26.6 -me. videocarrier and the 22.1-mc. sound carrier are mixed in thevideo detector. The 4.5-mc. beat frequency is thedifference between 26.6 mc. and 22.1 mc., and con-tains the FM sound signal. This 4.5 -me. signal con-tains only a negligible amount of video amplitudemodulation, provided that the amplitude of the 22.1-mc. signal is considerably lower than that of the 26.6-mc. signal. The proper relationship between the twocarriers is established during the alignment of the re-ceiver.

The oscillator is tuned primarily to obtain the bestpicture, since the 4.5 -me. relationship always existsbetween the two carriers. The 4.5-mc. sound i.f.(intercarrier), which is taken from the plate circuitof the video amplifier, is passed through a 4.5 -me.sound i-f stage using a 6AU6 tube, V7, and is thenapplied to the FM detector, which utilizes two diodesections of a 6T8 tube, V8A. The triode section of the6T8, V8B, is used as the first audio amplifier. Thepower amplifier uses a 6K6GT tube, V9.

A portion of the video signal appearing at the gridof the video amplifier is applied to the pentode sec-tion of a 6U8 tube which operates as a sync ampli-fier, V10A. The output of this stage is composite videowith positive -going sync, and is applied to grid 3 (pin7) of the 6BE6 sync separator, V11. Since grid -leakbias is used on grid 3, the tips of the sync pulses areclamped to zero, and the video components swingin a negative direction from zero. Because of thecut-off characteristics of grid 3, the video componentsare eliminated, and only negative -going sync pulsesappear in the plate circuit of the sync separator. Atthe same time, however, a signal is taken from thevideo detector and applied to grid 1 (pin 1) of the6BE6 tube. This grid is returned to B plus, and thebias is maintained close to zero, because of a smallgrid -current flow. Since the signal applied to grid 1is composite video with negative -going sync, anynoise modulation present in the signal appears in theform of sharp spikes, driving in a negative direction.The circuit constants are chosen to allow grid 1 to cutoff plate current whenever the signal goes more neg-ative than the sync pulses. A series grid -limiting re-sistor (R614) is also incorporated, to prevent the videocomponents from appearing in the plate circuit ofthe sync separator. A -G -C voltage is also developedin the sync separator circuit in the following manner:On tips of the sync pulses, grid 3 (pin 7) of the6BE6 tube draws current, which flows downward

(Continued on the next 10 pages) 87


PHILCO CHASSIS TYPES R-181, D-181

through the network composed of R609, R610, R611,L214, and R211, causing capacitors C604, C602, andC603 to assume negative charges that are propor-tional to the amount of peak signal applied to grid3. The tuner a -g -c voltage is delayed by means of aresistor divider network, which applies a small pos-itive voltage to the tuner a -g -c circuit. This positivevoltage prevents a -g -c action from lowering the tunergain on weak signals. To prevent the delay voltagefrom driving the tuner a -g -c voltage positive on weaksignals, a diode clamp (part of V8B) is connectedacross C602.

The negative -going sync pulses appearing in theplate circuit of the sync separator are fed to thesync inverter stage, VlOB (triode section of the 6U8tube). This stage acts as a phase-splitter circuit; pos-itive sync pulses appear in the plate circuit, and neg-ative sync pulses are taken from the cathode. Bothpositive and negative sync pulses are fed throughthe interchassis cable into the deflection chassis.

Proper triggering of the vertical oscillator requiresnegative synchronizing pulses. The vertical sync sig-nal is separated from the horizontal sync signal bythe integrator circuit, and is fed to the grid of thevertical oscilator (V12), a cathode -coupled multivi-brator. The output of the vertical oscillator is ampli-fied by a type 12B4 tube, V13, which is employed asthe vertical output amplifier. The output of the ampli-fier is applied to the vertical -deflection coils throughthe vertical -output transformer.

The horizontal sweep circuits require both positiveand negative sync pulses. The phase-comparer circuituses a 6AL5 tube, V14. Positive sync pulses are ap-plied to the plate of V14A, and negative sync pulsesare applied to the cathode of V14B. A saw -tooth volt-age is fed to the plate of V14B and to the cathodeof V14A, for comparison of the sync and horizontalsweep voltages. When the saw -tooth and sync signalsare exactly in phase, no voltage is developed acrossR800, but when the two signals are out of phase,either a positive or a negative voltage is developed,depending upon whether the horizontal -oscillatorfrequency is lower or higher than the sync -pulsefrequency, The grid circuit of the horizontal oscil-lator, a 12AU7 (V15) cathode -coupled multivibrator,is connected to R800 through a filter network; whenthe voltage at this point goes in a positive direction,the frequency of the horizontal oscillator is increased,and when the voltage swings negative, the frequencyof the oscillator is decreased. In this manner thefrequency of the horizontal oscillator is controlledover the lock -in range of the circuit. The horizontal -oscillator hold control (R812) adjusts the horizontal -oscillator frequency so that it is within the controlrange of the phase comparer. The output of the

88

horizontal oscillator is fed to the horizontal outputamplifier, which makes use of a 6BQ6GT tube, V16.The screen voltage for the horizontal amplifier is

supplied from a voltage -divider network. R816, R817,(the WIDTH control), R818, R307 (the BRIGHTNESScontrol), and R311 are parts of this divider. R817 variesthe voltage applied to the screen, thus adjusting forproper picture width. Adjusting R307 for brightnessvaries the bias on the picture tube. The change inbias causes a change in beam current, and wouldtend to result in a change in picture width and var-iation in the second -anode voltage. However, whenthe control arm of the BRIGHTNESS control, R307,is moved toward ground, less of the control is shuntedby the 22K resistor, R311, and the total resistance ofthe voltage divider is increased. This increase in re-sistance results in a decrease in the current throughthe divider, and the screen voltage on the horizontalamplifier is increased proportionally, thus compen-sating automatically for the increase in beam currentin the picture tube. The horizontal amplifier feeds thedeflection coils through the horizontal output trans-former. A 6AX4GT tube, V17, is used as the hori-zontal damper.

The second -anode voltage for the picture tube issupplied by one 1B3GT high -voltage rectifier tube,V18. The B plus voltage for the receiver is suppliedby two selenium rectifiers, CR100 and CR101, in afull -wave, voltage -doubler circuit, operating directlyfrom the power line. Bias voltage is obtained fromacross a filter choke, L405, which is in series with thenegative side of the B plus supply. The B plus boostvoltage, derived from the horizontal damper circuit,supplies higher B plus voltage to the vertical oscillatorand the first anode of the picture tube. Filament volt-age lor all the tubes except the high -voltage rectifieris supplied by a step-down transformer. Filament volt-age for the high -voltage rectifier is supplied by awinding on the horizontal output transformer.

IMPORTANTA -C LINE ISOLATION

CAUTION: One side of the a -c line isconnected to the chassis through C101and L405. The other side of the a -c lineis connected to the chassis through R100,F100, CR100, and C103, in series. Ground-ing the chassis will result in a short circuitacross one or the other of these twobranches in the voltage -doubler circuit.During servicing and alignment it is de-sirable that an a -c line isolation trans-former capable of handling at least 225watts (Philco Part No. 45-9600) be used.Failure to use an isolation transformer willgreatly increase the shock hazard, andmay result in damage to the test equip-ment or receiver, or both.



HORIZONTAL -OSCILLATORADJUSTMENT

To adjust the horizontal -oscillator circuit, tune ina station and proceed as follows:

1. Reduce the width of the picture until approxi-mately 1 inch of blank screen appears at the right-hand and left-hand sides of the picture.

2. Increase the BRIGHTNESS control setting un-til the blanking becomes visible. This will appear asa dark vertical bar on each side of the picture.

3. Connect a .1-4. condenser from the test point,adjacent to TC800, to ground. (The plate side of thehorizontal ringing coil, L800, is connected to thetest point.)

4. Set the HORIZONTAL HOLD control to theapproximate center of its mechanical rotation.

5. Adjust the HORIZ. HOLD CENTERING con-trol until equal portions of the blanking bar appearon both sides of the picture.

6. Remove the .1-p.f. condenser from the test point.7. Adjust the horizontal ringing coil, L800, until

equal portions of the blanking bar again appear onboth sides of the picture.

8. Rotate the HORIZONTAL HOLD controlthrough its range. The picture should fall out ofsync on both sides of the center of its rotation. If thepicture does not fall out of sync on both sides, re-adjust the HORIZ. HOLD CENTERING control.

9. Rotate the HORIZONTAL HOLD controlthrough its range, and observe the number of di-agonal blanking bars that appear just before the pic-ture pulls into sync. The pull -in should occur withfrom 1 to 2 diagonal bars when the sync position isapproached from either direction. If proper pull -inis not obtained, repeat the above procedure.

VIDEO -DETECTORPEAKING -COIL ADJUSTMENT

The video -detector peaking coil, L214, is adjustedat the factory for proper transient response of thevideo circuit. Ordinarily, this coil will require nofurther adjustment by the serviceman. On any stationwhere excessive overshoot or excessive smear is pres-ent, a slight adjustment of L214 may improve thepicture quality on that station; however, this adjust-ment may sacrifice the quality on other channels. IfL214 is replaced in servicing, adjustment will be re-quired.

Before adjusting L214, check the tuner alignmentand i-f alignment. (Never adjust L214 until the align-ment of the receiver is correct.) Then tune in a stationand adjust L214 until there are no trailing whites orsmear in the picture. Turning TC206 clockwise re-duces trailing whites and overshoot; turning TC206counterclockwise reduces picture smear and increasestrailing whites. The proper position is the point whereno smear or trailing whites appear in the picture.

TELEVISION ALIGNMENTGENERAL

The alignment consists of tuning each i-f coil to agiven frequency, using an AM signal, and then feed-ing in a sweep signal at the antenna terminals andtouching up the adjustments to obtain the desiredpass band.

The over-all response curve (r -f, i-f) of the circuitsfrom the antenna terminals to the video detector,after the i-f stages have been aligned, should appearessentially the same, regardless of the channel undertest. If not, the tuner should be aligned.

106

SIGNAL. GENERATOROUTPUT

(75 OHMS)106 OHMS

OHMS

300 TOOHMS ANTENNA

INPUT

ISO OHMS

Figure 1. Antenna -Input Matching Network

SOLDERED

3C OR RECT

ORIENTATION

TOSCOPE

22 00OHMS

PART NO66-222E1340

PLUG PART NO27-4765-3

GND

TERMINAL STRIP

2200 OHM RESISTORINSULATED WITH SPAGHETTI

SHIELD PART NO 56-562 9rA3

SOLDERED

SHE LL PART NO 515-1148-1

PLUG PART NO 27 -4765-3

PART OF POTENTIOMETER

- 75v- BATTERY

SHORT-CIRCUIT 10,000 OHM POT E NT IOMET ER

PROTECTIONPART NO. 45-5010

RESISTOR

Figure 2. Video I -F Alignment Jig

TELEVISION TUNER ALIGNMENT

After the tuner is serviced, or if an i-f alignmentis required, the tuner alignment should be checkedby observing the tuner response curve, as given underBandpass Alignment. If the response curve does notfall within the limits shown in figure 5, the tunershould be realigned. If realignment is necessary, usethe procedure given below.

Since the frequency of the local oscillator affectsthe tuner response, the local -oscillator alignmentshould be made first.

89


PHILC 0

CHASSIS TYPES R-181, D-181

PLUG PL400HERE

40))

4

TO J400

VTVM OR20,000 -OHMS -PER -VOLT

VOLTMETER

Oscillator AlignmentGeneralTuning cores are provided in the oscillator coils at

channels 13, 11, 9, 7, 6, and 4. By adjusting thesetuning cores, all channels may be placed on fre-quency. This procedure should be carried out with thehighest -frequency channel first, since the alignmentof each channel affects the alignment of all the chan-nels below it in frequency. The channel adjustmentsare so arranged that, with one exception, each ad-justment corrects the tuning of more than one chan-nel. The coverage of the various adjustments is asfollows:

GND

SOCKET (BOTTOM VIEW)PART NO. 27-6214

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

PLUG PART NQ27-4785-3

Figure 3.

ChannelAdjustment

Channels CorrectedBy Adjustment

13

11

97

64

13 and 1211 and 109 and 87 only6 and 5

4, 3, and 2

The FINE TUNING cam should be preset for alladjustments by placing the stop on the FINE TUN-ING cam between the Channel 7 and 8 holes on thefront plate of the tuner. See figure 4.

90

52 TC512

GI

0508

0512

V2125Z7MIXER

OSC

6827RF *MK

IC 513

0

TC504 TC502 TC500

(§)

TC505 TC503 TC501

Figure 4. Televis'on Tuner,Showing Locations of Adjustments

1/4"4-40NUTS AND BOLTS

METAL BRACKETSSOLDERED TO

SHIELD

MINIATURE SHIELDPART NO.

56-5629FA3

SHELLPART N0.56 -1146-I

VOLTM TERSOCKET

PART NO. 27-6214NOTE: CONNECTIONSINSULATED WITHSPAGHETTI

SOLDERED

OSCILLOSCOPE

TERMINAL STRIP

I/4" HOLE

SOLDERED

PLUGPART NO. 27-4785-3

Sound I -F Alignment Jig

CORRECTORIENTATION

Procedure Using Signal GeneratorAn r -f signal (unmodulated), at the oscillator

frequency, is fed into the antenna input from an AMsignal generator, and the oscillator tuning cores areadjusted for zero beat. The r -f signal frequencyshould be accurately determined. It is preferable thatthe signal be taken from a crystal -controlled source;if this is not available, the signal generator may becalibrated against the television station.

1. Connect the hot lead of the oscilloscope to themixer plate test point, G2, through a 1000 -ohm re-sistor, and connect the ground lead of the oscillo-scope to the chassis, near the test point. (High oscil-loscope gain may be necessary to obtain a visual beat.In this instance, base -line hum may be ignored.)

2. Connect the AM (marker) generator to the 300-

ohm antenna -input terminals. For this purpose theantenna -input matching network is not required.

3. Disconnect the white (a -g -c) lead from the tuner,and connect it to the negative terminal of a 1% -voltbattery. Ground the positive terminal. If regenerationis observed, the bias may be increased to 4 or 5 volts,to reduce the regeneration.

4. Mechanically preset the fine-tuning cam asshown in figure 4.

5. Feed in an r -f signal (unmodulated), at the oscil-lator frequency for Channel 13, with the CHANNELSELECTOR set for Channel 13.

6. Adjust the Channel 13 tuning core (see figure 4).7. Reset the signal -generator frequency and the

CHANNEL SELECTOR, and adjust the tuning coresfor Channels 11 and 9, respectively.

8. Repeat steps 5, 6 and 7 until Channels 13, 11,and 9 are within plus or minus 500 kc. of the cor-rect frequency.

9. Feed in r -f (unmodulated) signals, at the oscil-lator frequencies for Channels 7, 6, and 4, consecu-tively (see NOTE below), and adjust the respectivetuning cores (see figure 4).

NOTE: The exact position of the FINETUNING cam should be marked whenChannel 4 is correctly aligned. This po-sition is to be used in step 4 of the i-falignment procedure.



Procedure Using Station SignalThe following simplified procedure may be used

to align the oscillator when the television i-f align-ment is satisfactory and a station signal is available:

1. Mechanically preset the FINE TUNING camto the center of its range (see figure 4).

2. Tune in the highest -frequency channel to bereceived.

3. Adjust the tuning core for that channel, or thenext highest channel, for the best picture; that is,

starting with sound in the picture, turn the tuningcore until the sound disappears. Repeat for eachchannel received in the area.

Bandpass AlignmentGeneralThe bandpass alignment consists of aligning the

tuner at Channels 13 and 6, and then making it trackdown to Channels 7 and 2, respectively.

During the alignment, a fixed bias of 1% volts isapplied to the r -f amplifier tube.

An FM (sweep) signal is applied to the antenna -input circuit, and an oscilloscope is connected to themixer plate circuit. The, oscilloscope gain should beas high as possible, consistent with hum level and"bounce" conditions. Hum conditions will cause dis-tortion of the time base and response. Bounce con-ditions, which are caused by poor line regulation,will cause the response and time base to jump upand down. The use of too high an oscilloscope gainaggravates these conditions, whereas the use of toolow a gain necessitates increasing the generator out-put to a point where the tuner may be overloaded.Overload may be checked by changing the generatoroutput while observing the shape of the responsecurve; any change in the shape of the curve indicatesoverload, in which case a lower generator outputand higher oscilloscope gain must be used. The tunercoupling link should be disconnected from the i-f sec-tion and a 40- to 70 -ohm resistor connected acrossthe open end of the link, to eliminate the absorptioneffect of this coil on the response curve.

1. Disconnect the white (a -g -c) lead from the tuner,and connect it to the negative terminal of a 1% -voltbattery. Ground the positive terminal.

2. Disconnect the tuner link at terminal boardB11-5 and B11-7 (see figure 36), and connect a 40- to70 -ohm carbon resistor to the two leads of the link.

3. Connect a 1000 -ohm resistor in series with thehot lead of the oscilloscope. Connect the other end ofthe resistor to the mixer plate test point, G2, andconnect the ground lead of the oscilloscope to thechassis, near the test point.

4. Connect the FM (sweep) generator to the 300 -ohm antenna -input terminals through an antenna -in-put matching network. See figure 1.

0tn2 50

012 70

100fefe

II MC MAX4.5 MC MIN

CHANNEL CARRIERSMUST LIE BETWEENTHESE LIMITS

RESPONSE MUSTFALL INSIDE SHADEDARE A

Figure 5. Television TunerResponse Curve, Showing Bandpass Limits

Procedure1. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and FM

(sweep) generator to Channel 13 (213 mc.): Adjustthe generator for sufficient sweep to show the com-plete response curve.

2. Establish the channel limits (see figureusing the marker (AM r -f) signal generator to pro-duce marker pips on the response curve. (Set themarker generator first to 210 mc., then to 216 mc.)The curve should be reasonably flat between thelimits shown in figure 5.

3. Adjust TC502 and TC504 (figure 4) for a sym-metrical, approximately centered pass band. Set themarker generator to 213 mc. Detune TC504 counter-clockwise until a single peak appears. Adjust TC502until the peak falls on the 213-mc. marker. It maybe necessary to increase the output of the generatorduring this adjustment. Then adjust TC500 for max-imum curve height and symmetry of the single peak.The antenna circuit is now tuned for the high -frequency channels.

4. Readjust TC502 and TC504 for a symmetricalresponse, centered about 213 mc., and falling withinthe limits shown in figure 5.

5. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and FM gen-erator to Channel 7 (177 mc.).

6. Establish the channel limits by using the markergenerator to produce marker pips on the responsecurve. (Set the generator first to 174 mc., then to180 mc.). The curve should be reasonably flat be-tween the limits.

7. On Channel 7, note the response curve, with re-spect to tilt and center frequency. The curve shouldbe centered in the pass band, and should be sym-metrical.

91

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPHILCO

0

50

70

100

FREQ

N

DESIRED \ CENTERFREQUENCY

17 9 MC

I

I 77 MCCENTER

FREQUENCY

14-- CARRIERS

ACTUAL

A

ORIGINAL

Figure 6. Television Tuner Response

8. If the curve is not symmetrical, and appearsunbalanced, as shown in figure 6, leave the generatorand tuner set to Channel 7, and adjust C508 andC512 (see figure 4) to obtain a response curve whichis the mirror image (tilt in the opposite direction) ofthe original. This is a form of overcompensation, toallow for the effect of Channel 13 adjustment onChannel 7. For example, if the Channel 7 responseappears as in figure 6A, then the trimmer should beadjusted to obtain the response shown in figure 6B.

9. Reset the CHANNEL SELECTOR and gen-erators to Channel 13. Readjust TC502 and TC504for a symmetrical and centered pass band. See step 4.

10. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and gener-ators to Channel 7, and check the response for centerfrequency and symmetry. Repeat steps 8 and 9 asmany times as necessary to obtain the most sym-metrical and centered response curves on Channels13 and 7. Channels 7 through 13 are now correctlyaligned.

11. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and sweepgenerator to Channel 6 (85 mc.).

12. Establish the channel limits, using the markergenerator to produce marker pips on the responsecurve. (Set the generator first to 82 mc., then to 88 mc.)

13. Adjust TC503 and TC505 for a symmetrical,approximately centered pass band. Set the markergenerator to 85 mc. Detune TC505 counterclockwiseuntil a single peak appears.

CAUTION: Do not turn TC505 exces-sively, or it will fall out of the coil.

92

0

50ACTUAL

70

100

FREQ

CENTERFREQUENCY

175 MC

177 MCCENTER

FREQUENCY

/DESIRED

B

COMPENSATED

Curve, Showing Tracking Compensation

Adjust TC503 until the peak falls on the 85 -me.marker. It may be necessary to increase the outputof the generator during this adjustment. Then adjustTC501 for maximum curve height and symmetry ofthe single peak. The antenna circuit is now tunedfor Channels 2 through 6. To prevent overloading,the output of the generator should be reduced afterthis adjustment is completed.

14. Readjust TC503 and TC505 for a symmetricalresponse, centered about 85 mc.VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENTPreliminary

Before proceeding with the alignment or makingan alignment check, observe the following prelim-inary instructions:

1. Preset the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS con-trols to the maximum counterclockwise position.

2. Preset the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Channel 4.3. Insert the video i-f alignment jig into J200.4. Connect the oscilloscope to the 2200 -ohm re-

sistor from the video i-f alignment jig. Connect theground lead of the oscilloscope to the ground leadof the jig.

5. Connect a 3 -volt bias battery to the video i-falignment jig, with the negative terminal of the bat-tery to the bias lead of the jig, and the positiveterminal to the ground lead.

6. Connect the AM generator to the mixer testpoint, G-1, through a mixer jig, and adjust the gen-erator for approximately 30 percent modulation at400 cycles. Adjust the output of the generator dur-ing alignment, to keep the output at the second de-tector below .6 volt, peak to peak.



VIDEO OUT

®TC206

VIDEO TESTAND FRINGESWITCH SOCKET

1ST VIF

TC 20125.71AC

0206C502C415

4.51ACTOP

IC 402

SIF

V 96K5GT

AUDIO OUT

T400AUDIO OUTPUT

t. TRANS.

TC512

©241.4CG2

&CONTRASTBRIGHTNESS

VOLUMECONTROLSOCKET

AGC CLAMP

J401SPEAKERSOCKET

RF AMPLecsoe

®C542

OSC-MIXER

Figure 7. R -F Chassis R-181, Top View, ShowingLocations of Adjustments

Procedure1. Tune the AM generator to 28.1 mc., and adjust

TC200 (see figure 7) for minimum output, as ob-served on the oscilloscope.

2. Tune the AM generator to 22.1 mc., and adjustTC203 for minimum output, as observed on theoscilloscope.

NOTE: In steps 1 and 2 it is necessaryto keep the generator output sufficientlyhigh that a null indication may be ob-served on the oscilloscope; however,avoid overloading of the receiver by ex-cessive signal.

O

50

100

k

o MC

)1 Jri

66 68.567.25 70.25VIDEO 50%

CARRIER CHECK POINTFREQUENCY IN MC

71

Figure 8. Over-all R -F, I -F ResponseCurve, Showing Tolerance Limits

3. Tune the AM generator to the frequencies indi-cated below, and adjust the tuning cores for max-imum output.

a. 24.0 mc., adjust TC512.b. 25.7 mc., adjust TC201.c. 23.6 mc., adjust TC202.d. 26.4 mc., adjust TC204.e. 24.5 mc., adjust TC205.

4. Connect the sweep generator and r -f markergenerator to the antenna terminals through a match-ing jig. (If a separate oscilloscope is used, connectthe sweep output of the generator to the horizontalinput of the oscilloscope.) Set the CHANNEL SE-LECTOR to Channel 4, and tune the sweep gen-erator for output on Channel 4. After the equip-ment is properly connected, adjust the FINE TUN-ING control to the mark previously made (see NOTEunder Oscillator Alignment).

5. If the response curve does not fall within thelimits shown in figure 8, the adjustment of the tun-ing cores may be touched up slightly while observ-ing the response curve with the sweep generator. Donot touch the setting of TC200 and TC203. To ad-just the curve, adjust TC201 and TC204 for propervideo carrier level. The top of the curve may beleveled by adjusting TC205, and the low -frequency

93


PHILCO CHASSIS TYPES R-181, D-1811N34

CRYSTAL.PART NO.54-6001

220U. U.FPART NO.

62-122001001

Circuit diagrams on TO 100,000 OHMS j470 Li Ll. F 100,000 OHMS

the next three pages. OSCILLOSCOPE PART NO.66-4108340

TPART NO.62-147001001

PART NO.66-4108340

INPUT

OND.4

side of the curve may be adjusted by adjustingTC202. By means of these adjustments the responsecurve should be brought within the limits shown infigure 8.

CAUTION: Do not turn any of the tun-ing cores excessively. To retouch, onlyturn the tuning cores slightly. This cautionapplies particularly to TC202.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT1. Remove the 1st v-i-f tube, and connect a v.t.v.m.

or a 20,000 -ohms -per -volt voltmeter to the sound i-falignment jig. Adjust the VOLUME control for mod-erate speaker output.

2. Feed in an accurately calibrated 4.5-mc. AMsignal through the 2200 -ohm resistor in the video i-falignment jig, to pin 2 of J200.

3. Tune TC400, TC401, and TC402 for maximumindications on the meter. The point of maximummeter indication for TC402 should also be the pointof minimum speaker output.

4. Tune TC402 for minimum speaker output.5. Connect an r -f probe or crystal detector to the

cathode (pin 11) of the picture tube. See NOTE below.6. Tune TC300 for minimum indication on oscil-

loscope. (If a crystal detector is not available, TC300may be adjusted for minimum beat pattern, as ob-served on the picture tube, with a station picturepresent.)

7. Replace the 1st v-i-f tube. Tune in a station anduse the speaker output as an indication.

8. Turn the FINE TUNING control clockwise toobtain a slightly fuzzy picture.

94

Figure 9. Wiring Diagram of Crystal Detector

9. Tune TC402 for minimum AM (noise) output.NOTE: The R -F Probe, Part No. 76-3595,is used as a detector of the 4.5-mc. signal,and the oscilloscope is used as an indi-cating device. An alternate crystal de-tector may be made up as shown in fig-ure 9.

010MORI/ NCLO 07011

OITCRIN4 VCI, LIN

V17GAX4GTDAMPER

JI01CHASSIS

CONNECTINGPOWER

SOCKET

J600DEFLECTION

SOCKET

V16513060T

HOR12OUTPUT

V1512 AU?

HOR12 05C

V14RALS

PHASECOMP

V I 2I 2 OH

VERT 05C

V131264VERT

OUTPUT

Deflection Chassis D-181, Run 4 (First Production), Base Layout

00



SECTION 7- VERT SWEEP

0700.0111ER.

V2 I

VI2AMP75V

8700ION

4702 /03

8200 8200

07010221 ''.0O2202

INF Tili-7 =

8704IS OR

tt_TO20v

:703 -25V

5V

1200710%

R707

HERDHOLD

V128V2 VA/

R1065105%

R7052200

(704

I0531.17

C106

4115

$80V0120V

04

R 7086200

2.5ME0 ,HERAT,

0200 V13VERT

OUTPUT

IV -15V2.7

R /IL2.2

MEG

BLUE

42250

3

0*

5

_L1C708

.1 U

41104_

; 584120 7 Ie VE

0R

GIN. 1.1118EG

:4704

C 709R. 015W,

R 7161007

R717

1600SW

17700

o BLit 1000

FINN

1800

- C I0, PIN21001(;

R711/21115

25:1000

YS

R719 251000 01015

!,1

.1=I

VERTVORE

IJ000P36 10

44.2,?.%4

R720 0711

SECTION 8-HORIZ SWEEP

R 8032700

C101

.000

r R802100

V144V2 6AL 5

014PHASE COMP

TC6 00

L600 44 INI IC30.80

MN

FUT®R807

ISO

015021000

I25V81104

47 MEG

0800476E6

C800_ . ROW10 OR

03vi

V148I/2 6415 4

2

8805

0804

0.07

R8084000

IC607710%

VI5110RIZ 050

V154I2AU

IC

C6061

T3008.

VI5BI/2 12 AU I

._,ovTO-I5V

0009

390

6806 6.5V 48061200 580

0805

NORIZ HOLDCENTERING

7810250*

1000

R111

357W

8812508

-27V 04.Re47

137V0110.005

1,1-*

11041233010

Cell

11881 4

590

07.

8815imEG

V166130661"HOR1Z

OUTPUT

140V

7 2

Z

38165000SW

C812

1R817OWENl251 -2I0

R8101.12R

C813 R8 9611R

01,11 7

1800A

TOLI01. } VI8RFC AT.

15

82039720

4

2

-0-,111 I s-0--804

RFC

PINT v,

087368

21110

6821 I PIN 3 "0

;00

270 J800

I 00 57 :It:ir(1514

T D.v

3

L1502

22,09195

Lp12:13

OHAIS

PIN 8 TA

.111-00

VI7DAMPER641461

0305RFC

E1

ROWYORE

30991

A Z

5

230V

350V..

10

20

30

50

60

70

90

600

110

4.

lOy

FlOiNEATER 7100

FUSE

R101

20-07'24COPPER WIRE

4700CR100 104 5300 MA FUSE IOW

67046230V

CI001

300V I 50V0101

V*1(1201101500

AIN 011101300 NA

013E0E114331350CRIT JI01

11102

I MEG

cro21Jur T

11104E60 CYCLES

I

5100

2100

SECTION I -POWER SUPPLY

TO

7800

0

11103

4,1

I8V111360

NVREV

2

NOTES

7E50100 VALUES ARE IN 01045 10%,1/2 WAT T, A NDCONDENSER VALUES MEIN 010,1030 UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED.

6100 0045 ®-L255 THAN ONE OHMVOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20000-0004S-PIR-vOLT METER.SIGNAL PAINS ARE SHOWN 80 HEAVY CONNECTING

LINES.ARROW ON CONTROL ARM INOKATES ARM1/00E4(81 MEN CON7R01. 0 ROUTED CLOOMSE.I VOLTAGE VARIES WITH NORit NOW AND MORIZ HOLDCENTERING CONTROL SETTINGS.ft VOLTAGE vARIES1017N VERT 14:110

CONTROL SETTING

TO ANODE OfRI' CRT

0 C_)"1V16

VW

U

Deflection Chassis D-181, Run 4 (First Production), Schematic Diagram

95



List of Models18B300018BU300018B300118BU300118B310018B3100HM18B3100L18BU310018BU3100HM18BU3100L22B400022BU400022B410022B4100L22B U410022BU4100L22B430122B430322BU4303Models with theletters "BU"use ChassisR -181U for UHFreception.

96

0500 TAPERED LINE ASSEMBLY

8500 C500 I.500

1mEG

JO` PimBALANCED

INPUT

C503220

R 500

502

C502

110 V

SECTION 5- RF

0510

15061000

Vt

6/!1R505

2 2MEG 4 5

TESTPOSITGI

*-2VV2

%LT

V2AWEER

4/212021

V2BOSC

1/212421

530

145 V

170 V

RFC RFC

C1VmitTE

mwC506,s0 4112 214fG

10507 11504 C:3200011 (3_

MOO

7. BROWNTO TERFER NaIN SECTION 6

V212AZ)

4`45

74'

T

1CM

(SU

2.2

*-6.6 V

1529

TC500

TEST POINT62

C511.7".4FORR TO

3 IT SECTOR

R5427%

1562

m 41.10.Gt MEASURED 4114 45000 0.114 ISOLATINGRESISTOR IN SERIES Wan mETER PROBE.

* * CPIS ARE SHOWN Nam WAFER SWITCHES mlCHANNEL 13 POSITION. IOW SWITCHING ANDCOIL INTOMAATKIN REFER TO TUNER SCHEMATIC.

112 V

C201I.

C202

Ies°,1200

SECTION 2-IF

V3ICA

1ST a

.5 Vilo

1204:

1c204115V

m.11.21017. 22

TC203

1;;2311500

R201

41

V4NC 6

2ND Al

4°05 107 V,

0203Isx

C20111000

7

3

112V 1.Td04

R200

220

L207

CO 200.64 1211

V5 win DOT 40uN6106

310 a 1202 2 AIS

105V

2V,0208 12J9!1500 -1A 270

4

Eta L2.0

110V

0211

1500 104200 TO000 OH

1214220

1206

0 1 0 .1-4,1RFC 0

1212Rum

1213

3 300

01010 TE5' AN1011.4E SWITCI

TC 206 SOCKET

1211

1100

1700

R212twt..AttAte.-

3908

1202NH,

330IN

120125006.2W

C 208 A

NOTESRESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS 1102,1/2 WATT.AND CONDENSERARE IN VOLT, 600v UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATE°.041000 OHMS &LESS THAN ONE OHM.

VARIES WITH CONTRAST CONTROL SETTING.Ai VARIES WITH BRIGHTNESS CONTROL SETTING.SIGNAL PATHS ARE' SHOWN 81 HEAVY CONNECTING LINES.ALL VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

5200FRINGE -FOCAL SWITCH

R -F Chassis R-181, Run 15 (First Production), Schematic Diagram



V750146

SO

4002 2

IA

VOW(CONTROL

3006(0.,16 51E51

V8Ala 670

5010 DETEGIOR

C410

--

R402 401

2,0 225404 41.r.407 401.SO T soo

J400

DIOT

8404

335

V8B1/2 611157 W310

6600

8407 84042708 4105

4404RFC

SECTION 4-SOUND

V91116647

AUTO 007867

200 V

17V

409'270

C414

1600 omys6000V

leo V

R410

4703

, 415100 T.

7400

2401SPEAKERSIX,(1

(LOU. 01E0

14050,061

600,413I.

SECTION 3-VIDEO

13404740

V6RID OUTPUT

1284,

150 V TOCool 4200 V 2200 ,k60id

-

41003301

116

>4,3"

0 8-10 I 0102 k

IF 1

no

1130T

7000

CONTRAST

66

*85 V TO120V

;6<302our

-7

11304

a 305190015

e 6D -tooux

3061705

(303

15-1

11307

1006 781113ol18[55

G304 8711

(306

DT

113064708

VI9y 94

,R2 104

FRONT69ND

10 05050.0

TO 150x1 70115480554 WM,

11

V TO '

74 V 8,1; "23051000

63044701,

4310106

C307

IE -4

320 m5

RS 58544(6

10. Jut

01.1.;

81 406

RED

-

tiZ'34:7,4.0 607366, 444N1.,

VIOA, 2 NI

51.4 AMP

.0107 1110,

3300

11627

011(6

10401144C

1030

8647

12011

6044601JXp

030

11607

1601

$2208 VII

71602

4108C604

331.17 119 8410 116.0220,4708 --'or

(6033SUFT

761E6

64117308

68(6sr. SIP

22 V

20 V

Ile10649

10376SX

VIOB2 648

5,4( 1.0

(60

C606 .04T.1,11

0

6611 7 4,218 C601

T 33 660314

116,6 0610 9V6505 2,00

..=

210 V

6620

Z.

4605.Onsf

SECTION 6-SYNC

4105

-1.-c

1. _1.--2

350V I 3

4

9V

21 0 V

6.7 VA

230 V !

J2000 0V4 V5 \it0 0

V9

C> -f

-16 V!_P.1!1

O

J400V8 0

97


PHILCO

R -F CHASSIS R-191 AND


R -F Chassis R-194 and Deflection Chassis D-194 used in combinationsets, are similar to units R-191 and D-191, described on pages 98 to 104,inclusive. Chassis R -191U incorporates a UHF tuner to provide UHF re-ception. Chassis R -192U uses a different VHF tuner and a UHF tuner unit.A complete list of models using these chassis is given on page 102.

Philco "B" line, Code 140, Television Receiversuse two chassis-the r -f chassis R-191, containing ther -f, video, audio, and sync circuits, and deflectionchassis D-191, containing the power and deflectioncircuits. Since these chassis are not isolated fromthe 60 -cycle power line, all protruding shafts andmounting feet are insulated from the chassis.

HORIZONTAL -OSCILLATORADJUSTMENT

To adjust the horizontal -oscillator circuit, tune ina station and proceed as follows:

1. Reduce the width of the picture until approxi-mately 1 inch of blank screen appears at the right-hand and left-hand sides of the picture.

2. Increase the BRIGHTNESS control setting un-til the blanking becomes visible. This will appearas a dark vertical bar on each side of the picture.

3. Connect a .1 p.f. condenser from the test point,adjacent to TC800, to ground. (The plate side of thehorizontal ringing coil, L800, is connected to the testpoint.)

4. Set the HORIZONTAL HOLD control to theapproximate center of its mechanical rotation.

5. Adjust the HORIZ HOLD CENTERING con-trol until equal portions of the blanking bar appearon both sides of the picture.

6. Remove the .1-4. condenser from the test point.7. Adjust the horizontal ringing coil, L800, until

equal portions of the blanking bar again appear onboth sides of the picture.

8. Rotate the HORIZONTAL HOLD controlthrough its range. The picture should fall out ofsync on both sides of the center of its rotation. If

98

the picture does not fall out of sync on both sides,readjust the HORIZ HOLD CENTERING control.

9. Rotate the HORIZONTAL HOLD controlthrough its range, and observe the number of diag-onal blanking bars that appear just before the picturepulls into sync. The pull -in should occur with from1 to 2 diagonal bars when the sync position is ap-proached from either direction. If proper pull -in isnot obtained, repeat the above procedure.

VIDEO PEAKING -COIL ADJUSTMENTThe video peaking coil, L303, is adjusted at the

factory for proper transient response of the videocircuits. Ordinarily, this coil will require no furtheradjustment by the serviceman. On any station whereexcessive overshoot or excessive smear is present, aslight adjustment of L303 may improve the picturequality on that station; however, this adjustment maysacrifice the quality on other channels. If L303 is re-placed in servicing, adjustment will be required.

Before adjusting L303, check the tuner alignmentand i-f alignment. (Never adjust L303 until the align-ment of the receiver is correct.) Then tune in a sta-tion and adjust L303 until there are no trailing whitesor smear in the picture. Turning TC301 clockwisereduces trailing whites and overshoot; turning TC301counterclockwise reduces picture smear and increasestrailing whites. The proper position is the pointwhere no smear or trailing whites appear in thepicture.

The above procedure for adjustment of TC301 ap-plies to a particular station exhibiting smear or over-shoot. After TC301 is adjusted, reception on all theother stations should be checked, to make certainthat the adjustment has not impaired the picturequality.


PHILCO R -191 and D-191, continued

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENTPreliminary

Before proceeding with the i-f alignment or makingan alignment check, observe the following prelim-inary instructions:

1. Preset the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS con-trols to the maximum counterclockwise position.

2. Preset the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Channel 4.

3. Insert the video i-f alignment jig (figure 2) intoJ200.

4. Connect the oscilloscope to the 15,000 -ohm re-sistor from the video i-f alignment jig. Connect theground lead of the oscilloscope to the ground leadfrom the adapter.

5. 'A ith a voltmeter connected across the pointsshown in figure 2, set the potentiometer to furnish-6 volts of bias.

6. Connect the AM generator to the mixer testpoint, GI, through a mixer jig (described in step 4of procedure given below ), and adjust the generatorfor approximately 30 percent modulation with 400cycles. Adjust the output of the generator during thealignment to keep the output at the second detectorbelow .6 N olt, peak to peak.

Procedure

1. Preset condenser C526 for minimum capacitance(turn screw counterclockwise).

2. Tune the AM generator to 47.25 mc., and adjustC200 for minimum output, as observed on the oscillo-scope. See figure 7.

NOTE: It is necessary to keep the generatoroutput sufficiently high that a null indica-tion may be observed on the oscilloscope;however, avoid overloading of the receiverby excessive signal.

3. Tune the AM generator to the frequencies indi-cated below, and adjust the trimmers for maximumoutput, as observed on the oscilloscope.

a.b.c.

d.e.

45.7 mc.-adjust C52642.6 mc.--adjust C20245.0 mc.--adjust C20643.2 mc. -adjust C21044.3 mc.-adjust C212

4. Connect the sweep generator and r -f marker gen-erator to the antenna terminals through a matchingjig. (If a separate oscilloscope is used, connect thesweep output of the generator to the horizontal inputof the oscilloscope.) Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR

IOR

BIAS (NEG)

SWITCH

SIG GEN CONNECTIONFOR S -I -F ALIGNMENT

BIAS (POS) TO OSCILLOSCOPE

SCOPE GROUND

MINIATURE TUBE SHIELD

1500 UUFPART NO. 62-215001001

SHELLPART Na 56-1146-1

uto5

SIG GEN CONNECTIONFOR S -1--f ALIGNMENT

156,1/2 WATTPART NO.6 6- 3158340

2200, 1/2 WATTPART Na 66-2228340

106,1/2 WATTPART NO.66-3108340

SOLDERED TO SHELL

5 PIN PLUGPART NO. 27-4765-3

Figure 2. Video I -F Alignment Jig

PLUG PL400HERE

Crril4 SOCKET (BOTTOM VIEW)

OND 1111

NO. 27-6214

20,000-CHWS-PER-VOLT

111711liTVM OR

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

410VOLTMETER

TO .1400

PLUG PART NO.27-4765-3

t#4.4-40NUTS AND BOLTS


SHIELD

MINIATURE SHIELDPART NO.

56-5629FA3

SHELLPART NO. 56-1146-1

PLUGPART NO.27-4765-3

VOLTM TER

GND

SOETPART NQCK 27-6214

NOTE: CONNECTIONSINSULATED WITHSPAGHETTI

SOLDERED

OSCILLOSCOPE

TERMINAL STRIP

I4 MOLE

SOLDEREDCORRECT

ORIENTATION

Figure 3. Sound I -F Alignment Jig 99


PHILCO R-191 and D-191, continued

SYNC SEP

J200

VIDEOTEST

C2I244.3 MC

VID OUT

TC400

4 5MC ®TC300

MIN

V:0 AMPL

3RD VIF-WO C2i0

43.2 MC

C206 2ND VIF45.0 MC

iST VIP

C20242.6 MC

C20047.25 MC

CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS

TC301

AUDIO OUT

4 5 MCTOP

TC402

BOTTOMTC 401 RATIO DET4.5MC 1ST AUDIO

TUNERAGC DELAY

VOLUMECONTROLSOCKET

J401SPEAKERSOCKET

1400AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS

Figure 7. R -F Chassis R-191, Top View,Locations of Adjustments

to Channel 4, and tune the ,weep generator for out-put on Channel 4. Tune the r -f marker generator tothe video carrier frequency of Channel 4 (67.25 mc.),and tune the i-f marker generator (capacitively cou-pled to the mixer grid) to 45.75 mc. Note two markergenerators are used for this procedure. The r -fmarker generator is connected to the antenna ter-minals, while the i-f marker generator is coupledcapacitively to the mixer grid test point, Gl. A jigconstructed from a piece of fiber tubing, with:1'16 -inch inside diameter, and a brass machine screwwhich fits tightly into the tubing, is used to couplethe generator capacitively to the test point. The

screw is adjusted so that its tip clears the test point

Showing

1001)Y approximately IA; 4 inch. The output cable of the

marker generator is connected to the head of thebrass screw in the jig and to the chassis near the mixertube. Both marker generators should be adjustedfor the minimum output required to make the mark-ers barely visible. Failure to observe this precaution,or the use of excessive output from the sweep gen-erator, will cause misleading results. After the equip-ment is properly connected, adjust the FINE TUN-ING control for zero beat of the two markers, asobserved on the oscilloscope. When zero beat is ob-tained, remove the i-f marker.

5. If the response curve does not fall within thelimits shown in figure 8, the adjustment of the trim-mers may be touched up slightly, while observingthe response curve. Do not retouch the setting ofC202 at this point. To adjust the curve, first adjustC206 and C212, alternately, until maximum improve-ment has been obtained. C212 affects the tilt of thecurve, and C206 affects the dip of the curve. AfterC212 and C206 have been adjusted, adjust C210 forproper slope at the 42.5-mc. side of the curve, then ad-just C526 for proper level at the video carrier fre-quency (45.75 mc.). After these adjustments havebeen made, if the response curve still does not fallwithin the limits shown in figure 8, a slight readjust-ment of C202 is permissible.

CAUTION: Do not turn any of the trim-mers excessively. To retouch, turn the trim-mers only slightly.

SOUND ALIGNMENT

1. Remove the 1st v-i-f tube, and connect av.t.v.m. or a 20,000 -ohms -per -volt voltmeter to thesound i-f alignment jig ( figure 3). Adjust the VOL-UME control for moderate speaker output.

2. Feed in an accurately calibrated 4.5-mc. AMsignal, through the 2200 -ohm resistor in the video i-falignment jig, to pin 2 of J200.

3. Tune TC400, TC401, and TC402 for maximumindications on the meter. The point of maximummeter indication for TC402 should also be the pointof minimum speaker output.

4. Tune TC402 for minimum speaker output.5. Connect an r -f probe or crystal detector to the

grid (pin 2) of the picture tube. See NOTE below.

6. Tune TC300 for minimum indication on oscillo-scope. (If a crystal detector is not available, TC300may be adjusted for minimum beat pattern, as ob-served on the picture tube, with a station picturepresent.)

7. Replace the 1st v-i-f tube. Tune in a station,using the speaker output as an indication of correcttuning.


PHILCO R-191 and D-191, continued

0

50

100

I-F FREQUENCY IN MC45.75 42.5

VIDEO CARRIER CHECK POINT47 46 45 44 43 42 41

N

F

xr`

66 67 66 69 70 71 7267 25 70.5

VIDEO CARRIER CHECK POINT

R-F FREQUENCY IN MC --n.

Figure 8. Over -All, R -F, I -F Response Curve,Showing Tolerance Limits

Sync Separator Plate,Pin 5

26 volts, 15,750 c.p.s.

Phase Comparer,Pins 5 and 7

8 volts, 15,750 c.o.s.

416

TOOSCILLOSCOPE

-ND.*

11434CRYSTALPART NO54-6001

22OULLPPART NO

62-122001001

100,000 OHMSPART NO66-4108340

ATOLLUFTPART NO62-141001001

100,000 OHMSPART NO INPUT66-4108340

Figure 9. Wiring Diagram of Crystal Detector

8. Turn the FINE TUNING control clockwise toobtain a slightly fuzzy picture.

9. Tune TC402 for minimum AM (noise) output.

NOTE: The R -F Probe, Part No. 76-3595,is used as a detector of the 4.5-mc. signal,and the oscilloscope is used as an indicatingdevice. An alternate crystal detector may bemade up as shown in figure 9.

OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNS

These waveforms were taken with the receiver ad-justed for an approximate peak -to -peak output of 2volts at the video detector. The voltages given withthe waveforms are approximate peak -to -peak values.The frequencies shown are those of the waveforms-not the sweep rate of the oscilloscope.

Vertical -Oscillator Plate,Pin 6

260 volts, 60 c.p.s.

Horizontal Oscillator,Junction of L800 and R806

34 volts, 15,750 cp.:. 101


PHILCO Circuit Diagram of R -F Chassis R-191

Models usingR-191, R -191U,R -192U, R-194,R -194U, D-191,and D-194.

18B300218B U300218B310218B3102L18BU310218BU3102L18B340818BU340822B400222B4002L22BU400222B400422BU400422B410222B4102L22BU410222BU4102L22B410622BU410622B4109HM22BU4109HM22B415022B430222BU430222B430422BU430422B430622B4306L22BU430622BU4306L22B4307HM22BU4307HM22B4400W22BU4400W22B440222BU440224B600224B610424B6104L

102

SECTION 5-RF

ROOT LSOO

LS270 TRAP

CS02

FY TRAP

GITEST

PONT

TESTPOINT

C1CPL 5006

SIR COILS SHOWN f4 SAIPUFIED FORM. FOR COILAND SWITCHING DETAILS REFER 10 TUNER SCHONAT'C D,AGRAL.

CAT AC

P1201

SECTION 2-IF

RAPS

200 L201 I:1202

200 L203

1201

L200

V3acre

TOT WATOOT

C202

C206

= 1204 1.7L203

C20

R200

C203="" ---aR203/1C20-71-147 V°

MOOTMOO

NOTES

0.2143

COD

imp

RESISTOR MLLES APE N 01.11,1/2 WATT, Alp CONDENSER MLLES AREIN our ICO MASS OTSWAVOSE INDICAMO,20000 (SS THAN ONE OHMVOLTAGES WEASLRED MTN A 20000 0111,13 -1111 -VOLT METER WITH NOSIGNAL 1111T

V42k0 rd

RFC

1111--L206

5204

220

C2094

7292

IC204

3.301

2

10

1200:

Hw C211

0200 T RHO

63

1000

L206

1121)1 2

4300

RipEAR

V5SCSI

SRI) RIO

4

CAIN C2s7

252T-0

R209

1F2t.220

L201

02117.56C

44E214Rr 1500

CD2 COHi44

HID DOT

T203

LOTS ITL210 OW]

L2123001145

63

,2:10

42

2200VIDEO TESTD.DO 4E141

SIGNAL PATHS ARE SHOWN IT HEART CONNECTING LINES.

ARNOW ON CONTROL ARM INDICATES ARIA 1014414ENT WHEN CONTROL IS ROTATED CLOCKWISE.

}VOLTAGE *RIES WITH BRIGHTNESS CONTROL SETTING

}}VOLTAGE VARIES WITH CONTRAST CONTROL SETTING.

Figure 34. R -F Chassis R-191, Schematic Diagram



SECTION 4 -SOUND

TC CC

401 L400 ,3g

V864116

1ST SIB

4

I-I C404

L 01

47VTC 401

47V

R401c4.1 R402

3300

V9A1/2 618

RATIO DETECTOR

7400

T '

201C.410 ';',7,?,5

C406 0407 wi C40871500

C409

8403 R404

270 226

2400VOLUME CONTROL

SOCKET LLUG VIEW)

11408

106

64102700

940310 610

1

140610 MEG 5%

6407

186-2W

V981/2 6015 VIO

1ST AUDIO TUNER MGTAGE DELAY AUDIO OUTPUT

6411

2106

150 V

R4I

KV,84124706

4413390

IW

680010004

500 OHMS T400

C412 2 4 OV 3

J401SPEAKERSOCKET

LW VIEW)

4 260V

SECTION 3 -VIDEO

C300

.047 ME

L301250 UN5 OHMS

6800

4700 2301R1 MEG 2706 ,QV

R302

C304 T015V5

R306

8305

5600C304

100

R347

m4 C305047MF

V7VIDEO OUTPUT

6605 C306

171114

211 P4A

I40a,TO

250V-15V

R30815206

R301 5 MEG

R 3

30001061

260Ver

2500CONTRAST

"0TO

I5V

047141

IC 301130360-240 11 II

5 OHMS

R3124706

V19PICTURE TUbE

FRONT BAND

R3134706

L30,1.4011H

120 CAWS

4:3070111f

LOW

30V 2TO BPI=75V "

R314

1806

CAE

8316

ww C308IMF

II

SI 1

C4440111F

VOLUMECONTROL

PLUGPC 400

PRONGVIEW

C4IT.01+I1 1

I I

T

174I4..3

92MEG

.1:114 T ROL_

6415666 0415446

C41601 TO 05 41F 44,4

400Vi

C600 00

22066'SOK

R605 66045208 6800

1W

1961156806

VII6C56 18V

SYNC SE_P.T.v 33V"°' R604 6 HIP

4700 216 `1 4608

27602 4 3 C60606

733

C6021. n

.151.1FT

EG

17603

6206

7.047µHLC603 8604

6606

601.k.)5,

0812406

446 C607

SECTION 6 -SYNC

.04711F

86076,4262W

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

13:31036

420V

2 V

H

0

12

-16V

PLIO1

103


PHILCO Deflection Chassis D-191

SECTION 6 -SYNC

VI2A 200V

SPLIT TER

C60941

O57I 04O0612

11200 2200

3

961310K

06143900

SECTION 7-VERT SWEEP

070,0226

(700 0101

RIO?

r^Sr''.1"14

TO202V

350OHMS 191-27701

8703 TO22011 -36V

47004700

C702C701 033

12200

61042900

VERT HOLD

C703m.V1213 111511FT112 12447VERT 05.4.706

3300

6v R7 7

ROSS87052.5M00

1000 HEIGHT

1Mr

07106600

COOS

I('UP

R7 8SAN

VERT LIN

8703ILIEG

87112.2MEG

4506/051,0

VI34294VERT

OUTPUT,

-22V

BLUE

4205V

0712

T701

lLiACK

.1-330OHMS

RED

ton 1.72,3

222

2109 I

.02211F 1

VS

07141000

C7077.0470F

"2',`,73,7

-T3000

1700

L701

25OHMS

BOO VERT 706 40 MN j

PIN 100J130

SECTION 8-HORIZ SWEEP

111'iOo'°O `1igo°

VI4A1/2 5AL5

PHASE COMP

86011000

9801

LOGO 01----1 T...,C615A3Lrii: COON43 2200 30070

2801TEST

TC 800

POINT

68065K

1

0603

soct--- 170V

8804,7

06004., MEG

4 7 MEG

COOS

8131347011

II.5VTO

601-16V

7.5V 31°

_L1--11:00° VISA 0669

1/2 12A111 5686802 1/0012 OSC1000

VI4BTAO

PHASE COMP

8603

150

0502

C914

2000

6610140012

OSCTREK2506

CS09

50RODS410

I65VC808390

VI5B1/2 12AUT1101112 OSC

RollSOK

8612 8822

NOW

0615

DO NOTMEASURE

VI66006GTOUTPUT

-38V

"145VTO

160VFe,

4.

000

WIDTH881612 SK

26

Cell

:R1114 .1001103I MEG

Tmu8

68185000SW

000 A

13

kVcsc

O 0BO 0®0 Cy

DEFLECTION SOCKETLUG 01E1V

J000

.T4

T2

T7sC-

TI

R621210

1603RFC

0 5 1 s--0-21100

P7 YI

it920009 Y2

A Y7

2800

P82600

C 131124C/1127.47uF

39 396IW

VI760640TDAMPER

L601220005

110172

YOKE090

L802220905

7

0 5 01111Leo4 2 V

10

4

O

SECTION I -POWER SUPPLY

25V

-15V

CR100350 MA

F1000100 10 A

7101

0+ (103

T 100Y

0100120011509

406

0101

IMP C6 Mt

350 51.4 0700

90

11

O

12SV

FL ANENTFUSE

-I6V

2101INTERCHASSIS

SOCKET

2101

LUG VIEW

BAN e SRI

3.7.5BLK WHITE

0101IMEG C102

.470F -47-

NOTES

RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN 0000.1/2 WATTS .10% AND CONDENSERVALUES ARE Al 0610 5000 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.0.1000 ®*LC S5 THAN I OHM.VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20,000 OHMS -PER -VOLT METER WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

SIGNAL PATHS ARE SHOWN BY HEAVY CONNECTING LINES.9406000 ON CONTROL ARM INDICATES ARM MOVEMENT WHEN CONTROL IS ROTATED CLOCKWISE1 VOLTAGE VARIES WITH WRIT HOLD AND HORIZ HOLD CENTERING CONTROL SETTINGS.AVOLTAGE *RIES WITH BRIGHTNESS CONTROL SETTING.171001TA6E VARIES WITH VERT HOLD CONTROL SETTING.

5100

2100 11100

77TH ACAO CYCLES

V18IROCT

RECT

TO NV ANODE

2

0 UG

R102

4.1

114

A

TO 00I613016ON T800

8706

cD,

VO ULU -4.1 tt,HOR12 NOLOERT HOLD

104 Figure 35. Deflection Chassis D-191, Schematic Diagram


PHILCO

R -F CHASSIS R-201


R -F Chassis R-202 and R-204, andDeflection Chassis D-202 and D-204,are used in combination sets, and aresimilar to R -F Chassis R-201 andDeflection Chassis D-201 describedon pages 105 to 110, inclusive.

List of models using these chassis isprinted on page 109.

TOP VIEWOF PLUG

10K

Figure 2.

TOP VIEW

10,000

PART NO66-3108340

R310,000

PART NO.66-3108340

BIAS -14V

C+

SCOPEGROUND

G BIAS -14 V

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

C+

SCOPEGROUND

VIDEO 1-F ALIGNMENT Preliminary

1. Preset the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESScontrols to the maximum counterclockwise position.

2. Preset the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Chan-nel 4.

3. Insert the video i-f alignment jig into J200.

4. Connect the oscilloscope to the 15,000 -ohm re-sistor from the video i-f alignment jig. Connect theground lead of the oscilloscope to the ground leadfrom the adapter.

5. With a voltmeter connected across the pointsshown in figure 2, set the potentiometer to furnish-14 volts of bi.

6. Connect the AM generator to the mixer testpoint, Gl, through a mixer jig, and adjust the gen-erator for approximately 30 percent modulation at400 cycles. Adjust the output of the generator duringthe alignment to keep the output at the second de-tector below .6 volt, peak to peak.

1.-C BIAS -14V

1114 1 5 2 3

SOLDEREDTO SHELL

1500 111.1F

PART NO. 62-215001001

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

15K,I/2 WATT/PART NO.66-315834 0

Video I -F Alignment Jig

SHELL PART NO56-1146-1

Fla

LEAD ne

PART NO66-2228340

CI1500PART NO.62-215001001

USE ONLY FORALIGNMENT OF4.5 MC SOUNDTRAP ITC 301 I

TO SIGNAL GENOR SCOPE

(SHORT LEAD) BLAS +


BIAS -14 V

LEAD "A'


SOLDER TO SHELL

(SHORT LEAD) BIAS+


PLUG PARTNO 27-4785-3

Figure 3. Sound I -F Input Alignment Jig

10K, 1/2 WATTPART NO.66-3108340MINIATURETUBE SHIELDPART NO. 56-5629FA3

SHELLPART NO. 56-1146-I

5 PIN PLUGPART NO. 27-4785-3

TO FMTESTPOINTJ400

CORRECTORIENTATION

I-10 00

0453

1/4" 4-40NUTS AND BOLTS


SHIELD

LEAD 4" LONG

MINIATURE SHIELDPART NO

56-5629FA3

SHELLPART NO 56-1146-I

PLUGPART NO 27-4785-3

SOCKET (TOP VIEW)PART NO 27-6214

1R26001111R2120,000

Op,PLUG(TOP VIEW)

PART NO 27-4785-3

SOCKETPART NO 27-6214

VOLTMETER

GND

SOLDERED

VOLTMETER

TERMINAL STRIP

I/4' HOLE

SOLDERED

NOTE CONNECTIONSINSULATED WITHSPAGHETTI.

Figure 4. Sound I -F Output Alignment Jig 105

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPHILCO R-201 and D-201, continued

NOTE: If the i-f shield has been removedfor repairs, it must be replaced before pro-ceeding with the alignment.

Procedure

1. Tune the AM generator to 47.25 mc., and adjustC201 for minimum output, as observed on theoscilloscope.

12AU7DATED LEY

W NOISE INVTC301

RueVID PAWLSYNC SEP

000.

J200VIDEO AGCTEST JACK

seas1ST SIF

e TC300

0`41:.

0Tcrot

TCP1E401

111SOT TOMTC400

soros4Th VIF

Ts=

6C563R0 VIP

C21045.7 NC

GAUD2ND SIF

ogTC303 J401

TOL CONTSOCKET

TOPTC403

1

-LEES.SOT TOC

Tc402 0 611RATIO DE/'

Fm TEST 1ST AUDIOPOINT TUNER AGC(NATIO DELAY

GET)

6V6GTAUDIO OUT

AU050 OUT TRANS7400

0000

0203

4I.251/1C

606 c.2ND VIF e

c422%6 ® 47.1Satc

YG

6C/161ST VIF

C2048

.7510C

RN!

coos

J201UHF ANO

PILOT LIGHTSOCKET

.1402SPEAKERSOCKET

GAUDAGC GATE

J500 613Z740 YORF AMPLPoPuT

MAIOC5137 CD

eIC512

OGI

MISPOINT

CSI442.7 54C

8

12AZ7OSC MIX

CONTRAST

11RiONTRESS

106 Figure 8. R -F Chassniss 41)tf -201, 11sTopenVtsiew,Locatio

2. Tune the AM generator to 41.25 me., and adjustC203 for minimum output, as observed on theoscilloscope.

3. Tune the AM generator to the frequencies indi-cated below, and adjust the trimmers (see figure 8)for maximum output.

a.b.c.

d.

e.

f.

42.7 mc.-adjust C51444.75 mc.-adjust C20445.7 mc.-adjust C21044.4 mc.-adjust C21543.0 mc.-adjust C21842.0 mc.-adjust C206

4. Increase the bias (by means of the poten-tiometer) until the scope presentation of step f,above, is reduced to 50 percent of its previous ampli-tude, and retouch C206 for maximum indication onthe oscilloscope.

5. Connect the 'sweep generator and r -f markergenerator to the antenna terminals through a match:ing jig. (If a separate oscilloscope is used, connectthe sweep output of the generator to the horizontalinput of the oscilloscope.) Set the CHANNEL SE-LECTOR to Channel 4, and tune the sweep gen-erator for output on Channel 4. Tune the r -f markergenerator for the video carrier frequency of Channel4 (67.25 mc.), and tune the i-f marker generator(connected through jig to mixer grid) to 45.75 mc.Note that two marker generators are used for thisprocedure. The r -f marker generator is connected tothe antenna terminals, while the i-f marker generatoris connected capacitively to the mixer grid test point,Gl. A jig constructed from a piece of fiber tubing,with 3/ inch inside diameter, and a brass machinescrew which fits tightly into the tubing, is used toconnect the generator capacitively to the test point.The screw is adjusted so that it clears the test pointby approximately 1A4 inch. The output cable ofthe marker generator is connected to the head of thebrass screw in the jig and to chassis near the mixertube. Both marker generators should he adjustedfor the minimum output required to make the mark-ers barely visible. Failure to observe this precaution,or the use of excessive output from the sweep gen-erator, will cause misleading results. After the equip-ment is properly connected, adjust the FINE TUN-ING control for zero -beat of the two markers, asobserved on the oscilloscope. When zero beat is ob-tained, remove the i-f marker.

6. If the response curve does not fall within thelimits, as shown in figure 9, the adjustment of thetrimmers may be touched up slightly, while observ-ing the response curve. Do not retouch the settinga C201, 203, or C206. To adjust the curve, firstadjust C215 and C218 alternately until maximum im-provement has been obtained. C215 affects the tilt

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPHILCO Chassis R-201 and D-201, continued

I -F FREQUENCY IN MC45 75

VIDEO CARRER47 46 45 44 43 42 41

0

25-

100A

66 67 68 69 702567.

VIDEO CARRER 50% CHEC71.0K rOINTR -F FREQUENCY IN MC

72

Figure 9. Over-all R -F, I -F Response Curve

of the curve, and C218 affects the dip of the curve.After C215 and C218 have been adjusted, adjust C514for proper slope at the 42.25-mc. side of the curve,and then adjust C204 and C210 for proper level atthe video carrier frequency (45.75 mc.).

CAUTION: Do not turn any of the trim-mers excessively. To retouch, only turn thetrimmers slightly.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT

The sound i-f system may be aligned by the use ofa station signal or an accurately calibrated signal gen-erator, for the signal source. If the station signal isused, tune the FINE TUNING control for the bestpicture, regardless of sound. It will be necessary toreduce the signal input to the receiver, so that the d -coutput at the sound detector, as measured with theaid of the sound i-f output alignment jig (betweenpoint "B" and ground), is kept below 5 volts, maxi-mum, and preferably below 3 volts. To establish thislevel in strong signal areas, it may be necessary toshort the antenna terminals and to apply bias to thea -g -c circuit. The signal input to the receiver may beadjusted by varying the length of the shorting lead.

The bias may be applied to the a -g -c circuit by meansof the jig shown in figure 3. The sound i-f outputalignment jig shown in figure 4 should be used forconvenient connection of the meter to the sound -detector output.

When a signal generator is used, bias should be ap-plied to the a -g -c circuit, to avoid any possibility ofregeneration, using the sound i-f input alignment jig(figure 3). In addition, the first video i-f tube shouldbe removed, to aid in the reduction of circuit noisesfrom the i-f system.

1. Connect the generator through the 2200 -ohm re-sistor, in the sound i-f input alignment jig, to pin 2of )200. The generator should be adjusted for un-modulated output at 4.5 mc.

2. Insert the sound i-f output alignment jig intothe volume -control socket (J401), and insert thevolume -control plug (PL401) into the top of the jig.Connect the clip lead to the FM test point (J400) ;connect a 20,000 -ohms -per -volt voltmeter betweenpoint "B" and the ground lug of the jig, with thenegative lead of the meter going to point "B."

3. Adjust TC300, TC400, TC401, and TC402 formaximum output, as indicated on the meter. If theoutput exceeds 5 volts, reduce the signal input to thereceiver.

4. Shift the positive lead of the meter to point"C" on the sound i-f output alignment jig, and adjust'PC403 for zero crossover. Zero crossover is indicatedby a zero indication on the meter. When TC403 isturned in one direction from this zero point, the meterwill swing positive; turning TC403 in the oppositedirection will cause a negative swing. (To aid inreading a positive and negative swing on the meter,set the pointer, by means of its zero -adjustmentscrew, to a convenient calibration mark on the scale,before connecting the meter to the circuit.)

5. Replace the first video i-f tube, and tune in astation on the receiver. Turn the FINE TUNINGcontrol to obtain a slightly fuzzy picture, and retouchTC403 for minimum AM (noise), using the speakeroutput as an indication.

ADJUSTMENT OF 4.5 -MC. TRAP

1. Tune in a strong station signal.2. Turn the FINE TUNING control in the clock-

wise direction until a fine beat pattern appears in thepicture.

3. Adjust TC301 until the beat disappears or is ata minimum. When correctly adjusted, the screw willbe out from the chassis approximately % inch.

4. If more than one station is available, check thesetting of TC301 on all stations. 107



108

SECTION 5-RF

151,1 0501

505 L503

E TIE =To.$

1502

cso2

2500TTRAP

TARRED LINE ASSEMBLY

10500E)

NKRCOUPLING

LB%

TUNER LINKTEST LUG

(ON 813)

LSOI

TC501506

40110MUM

300 COINBALANCED

INPUT

(2 05500E00

1200

(200

47.25440 41.25 MCTRAP TRAP

C205

C506

9650

IIOV25 V 0,04

VI6601

RI ASPI

0505S mEG

6050001F)

*5500 D(K0

5/55000161

j4d,

V3IV OW6(66

201

t'SI I %--

L217RFC

C510

o 59 UNE

C509 050101 LIF 1510E6

161500C (F0

V42ND VW

6056

6221±CND C212NO

5TEST 2511 MI

PCNNT 220 - L334

RI 25VIW 1(-12

2BV,/2 12AZ/

CISC

_L 1 _C52439

150

6 503620

60550060

SECTION 2 -IF

Figure 40. R -F Chassis R-201, Schematic Diagram

WS 50061R0

V5300 00

6066

1202 5203

0205220

8223416

C213

1200021206

050

1.209 RFC600

22° 111224:6207

ifILF T

OF LINK

1C 12 ism055000 tr,

625500 A (RI

V6AN YU

6066

L2.2000

0021

62124

R212 2

10 3 4 62

10

J201Ulf APO

PILOT LIGHTSOCKET

1204

v125 V

54.WF

1

CO2000111 DET

0.64

40

C223 IC22121IF FIN 600 P1201 PL201

OPTGSAL PILOT LI4I1T CONMLTRNS



V9

(404101. T_1 f

0.403

1

111

AL [4021500

VIO

73V

50.,

1111-4 0 l

75 V1.-61*

24,4

VI1AR400 0(710101

1/2418

1518

1406

L4o3

1.04

-4087

3400

1409

1408

SECTION 4-SOUND

V B,51 .41010 .0Tu. 44( (4,A1

2 818

0405340 11[

008110LstC4Er

1LU4 81010

0.117

(415 or,6000 <

V1200010 003951

646311

TC300

800061100

6 01.5

V 7A ciVAD ,9

616160.0

2302

95 VIO IC 0100

TR/1

108 V

1(111

V8.0E0 00191

6,5*170 VTO

(v, 250 V041113

1100

0101

13054700

9102oA

110%

2N1111400.41/5

SECTION 3-VIDEO

01,

1131

2408170(

31781.

0<

,514

zzP

110810155

V 22MiuRE TURI

11114 OA 212944CA 21E941

22

050

WI MAIMAl I

L406 P1102

60 OARS

[ wt[I1C*,

CATE Put SE106

(vioNG MR)

1216418

601

1180

1219

1708

...C225

81

V 146000 Er

2.1

0600 (600Oluf

1607 16021100 418

0601 .ft0,,

11413

WISE Nv

1/2 12Aul

160122

ufb

[602ipf

1034

SECTION 6-SYNC Y.(75/3P

,7

[603

11(4100

6 4.634 V

OS8

1100.0 160122011582 4118 0

008

[604

470

1601

61N

RHO

2714EG

25 V

400 V

613

16,47*

0

(>91 (-31

14

RAS25V

06

9E41185 61

250 V.

4445 VTO - 1E714CE 5.81 G0

q

00 V -17 V

401(3RE swop ..243 043 0. 0461 "2 NIT I. 680 C04DEN$E1 PUM..1.45 645 IN al/r 1.004 06 (SS 0114138f 1101C4ft01,004 le,(33 1080 O.( 006A/L0101133 YE1IIAL501111),ft

IREC98 80 *(0

00 08.43 K111 4118WI.110 SIGE,91.81(.*AL 1400,051044 OI Nu31 CP.[C,,<, L.N(5

.14122.03140t151CgrIAT.C.1E0S1St" '°"." 4OLTAGE ARIES R. CONTRAST LoTROL 51.17316

001160( rAtES 41111 11110/04E55 :JOWL SEM,*011408 4048010 *018 610000 046 135157011 INHMS Ram iEfER PROOE

List of Modelsusing ChassisR-201, D-201,R-202, D-202,R-204, D-204.

18B310418BU310422B400822BU400822B410822BU410822B411022B4110L22BU411022BU4110L22B430822BU430822B440422B440522B440622B4406L

109


PHILCO Circuit Diagram of Deflection Chassis D-201

1614

11CP

VISAPHASEyuirf

L401

fMina

116,1

1141S

r--

4 lovR614

AS5

0

2200 _L

0017 MIS221 IVO

ow

.00,20T

SECTION 6SYNC

0.105

022C /0322111

1102

t f t122V

TO1 POO 158V

DDa 4,2-t't

NRCTOO revt° -23 V03310 TO -29 V

HOLD

5111

el

00 OANS

V1513

0.714 RIW1000 1101

2520(0277

cm, ow1:04/NT TONAL

105WOO

11042 2 kiE6

KILT LW

I6V92,1

LI

71

A000Pll

I

1112

VI6,204 T101 1/00 1

I'40144

vEOT OUTI 6 LwS

NED

RH

H1 0 Al

1 40A-11715

IMO

15V

moo -----I.. C101

7MOW-

SECTION 7VERT SWEEP

VI7A624

*00.54 COMP

10041111:01111

WON

CPC'

DOW/

011004 7 REG

VI78IMO

di(CNN

*125 VTO

(bn 130VLiNE KG

01007 l

*5.6VI TO 6.4 V

VISA .zoo2 IZANT

HON 050

105 T

SECTION 8HORIZONTAL SWEEP

000JO -10111,

200 0005*TC100

1111

COOS

22C0 !ION = row111001ort

*I35V-300 TOit 165 VV

42 sr-10VTO-13 V

'TSIKLRING2

/1111

DOA

HAL00.0

CI,S6 Mot

V1813vtu.,toe 050.

CPU 0017

OILLT 47'11

61044/00

11111

414E0

2 1) 000

'" 5a P. -x21E62.00 SCOW

wE

V19NOW 11101 110/OutOu70111 T3 2 0 OWS

0 0115--DO NUREOT

MEAS

1115

WAN

4201100

4:140TOV

160V

009 Te00

TO

ROW

300,14

Ica. I ria.01052 mus

25

20

Tr

ij

r V206414GDARREN e

E. _J.

11121211

5I.*

L104WC -

2 (INNS

0 OrwAS

cm0.572

100v

54010°

250V

(005212

ay,1.1?0

OHL 450o,

00V

20

1

I

So- 21V

4

-17VTIC

FUSE

50V5.

47.4so

caws

7100

PLO) AM

C--oho-111100

1102Vvvv,

20012005 .24 riRL

* 80V TO 150V

132

SON

F100 WOO

250V FLIThcrIP--"":E""--

E

oICHI

IICALF- v

60P 1

110 0000

-17 V

(103 RN IMFNW vew 0 - ISC1501'

,- 3000

CO

-4*0101MOM

INTIK005510SOW/

(3))°

T'D

Co,

(1111,

P31

LPG FEW

V21

77CT

1503

4 1

TD Is,NCO

NOTES

0454010$ VALuES ARE IN MINS, 170%,I/2 Mil, Ale 0004)(05011 VALUES AREW 00004, 411170, UNLESS OTHERWISEwerCATE01.1000 OHIO OvLESS THAN ONE omag300.10025024500(0 WITH A 20,000

ONEAS11(115111XT 10111 WIT, NO 5163020.NOWTSIGNAL PATHS ARE SHOWN W HEAVY

015 CONNECTING LINES.ARNOW 011(01.010E AR11 NeKATES

ARP movEMENT WHEN COMTWX 15ROTATED (LOOMIS(r vOLTAGE WRNS WITH HOWE 0010Are HOCE HOLD CENTERING CONTROLSET Tireor vOLIAGE PARKS WITS 11141111405CONTROL 51111414.1/1 VOLTAGE WRNS 1/7111 411 HOLDCONTROL SETTING

V16

TOW

0010014 UNOME NOAD

1011 HOLD

SECT ION I

POWERSUPPLY

110 Figure 41. Deflection Chassis D-201, Schematic Diagram


RCAVICTORTELEVISION RECEIVERS - MODELS

21-T-356 U, 214-363, 214-363 U,214-364, 21-T-364 U, 21-T-365,

214-365 U, 21-T-372, 21-T-372 U,

21-T-373, 214-373 U, 214-374,21-T-374 U, 214-375, 214-375 U

Chassis Nos. KCS83, KCS83B or KCS83E

The circuit on the next two pages,over, is exact for Chassis KCS-83Bused in "U" models. KCS-83E usedin 21T356U is identical but employs21EP4A picture tube. Other modelsuse Chassis KCS-83 which is prac-tically identical to KCS-83B but hasKRK-29 tuner unit for VHF only.

Chassis KCS-83C used in Models21S354 and 21S362 with tuner KRK-29,and Chassis KCS-83D used in Models21S354U and 21S362U with tunersKRK-29A and KRK-27 (UHF), arevery similar to chassis listed above.ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-Set the ion trap

magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Start-ing from this position immediately adjust the magnet by movingit forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightlyaround the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster onthe screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until theraster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the focuscontrol (shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of theraster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet formaximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjust.ment should be made with the brightness control at the maxi-mum clockwise position with which good line focus can bemaintained.

DEFLECTION YOKEADJUSTMENT

FOCUS MAGNETMOUNTING SCREW

KINESCOPESOCKET

ION TRAPMAGNET

FOCUSCONTROL

CENTERINGADJUSTMENTWING NUT

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

LEVER

PIN -CUSHIONCORRECTION MAGNET

(WITH GLASSSINE ONLY)

Figure 2-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT.-If the lines ofthe roster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask,rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained.Tighten the knurled yoke adjustment nuts.

PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS. -It will now be necessary toobtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments.

If the receiver is overloading, turn R154 on the rear apron(see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates nor-mally and the picture can be synced.

If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operatingproperly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point.However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiveris overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.

CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGN-MENT.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extremecounter -clockwise position. The picture should remain inhorizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switchingoff channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync.Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonalblack bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture willpull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of thecontrol. Pull -in should occur before the control has beenturned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise posi-tion. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At theextreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in syncand should not show a black bar in the picture.

ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR. -Ifin the above check the receiver failed to hold sync with thehold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failedto hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the con-trol from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make thefollowing adjustments.

Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Turn the horizontalhold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in atelevisicn station and adjust the T114 horizontal frequencyadjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is justout of snync and the horizontal blanking appears as a verticalor diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T114 coreuntil the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.

Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the hori-zontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel thenback. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T114 rearcore slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat untilthe picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines slopingdown to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold controlclockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars ob-tained just before the picture pulls into sync.

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C174Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjustC174A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal holdcontrol counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal andrecheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeatthis procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Ad-justment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" untilthe conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When thehorizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizon-tal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.

KRK29TUNERUNIT

TI14HORIZONTALOSCILLATORFRED AC,

CITAAHORIZ

LOCKINGRANGE

C,746HORIZDRIVE

figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments 111

VHF I

CHANNELS' E3.6

VHF I

CHANNELSIC7 -10 I

INCL. L

VHFCHANNELS'',IS D

INCLL

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA -Victor CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, KCS83B (KCS83E with 21EP4A

21-T-356 U, 21-T-363, 21-T-363 U,

21-T-364, 21-T-364 U, 21-T-365,

21-T-365 U, 21-T-372, 21-T-372 U,

21-T-373, 21-T-373 U, 21-T-374,

21-T-374 U, 21-T-375, 21-T-375 U

VHF [CHANNELS

2-4 'AINCL. I

LI -2

.0 HousiNG65

75

The schematic is shown in the latestcondition at the time of printing.

All resistance values in ohms. K = 1000.

Direction of arrows at controls indicatesclockwise rotation.

TUNER UNIT KRK- 12 A

UHF r 516

CHANNELS! E14-52INCL.

L2-93 y.

L .1,r 1C._._._ - 7

UHFCHANNELS]

53-83 IFINCL. I

L

R18 R1910014 C

OVERNETWORK

R38.2

MEG

R6100KOSCVOLT

COSTS

R5120K

112

P301

-1 ANT.TERM.BOARD

R8NI 470/4

R78.2 C22 R9 C20

H5511000 120 11000

C15

L7

C 164-4043.5 MC.I -F TRAP

ADJ.

7

C4saoi 120

-111.R 11

2.470K I L6

C70.5-3

aa

LS

10

9 01011

MISER

C 1122

C80.5-3

UNF OSC.INJ_ ADJ.

RI647

VI

680.7A -R -F AMPL.

2

J

VS6 I3Q7A

F AMPL

v46S4.VOLTAGECONTROL

R17100

**** I C43I470

L12

IB20

C1056

LeII MUM

C191000

cs0.5-3 I

12 13

FINETUNiN

13

'13271C3 C12

22 /. 11000 2

I 6V2

6AF4OSC

L9

R14 T2 I 112$000 10KI -F PLATE

TRANS ,r T Di

1.011 10K 8 1:I

r -

TII -F GRIDTRANS

ORANGE'DOT 0

C 21

-

RIO00

L t000

TEST PT

L

SHIELD

4

L IS

V2

C 2311000.1.

R131000

L II

C241000

W103

Kinescope)

All capacitance values less than 1 in FMand above 1 in MMF unless otherwisenoted.

All voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst"and with no signal input. Voltages shouldhold within ±20% with 117 v. a -c supply.

OV.

V101

GA U61111, SC411401-1

7

T101SOUND 1-11.

TRANS.4.9 MC.

010322

:ittf:41124,1_ C A

R101 CIOIA C1011I.01

.01

R105100 0

155 V.

R1031000V./1,

R133470

V102

6AUS2110. SOUNt

P AMP{,.

+205,

4 3

C 104.0,

8 1063300

+270V.R -F A. G.0

ing

T vi/via

3 C251 54%4 Or 5 S 4L 14 10001C 26 Tl000 TW6

If NOTEWHEN USING CROSS -OVER NETWORK; CONNECT UHF AND VHF

ANTENNA TRANSMISSION LINES TO RESPECTIVE TERMINALS.WHEN CROSS -OVER NETWORK IS NOT USEDI DISCONNECT W301

AND CONNECT UHF, VHF 09 COMBINATION UHF- VHF ANTENNATRANSMISSION LINE TO ANTENNA TERMINAL BOARD.

TIO4Isl. PIK.I -F TRANS.

A

TS -7° 0123T 15 8

C125470

RII9 R1211.5 MEG.. 3800

IC121 C124tit5 MF10.22

R120180K

+270V.

Vt0.3

6CF 61ST PM1-F AMPL.

.033.5V

11,M Tc2-1S

12656

710620 9. PIES.

43TRANS

43 MC

r>7.D

01271470

Rt271000

1_119

C

=1212833 JO

0107 T 107

6CF 6 3°°'2110. DIR. LF TRANSI -F PAWL. 49'5"C'

Rt56

'TIT!

Rag$ vgA-I

L 101

T .C177

C1420.47 T

R14915054

R14543K

t -FAGC

R1241.5MEG.

C 143220

VIIIB12AU7

A G -C R ISOAMPL. 47K

.0.3VC145 RISS

68KR15710K

494.5. 7.105 V

C146 R1534 y 5 .001 3.9.56. 2

515247014

- CI24A10 MF

8151390 K

31154500 KAGCCONTR

R156650 1(

12AUv:AciNOR. SYNC c 14 VERT 5SEPARATOR 270 SEP"'

RI61 C150 3 el270K

'T42'.E. 1

C 149330

691 I3 O90 VAZ

C147.0039

+270 V.

RIGS1.2

MEG.

4270V.

C 1201470 I

R19675K

NOR. HOLDR197 cONTR 51952214 681(

2

+270V.C173 0178.001 1.047

C 174 AC176

10.160/NOR.

LOCKINGRANGE C175.11 R930

12

v114.

6SN7-GTNOR. SWEEP OSC

AND CONTR.

170V.

-17.5 V

NO1051

s +179Y

81V4*

C 177O. I

:290K RrN4.12729

-5.5VC ISO0.47 -)90908

C18I330

R1933301.

M.5199 SR2o15014 1I.8MEG.

+270V..

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSTATION SELECTOR

CANE TUNING

KRK29 R -F Oscillator

Adjustments y

TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE -- OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT /500156 CLIP TO LEFT - - FOR CHANNEL NUMBER

..."Tio2 V1OS

RATto OE T 6A L5 6AV6 6K6 -6TTRANS RATIO 0111 1ST AUDIO AUDIO

4.5 MC DETECTOR .0047 AMPL. OUTPUT

1,1 4 15 --412.20

70V.

Vi015

,C B6RD NA

AMPL

TrOa4.1.N PI%

TRANS44 5 MC

C

R134A7K

R 2612KW.

j 470

R 133.9 MEG

RIGS22 K

-C153

C ISA

C134

RIT 21.5 MEGVERT 3HOLD 2 al/ 3

CONTR 3.5 MEGNEG.,

C183 CONTR

CII 3z .01 -0.63v

RI128I MEGVOL RIII

CONTR

0113)12K

.J101P110110INPUT

O

C1161.01

3 19aV

0114 >4700 ul

8y 9

!,11_6.1AC117B

.001257

.--AT 20 MF270 ; 3300

Tg7,

Clla

T103AUDIOOuTPUTTRANS.

131 -J --

m I.002T I

A RID

C119820 MF

+2701/

L 104V5MC 6 X"°8A

L105C137 250 MU I, 12AU7

villA

TRAP VIDEO 47,.047OUTPUT

°RN- ORN CI38 VIDEOAMPL 005

01353900 C135 ci

47

L103250 mul.1GRN

n215

65147- GTvERT SWEEP

OSC DISCO

82070 6800 c 1E18

.039

4 "r" I C169R202 LIES C187 R206 03947K .0012 0.27 C190 L110

270 1.5 00-11

5 255

F 101 g i.LICr;r LINE0.25 AMP F =Lll,

8208270 K

R137 8130

.270V

L106250 0

470 K

R1405600 R1124

10KPIX

CONTR

RI4 4180

01136K6-GT

P176 C163 C167 12180 VERT. SWEEP22K .015 .022 22K OUTPUT

FR-)C11 6l

1.00 27

R175 VIES8177470K

C160 01781.0, 390K

C0:58

L 109WIDTH

SR

225v.

CHANNELVINDICATOR

APERTURE

OSCILLATORADJUSTMENT

(ALL CHANNELS)

00((: %\)

j0

4.4-04

CHANNELINDKATORAPERTURE

KRKI2A Oscillator AdjustmentP -M -

5PEAKER

rUNCTION SW. Slot FRONT ANDREAR VIEWED FROM FRONT WITHCONTROL SHAFT IN MAX COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSITION (P05.NO. I)

P05 I - TV MIN HIGHS2- TV NORMAL.3 - TV MIN. LOWS.4- P0050 MIN. 1416855 - PkoH0 NORMAL6 - PH0NO. MIN LOWS.

LICEISO MU -11

131.0 cw0.1

L107SOO. MU11GRRA(HT

C1390027

R1427500

+270V.

0146 C I24C1500 T 30 MF

AT R106

+270V

220K

0. 145200

00186T/1E55CONTR

7- 112VERT SWEEPOUTPUT TR

FEILU

C164.022

8-411311, 0182

4701< _

R185

1B3-GTM' V RECT

+130000

DEFLECTION YOKE1 RED

11(192 VERT COILS I

66 1..113 L114

MOOR213 GRN

211 8212560 560 YES

P102 -IPIN VIE

BLK- RED

RIBS3300

0168047 R189

IS K

V118

21AP 4(METAL)

oR

, 21 EP4ALn (GLASS)

KINESCOPE

CHANNELLAMP

.1.7-aLnai

-C169

VII9 v120

5U4 -G 5Y3-GTRECT RECT

T 1155152

Circuit SchematicDiagram, KCSH3B, KCS83E

JI02 -FSEAR VIEW

411 +270VC U9A C II7A

1301.1F 100 MFSUPPLY 1150.6o.

SUPPLY

See over foralignment facts.

113


RCA -Victor (Continued) 21-T-363 to 21-T-375 incl.ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 21 -T -356U to 21 -T -375U incl.

PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. -Models 21-T-363 to 21-T-375 incl.

Connect the i-f signal generator across the link circuit onterminals A and B of T104.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R123 and C142.Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.

Obtain two 7.5 volt batteries capable of withstanding appre-ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across each. Connect the battery positiveterminal of one to the chassis and the potentiometer arm tothe junction of R123 and C142. The second battery will beused later.

Set the bias to produce approximately -5.0 volt of bias atthe junction of R123 and C142.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to junction of R135 and L102 andto ground.

Set the VHF signal generator to each of the following fre-quencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximumindication on the "VoltOhmyst". During alignment, reduce theinput signal if necessary in order to produce 3.0 volts of d -cat R123 and L102 with -5.0 volts of i-f bias at the junction ofR123 and C142.

44.5 mc T10845.5 mc T10743.0 mc. T106

Set the VHF signal generator to the following frequency andadjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at 8135,L102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0 volts of d -con the meter when the adjustment is made.

47.25 mc.. L118

Models 21 -T -356U to 21 -T -375U inclConnect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R123 and C142.Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.Obtain a 7.5 of withstanding appre-

ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminalto chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction R123 andC142. Adjust the potentiometer for -5.0 volts indication onthe "VoltOhmyst".

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R135 and L102and to ground.

Connect the output of the signal generator to the frontterminal of the crystal mixer in series with a 1500 mmf.ceramic capacitor.

Set the VHF generator to each of the following frequenciesand with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjustmentfor maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst". In each in-stance the generator should be checked against a crystalcalibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency.

During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessary inorder to produce 3.0 volts of d -c at R135 and L102 with -5.0volts of i-f bias at the junction of R123 and C142.

44.5 mc. . .T10845.5 mc T10743.0 mc. . T106

0110 UNDI r

TRANS.

T 1010

4.5 MC

114

RATIOOCT.

TRANS.Ttoa

04.5 MC.

DAL 5RATIOOET.

V10

RATIO DET.TRANS.

T102e

4. SMC

SOUND IFTRANS.

[4.5M -C]

TIO1

T 1064-4.5 MC

L 104

4.5 MC TRAP

VE AM

35°.IF

TRANS.

Set the signal generator to the following frequency andadjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at junction ofR135 and L102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0 voltsof d -c on the meter when adjustment is made.

47.25 mc. L118

RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -Set the signal gen-erator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the first sound i-f grid,pin 1 of V101.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B orWR39C calibrator may be employed. In such a case, con-nect the calibrator to the grid of the third pix i-f amplifier,pin 1 of V108.

Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 mc. (pix carrier)and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc. signalwill be picked off at L103 and amplified through the soundi-f amplifier.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum

d -c output on the "VoltOhmyst". Adjust the signal level fromthe signal generator for 6 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenfinally peaked. This is approximately the operating level ofthe ratio detector for average signals.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R108 and C109.Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero

d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".

Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum d -c at pin 2of V103 and T102 bottom for zero d -c at the junction of R108and C109. Make the final adjustments with the signal inputlevel adjusted to produce 6 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" atpin 2 of V103.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. -Connect the signal gener-ator to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B orWR39C calibrator may be employed as above.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.Tune the T101 top core for maximum d -c on the "Volt-

Ohmyst".

The output from the signal generator should be set toproduce approximately 6.0 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenthe final touches on the above adjustment are made.

4.5 MC. TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the signalgenerator in series with a 100 ohm resistor to pin 2 of V109.Set the generator to 4.5 mc. and modulate it 30% with 400cycles. Set the output to approximately 0.5 volt.

Short the third pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1, V108, to preventnoise from masking the output indication.

Connect the crystal diode probe of an oscilloscope to theplate of the viedo amplifier, pin 9 of V110.

Adjust the core of L104 for minimum output on the oscillo-scope.

Remove the short from pin 1, V108 to ground.

T 10743.5 MC

pixIF

TRANS.

T10643.0 MC

PIXIF

TRANS.

T104 L10647.25MC

@IsT PIX IF

GRIDTRAP

Top Chassis Adjustments

RISS

R 172

R IS!

T V- PNONOTONE SWITCH

NORHOLD

VERT.HOLD

VERT.LIN .

ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. -Set the ion trapmagnet approximately in the position shown in figure 2.

Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet bymoving it forward or backward at the same time rotating itslightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightestraster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control settinguntil the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn thefocus control (shown in figure 2) until the line structure ofthe raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet formaximum raster brilliance.

KINESCOPESOCKET

ION TRAPMAGNET


FOCUS -CONTROL

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT-LCCK SCREW

DEFLECTIONYOKE

ADJUSTMENT

KINE

DEFLECTION KINEYOKE CUSHION

S

CENTERINGAaJUSTMEN

LEVER

Figure 2 -Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments


RCAVI CTORModels 17S349, 17S350, 17S351, 17S360, 17T361, use Chassis KCS-78F

that has its exact circuit printed on the next two pages, over. Models 17S350U,

17S351U, 17S360U, use Chassis KCS-78H which is practically identical to theKCS-78F, but employs VHF tuner unit KRK-29A and UHF tuner KRK-27, topermit reception of any UHF channels. Models 17T352U and 17T361U useChassis KCS-78J which is also almost identical to KCS-78F, but uses a com-bination VHF and UHF tuner unit KRK-12B.

Models 17T301, 17T302, 17T310, use Chassis KCS-78 with tuner KRK-11Bfor VHF reception, and Models 17T301U, 17T302U, 17T310U, use ChassisKCS-78B with tuner KRK-12 to provide both VHF and UHF reception. Thesechassis KCS-78 and KCS-78B use a circuit similar to KCS-78F shown on thenext two pages, but differ in tuner type and in that some other (but technicallysimilar) types of tubes are employed in some of the sections. The use of thesedifferent tubes will change some of the voltage values shown in the diagram.

Models 21T303, 21T313, 21T314, 21T315, 21T316, 21T322, 21T323,21T324, use Chassis KCS-82 employing tuner KRK-11B and 21AP4 picturetube, but otherwise practically identical to the circuit of KCS-78F shownon the next two pages. Models 21T303U, 21T313U, 21T314U, 21T315U,21T316U, 21T322U, 21T323U, 21T324U, use Chassis KCS-82B which usestuner KRK-12 to provide VHF and UHF reception, but otherwise is thesame as KCS-82, and therefore is practically identical to KCS-78F.

The alignment information and service notes below and on the next fivepages are applicable to all these chassis. Notice that parts of the alignmentprocedure differ for VHF and VHF -UHF models and are so marked.

CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT. -Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clock-wise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync.Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel thenback. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the con-trol clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars willbe gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 bars slopingdownward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull intosync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control.Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. Thepicture should remain in sync for approximately 90 degreesof additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extremeclockwise position, the picture should remain in sync andshould not show a black bar in the picture.

KRK29TUNERUNIT

5101PHONOSWITCH

J101PHONOINPUT

R134AOC

CONTROL

T114HORIZONTALOSCILLATORFRED ADJ.

01746HORIV3NTAL

DRIVE

Figure 3 -Rear Chassis Adjustments

LIIIHORIZONTALLINEARITYCONTROL

L109WIDTH

CONTROL

1115


L61

J2I -K L9

INPUTir

Schematic Diagram Chassis KCS-78F

ANT. MATCHING UNITr25 L4 LI _F -M I -F

TRAP TRAP TRAPC2

9

C13270

126

325 11

124

1.23

122121

10

Tc S'AA SI-B1000 REAR

loon. II

TP.1 (:) loe

C4 C3 CI TI33 27 L3 L2t18 ANT

TRAN,17

SI-E SI-EI REAR FRONT 13

7.32

10. 5 13,

23

I

S

6

ANTI'S3000BAL

JI-FREAR PINVIEW VIEW

TO ANT

720 COA

P113-14PINVIEW

TUNER UNITKRK-29

R -F AMPL.

i06c.878: 0 a 0

T470

vI AAA

I6130.7A C35

33

1.27 R336 0

ITT.1R00

CL33" 000" C17

32 2.2 -rtr _,

3 Ilee2 124

128 c la _ F712 t°°° T R04 nos

0L29 -150 C34

1 7 S , 470 19K

7e 131 1-71 -

L32

C 230.68MMF

3*

31-C St- CREAR FRONT

143 759 TP-2 136

S1-13

C32 FRONT

,oz sC51.!3.3 L424,41. LAI

L4 416 39

T 136 C21-1

t 0.8-3r

IS

5 157

B Ti16

1.56'I

51- AFRONT

6X8OSC. B MIXER

i4.5V

C 20 --1000;

Iri

C 2611 10

4150 C241. RI2151 10 100K

CHANNEL SELECTOR SWirm SiFRONT AND REAR SECTIONS VIEWEDFROM FRONT AND SHOWN INCHANNEL N0.2 POSITION.

0015 014----4 470

C181000F

OTR. 3

-IC 25:0.8-3

152153

COLOR CODES MOULDED PAPER CAPACITORS

116

MULTIPLIER

DIGITS TOLERANCE

VOLTAGERATING

11111111OUTER FOIL END

DUALITY I MULTIPLIERTOLERANCE

MULTIPLIER

DIGITS TOLERANCE

VOLTAGERATING

111111111OUTER FOIL END

(MAY BE ON EITHER END) (MAY BE ON EITHER END

RATING ARROW

OUTE.

TOLERANCEFOIL ENO

DIGITS MULTIPLIER

RMA COLOR CODE, FIXED MICA CAPACITORSWHITE INDICATES RMA STDBLACK INDICATES JAN STD

(1)

DIGITS

OVA ITT I MULTIPLIERTOLERANCE

WRITE INDICATES RMA STDBLACK INDICATES JAN STD

DIGITS

65Egg

'47ID4

0

4270V.

T104.1ST PI K

TRANSF

VIIIA12AU7

AMPLA-G-C R 1 4 9

7K0,

C145.4 22

--)1C146 R152.001 3.91465

V.%

tolGA U61ST SOUND

AMPL

T sot50uN 0 I -F

TRANS4.4 MC

+I nOV.Sig 2 1 t cg3

O n

vlo66CF61ST PINt -F AMPL

RI27 .T.C1281000 1_470

C 143 I0.47

R148 .4.150 K

35 v

615168K

0 1203300

+270v.

2.0 PIO

RS45 MC

I-F8147 A. G C43K

+270V.

R 158 77+

6 1041000At'y

01026AU6260. SOUND

AMPL

V107

6C F 6200 PIPI -F AMPL

7102RATIO 0

TRANS4.5 MC

51 +1050.

+115 V.

IF

C194E..01 I f R217

10K

+270V.

T 1073RD. P,NI -P TRANS45.5 MCB C

1' MEG'

v108

6C1363RD PIN

AMPL.

130V

5, R162 v109 BI AU / 22K 12AU 7LNOR. SYNC C149 VERT SYNCSEPARATOR 270 SEPARATOR

.259 v

126410 MF

6159470K

AA.R155390 K

+118v 8R154500 NA GCCONTR

R160 .71C 147680K 31.0039

+270V.

R20075 N

0012 O0201 CONTHRLD 419922K 68H,

3 ..-- I

T272700 C/6 160v

.001 1 :.047 .- 16 V

C 174 A C g87 '93'.3051,

10-160

LOCKING 1.NOR

RANGE - C35T.f V,;(1

11.1

0163 C 151270K 0.1

01

1150 01

3301'159 ( 01648200{ 2.2

MEG

vIt46SN7- GTNOR SWEEP OSC

AND CONTR.

R iGS47K

+270V.

61684700

= 0142.022

T114 4( a 2o7NOR. SWEEP y ezo,OSC TRANS

270V

ft

000Di

t 0206j 4715

All resistance values in ohms. K 1000.

All capacitance values less than 1 inMF and above 1 in MMF unless other-wise noted.


V1036A L5

RATIODETECTOR

Em IC1061

470109

0.47

0V

M.R 10547

NI OpRIK

TRANS4.5 KC

C

1,4,77,0_

103

R137MEG1.9

RIO710K

RTOB10K

v109 A

-12AU7 1 -*22ND P. 36 K

°ET 000- 077

CIO'3

.004-7

RII0 AI MEGVOL

COO

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM KCS78F

v !OA

GAV61ST AUDIO

AmPL

3 cmi -0.8V

t R1094 1I3,MEG j 4 3 4708R'

12K .001

.flACY116C

"In -4- "j v I C114

I -II-. :R1141 560 ... 20 EiFI°33 --,31-.

v1056K6 -6T

AUDIOOUTPUT

R 1408200

T 103AUDIO

OUTPUTTRANS.

BLU -1

011811 IC

A RED __J I

C1 520MF

{ 5775 1800

42705.

R1441571

PICTURECONTROL

L1061000MUL4ELK -81.6

.2705.

V112 A

t47GTSTNC

OUTPUT

.580

RI70:.2 MEG

R209

C 174810 IGO

stDRIVE

-ifc 185.0012

01AMP

R171 215622 K .001w. r ,-..-

R173

C1551 III72 3900.0082 18K

C160 -

0115

613136-6TNOR. SWEEP

OUTPUT

RI741.2 MEG

VERT.MOLD

COSTS

R2116800I7SVc1800.7

YC189

3109WIDTK.022 c Tzt

-C41 Iao V '1701571 (R21 6W4

0-GT0.27 I K100 C 19i iTO DAMPER

270 1.5 MU.

VI12 B

6SN7-GTvERT SKrEEP 5178 RI79 C164 C166

OSC 4 DISCO 150K 100K .0015 .022

750.t..." A. if

,R tailIc157C *2T390 1.0047 i 56".001.I I

R175 CIGIi EC 1801 5n.1 5 MEG o 0200 ..14,18

R18951-8f7g'14C I

2.00221 8200

R1/63 MEG

NE IGNTCOKER

R177270K 0.1 +270V.

4280V11 CIII

LINE.CORER

07736 K6-GTVERT. SWEEP

OUTPUT

3 5250V

-10V

61841.2

MEG

vliG1B3 -6T

V RECT413 0005

DERL YOKE

+159

1112192 PERT COILS91 L113 Li14.

R2161000

L107 0171220NuR 0.1WOE 'NOT

R192

A R 146 2207027K

91452200

1861000VERTLINECONTR

R187390

Y.R 790220K

*27" 12 110 IS200K

BRiGHTNSCONTR.

1000.

11

T112= CC19VERT SWEEP

OUTPUTR188

rii.CUTRANS-

Vi 3' 3300

i . , .047 RI89 ? . 01681.0. I C 1

L ..._15K .7, .0047

P. NNE.

_J 8L NE0

J1020REAR vl w

All voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst"and With no signal input. Voltages shouldhold within +20% with 117 v. a -c supply.


P. N1SPEAKER

17C P4(METAL)

OR

170.P4(GLASS)

KINESCOPE

CN MARNE LD. LAMP

BRN_L

5119 VI20

5U4 -G 5Y3-GTSECT RECT. Ils 5102r

CIIEAMEO I

4.270vSUPPLY

RN- RED.

csY

tx- vE3 _

ELK.N

0773Ot

81.K

821910013

5103INTERLOCK

IIS V 60.0SUPPLY

Schematic DiagramKCS78F

Additional servicematerial on the nextthree pages.

117


RCA -Victor Chassis KCS-78, KCS-78B, KCS-78F, KCS-78H, and KCS-78J

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. -VHF Models

Connect the i-f signal generator across the link circuiton terminals A and B of T104.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R147 and R148and to ground.

Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appre-ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminalto chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R147and R148.

Set the bias to produce approximately -5.0 volt of bias atthe junction of R147 and R148.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the juncture of R138 and L105and to ground.

Set the VHF signal generator to each of the followingfrequencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximumindication on the "VoltOhmyst". During alignment, reducethe input signal if necessary in order to produce 3.0 volts ofd -c at R138, L105 with minus 5.0 volts of i-f bias at the junc-tion of R147 and R148.

94.5 mc. T10845.5 mc. 110743.0 mc. ....T106

Set the VHF signal generator to the following frequencyand adjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output atR138, L105. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0 volts ofd -c on the meter when the adjustment is made.

47.25 mc. 1104 top coreVHF -UHF Models

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R147 andR148 and to ground.

Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appre-

ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminalto chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction R147and R148. Adjust the potentiometer for -5.0 volts indicationon the "VoltOhmyst".

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R138 and L105and to ground.

Connect the output of the signal generator to the front ter-minal of the crystal mixer in series with a 1500 mmf ceramiccapacitor.

Set the VHF generator to each of the following frequenciesand with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjust-ment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst". In eachinstance the generator should be checked against a crystalcalibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency.

During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessaryin order to produce 3.0 volts of d -c at R138, L105 with -5.0volts of i-f bias at the junction of R147 and R148.

44.5 mc. T10845.5 mc. . T10743.0 mc. 1106

Set the signal generator to the following frequency andadjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at R138,L105. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0 volts of d -c onthe meter when the adjustment is made.

47.25 mc. . 1104 top core

SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. -VHF Models

To align T2 and T104, connect the sweep generator to themixer grid test point TP2, in series with a 1500 mmf ceramiccapacitor. Use the shortest leads possible, with not more thanone inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable.Connect the sweep ground lead to the r -f unit outer shield.

Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.Clip 330 ohm resistors across terminals A and B of T107

and T108.

118

Preset C119 to minimum capacity.Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of

bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R147and R148. Set the AGC control fully clockwise.

Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V106to terminal A of T106. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe topin 5 of V106 and to ground.

Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe inorder to obtain markers.

Adjust T2 (top) and T104 (bottom) for maximum gain andwith 45.75 mc. at 70% of maximum response.

Set the sweep output to give 0.3 volt peak -to -peak on theoscilloscope when making the final touch on the above ad-justment.

Adjust C119 until 42.5 mc. is at 70% response with respectto the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in Fig-ure 22.

Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and two 330 ohmresistors.

Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R138 and L105.Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid

test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0

volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first

pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generatorto produce small markers on the response curve.

Retouch T106, T107 and T108 to obtain the response shownin figure 23.

VHF -UHF ModelsTo align the crystal mixer plate circuit, T2 and T104 con-

nect the VHF sweep generator to the front terminal of the1N82 crystal holder in series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capaci-tor. Use the shortest leads possible, grounding the sweepgenerator to the tuner case.

Clip 330 ohm resistors across terminals A and B of 1107 andT108.

Set the channel selector to channel 5.Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V106

to terminal A of T106. Connect the oscilloscope diode probeto pin 5 of V106 and to ground.

Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe inorder to obtain markers.

The shunt trimmer C119 across terminals A and B of T104is variable and is provided as a bandwidth adjustment. Presetthe shunt trimmer to minimum capacity. Adjust T2 (top)and 1104 (bottom) for maximum gain at 43.5 mc. and with45.75 mc. at 70% of maximum response.

Adjust T1 for maximum gain. Readjust T2 and T104 if neces-sary to obtain proper wave shape, see Fig. 13.

Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and the two330 ohm resistors.

Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R138 and L105.Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of

bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R147and R148.

Leave the sweep generator connected to the front terminalof the 1N82 crystal holder with the shortest leads possibleand with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at theend of the sweep cable. If these precautions are not observed,the receiver may be unstable and the response curvesobtained may be unreliable.

Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0to 5.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.

Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the firstpix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator toproduce small markers on the response curve.

Retouch T106, T107 and T108 to obtain the response shownin Figure 14.

Remove the oscilloscope, sweep and signal generatorconnections.


RCA -Victor Chassis KCS-78, -78B, -78F, -78H, -78J, continued

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT.-Set the signal gener-ator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the first sound i-f grid,pin 1 of V101.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B orWR39C calibrator may be employed. In such a case, connectthe calibrator to the grid of the third pix i-f amplifier, pin1 of V108.

Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 mc. (pixcarrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc.signal will be picked off at L104 and amplified through thesound i-f amplifier.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum

d -c output on the "VoltOhmyst." Adjust the signal level fromthe signal generator for 6 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenfinally peaked. This is approximately the operating level ofthe ratio detector for average signals.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R106 and C108.Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero

d -c on the "VoltOhmyst."Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum d -c at pin 2

of V103 and T102 bottom for zero d -c at the junction of R106and C108. Make the final adjustments with the signal inputlevel adjusted to produce 6 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" atpin 2 of V103.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT.-Connect the signal genera-tor to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B orWR39C calibrator may be employed as above.

Figure 20 Figure 21Connect the "VoltOhmyst- to pin 2 of V103. Sound /F Ratio Det.Tune the T101 top core for maximum d -c on the "Volt- Response Response

Ohmyst."The output from the signal generator should be set to

produce approximately 6.0 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenthe final touches on the above adjustment are made.

4.5 MC. TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-Connect the signal gener-ator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to pin 2 of V109. Setthe generator to 4.5 mc. and modulate it 30% with 400 cycles.Set the output to approximately 0.5 volts.

Short the third pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1, V108, to preventnoise from masking the output indication.

Connect the crystal diode probe of an oscilloscope to theplate of the video amplifier, pin 6 of V110.

Adjust the core of L105 for minimum output on the oscil-loscope.

Remove the short from pin 1, V108 to ground.As an alternate method, this step may be omitted at this

point in the alignment procedure and the adjustment made"on the air" after the alignment is completed.

If this is done, tune in a station and observe the picture onthe kinescope. If no 4.5 mc. beat is present in the picture, whenthe fine tuning control is set for proper oscillator -frequency,then L105 requires no adjustment. If a 4.5 mc. beat is present,turn the fine tuning control slightly clockwise so as to exagger-ate the beat and then adjust L105 for minimum beat.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT.-Disconnect all test equip-ment except the oscilloscope which should be connected topin 6 of V110.

Connect an antenna to the receiver antenna terminals.

Turn the AGC control fully counter -clockwise.

Tune in a strong signal and adjust the oscilloscope to seethe video waveform.

Turn the AGC control clockwise until the tips of sync beginto be compressed, then counter -clockwise until no compres-sion is obtained.

Figure 13KRK12B T2

and T104Response

^,C

Figure 22KRK29 T2 and T104

Response

C

Figure 14Over -al!

I -F Responsewith KRK12B

4.5 MCti

Figure 23Over-all I -F Response

with KRK29

INCORRECT

CORP ECT

Figure 24-Horizontal Oscillator Wave Forms


RCA -Victor Chassis KCS-78, -78B, -78F, -

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT. - Normallythe adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered tobe a part of the alignment procedure, but since the oscillatorwaveform adjustment may require the use of an oscilloscope,it cannot be done conveniently in the field. The waveformadjustment is made at the factory and normally should notrequire readjustment in the field. However, the waveformadjustment should be checked whenever the receiver isaligned or whenever the horizontal oscillator operation isimproper.

Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Tune in a station andsync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized withthe horizontal hold control R200, then adjust the T114 fre-quency core on the rear apron until the picture will synchro-nize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T114 waveformadjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coil severalturns from its original position and readjust the T114 fre-quency core until the picture is synchronized.

Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picturewidth or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive con-trol C174B, the width control L109 and the linearity controlLi 11 until the picture is correct.

Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-The hori-zontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either of twomethods. The method outlined in paragraph A below maybe employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not availa-ble. The service shop method outlined in paragraph B belowrequires the use of an oscilloscope.

A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise.Place adjustment tools on both cores of T114 and be preparedto make simultaneous adjustments while watching the pictureon the screen. First, turn the T114 frequency core (on the rearapron) until the picture falls out of sync and three or fourdiagonal black bars sloping down to the right appear on thescreen. Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under thechassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the fre-quency core so as to maintain three or four diagonal blackbars on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscil-lator begins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustmentcore out until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turnthe T114 frequency core until the picture is synchronized thenreverse the direction of rotation of the core until the picturefalls out of sync with the diagonal bars sloping down to theright. Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direc-tion. No more than three or four bars should appear on thescreen. Instead, the horizontal oscillator should begin to

SPEAKER CABLE

120

78H, -78J, continued

motorboat. Retouch the adjustment of the T114 waveform ad-justment core if necessary until this condition is obtained.

B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope toterminal C of T114. Turn the horizontal hold control one -

quarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture isin sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shownin Figure 24. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T114until the two peaks are at the same height. During this ad-justment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjusting thehold control if necessary.

This adjustment is very important for correct operation,ofthe circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscopeis lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomespoorer, the stabilizing elf 3ct of the tuned circuit is reducedand drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the otherhand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, theoscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inade-quate and the broad peak can cause double triggering ofthe oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwiseposition.

Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjust-ment.

Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontalhold control to the full counterclockwise position. Momen-tarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back.The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the TI14 frequencycore slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat untilthe picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines slopingdown to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold controlclockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars ob-tained just before the picture pulls into sync.

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C174Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjustC174A, slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal holdcontrol counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signaland recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point.Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwiseposition. Adjust the T114 frequency core so that the diagonalbar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and thenreverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves tothe left side of the screen leaving the picture in synchroniza-tion.

Top Chassis Adjustments

2174VERT HOLDCONTROL

0.176HEIGHTCONTROL

RIB6VERT SINCONTROL

R200NOR HOLDCONTROL


RCAVICTORModels 21D358U, 21D368U, 21D376U, 21D377U, 21D378U, 21D379U, 21D380U,

use Chassis KCS-81J that has its exact circuit printed on the next two pages, over.Models 21D358, 21D368, 21D376, 21D377, 21D378, 21D379, 21D380, use ChassisKCS-81F which is practically identical to the KCS-81J, but is intended for VHFreception only and uses tuner unit KRK-29.

Models 21D305, 21D317, 21D326, 21D327, 21D328, 21D329, 21D330, useChassis KCS-81 with tuner unit KRK-11B for VHF reception only, while Models21D305U, 21D317U, 21D326U, 21D327U, 21D328U, 21D329U, 21D330U, employChassis KCS-81B which has tuner unit KRK-12 for both VHF and UHF reception.Outside of different tuners, these chassis are practically the same as KCS-81Jand the circuit of this chassis on the next two pages should be used for these addi-tional models.

Model 21D346 uses Chassis KCS-81D with tuner unit KRK-22A for VHF re-ception only, and Model 21D346U uses Chassis KCS-81E with tuner unit KRK-12for reception of both VHF and UHF. Both of these chassis are used in combina-tion sets with separate radio chassis, audio amplifier, and record changer. Out-side of tuner differences and provisions for switching and connecting the radiochassis which has the audio output tube and speaker, these chassis are very si-milar to other chassis covered by service material on this and the next five pages.

WIDTH. DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUST-MENTS. - Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects thehigh voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain thehighest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focusedpicture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C186B for maximumdrive (minimum capacity) consistent with a linear raster. Com-pression of the raster due to excessive drive can be seen as awhite vertical bar or bars in the right half of the picture.Besides compression caused by excessive drive, another itemto watch for is the change in linearity at the extreme left withchanges of brightness control setting. By proper adjustment ofthe linearity coil, the changes in linearity with changes inbrightness can be made negligible. In general, to achieve thiscondition, the linearity coil should be set slightly on the highinductance side (core slightly clockwise) of the optimum position.

Preset the following adjustments as directed:A.-Place the width plug P103 in the minimum width posi-

tion (top).B.-Set the width control coil L109 in approximately mid.

position.

C.-Set the linearity control coil L111 near minimum in-ductance (counter -clockwise).

D.-Set the drive capacitor C186B in the maximum diive posi-tion (counter -clockwise).

If the raster is cramped or shows compression bars on theright half of the picture turn C186B clockwise until this con-dition is just eliminated.

Adjust the linearity control coil L111 clockwise until bestlinearity and maximum deflection or best compromise are ob-tained, then turn one quarter turn clockwise from this position.

Retouch the drive trimmer C186B if necessary to obtain bestlinearity and maximum width.

Check the horizontal linearity at various settings of thebrightness control R114A. There should be no compression ofthe right half and no appreciable change of linearity espe-cially at the extreme left of the picture. If objectionable changedoes occur, turn linearity coil L111 slightly clockwise andrepeat the test.

Adjust the width control L109 to fill the mask.If the line voltage is low and it becomes impossible to fill

the mask, remove the width plug P103 to the bottom position.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjust the height control (R190 behind front control panel) untilthe picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity(R197 behind front control panel), until the test pattern is sym-metrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control willrequire a readjustment of the other.

ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. - Set the ion trap mag-net approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Startingfrom this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving itforward or backward at the same time rotating it slightlyaround the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on thescreen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the rasteris slightly above average brilliance. Turn the focus control(shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of the raster isclearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximumraster brilliance. The final touches of this adjustment shouldbe made with the brightness control at the maximum clockwiseposition with which good line focus can be maintained.

DEFLECTION YOKEADJUSTMENT


KINESCOPESOCKET

ION TRAPMAGNET

FOCUSCONTROL

CENTERINGADJUSTMENTWING NUT

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

LEVER

Figure 2-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments 121


VHF 1

CHANNELSIA2-4L

,NCL

VHFCHANNELSIts5 -6

INCL.L

VHFrICHANNELS IC

7-10 I

INCH

ICCS8IJ CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

T6

The schematic is shown in the latestcondition at the time of printing.

All resistance values in ohms. K = 1000.

All capacitance values less than 1 inMF and above 1 in MMF unless otherwisenoted.


TUNER UNIT KRK-12 Es

*0 00 MOUSING

T4

r T3VHF I

1 -13INCL.

L

UHF I

CHANNELS 1 e,4-52INCL

L

r -UHF

CHANNE LS. F

INCL I

L

56

10011

4

LI L2

2-F

C 29 LL

3

C256

OON C5

3057

P301I

R302150K

%1 §TEL.16301 - 'BOARD1306

1502

1301

LvNF .JCROSS-OVERNETWORK

R3a.zMEG

A

C

C IC4.40

49510C.I.F TRAP

ADJ.

Cs0.5-3

8

1.16

0-3

6 7

1

1

10 II X12 13

CR

MIXER R"t

`2V

CBas -3

C9 10.5-3 I

11

-1F2unF OSC

Ti'012

IJ

F NE 9107

VI

66027A _CIOR -F AMPL 56

2

CA =R26130I 120

TI

fPOC;K L6

V36BG7A

AMPL

470

R75.2y C22 R9 C20MEG1000 ,20 1000

C113220

R4270K

R6

CONTR

1001C

VOLT,05C, 2

122

R17100

IC43I 470

CH

11

8Plum

C191000

RI41000

OI

C2'23

1C322K T1003 2

v26AF4osc

T2

SNIELD_Jr -TI

PF GRIDTRANS

CRAW!! fra:

L9

12

101

W104

AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL.

To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tunein a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily removethe signal by switching off channel and then back. If the pic-ture reappears immediately, the receiver is not over -loadingdue to improper setting of 8180. If the picture requires anappreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends exces-sively, R180 should be readjusted.

Turn R180 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bentslightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R180 clockwise untilthere is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in thepicture. Then turn R180 counter -clockwise just sufficiently toremove this bend or change of bend.

If the signal is weak, the above method may not work asit may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case,turn R180 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomesmore pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signalto noise ratio is obtained.

5.70

_1.2V

V 101

6AU61ST SOUNDI -F AMPL

5 41460. 950211

1230.

CIOIA RIOT

R -FA C

7101SOUND I -F

TRANS.4.5 MC.

C 04 RIO3

61022

47K

0102

6AU2NO, SOUNDI -F AMPL.

V

MARMON SW. 5101 FRONTAND REAR VIEWED FROM FRONT, "25,.125V WITH CONTROL SHAFT IN MAK.COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSTRo. 1)

P03. I - TV. AIIN,HIGHs.2 - TV. NORMAL.3- TV, MIN LOWS.4 - PNONo, MIN HIGNS5- P0000. NORMAL6- PH000. MIN. LOWS.

TIO2RATIO CRT

TRANS.4.5 MC.

ov

12104COO

E

RIOT47

3101 I.FRONT

V106T104

1ST MN1ST. P1XIF TRANS. I -F AMPL

M?85 V.

C.39.25CCi2520

A fl CI Ov.

Roo 3 61251000 75600 y

C1266124/00 loo

Vir:t wooR12933K

T105 6CB601077106

ND. PM I -FPLATE TRANS.TAM GRID TRANS.1 200.. P1X

i1 FA ern, UM V.1 %it: 1: CZI . S

__II RI50 c.,,_ 11 _14700 IS :: 8

4700 I± ___S J L S_ JC 130i 4.'1% 11 ;P

1-

C214 Vg r,;,,;f4 I -F BIAS

R13233K

R13456

0131000

LI1

C241000

C2164,1000

1100T PT

C 2311070.1.

6S4111,55 voLTAGE

CONTROL

0.4664..0 V2

115C251000.1.

C26 T110o0

T1 5

V3 vI .44 4 S

2

27011

3C27; .00

11. NOTE:WHEN USING CROSS -OVER NETWORK, CONNECT UHF AND VHF

ANTENNA TRANSMISSION LINES TO RESPECTIVE TERMINALS.WREN CROSSOVER NETWORK IS HOT USED, DISCONNECTA w 3ot

AND CONNECT HOP, VHF OR COMBINATION uNF- VHF e NN ATRAN514166101. LINE TO ANTENNA TERMINAL BOARD

C129 6167 1-11,20% S C 23r0.22 821 2250. 4700?

r{ -- - ;.,:: --4.10 it VII!4" 12AU7

0254270K AGC MT SYNC CIS)CR145RECT. SERAR, .033

o V. V. 1

co I a RI73R229 R163 6166 CI- 39K10K 270 0 100K ..°"

C757TCM'''W'-i10.22 IC.22

0. 166MEG

+350 V.

R170V 4.7

mE6137V. 02700.

3

RI696800

ST.

1'1073RD PIX.I -F TRANS41.8 MC.

C

ISV.Can CO784700 4700

3351,5 51000

1101

C 1364700-J

V .225 V.

R161MEG.

5

V I12

12A U 7N01L.9YNC SYNC

MIAMI AMPI-1.65. 27!

8171 R1742700 27K

8178 032"27K,

'047 c159 .0.68

rj501:IFF5X177I

C213

/47015

.1R1G8

3.9 14E6

6 160200KAGC 0350 V.C09756mm.m

R1792200

270-1 -

6176 41/6,00 v

+150V. R210750

6212 1.1 C06,1010oNTR 620939K 56K

0111610-140KOR17

LOCION61.RANGE

MO0

c82

R205330

6206820 5

VII$65N7-GTHOME SWEEP05C. f CrT5:

.047 _28V.

0108.047

6208 C18968K .0221

R20718 OK

C1910 47

R2I I3900

R21310

TI 1440617 OSC.

TRANS(75, -1

1 C5540! .001

C192:270

R21482 K C193

.01-VW*R2I539K

C

V114

6C D6 -GKOMI, SWEEPOUTPUT

621647 30V

CMGSR217 110-160 7

I ME6.4 r. "R17.0193 .7.

.0013

64163V.0767.047

II

5#91;,If V.197T R22100112166431(

1722.1:S4

F t-0 25 AMP.


Rah2300

RATIO oarBALANCE

TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDESPRING CLIP TO LEFT

C 1l2.0047

- OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT- FOR CHANNEL NUM(SER

Figure 4-KRK29 R -F Oscillator Adjustments

V1OA

6AV61ST. AUDIO

AMPL.

vms6A05AUDIOOUTPUT

TiO3AUDIOOUTPUTTRANS.

et- -GTRANS.

RI1S 6II9 C1200 C120B330 T20,330 10 mE T 351410

35.106

6I. PIK.AMPL.

615910K

1106ATM PertI -F TRANS45.5 MC.

C139A C139

160v.

0109 T1096CBG STN. PM. 1-F L1024.3.7 MC.4TH. PIA. TR

A66

i-F AMPL F - -(TOP) 0,I2) ,...... .'. 1

154v.7 4141

N 1010

C 401-:8,424700T 5155

vii3A65N7-GT

VERT SYNC170 R23331 220K AWL

1350.,86

'55 3233511

C166

:.0040 270120-6 1851600

01370.165I3752

ICI220

P103WIDTHLINK

0 032 4103 vine

6W4 -6TDAMPER345V

L 110LS hion.SRN -UN

WIDTHII 52gat.

C140151_4700 I+137v.

014114700

C14(

C144 -

15((00,

R14.76600 .01 I

CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTSModels 21-D-358 to 21-D-380 incl. with KRK29 Tuner

Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all channels. If ad-justments are required, these should be made by the methodoutlined in the alignment procedure on page 11. The adjust-ments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the frontof the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon asshown in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of thechassis.

Models 21 -D -358U to 21 -D -380U incl. with KRK128 TunerTune in all available UHF and VHF stations to see if the

receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on allchannels. Set the fine tuning control to the center of its range.Adjust the oscillator core for each channel to obtain maximumaudio output without distortion. The location of the adjustmentis the same for all channels (see Figure 5).

P -MSPEAKER

All voltages measured with "Volt-Ohmyst" and with no signal input. Volt-ages should hold within ±20% with 117v. a -c supply.

Tin°SOUND 1103TAKE.REF 72 00.11TRANS. OR -RED

.01 .270V

225V.143

5K

1.104RIAS SOO4706 1.6.1.14

6P4-61

011313 V i 14

65N7 -6T GA asKRT 03C

470K .0047,,,,sc,., C176 OUTPUT206V. 0.22 uTRIBS C171 ,

C173I

6164 CI66 C149 0.147081100 1100"Ric,091I7.30 . Tii i

8187100 K 8 OK 137 V. vERTHOLD

CoNTR

15K 1184 5

V

R239 05CVERT

VR236 'MEG

T115H -v TRANS.

IC leoX399 e R225

Z I 1.3

33

2

RI902.5 MEG.- HEIGHTCONTR.

V 117

1133-GTH -V RECT.

C201Soo

.345L112

1.5202631 SRN

Linn163615 LIN

0 200150

+350V.

C178022

c,71 R14910 1 3300

II I

4.5 MC. RISO3900

33 C T.0062

424700

Tis2VERTICALOUTPUTTRANS

VOLSLU

y) GE

N 4200

41971500

NN vERT.

ILINEARITYCONTR

P.024,DE FL YOKE PIN VIEW

gr COPSD

56

INDICATORCHANNEL

LAMP

V 110

6CL6VIDEOAMPL

6 01300 C150 C15147 470600.

LI06500muin

ORN.014

Lio54.5 MC.TRAP

130J-VEL

OSCILLATORADJUSTMENT

(ALL CHANNELS)

CHANNELIP-INDICATOR

APERTURE

CHANNEINDICATORAPERTURE

Figure 5-KRK12B Oscillator Adjustment

R1551511

3 PICTURECONTR.

L107180 Hu-. C153

"'"L 0.22 RI611- 1000

2 R158 R15922K 1501(

8159675015'08 R,S

IOK 4011

02250.02250. *1378201 C1833300 0.1

4

1015200 20011K2

R 14 A

C2060.22T 6203

12,50.100K

4,32VL is

OR

GLASS

ETAL

3500. 02700. 2250. 41600. 01370. +125 V.

J102 FTERM. VIEW

EE -47381 -o

Rat" R22.2g, 612g7 Pt 70002807

C149 c1leAc149 C1201)15 B C ^1014F.

10 MET 250F IOMF

L 117FILTER

CHOKE

REETIF IRS

5103INTERLOCK

C149A 70 MECileA 35 MP

C1200-35 AnE.VI21

0185 0184.01 .01

115V. 60,SUPPLY

A

1

J

Continued on thenext three pages.

CircuitSchematicDiagram,KCS811

123


RCA -Victor Chassis KCS-81, -81B, -81D, -81E,-81F, -81J, continued

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. - Connect the i-f signalgenerator across the link circuit on terminals A and B of T104.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of RI33 and C133B.Obtain two 7.5 volt batteries capable of withstanding ap-

preciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across each. Connect the positive terminal of onebattery to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction ofR133 and C133B.

Set the bias to produce approximately -1.0 volt of bias atthe junction of R133 and C133B.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 9 of V110, the 6CL6 videoamplifier.

Set the signal generator to each of the following frequenciesand adjust the corresponding circuit for minimum d -c outputat pin 9 of VI10. Use sufficient signal input to produce 1.0 voltof d -c on the meter when the final adjustment is made.

39.25 mc. T104 top core41.25 mc. T105 bottom core47.25 mc. T106 bottom core

PICTURE TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. -VHF Models

Set the signal generator to each of the following frequenciesand peak the specified adjustment for maximum indication onthe "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the input signalif necessary in order to produce 1.0 volt of d -c at pin 9 of V110with -1.0 volt of i-f bias at the junction of 11133 and C133B.

43.7 mc. T10945.5 mc. T10841.8 mc. T107

To align T105 and T106, connect the sweep generator to thefirst picture i-f grid, pin 1 of V106 through a 1,000 mmf. ceramiccapacitor. Shunt R137, R141 and terminals "A" and "F" ofT109 with 330 ohm composition resistors. Set the i-f bias to-1.0 volt at the junction of R133 and C133B.

Connect the oscilloscope to pin 9 of V110.Adjust T105 and T106 top cores for maximum gain and curve

shape as shown in Figure 22. For final adjustment set the out-put of the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volt peak -to -peak atthe oscilloscope terminals.

To align T2 and T104. connect the sweep generator to themixer grid test point TP2. Use the shortest leads possible, withnot more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of thesweep cable.

Adjust C121 until 41.25 mc. is at 85% response with respectto the low frequency shoulder at approximately 41.9 mc. asshown in Figure 23.

Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and three 330 ohmresistors.

VHF -UHF ModelsSet the signal generator to each of the following frequencies

and peak the specified adjustment for maximum indication onthe "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the input signalif necessary in order to produce 1.0 volt of d -c at pin 9 ofV110 with -1.0 volt of i-f bias at the junction of 11133 andC133B.

43.7 mc T10945.5 mc. T10841.8 mc. T107

To align T105 and T106, connect the sweep generator tothe first picture i-f grid, pin 1 of V106 through a 1,000 mmf.ceramic capacitor. Shunt 11137, R141 and terminals "A" and"F" of T109 with 330 ohm composition resistors. Set the i-f

bias to -1.0 volt at the junction of R133 and C133B.

Connect the oscilloscope to pin 9 of V110, the 6CL6 videoamplifier.

124

Adjust T105 and T106 top cores for maximum gain andcurve shape as shown in Figure 22. For final adjustment setthe output of the VHF sweep generator to produce 0.5 voltpeak -to -peak at the oscilloscope terminals.

To align the crystal mixer and T2 and T104. connect theVHF sweep generator to the front terminal of the 1N82 crystalholder in series with a 1,500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use theshortest leads possible, grounding the sweep generator to thetuner case.

Set the channel selector to channel 5.

Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor between terminal"B" of T105 and the junction of R131 and C133A.

Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to terminal "B" of T105and ground. Couple the signal generator loosely to the diodeprobe in order to obtain markers.

The shunt trimmer C121 across terminals "A" and "B" of T104is variable and is provided as a bandwidth adjustment. Presetthe shunt trimmer to minimum capacity. Adjust T2 (top) andT104 (bottom) for maximum gain at 43.5 mc. and with 45.75mc. at 70% of maximum response.

Adjust the shunt trimmer C121 until 41.25 mc. is at 85%response with respect to the low frequency shoulder at ap-proximately 41.9 mc. as shown in Figure 13. Adjust T1 for

41.9 MC.

41.25 MC857. -45.75 MC

75%

42.25 MC85%

Figure 13-T2 andT104 Response with

KRK12B

Figure 20 -Sound I -FResponse

41.9 14C

41.25 MC785%

45.75 MC.50./.

46.5MG.5%

Figure 14 -Over-allI -F Response with

KRK12B

4.5 MCL.4

Figure 21 -Ratio Det.Response

42.25 MC

42.0t, T1'

IC:15.75MC AT90

4654.20*-

41 25 MC4725MC

Figure 22-T105 and T106

Response

45 MC85%

70% 45.75 MC50%

Figure 23-T2 and T104

Response with KRK29

40.5 MC5%

Figure 24 -Over -all I -F

Response with KRK29


RCA -Victor Chassis KCS-81, -81B, -81D, -81E, -81F, -81J, continued

ALIGNMENT

maximum gain. Readjust T2 and 1104 if necessary to obtainproper wave shape, see Figure 13.

Disconnect the diode probe. the 180 ohm and the three 330ohm resistors.

SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PICTURE I-F.-Connect the oscilloscope to pin 9 of V110.

Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -6.0 volts of biasas measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R133 andC133B.

Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid testpoint TP2 on KRK29 Tuner or to the front terminal of the1N82 crystal holder on KRK128 Tuner. Use the shortest leadspossible with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at theend of the sweep cable. If these precautions are not observed.the receiver may be unstable and the response curves obtainedmay be unreliable.

TO ANT TERMINALS

PROCEDURE

Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 voltspeak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.

Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the firstpix i4 amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator toproduce small markers on the response curve.

Retouch 1108 and 1109 to obtain the response shown in Fig-ure 14. Do not adjust 1107 unless absolutely necessary. If 1107is adjusted too low in frequency it will raise the level of the41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier and may create interference in thepicture. It will also cause poor adjacent channel picture rejec-tion. If 1107 is tuned too high in frequency, the level of the41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier will be too low and may producenoisy sound in weak signal areas.

Remove the oscilloscope, sweep and signal generator con-nections.

SPEAKER CABLE

T1ANT MATCHING

TRANS.

YE6XIS

OSC'AMER

TZMISERTRANS.

RATIO OCT.TRANS.

TIOZ

0.1 MC

11101

SOUNDIF

ORATH, OETSALAMI

12447

vERT SYNC SE SAG C

Soo,Tv 'oft( -PHONO

SWITCH

CRTvERT

HOLDCONTROL

1RI

HEIGHTCONTROL

RISTCERT LIPCONTROL

AM NOLO

521 PIE I.FTRANS

TIO9

43/MC

SOUND TAKE -OFFTRANS

SCV 0

L6

I01.

0

T1041Ale IX

TRANS45.5MC

T107SSE FIR IF

TRANS41.5 MC

O

ESE Pox

TRANS

FIX rFPLATETRANS

IQ PIE I.FGRID

TRANS

T106)"IS MC

TIOS0

4110AC

TIOR0

31.1114

All CHANNELSELECTORSWITCH\=VIII 112__i\

TAILCONTROL

ROESBLEEDER

viSS 'GTER SYNC

HAPR WIRTOSC

TEENS

Lon"FILTERCHOKE

510.Tv-ToNE-

:Vitt

Melt

MIRO

REI

R HITVERTHOLD

OW ROL

RIE014116HT

CONTROL

RIS7VERT LitCONTROL

/1R210

HOE HOLDCORTNOL

Figure 26-Top Chassis Adjustments (KRK29 Tuner Shown)

Ed PIE rF

GRIDTRANS.

ISO 01111-F

TRANS.

Y106

47.1551C,

TIOS

41.25510

To0,N TEARSF

TIOSRUNE IF

TIOS

';V,d

Figure 27-Bottom Chassis Adjustments

SOUND 14TRANS

sPENER CORD

RATIOPET

T101

CS MC

0RATIODR/

ONCE

125


RCA -Victor Chassis KCS-81, -81B, -81D, -81E, -81F, -81J, continued

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. - In order to obtain goodratio detector alignment an AM modulated signal generatorthat is exceptionally free from FM modulation must be em-ployed. Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it tothe second sound i-f grid, pin 1 of V102. Set the generator for30% 400 cycle modulation.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39Ccalibrator may be employed. If used, connect it to the grid ofthe 4th pix i-f amplifier, pin 1, V109. Set the frequency of thecalibrator to 45.75 (pix carrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc.crystal. Also turn on the internal AM audio modulation. The4.5 mc. signal will be picked off at T110A and amplifiedthrough the sound i-f amplifier.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R111 and C111.

Connect the oscilloscope across the speaker voice coil andturn the volume control for maximum output.

Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximumDC output on the "VoltOhmyst." Adjust the signal level fromthe signal generator for -10 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenfinally peaked. This is approximately the operating level ofthe ratio detector for average signals.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and C110.

Adjust the T102 bottom core for zero d -c on the meter. Then,turn the core to the nearest minimum AM output on theoscilloscope.

Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum DC and T102bottom for minimum output on the oscilloscope making finaladjustment with the 4.5 mc. input level adjusted to produce 10volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R111 and C111.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and C110and note the amount of d -c present. If this voltage exceeds+1.5 volts, adjust R108 by turning it in until zero d -c is ob-tained. Readjust the T102 bottom core for minimum output onthe oscilloscope. Repeat adjustments of R108 and T102 bottomcore until the voltage at R110 and C110 is less than ±1.5volts when T102 bottom core is set for minimum output on theoscilloscope.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R111 and C111and repeak T102 top core for maximum d -c on the meter andagain reset the generator so as to have -10 volts on the meter.

Repeat the adjustments in the above two paragraphs untilthe voltage at R110 and C110 is less than ±1.5 volts when theT102 top core is set for maximum d -c at the junction of R111and C111 and the T102 bottom core is set for minimum indica-tion on the oscilloscope.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. - Connect the sweep generator tothe first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101. Adjust thegenerator for a sweep width of 1 mc. at a center frequency of4.5 mc.

Insert a 4.5 mc. marker signal from the signal generator intothe first sound i-f grid. With the WR39B or WR39C calibratorsthe 4.5 mc. crystal signal may be obtained at the R -F outterminal by turning the variable osc. switch off, the calibrateswitch to 4.5 mc. and the volume control with mod. off.

Connect the oscilloscope in series with a 10,000 ohm resistorto terminal A of T101.

Adjust T101 top and bottom cores for maximum gain andsymmetry about the 4.5 mc. marker on the i-f response. Thepattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 20.

The output level from the sweep should be set to produceapproximately 2.0 volt peak -to -peak at terminal A of T101 whenthe final touches on the above adjustment are made. It is neces-sary that the sweep output voltage should not exceed thespecified values otherwise the response curve will be broad-ened, permitting slight misadjustment to pass unnoticed andpossibly causing distortion on weak signals.

126

Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R110 and C110and check the linearity of the response. The pattern obtainedshould be similar to that shown in Figure 21.

SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT. - Connect the 4.5 mc. gen-erator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to terminal "C" ofTI10. The input signal should be approximately 0.5 volt.

Short the fourth pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1, V109, to preventnoise from masking the output indication.

As an alternate source of signal the RCA WR39B or WR39Ccalibrator may be used. In such a case, disregard the abovetwo paragraphs. Connect calibrator across link circuit, T104A, B, and modulate 45.75 with 4.5 mc. crystal.

Connect the crystal diode probe of a "VoltOhmyst" to theplate of the video amplifier, pin 6 of V110.

Adjust the core of T110 for minimum output on the meter.

Remove the short from pin 1 V109 to ground, if used.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT. - Normally theadjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered to be apart of the alignment procedure, but since the oscillator wave-form adjustment may require the use of an oscilloscope, it cannot be done conveniently in the field. The waveform adjust-ment is made at the factory and normally should not requirereadjustment in the field. However, the waveform adjustmentshould be checked whenever the receiver is aligned or when-ever the horizontal oscillator operation is improper.

Horizontal Frequency AdJustment.- Tune in a station andsync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized with thehorizontal hold control R210, then adjust the T114 frequencycore on the rear apron until the picture will synchronize. If thepicture still will not sync, turn the T114 waveform adjustmentcore (under the chassis) out of the coil several turns from itsoriginal position and readjust the T114 frequency core until thepicture is synchronized.

Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picturewidth or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive con-trol C I86B, the width control L109 and the linearity control L111until the picture is correct.

Horizontal Locking Range AdJustment.- Set the horizontalhold control to the full counter -clockwise position. Momentarilyremove the signal by switching off channel then back. The pic-ture may remain in sync. If so turn the T114 frequency coreslightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until thepicture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping downto the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise andnote the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before thepicture pulls into sync.

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C186Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C186Aslightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold controlcounter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheckthe number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat thisprocedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwiseposition. Adjust the T114 frequency core so that the diagonalbar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and thenreverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves offthe screen leaving the picture in synchronization.

SENSITIVITY CHECK. -A comparative sensitivity check canbe made by operating the receiver on a weak signal from atelevision station and comparing the picture and sound ob-tained to that obtained on other receivers under the same con-ditions.


RAYTHEON,RAYTHEON MANUFACTURING COMPANY

TELEVISION AND RADIO DIVISION

21T8 CHASSISMODELS UM -2133A, UM -2134A, UM -2135A, UM -2136A, UC-2139A,

UC-2141A, UC-2142A, UC-2144A and UC-2145A

24T2 CHASSISMODELS UC-2403A, UC-2404A, UC-2405A, and UC-2406A

T 301BOTTOM 43.7 MC

L323ATOP 41.4 MC

L 323BBOTTOM 45. 15 MC

L319TOP or BOTTOM 4 2.1 MC

L3 12TOP or BOTTOM 42.and46.MC

L3I4TOP or BOTTOM 47.25MC

L31 3TOP or BOTTOM 41. 25MC

TOP or BOTTOM 42.and46. MCLI1 T200,4

TOP 42.0 and 456

UHFTUNER

TUNERDRIVE ASSY

LI112

OP'

VHFTUNER

T 300ATOP 41.4 MC

IF ALIGNMENTBOTTOM 42.0 and 484.-6 MC INPUT "B"

T 00B

* MARKER FREQUENCIES

VIDEO TRAP COIL (L403) ADJUSTMENT

(a) Tune in station.(b) Adjust tuner until sound bars just appear.(c) Turn L-403 Slug all the way out (counter -clockwise).(d) Turn the slug in (clockwise) until the horizontal

scanning lines are smooth and continuous.

IF ALIGNMENTINPUT "A"

Circuit diagram forChassis 21T8 is onpages 130-131, andthe circuit diagramfor Chassis 24T2 ison pages 132-133.Alignment facts forall models are printedon pages 127 to 129,and page 134.

ALIGNMENT PLUG

For ease of alignment and to reduce the possibility ofregeneration, it is suggested that a simple generatoralignment plug be made and used during the alignment.

127

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRaytheon Manufacturing Company, Chassis 21T8 and 24T2, continued

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENTNOTE: (a) Preheat the unit for at least five minutes.

(b) Set VHF tuner to approximately Channel 7.(c) Use 10K ohm resistor (isolation) in series with VTVM and scope for the following steps.

1213

Ste -No.

SignalGenerator

Freq. (mc.)

SweepGeneratorFreq (mc.)

SignalInputPoint

OutputPoint

Remarks Adjust Response

1 43.7IF Alignment

Input "Ai.VTVM at IF

DetectorOutput

Adjust generator foroutput of approx. 2 volts

DC on VTVMT-301

MaximumReading

41.4IF Alignment.,Aii

VTVM at IFDetectorOutput


DC on VTVM

L -323A(Top)*

MinimumReading

45.15IF Alignmenti.AiiInput

VTVM at IFDetectorOutput


DC on VTVM

L -323B(Bottom)*

MaximumReading

42.1IF Alignment

Input "A"VTVM at IF

DetectorOutput


DC on VTVML-319

MaximumReading

41.25IF Alignment

Input "A"VTVM at IF

DetectorOutput


DC on VTVM

L-313(Bottom)

MinimumReading

47.25IF Alignment

Input "A"VTVM at IF

DetectorOutput


DC on VTVM

L-314(Bottom)

MinimumReading

41.4IF Alignment

Input "A"VTVM at IF

DetectorOutput


DC on VTVM

T -300A(Top)*

MinimumReading

8Remove VTVM from IF Detector output and substitute an oscilloscope in its place. Calibrate scope for sensi-tivity of one volt per inch.

42.046.0

40IF Alignment

Input "B"Scope at IF

DetectorAdjust wave form for

approx. 20 divisions on

L-311 (Bottom)1-312 (Bottom)

Adjust foriamplitude

properdwwildth

456AK10 42.045.6

40IF Alignment

Input "A"

1

Scope at IFDetectorOutput

Adjust wave form forapprox. 20 divisions oscope with sweep Ben.

T-200T6-33000513 (Bottom)*

Adjust for maximumamplitude with

proper bandwidth

* NOTE: Two Peaks can be obtained. Use Peak with core furthest out of coil form.

SOUND IF ALIGNMENTNOTE: Short antenna to ground.

StepNo.

SignalGeneratorFreq. (mc.)


SignalInputPoint

OutputPoint


1 4.5IF Detector

Output

VTVMacrossC-416

T400 Primary(Bottom of can)

MaximumReading on

V.T.V.M.

2 4.5 IF DetectorOutput

ScopeacrossC-416

Sweep approx. ± 100 KC.Adjust for maximum

Linearity

T400 Secondary(Top of can)

3 4.5IF Detector

Output

ScopeacrossC-416

Sweep approx. ± 100 KC.Adjust for symmetry

of peaks

T400 Primary(Bottom of can)


VHF TUNER ALIGNMENTNOTE: IF amplifier must be aligned before tuner adjustments are

made. Also Low Band of Ti.ner must be aligned before High Band.

1. Preset trimmer screws as shown in Figure 5.2. Preset coil cores as following:

(A) With Band Sw. in Low Band pos., set treadle bar to fop of stroke (Cores furthest out of coil)(B) Adjust Cores: L200, L201, L205, L236, L209, L210 to 1-1/2" from cores to end of coil form.(C) Adjust Core: L213, L214 to 1-5/8" from cores to end of coil form. (See Figure 6.)

C217HI BAND MIXER ---FE

C230LOW BAND OSC. - I 16.1

C231HI BAND OSC. -

IF ALIGNMENT1NPUTW

G213LOW BAND MIXER 14

C2I1HI BAND RF

C208LOW BAND R F -1116

0204LOW BAND ANT -

C205HI BAND ANT

Note 1: From bottom of treadle bar 13/4" to top of tuner chassis.Note 2: From bottom of treadle bar 11/8" to top of tuner chassis.Note 3: From bottom of treadle bar 5/8" to top of tuner chassis.Note 4: From bottom of treadle bar 7/8" to top of tuner chassis.

6U8

Alignment tableis on page 134.

REAR CAM

BOTTO COVER

FILAMENT

B+240V

FIGURE 6. BOTTOM VHF TUNER VIEW

AGO

RF TEST POINT

6BZ7

ANTENNA INPUT

THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN AREAPPROX. FROM THE SHOULDEROF SCREW HEAD TO CHASSIS.

FIGURE 5. TOP VHF TUNER VIEW

21%L2I4 L210- L209

LL206 205

L200

SWITCH PLATETENSION SPRING

L201

FRONT CAM

SET SCREWS

COUPLING ARM

LINK

LINK SPRING

129


Raytheon Chassis 2 1T 8

UHFANTENNATERMINAL

AUTOMATICSWITCHING DEVICE VWT %EWA

INAL

03001000

:210 00

I

1MM

C

0100100

64E

5300

$200

L 2441 L

I35V

C101

47011UHF

JUMPER

L5O6i

1.305_

CAVITY CAVITY

T100 C10

OSCCAVITY

, ,,,,F6AFILtcro4

N82 RI02CRYSTAL 56

I

PIT

L102

C104

20

0102

100

L10412A010510001

01071000

5670-

V OSC. GRDCHECK POiN

F107

Olt1111

) 0 0?' 7

rioe- 160622

220 5.100

BOV - L105Ri05

R 106

56

0-46CB6list IF I

IF AUGMENTT3420 13 1 ±..t?

122K M' I I , I

TM° " ciroir 1 , ! AH7::A,31 IA ,

I

I

7."..1i21 1

1

IrT3008 'I

I _ ..i._T=O 4 1000 344...C315

__ _ 0 0 0 7 0 V

nIIE ......

0.1 0

22 09 7.1000

CRYSTAL CI104 CI1OB Ulf POACHPONT 1000 71000 PLUG

re,s2300

.1011.1.

0 0

V 2C2 613Z720

9 EgffigC2O

20

202200

IOK

°

105

R202

5201

Lp 00L206

L206

10

T1206

C211

=

Ci

0213

FI,:'FtYPAtu'

V-36U8

VHF Cow

UHIF05 4'+14.C219

L209

L210,t

C

L2071000

0216

C217

200C220

L2

C22I

30

70V

0007

R204224

2-

22CK

0'

10

8209 C22210K 11000

oo

7=10

ck4-41,G

A

C 5 C

L 2 I 5

2117

5203

6

0218

It9 REI TEST

POINT

4506 2.2 18 L2 42200

JY°2j2°41226

L21

22=

:188

ALIGNMENTINPUT -=Er -

.IV

C307R304 1-50001000 _L

9* .,Mt -.:F-

I -"t- TY 22112W 2W

400 L30716

AG 2.o.0 La,_2,-r-irsFL

I

0231

00>C232

R420

11000

-2V

150V

3K2

C

L

i6.807000;

14HOCPOYIKETE8 1 -5T4 -s362.2o

C3091_5_000 R305

22K

R311471(

V-5

6C8CEE

IF

II

L2

R310

1000 0320,000Iii

5000 =

L3

AGC

C310 C3II50001 5000 165

-T EscV

L316

V4fnn.240 U

24

R404

V-8

3v 68E68403 ZylSMiffi-6 OK

+240V

R4001M

C400...22MFT

8402!NI

R401

A

>'GO12RCE

it,14

R40547K

33V

*1Rep747K2W

8406 8-6V15K

F FO/C13

2VPP

yC 406

64616

1400

4011

IOCK < T 4

AC INPUT115 VOLTS60 CYCL

LW

600

...C4011I0

+240V

ON -OFF SWITCHON VOLUME

CONTROL T404GREEN

SAFETYINTER-LOC

130

63VAC

BLACK GREEN

SELENIUM

91A RECTIFIERS

R446 + K

RESISTOR 258g6TYPE FUSE FILAMENTS

0447150

5 25C0-14

2505v -o

J

-,1

0Cr

V-12 V-14_ 6AL5 25C5

leUte0 DETI

R42347

24

iC4115

IDIMF

AYY 1C1iF

75VA-

0417 R427

I -1 1311111.1

V-13

6AV6COKEEI C418

0I1E

7°00

214'1 4429470K

1401

05V

SW- F,200A

,5V RED

05VR430,1.C414L1

12° 10 MF1W T50

BLUE

0414020W4300V

VSLTAEGIT +-1C428 1C429SOURCE 100mF71COMF

8++240VSOURCE

10wL4042200

F 150V 1500_E-4/ 0'0000'

255V 70 R448

C402C + 4,01001E 100300VO L

=-

65+1VSOURCE

411

ittiPM11SPEAKER R43I

3.9

C421*47 PILOT LIGHT .22e41

+240V

R43222M

V

0

(p o

433*OK

471

I 1\1"qL-CC431 V-17

6AL5V.14.1-7'FL

7

R4 C4,12.2M' ;

R47,10V

68IC438

MF.0022

R4521506 1113m7F

4470K

C 4 35- 680

0443 4458

R4

,6806

15011 IOU459

1:173.811' 1W in MP .1

0 0

130AL405

Ld-hata

ce 40

111

V2

103

vv

+2400

5

4

+2400

H V POWERSOCKET

6 70039MF

C41204

330

8V

I-- -.AN.C436 P435220 68011

0 03 2

-302-5V

50

2200 r

41911F10jLOR141'.1:

Y

7

FA

H V POWER

IPLUG

7

V

1161111

050

4t

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELE

L31865 '

r L323

-160V qTrL32I

2.2A

V -7

RIK CK-706CRYSTAL

16 n

A

IFDETECTOR OUTPUT

-DwER.UG

¢1 03

5V

25C5$2400

L328410v622A

8325

R4171000 ION TRAP

MAGNET V-1021YP4

GATHCOERAY

TUBE

100K

R437 R48 114163M 1800 3300

V HOLD

R438 84393-314 100K

I 8435

100K

04T4047MF.

I- 12AUT oVriPV o c

.0047MF

460V

500K

250E

350-4150 .BLUE 1403

g64 R443EO`180 K

OCZVERTICAL YOKE

1501170

1

V-19BLUE 1500 RED

C 502

0503_3.5014F

450V

IB3

05062MF

450 486 -r --Me470

#444 #446

I

65A\-L1--U8L111../

14CRIZONEBLISOCKET

6

HORIZONTALYOKE PLUG

A-6

VISION SERVICING INFORMATION

Raytheon Manufacturing Co.Circuit Diagram Chassis 21T8

8I2KF IIPIC°0VtgAZIgET1S!EDZMI1CFRLL74EFEINDICATED. C DEFTErMCRO-ARAD.

anCEECE==FIESISTOR WATTAGE IS REPRESENTED IN 1/2 WATT UN-TED. (K DENOTES U 1.000 8 DENOTES 51,000,000.

17 WALL SWITCHES ARE SHOWN IN THE POSITION FOR VHF

IlgiNIREITIIE VOLTAGE READINGS INDICATED AT THE VARIOUS TUBEWERE MEASURED WITH A 20,000 OHM PER VOLT VOLTMETER,

NORVAL OPERATION, NO SIGNAL INPUT AND LINE VOLTAGE AT 115v AC WHERE401411IOL SETTINGS AFFECT VOLTAGE READINGS THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM.BE POICATED (SEE WARNING BELOW

(31233ETEE=HISH VOLTAGE ON PLATE CAPS OF THE 183 HIGH VOLTAGEPECTWIER AND 25936 HORIZONTAL RASE AMPLIFIER CO NOT MEASURE THIS

M R CRT 2nd ANODE VOLTAGE WITH H V PROBE- THE DC RESISTANCE READING INDICATED NEAR THE

COILS HAVE BEEN TAKEN WITH AN OHMMETER DIRECTLYACROSS THE COIL BEING MEASURED COILS SHOWN WITHOUT A RESISTANCEREADING HAVE A DC RESISTANCE OF LESS THAN ONE OHM A TOLERANCEIF ":10 IS PERMISSIBLE .00 NOT MEASURE WITH SET TURNED ON

HE WAVE FORMS ILLUSTRATED ARE EXACT COPIES OF'HAT SHOWN A LABORATORY OSCILLOSCOPE THE WAVE FORMS WERE'AKER UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS, WITH A TRANSMITTED SIGNALAND THE PICTURE IN SYNC AT ALL TIMES WITH EACH WAVE FORM IS THE'EAR -TO -PEAK VOLTAGE AND A HORIZONTAL OR A VERTICAL NOTATIONREPRESENTING VERTICAL IGO CYCLES) OR HORIZONTAL (15,750 CYCLES)SCOPE FREO THE WAVE FORM ANO PEAK -TO -PEAK VOLTAGE READINGSMAT VANS SOMEWHAT DEPENDING ON THE STRENGTH OF THE SIGNAL, THEPICTURE INFORMATION BEING TRANSMITTED AND THE ADJUSTMENT OF THEVARIOUS CCEITROLS WHEN CHEOGNG WAVE FORMS.CONPECT THE GROUNDLEAD FROM THE OSCALOSCCPE 10 THE CHASSIS AND THE HOT LEAD TO THE

BY THE ARROW I SEE WARNING BELOW)BEFORE REPLACING TUBES THE CABINET BACK MAT

-IRST BE REMOVED. REMOVING THE CABINET BACK DISENGAGES THE SAFETYNTERUXA AND REMOVES THE POWER TO THE RECEIVER DO NOT TAKERWITH CR ATTEMPT TO DEFEAT THE PLMPOSE OF THE SAFETY INTERLOCK, ASSEVERE SHOCK MAY RESULT DO NOT REMOVE TUBES WHILE THE RECEIVER

4AS LOADING OR COMPOST MAUR( MAY RESULT=162 DUE TO LARGE SURFACE AND EXTREME HIGH VACUUM, CARE SHOULD BE USED WHEN HANDLING THE CHASSIS

OUTSIDE THE CARNET DO NOT SUBJECT THE TUBE TO EXCESSIVE PRESSUREOR RCOGR HANDLING AS AN IMPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUSING SERIOUS

R1.904AL

POSIT). .T

WARNINGAT ALL TIMES DURING OPERATION THE CHASSIS IS AT 125 VEG.T5 OC

POTENTIAL ABOVE GROUND AND IT ALSO MAT BE AT THE LINE VOLTAGEPOTENTIAL DEPENDING ON HOW THE LINE CORD PLUG IS INSERTED RITAPOWER RECEPTACLE

EXTREME CAUTION MUST BE OBSERVED WHEN WAXING WITH THECHASSIS OUTSIDE THE CABINET AND WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO THERECEIVER WITH THE CABINET BACK REMOVED SEVERE- SMOCK MAY RESULTFROM CONTACT WITH CHASSIS.

AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER BETWEEN THE LINE CORD PLUG ANDPOWER RECEPTACLE MUST BE USED WHEN SERVICE IS REQUIRED. THIS RE-MOVES AC LINE SHOCK HAZARDS OAMAGE TO THE RECEIVER AND TESTEOU,PEMENT MAY RESULT WITHOUT THE USE OF AN ISOLATION TRANS-FORMER

PLOTLIGHT

0.16654V -I3

GAVG

V -H1

2506v12

6 Ala

GCBV-4

S

v-5SCSIV -SBUS

5'07V-8

6C64

noA

uHF 00A1 K SIZEHT SOCKET CORTREK

V -II

'AUG

V-865E6

v-17BALD

V92505

v -ISI2AU7

V -I915806

v-206AX4V-21183

v-7GCBS

V-16AF4

H.

O N -OFF NCHOLD BRIGHT VOLUME PICTURE STASY BIL V HOLD

131


Raytheon Chassis 24T2

fuw6VATORflRE MIXER OSC

CAVITY CAVITY V0-1 CAVITY

C100 1N82 6102100 CRYSTAL 56

UHFANTENNATERMINAL

VHF ANTENNATERMINAL

r -

2;82

03001000

0101

MEDD

C301

300 1 82 5300

i1I302CCO

301 IC30

C 4 2 L303

L302

C2

1)

1000

es'

3200

1.

2 05

0

C202

L202

02063

-1

8100470K

UHFJUMPER

II,I

- T100

L101

FI

P101

IS

LI

0104

oCIO

1

G1026

100

1104

C105 -IC/00

000

01070.4

56

R105

2

U 0

fR 200

R232

5201

03 5

1206

C21

205

208 IC22910

C2095 C213

INPUTAI

120701

4209

1210

T1000C214

0215 4 6D1000

_C216

C232

C2i

V - 3

6U8VHF CONVUHF F AMP

C21968

C22I10002

" R20422K

R20522CH

Olt607 Win

op 0OSC. GR D

DECK POINT

P104 R10622

220 S 1001105

G101880

%8

009000

1106

CRYSTAL 01104 01013 = OFF POWERCHECK POINT 000 71030 PLUG L

T200

R209 _022210) 11000

0R2

500

1 VHF OSC 1

40.C218

RE1_ TEST7 FONT

2200

10o z

627,5 C, 6

22 IP,

1213

C2271000

204T cii

c

e

hi1000

L215

TM'5203I

1214

0231

1,000

O67

11_4

6C86( IA IF

AGNMEN250

12

0_ IDEUT.V TPOTT_

1-300112

5C3,31 1

1307

L309

6

IFALIGNMENT

INPUT"Er

0307moo -re000000

314

V- s

6CB6I2ndIFI

IRA

831197K

R3I2R3+100

8,33,10 1000T1661. C320..

IF50004 =

68

9701

L

C3I4 C3155 T 7

R30682 0316 317

66°T5C°°T

UHF POWERSOCKET

It

C310-.. C311

5000M 50001 L3

L31

F POWEFPLUG

C319

16907

13 6AU6[AUDIO IF AMPI

T400

40V0416

2.o

0415

2

6AL5=

E=1

6AV6 Fit; T:IMFIAUDIO AMP I

02 1 R424. 0414 47R4I9 zo- 25

V C4I8 22113 .11:

L404

C409

8200R4

R418

-2W

5C°'423 I5000T 120 8 i 221 - -

7 'T- .F. -1.q0VC9i -3

/7-1#417 C408 5GGO100K T 47

2

5400A

= -4- 1N P U II's', i -PH \ R421

C410 R920 CO:I'. 42IMF 470% 022MET,

ON -OFF SWITCH 7 7ON VOLUME CONTROL 1905 L406

_7F.LtOW _105.5_

1+124 C240galt150V 15001-

.-- -75. r

3.151 3SAFETY

INTER -LOCK

YELLOW_j

I SELENIUM

63VRECTIFIERS

L_AC E j R956

0AC INPUT 1 A 11

1

RESISTORTYPE FUSE

115 VOLTS FILAMENT VOLTAGE60 CYCLES SOURCE -P-- R457

0_ 0tO on.0 0

' 5 V AC +3200

Oov..,9

40V

0

-5Y3V RE

63V AC

132

gt00

C41941107511

R1142

NOLUMEI

7

00

oOrb" 0

R426 FC92F 10

01 M

A

3009&)26'IRVC

.-.,SOURCE

+125V

19954008

I` oTVC440- i50 MEPH

15ONF71.50y ,Lo,

15005 L407 L408

25V

5

1111 1111364 36o.C401EL0 6401(,_.3OMFT 601.17-300 V 3COV

124,025GD6

ENTS

659

I5W35 5 4

2

.6.1-2 00SOURCE

0422.0114F

2

R927470K

V- 14

50Rte !AUDIO OUC5TPUTI

340100v T

GIME -C4231

200IL

110 V

8431471(

7V

R450: 64I9812.9 mICAAF

" 6 V

150 VSOURCE

C4422214F

2200IOW

7;1-m

PMSPEAKER

47 PILOTLIGHT

3VR400 840247K IOU

vR4015:2 2M

49 V-86BE6

SNYG CLIPPE-R0 i 0

R4.3nV

iSK

0

0 0

5100

kW

10041006

Sv

R406156

+2204

.5.

22K

5

6AU6GC AM

0+

1500

200v

C900

476

47KR939 C427_0424

'NF

SR4375606

Uono00.0A

A X+220V

'e"

BOOST

6AV6(SYNC AMP

4.4C428.47MF

1 MF'R436

i, R43.31.18

C426 3

450V -+220

V

ol

1/1".-221(

C44322 - v-206AL5

AFC DISCR

1P459

400IOW

J

0 0

0

84631506

C444 #4682121t:IPA

1409IH HOLD1

OM AF

101

R461

I 1

4809

30'0v 51 II

R4606445 150K P-21680 12AU7

1114g, 0

462M

ov

O .. .a.. 0 0

R46956001W

1600

'4158

464 R4650721970K 681( MF

14,8 71-4671.00

04947 8466220 IN

2

0Io

R471H HOLD]

50K

94733j

R970220

y" A

1380

0-

6

220V

4$t13..)

rF R500 C50

-- 5600 27C

P*4= 3

C5075000

PSII 5C

C 02OAF

IGHT PLUG

319

230


Raytheon Manufacturing Co.Circuit Diagram Chassis 24T2

C32215

0324p000

IFECTOR OUTPUT

V-6

36

R31647

V-9

6AH6V

L321

L322 500C3370III s-o-Hlt-i_

2OL400 C40

41 M IMFR409 R4I0

V- 7 VC -2

L32 3

327 831827 22K

L3238R317 <,

471u: I

R3191000

C3295000

1304

R323

5600 L3284104A

L325 22KR321

;hcars V 1W

CST1

-V 220v >11-1 .8V11- EI DEFLECTION

-I- j_C402 tR4I2 R4i4YOKE

I20/ov I R44,ET,.. ca,k560047K -I- 006 OV- ma y

-- 2w R413 2i0V-F1407 IRRIGHTNER

[PICTURE] L403 5006 C40675° 1-2200 --0405 547MF

413 p1 TO47MF

10A 380VL401

ION TRAPMAGNET

0-17

6 6BF672E I V OSC

V HOLD]3M -

-4-17"25CD6

IM Fixst

36C504 A

068V-23

12.AX4ID AUK RI

.-13415COK

2,3 V

-

CENTERINGMAGNET

34

43 1 NF047 OUTPU

8415 84163300 1800

4604 BLUE T403V-18

,htF

R44O;nip,

IV SIZEI 72750K

R44822M

C43620 MF- 4504

VERTICAL YOKELOW

REEDSOCKET PLUG

R4 BOOST

R449 C401SOURCE 4804

330K 60W -it 845250V j_ 1000

BOOSTSOURCE 4804

1900

V-24

I B3Ill V RECTI

SIZE I

40V

15,276

HORIZONTAL YOKEPLUG

CAPACITORS /CAPACITOR VALLES ARE REPRESENTED IN MICRO -MICROFPRAD (mMF) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED .MF. DENOTES MICRO.FARAD

)RESISTORS WATTAGE IS REPRESENTED IN I/2 WATT UN-LESS OTHERWISEOTHERWISE INDICATED 3C. DENOTES X WOO 8 'le DENOTES KI,000.000WITCIrn ]ALL SWITCHES ARE SHOWN IN THE POSITION FOR UHF

OPERATICIZTHE VOLTAGE READINGS INDICATED AT THE VARIOUS TUBE

SOOTET PINS WERE MEASURED WITH A 20000 AIM PER VOLT VOLTMETER,NORMAL OPERATION, NO SIGNAL INPUT AND LINE VOLTAGE AT 115V AC WHEREOCNTRCL SETTINGS AFFECT VOLTAGE READINGS THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUMARE INMATE°WARN9IG PLJH1GH VOLTAGE ON ATE CAPS Of THE 183 HIGH VOLTAGERECTIFIER AND 25C06 HORIZONTAL PULSE AmP,TFIER DO NOT MEASURE THIS

rgIsATAGSDC RESISTANCE ITHE DC RESISTANCEHy ADING INDICATED NEAR THETRANSFORMERS AND COILS HAVE BEEN TAKEN WITH AN OHMMETER DIRECT LYACROSS THE COIL BEING MEASURED COILS SHOWN WITHOUT A RESISTANCEREADING HAVE ADC RESISTANCE OF LESS THAN ONE OHM A TOLERANCEOF T OR -5 N. IS PE RMISSIBL E

I RFPLACiliG_TUBE-1 BE FORE REP ACING TUBES THE CABINET BACK mustFIRST BE REMOVED REMOVING THE CABINET GAGA DISENGAGES THE SAFETYINTERLOCK AND REMOVES THE POWER TO THE RECEIVER DO NOT TAMPERWITH OR ATTEMPT TO DEFEAT THE PURPOSE OF THE SAFETY INTERLCCK, ASSEVERE SHOCK MAY RESULT DO NOT REMOVE TUBES WHILE THE RECEIVERIS IN OPERATION AS OVERLOADING OR COMPONET FAILURE MAY RESULT

I PTCTURF TURF HAPOLfaCd DUE TO LARGE SURFACE AND EXTREME 4101 vaCmtmtOF THE PICTURE TuBE, CARE SHOULD BE USED WHEN HANDLING THE CHASSISOUTSIDE THE CABINET DO NOT SUBJECT THE TUBE TO EXCESSIVE PRESSOROR ROUGH HANDLING AS AN IMPLUSION KAY RESULT CAUSING SERIOUSPERSONAL INJURY

WARNINGAT ALL TIMES DURING OPERATION THE CHASSIS IS AT 125 VOLTS DC

POTENTIAL ABOVE GROUND AND IT ALSO MAY BE AT THE LINE VOLTAGEPOTENTIAL DEPENDING ON HOW THE LINE CORD PLUG IS INSERTED IN THEPOWER RECEPTACLE

EXTREME CAUTION MUST BE OBSERVED WHEN WORKING WITH THECHASSIS OUTSIDE THE CABINET AND WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO THERECEIVER WITH THE CABINET HACK REMOVED SEVERE SROGN MAY RESULTFROM CONTACT WITH CHASSIS

AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER BETWEEN THE LINE CORD PLUG ANDPOWER RECEPTACLE MUST BE USED WHEN SERVICE IS REQUIRED THIS RE-MOVES ALL SHOCK HAZARDS AND IS THE ONLY SAFEGUARD DAMAGE TOTHE RECEIVER ANC TEST EGUIPENENT MAY RESULT WITHOUT THE USE CSAN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

SODS `

V-136AVG

V-96C86

V 56CB6

V-19/5Y3

V-3/RUB

V2/6:-Z67/

6CB6

0-12GALS 6AU6

CONTROL

V -I560U6

V I 4 V 'O V ',and V 23 I NANANIS In VRIES

V -H

!GREG

vAl6

V-96AH6V

_ v 2112 AU7

V-206AL5

V-2225CD6

V-24I B3

NVX34

6vGB76

6A F4

V SIZE TUNING V SIZE

0/ 0 0

PH. TV

I{ HOLD TONE

0 0

ON OFFVOWME

PICTURE

0

BRIGHT

V HOLD

YOKE WING NUT

DEFLECTION YOKE

ADJUSTING SCREW

ION TRAP MAGNET

ANTI PIN CUSHIONMAGNETS

CENTERING MAGNET 133


LOW BAND RF ALIGNMENT (Turn Tuner to Channel 6)

1

V -VideoS -Sound

StepNo.

SignalGeneratorFreq. (mc.)


SignalInputPoint

OutputPoint


I V - 83.25S - 87.75 Channel 6

VHF AntennaTerminals

RF TestPoint

Adjust for max. gain andFlat Response C208 & C213

2V - 83.25S - 87.75 Channel 6

Channel 6Note: 1



RF TestPoint

Adjust for max. gainbetween markers C204

3

4

V - 83.25

V - 83.25S - 87.75

IF DetectorOutput

Adjust osc. trimmer untilmarker is 50% down on

video side of curve.C230

-T--

J t:"-

Channel 6VHF Antenna

TerminalsRF Test

PointRe -adjust for max. gain

and flat response C208 & C213

5 V - 55.25Channel 2

Note: 2VHF Antenna

TerminalsIF Detector

OutputAdjust osc. core until

marker is 50% down onvideo side of curve.

L-213(Repeat step 3)

_..

6 42.045.5

40Note: 3

AntennaInput

IF DetectorOutput

Check over allIF response

C-204

TA_

7

V - 77.25S - 81.75V - 67.25S - 71.75

V - 61.25S - 65.75V - 55.25S - 59.75

Channel 5

Channel 4

Channel 3

Channel 2


IF DetectorOutput

Adjust tuner untilresponse curve appears.

Check PointOnly

HIGH BAND RF ALIGNMENT (Turn to Channel 13)

.' V - 211.25S - 215.75

Channel 13 VHF AntennaTerminals

RF TestPoint

Adjust for maximum gainand flat response

C-211 & C-217

ZV - 211.25S - 215.75 Channel 13


RF TestPoint

Adjust for maximum gainbetween markers C-205

3 V . 211.25Channel 13

Note 1VHF Antenna


Output

Adjust osc. trimmer untilmarker is 50% down on

video side of curveC-231

50%_t__

A

`-V. 211.25VS - 215.75 Channel 13


RF TestPoint

Re -adjust for maximumgain and flat response C-211 & C-217

5 V V. 175.25Channel 7

Note 4VHF Antenna


Output

Adjust osc. core untilmarker is 50% down on

video side of curve

L-214(Repeat Step 3)

T -_51--

110%

response

p2A

V - 205.25S 209.75V - 199.25S - 203.75V - 193.255.197.75V -197.25S - 191.75V - 181.25S - 185.75

V - 175.25s _ 179.75

Channel 12

Channel 11

Channel 10

Channel 9

Channel 8

Channel 7


IF DetectorOutput

Adjust tuner untilcurve appears

on scope

(See page 129 for

Checkpointonly

reference

1

figures)


SENTINEL RADIO CORPORATION

MODELS 500, 510, 511, 512, 513, and 515.Models 532, 542. 552, 554, 562, 564, are similar to these sets in most respects.

VIDEO AMP,

STEP -3 SmC TRAPT-6

6SN7GTNORrZ

05C

3RD VIDEO I F 1ST VIDEO 1 r2.D VIDEO r

STEPS 300 410E0 IF7. 3.0MC

T.

STEP -7 2ND VIDEO 1 FT-3 45.4 MC

S'TEPI- SOUNDTARE OF COIL

T

4 5 NC SOUNDIr

6SN> GTAUDIO P

NONIZ AFCOMTROL

STEP 2 TH1111 47,000 0411RESISTOR, CONNECT vOLTMETERTO JUNCTION Or c. R-30

FOR R F ALIGNMENT ADJUSTC -S, 0-7, ARO C-12SEE STEPS 11 AND 0.

FOR R F ALIGNMENT SEE STEPSit OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTION

ADJUST 0-111 TO ELIMINATE 40 AICLOCAL INTERFERENCE NOT USED

IN MODELS WITH UHF TUNERS.

HSTEP .0 PART OF 1ST VIDEO HSTEP N PART OF 1ST 410E0 I

I F T-2 43.7S NC T-0 44.4 MC

RATIO DET

ST P 2 SECONDARY OF-RATIO DETECTOR T.0

45 MC

STEP, TN.° IO CONNECTOOLTMETER TO JUNCTION OFR.37 ANO L.T. NOTE 3CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE TOJUNCTION OF ROT ANT L -T.

STEPS THRU 12CONNECT3 DOLTS BUS TO JUNCTIONOF R.37 C -NI POSITIVESOX Of TTENT ToGROUNO.

L.I3

STEP 3 CONNECT SIGNAL CENCNATOR-,INITy .0CP WO CORD TO CATNOOE

OF PICTURE TUNE. IELLOIN LEA01

r-

rS1,CTI 0,,14.11.10,10 DETECTORT MC

T.0

STEP ,R P PANT Or2. 4.0.E0 1.1. T.3AT SS MC

7-13

STEP I 3 TINIV A T,000 ONSIRESISTOR, CONNECT VOLTMETERACROSS C.23.

/Th

FIG. 4

0

FIG. 5

41.25 MC

42.25 MC7.5 DB OR 80%

DOWN

STEPS I 2 CONNECT SIGNAL A tttttt OATNitu 001 MED. COMO TO JUNCTION OF

/ ANO LI3.

6BQ7A OR 6BZ7

r!!'T-ITRLP71

Circuit diagramand alignment onthe next 3 pages.

R F AMP

---

47.25 MC

45.75 MC

5D8 OR 45%DOWN

OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE

FIG. 2

PICTURE SOUND

P F OSC STRIP 1000 WOr I

14 I ---Y. 0 r ENC2E MITER 1.r. 120 NSW

.,

...I. 6I 1 6J6

:.i

i

I050 -MISER

2

T.. C-2

Ls c'I.

At WOE.c- oT-

3

§SQ

FIG. 3

.1100 Nor C -20A I

-1600 AIME C-202 1

3800 1,1 0-200 1T

90%

c

-335


a)

cda.to00

r-4

a)

zO

UGr

U

O

O

6CB6is, VIDEO

6CB62.0 VIDEO Ir

6CL6VIDEO AMP.

6CB63.. VIDEO IF

5mmX

E 6

VIDEO If TRANS. T-5

INFO

14

!Id 5.tiL.

SEE NOTE

R F CHOKE

LITE CORTE

0a+ 4b.0

3..-0 - 4.

0 SU)

a)s.4

O

O

a)

OU

En

O

v -I

U)

a'

0

136

PHASE SPUTTER

SENTINEL RADIO CORP

Circuit Diagram forModels 500, 510, 511,512, 513, and 515.

R-82 \Mow850,000.,vERT. HOLD

STOP AT 3508

.005 MF

5v\\ 950

12BH7VERT. OSC

OUTPUT

9

0-.3 T50"..VERT, LIM.

IR-195 MFG.,-

VERT. SIZE

6BQ6GTHORIZ OUTPUT

6W4GTHOR1Z DAMPER

T. ,

50 Yi 10 MF,

FILTIIPC82

IMOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

o

6AU65MC SOUND I.F

3

ifs

8T°

SO

O

2

6AL5RATIO OET

RATIO DE T COILT-8 + -23

10 Mr

70.w.

5;

66N7GTAUDIO AMP

3

10 Iur

IC-26

332100n. °°5 Nil/ MEG,.N 30 c-tounic CON T. Ir

6111300.n.

6W6GTAUDIO OUTPUT

SEE NOTE 2

O PIA, SPEAKERSP-

5017

R-311

2650

005 MF

100n.MAYA7

000.n. 2 2 NEG.:,

91 90

1B3GTH V RECT

MORI2. OUTPUTTRANS T -ti

22n.wvensNA

Mr 0-66

LOCALITY ADJSWITCH

swI

0

WEAK SICMEDIUM SIGSTRONG SIG

4

8

I00 O0. 2541'

2 0 6

G-72

R-7.

I MFG-,FOCUS CON T.

DEFLECTION TONET-12

I

ENT ONTOU'BANS T -I39,

120,

R ;78

R-7/

5IYF 60 tIF,

C 1113

5U4GRECTIFIER

L

FILTERCHOKE

00000'4

TO ...GT

-

100 1F 0 Mr 0r r n ro!C...

NOTES

s MODELS 500, 510, & 520 130 NOT HAVE MI, IT E CONTROL-MI-LITE CONTROL CIRCUIT ENCLOSED NT DOTTED ONESIS OMITTED.

2 MODELS SOO, 510, 13 520 DO NOT HAVE TONE CONTROL.TONE CONTROL CIRCUIT ENCLOSED I3, DOTTED LINESIS OMITTED AND CONDENSER C-30 IS CHANGED TO A.01 mr 400V.

3. R-43 (not shown) a 22,000 ohmres. added from junction ofC-31 a .005 MFD. cond. andlocality adjuster switch lead totuner AGC.

Alignment informationcontinued on next page.

137


13

SENTINEL RATIO DETECTOR AND SOUND ALIGNMENT

StepNo.

Connect SignalG for to

Sig. Gen.Freq.

Connect Voltmeter to Miscell s Instructions Adjust

I In series with .001 Mfd.Cond. to junction ofC-97 and L -I3 terminal3 of 4th I.F. See fig. 5

4.5 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. acrossC-23 a 10 Mfd. cond. See fig. 5

Maintain reading on 10 volt scalecontrast at maximum.

Remove 3rd video IF tube 6CB6.

T-7 (top) and T-8(bottom) for max.

reading.See fig. 4 & 5

2 In series with .001 Mfd.Cond. to junction ofC-97 and L -I3 terminal3 of 4th I.F. See fig. 5

4.5 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. tojunction of R-30 and C-44.

See fig. 5

Maintain reading on 10 volt scalecontrast at maximum.


T -B (lop) for zeroreading.See fig. 4

3 In series with .001 Mfd.Cond. to cathode ofpicture tube yellow

ad Sea fie 5

4.5 MC. In series with 47,00 ohm res. acrossC-23 a 10 Mfd. cond. See fig. 5

Maintain reading onlow volt scale.


T-6 (top) for mini-mum reading.

See fig. 4

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT

4 Ungrounded convertertube (6J6) shield

44.0 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. tojunction of R-37 and L-7. See fig. 5

Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts biasacross C -5I positive side toground. Locality switch in strong

position. See fig. 5

1-5 (top) formaximum reading.

See fig. 4



Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts biasacross C-51 positive side toground. Locality switch in strong



See fig. 4

6

7

Ungrounded convertertube (6J6) shield


41.25 MC.

45.4 MC.

In series with 47,000 ohm res. tojunction of R-37 and L-7. See fig. 5


position. See fig. 5Repeat Steps 5 & 6

T-4 (bottom) forminimum reading.

See fig. 5

In series with 47,000 ohm res. tojunction of R-37 and L-7. See fig. 5



T-3 (top) formaximum reading.

See fig. 4




position. See fig. 5Repeat Steps 7 & 8

1-3 (bottom) forminimum reading.

See fig. 5

9

10



NOTE: Detune 1-2 by turning slugout as far as possible.



T -I (top) formaximum reading.

See fig. 4


45.75MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. tojunction of R-37 and L-7. See fig. 5




See fig. 4

NOTE I: For minimum buzz always adjust T-8 (top) with the sound carrier of a TV station.NOTE 2: Alternate 4.5 MC. trap alignment: Adjust 1-6 (top) for minimum 4.5 MC. beat on picture with a strong station signal.NOTE 3: For visual check of IF response curve (see fig. 2) connect signal and sweep generator to ungrounded converter tube shield (6J6).

Connect oscilloscope in series with 47,000 ohm resistor to junction of R-37 and L-7.

TUNER R.F. ALIGNMENT

StepNo.

C t MarkerGenerator to

MarkerGen. Freq.

C c t SweepGen. to

SweepGen. Chan.

ConnectOscilloscope to

Miscell s

ConnectionsAdjust

I I Loosely couple to 205.25 MC. 300 ohm an- 12 Lead extending from Tuner on channel 12 C-3, C7 and C-12 forsweep gen. leads, and

209.75 MC.tennis terminals. top of tuner. See fig. 4 3 volt bias to junc-

tion of C-51 localityswitch in strong

position.

max. response havinglinear peaks with pic-ture and sound mark -ere at 90°A, maximumresponse. See fig. 3

12 OBSERVE RESPONSE CURVE FOR ALL CHANNELS USING CORRECT FREQUENCIES AND CHANNELS.A SLIGHT COMPROMISE SHOULD BE MADE WITH C-3, C-7 and C -I2 IF MARKERS ARE BELOW 70%.

NOTE 5: FOR RF OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT, SET FINE TUNING CONTROL IN CENTER POSITION. ADJUST INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL

TRIMMERS FOR BEST PICTURE DETAIL WITH THE PATTERNS OF A TV STATION.

tiE 6: C -I8 (See fig. 4) part of a 40 MC. tuned trap need only be adjusted when local interferences from 40 thru 45 MC. affect thepicture. Adjust C-18 for minimum 40 MC. beat on picture with a station signal. Not used in Models with UHF Tuner.


SPARTON TELEVISIONDIVISION OF

THE SARKS-WITHINGTON COMPANY -JACKSON, MICHIGAN

Chassis 21S173A, used in Models 58112 and 5811421S214, used in Models 31322, 32324, 35342, 35343, 11322A,

11324A, 15312A, and 15314A24U174, used in Models 58112 and 5811424U213, used in Models 20312, 20313, 21322, 2132424U214, used in Models 21322A, 33322, 34324, 36342,

36343, 50312, and 50314.The chassis listed above are practically identical except for minor

circuit differences, different size and type of picture tubes, and the in-corpotation of the Kingston UHF converter. The circuit diagram on thenext two pages (over) is exact for Chassis 24U214.

MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE HINTS

Horizontal Drive Adjustments:

With 125V.A.C. line adjust vertical deflection for 10% over -scan with bestlinearity then adjust horizontal linearity control for best linearity and followwith adjustment of horizontal width control for maximum width. Adjusthorizontal hold control to its maximum counter -clockwise position. De-crease horizontal drive control resistance until the compression near thecenter of the picture disappears. Reset horizontal hold control to its mid -position.

With 117 A.C. line volts, the cathode current of the 6BQ6 must not ex-ceed 110 Ma. with zero beam current.

Horizontal Oscillator Adjustment:

With 117 A.C. line volts and the horizontal hold control set at the mid -pointof its range, adjust L-36 for synchronization with approx. zero volts fromPin 41 of V-17 to ground as measured with a vacuum tube or other high im-pedance voltmeter.

Adjustment of Anti -Pin Cushion Corrector Magnets:

These magnets are mounted on the deflection coil mounting bracket and canbe moved in and out by first loosening the mounting screws. Under certainconditions it may be necessary to form, or bend the flexible arms whichsupport the magnets. The above adjustment is made at the factory and shouldnot require re -adjustment unless the original position of the magnets is accidentlydisturbed. Adjustment can be made in the following manner:

1. With the size controls reduce the size of the raster until the sides arevisible.

2. Adjust the corrector magnets for straightest possible raster edges.Restore the picture to normal size.

Misadjustment of the corrector magnets may cause barreling, keystoningand/or poor linearity. 139


TOP VIEW

HOR1Z OUTPU

Olk

eve 21.

11.1.WER SL. LOCW1,01,

BOTTOM VIEW

573G7 5U4G

,4!trt4: 4 01-;1,

CATS

..... R3.

3.1

65N700

POWER RAYS

650600

8SNI7. PALS

O

6V6GT

646G1

VOLTAGE TEST SPECIFICATIONS:1. All Voltages & Current measured with VHF - UHF Switch in S(:S position.2. Channel Switch Position - Channel 2-3. Line Voltage - 117 Volts A.C. No signal input applied to set.4. Brightness & Contrast Control Position - Muimum Clockwise.5. Horizontal & Vertical Hold Control Positions - Set correct position to lock In6. Width Control Position - Set for normal slae.7. Vertical Size & Linearity Control Position - Set for normal size beet linearity.6. Focus Control Position - Properly focused.S. Volume Control & Tone Control Position - Maximum Counter -Clockwise.10. Instrument (Meter) Used - (VTVM) Vacuum Tube Volt Meter.

. Unless otherwise designated all voltages measured in respect to Chassis Ground.

140

SPARTON TELEVISION SCHEMAT IC DIAGRAMCHASSIS TYPE 24U214- MODELS 2I322A , 33322 , 34324 , 36342 , 36343,

50312 1 50314

CCIAITIOL

Ra100KAAM

VI61397R.F. AMP

OSCILLATORLIME

5Y361

INTERLOCK

117 V.00 44

f?1 tiug;(314( TO CI

TO

wTO PRO

PLACIS TO MLATLRS

V26J 6J 6

OSC &MIXER

V24

V.H.F. TUNER

L-10

L -II210 1111C

fiche

U. H. F. CONV.

L -I30

8221

220 2205e Ch)

41200.

11

II

C136

V61°K- IC IAla e

aVAAAr I %.

piLo r wwL1GMT

-0 0

POWER SUPPLY

r, ri 1 F Ekt-tutiv=":1;:: elL iu6E6. __i I I

II I L __LII I

v.I I 4 4 I 43 PA

I I I I4

I I I

I

TObvI I

SaoI

I I

I

I

II

I

NomTO. points indicated by the letters A,B,C,D,E,F, 6 G are Ihe alignmenttest points referred to In the alignment procedure.(Al Pb. 5 of Vi (13115) osc. L Mixer Tube.

Apply signals tare for spot I.F. Alignment or I.F. Sweep(1) Apply eiMus 3 volts thrcugh 11011 Ohms to test terminal, located Stamen

the tubes on top of R.F. Tuner. Glee Suggested .put adapter./(C) Diode Load Resistor

Road D.C. output More for mica I.F. AlignmentCanned Prone Pen for visual I.F. Alignment.

ID) Cathode of Picture tubeRead A.C. output here for °vet, it mensal.,Read 4.5 Mc o.put here for overall oe.itivity.

(El Ratio Detector OutputRead D.C. here for alignment of sound tame -off Ira, Meer-A.13e sound.

IF) Ratio Detector Balanced outputRead D.C. here for a iignernent of egeondary of ratio del. trans.

(GI A.G.C. lineApply 4.5 volts bias here for visual check of I.F. or 0.9.11 ebb willoscope.


1

J LV3

6CB6Ru 1ST IFAMP

R14391, RIe

R154 C2411( 5. 55

VIDEO I.F.

V96AU6

4 5 MC SOUND I FL25

SOUND I.F.

4.51.1CT-1- -

R52C52 160

V4 VS6CB6 6CB6

2ND. I.F.AMP 3RD. I.F. AMP

%29

-_-_ .__ ==:;?,-1 l'gr, hi,4000. C73

Rea

2701k

VI3 R71

6AU6SYNC. STRIPPER II -1(c

4--- 120v5

D.C.RESTORER 150

P1)32 254,

VERT. DEFL. SYSTEM

V166ALS

HORIZ. PHASE DET.

14/CA5 IR

C114

'S Zfor1005

tc

79215

4B470TASE!TIER

2W1211

8123-.0NYVv

L -I526014C

100.125V Ov.

VIO6AL5

RATIO DET.

.657 I3300vOLUIME

V66ALS

VIDEO DET.

4840

C S9

VII6AT6

AUDIO AMP.

V126V60T

Go FwR AMP

130v Rv.62

11--vWV11.1--R3/C41 1215

L-i-A 200.139 L-16

R31

VITONTRAST

R4733015

MANI

T-2OUTPUT TRANS.

GREEN

ELI -0

2500

220 v

SPEAXERPC 173000-41 10'PC63000-43 6.

310 VOLTS

V62IEP4A

PICTURE TUBE12 5.0.

2ND UrOOE

0 ORANGE

1005C42

4,1

11001.1

IF-- X!*;

VI4A VIS1200. 65N707 6V60TP -P

RED VERT. OSC.& DISC.,,:0,,,, VERT. OUTPUT vERT ONTRUT mmmmm

400v swE T-3

1 0du . .1. .00v.is EC 0

3e5 17.x15 a 215 4.75 ..---. 175v 7.011 10011R7S RSO Rai C77 yEu_01.4 f GNAT...: el D C Pi

P e Cjgm CD L -30ATcAte, Tuac ,:33. FIELD BLOCKING

05C T14.43. 0 2 291400 450..

Go Of"i., VERT.w YOKE.cool'. cu.,

P3 a3Rfl COIL ..,

611 TR 1004 i ES 560vERT.001.0 OON SCOV. SOV. 41.1 1CP SOS P-0

I= I. 69e.25 5,..'GRI-t14. EN elR

2'531:;

vERT. LIN ;OA

4' 3

VERTSIZE ft 0 5.0171 01.x00 2 R

2 T .y.- - == :.-

500. HORIZ. VI9P -P AIJTOT RANSFORMER I B.3 eT

vie T-5Ull H.V. RECT.

HORIZ. DEFL. SYSTEM

TOP GAP470R90

1750

DO NOT mEASU

va3 4

VT VS V12 V17 v-10 1-I

43CI

12 3 3 4 SrA4 2 7I

I

TATER HOOKUP 013,, I II

I

500' 3100

20 vTO 2ND. ANODE

101

3156---NVVVY.-41 V.

11104400

8101

56vP -P

Ad, Vrnent Csni OkIness.

om In I he, eNseclk,Reel L. -cults

INTERLOCK

HS. HOP 1015

OSC DRIVE

0 # QO 0 0VERT HEIGH- wiDTHLIN.

CHASSIS BACK VIEW

ERTr AL

HORIZONTAL S.N-OPF-

CHASSIS FRONT VIEW

T

AS

( TINE TUNING

CHANNELINDICATOR 141

1.11

1: V

HF

R.F

. AN

D M

IXE

R A

LIG

NM

EN

T

4la

1.Se

t sta

tion

sele

ctor

to C

hann

el 1

2.

rol

2. C

onne

ct o

scill

osco

pe th

roug

h 10

,000

ohm

s to

test

poi

nt T

(W

ire

loop

on

top

of tu

ner.

)

3.Fo

r ne

gativ

e bi

as c

onne

ct -

3 vo

lts D

C to

A.G

.C. l

ead

(whi

te c

over

ed w

ire)

fro

m tu

ner.

4. F

eed

swee

p ge

nera

tor

into

ant

enna

term

inal

s, s

wee

ping

Cha

nnel

12.

5. A

djus

t C3,

C6

and

C13

(up

righ

t scr

ews

on to

p of

tune

r) f

or f

lat t

op r

espo

nse

curv

e an

d

max

imum

gai

n. C

heck

mar

kers

on

all c

hann

els.

SPA

RT

ON

Alig

nmen

t Inf

orm

atio

n, c

ontin

ued.

VH

F O

SCIL

LA

TO

R A

LIG

NM

EN

T

1.T

urn

on s

et a

nd s

elec

t cha

nnel

to b

e vi

ewed

.

2. C

ente

r fi

ne tu

ning

con

trol

.

3.Pl

ace

a no

n in

duct

ive

scre

wdr

iver

thro

ugh

open

ing,

and

adj

ust o

scill

ator

coi

l for

bes

t

pict

ure

and

soun

d.

4. R

epea

t thi

s ad

just

men

t for

eac

h ch

anne

l tha

t can

be

view

ed in

the

area

.

X 0 02 li. 0 11 til Z

VIS

UA

L A

LIG

NM

EN

T C

HE

CK

USI

NG

SW

EE

P G

EN

ER

AT

OR

,M

AR

KE

R G

EN

ER

AT

OR

, AN

D O

SCIL

LO

SCO

PE.

A.

Adj

ust a

ll co

ntro

ls to

nor

mal

ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n. C

onne

ct th

e sw

eep

gene

rato

r to

the

grid

of V

2 (p

oint

A.)

Con

nect

a 4

.5 v

olt b

ias

batte

ry b

etw

een

poin

t G a

nd g

roun

d. (

Posi

tive

term

inal

of

batte

ry to

cha

ssis

gro

und.

)

B.

Con

nect

the

osci

llosc

ope

acro

ss R

32 (

poin

t C)

by m

eans

of

the

shie

lded

cab

le a

nd f

ilter

syst

em s

how

n be

low

.

I MG

M tll LM

',

00

el

AL

IGN

ME

NT

PR

OC

ED

UR

E U

NM

OD

UL

AT

ED

(C

W)

GE

NE

RA

TO

R M

ET

HO

DSt

ep O

ne:

SOU

ND

TR

AP

AL

IGN

ME

NT

A.

Adj

ust a

ll co

ntro

ls to

nor

mal

ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n. C

onne

ct th

e R

.F. S

igna

l Gen

erat

or to

the

grid

of

V-2

(Po

int A

.)I.

F. in

put a

dapt

er, a

s sh

own

belo

w,

R. F

. Gen

erat

or50

/Coa

x..,

500

UM

FT

oof

V2

0

Out

put

--

- -

- -

- -

It--

---.

.gr

idPo

int (

A)

50.n

.n

To

chas

sis

grou

nd

Oscilloscope

47K

r-

To Font (C)

Igh

..3

.7==7

3 vo

lt bi

as-

batte

ry

220

_J -

r_

Ii

Shielded Cable

II 1

50 uuf.

To

grou

nd

tri el L

ill

ligVert.

K

B.

Con

nect

VT

VM

acr

oss

R92

(Po

int C

.) U

se lo

w v

olts

D. C

. Sca

le.

C.

Con

nect

a 4

.5 v

olt b

ias

batte

ry b

etw

een

Poin

t G a

nd g

roun

d. (

Posi

tive

term

inal

of

batte

ryto

cha

ssis

gro

und.

)D

.Se

t R.F

. Tun

er to

cha

nnel

whi

ch g

ives

min

imum

indi

catio

n on

vol

tmet

er.

E.

Adj

ust L

12 f

or m

inim

um in

dica

tion

on v

oltm

eter

at t

he s

peci

fied

fre

quen

cy

L12

=21

.75

mc

Step

Tw

o: P

DC

IF

AL

IGN

ME

NT

Adj

ust L

11, L

19, L

14, L

15, f

or m

axim

um in

dica

tion

on v

oltm

eter

at t

he s

peci

fied

freq

uenc

y:

L11

22.5

mc

L19

25.0

mc

L14

23.8

mc

L15

28.0

mc

Step

Thr

ee: S

OU

ND

IF

AL

IGN

ME

NT

A.

Con

nect

the

R.F

. Sig

nal G

ener

ator

to P

oint

C.

B.

Inje

ct th

e 4.

5 m

c si

gnal

. (Fr

eque

ncy

accu

racy

impo

rtan

t.)C

.C

onne

ct V

TV

M f

rom

Poi

nt E

to g

roun

d. U

se -

10

volt

DC

Sca

le.

D.

Adj

ust L

25 a

nd T

1 pr

imar

y fo

r m

axim

um in

dica

tion

on v

oltm

eter

.E

.C

onne

ct V

TV

M f

rom

Poi

nt F

to g

roun

d. U

se lo

wes

t D. C

. Sca

le. A

djus

t sec

onda

ry o

f T

1fo

r ze

ro o

utpu

t, as

indi

cate

d by

vol

tmet

er. N

ote!

It is

pos

sibl

e to

pro

duce

a p

ositi

ve o

rne

gativ

e vo

ltage

indi

cate

d by

var

ying

this

adj

ustm

ent.

The

poi

nt w

here

the

volta

ge s

win

gsfr

om p

ositi

ve to

neg

ativ

e is

zer

o ou

tput

and

indi

cate

s co

rrec

t alig

nmen

t.( I

f R

atio

Det

ecto

r is

seri

ousl

y m

isal

igne

d re

peat

alig

nmen

t of

prim

ary

and

seco

ndar

y un

til n

o im

prov

emen

tca

n be

mad

e.)

F.C

onne

ct V

TV

M w

ith d

etec

tor

prob

e fr

om P

oint

D to

gro

und.

Use

low

est D

C S

cale

.G

.A

djus

t L19

for

min

imum

indi

catio

n on

vol

tmet

er.

i,Pi fIl

11

C.

Adj

ust t

he R

. F. s

wee

p ge

nera

tor

so th

at it

sw

eeps

D.

Adj

ust t

he o

scill

osco

pe s

o th

at th

e I.

F. r

espo

nse

whe

re r

otat

ion

of F

ine

Tun

ing

does

not

cha

nge

E.

Inje

ct p

rope

r m

arke

r si

gnal

s as

rec

omm

ende

d

gene

rato

r us

ed.

F.O

bser

ve th

e ba

nd w

idth

, rel

ativ

e po

sitio

n of

the

over

all

I.F.

resp

onse

cur

ve.

If n

eces

sary

, slig

htly

I.F.

coi

ls L

11, L

13, L

14, L

15, u

ntil

the

pict

ure

.T

he s

olid

cur

ve d

epic

ts th

e id

eal I

.F. r

espo

nse

perm

issa

ble

vari

atio

ns.

24 Mc.

from

app

roxi

mat

ely

20 to

30

mc.

is v

isib

le.

(Set

tune

r to

cha

nnel

obse

rved

res

pons

e.)

by m

anuf

actu

rer

of R

.F. s

wee

p

pict

ure

carr

ier,

and

fla

tnes

s of

the

vary

the

tuni

ng o

f th

e pi

ctur

e

I.F.

res

pons

e sh

own

is o

btai

ned.

whi

le th

e do

tted

curv

es s

how

25.5 Mc.

4:0 z el el

tdA

.

lig imi

CI PI X CI

ilm8 X o

vi 0

23.25 Mc.

26.25 Mc.

DP

84 11 0 X


STEWART-WARDERTELEVISION RECEIVER MODELS

21T -9300A, 21T-9300AA, 21T -9300B, 21T -9300D,

21C -9300E, 21C -9300F, 21C-930OG, 21T -9300H,

21T-9300HA, 21C -9300K, 21C-9300KB, 21C-9300L,

21C-9300LB, 21C. -9300M, 21C-9300MB, 21C-930OP,

21T -9300R, 21T-9300RB, 21T -9300S & 21T-9300T.Series 9300 service material applicable to the above listed models is presentedon pages 143 to 152 inclusive. The main circuit diagram is on pages 144-145.Models 24C-9360, 24C-9370, 27C-9310, 27C-9350, use very similar circuits.

400

COLUE-W.17(

RBLACK -WOW(

BRED-WHaf

WIWE

AORE(M-W.M

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS SHOWINGCONNECTIONS TO RF TUNER UNIT

air

6607m 6607A m 6817 ^--TFMW

VII

DIAGRAM FOR 521068 RF TUNER

L KJ H GF EDCBA521068 R.F. TUNER UNIT

(SHOWN WITH SIDE SHIELD REMOVED)vm

616

MIRES - OSC

424 427

1.04. at."7"'?04

143


STEWART-WARNER 21C-9300 E, F, G, K, KB, L, LB, M, MB & PMODELS 21T-9300 A, AA, B, D, H, HA, R, RB, S & T

1st & 2nd 3rdI.F. Coil I.F. Coil520977 520979 Oa, H

DENriPij'ATiON WENT 'YELLOW

AT ON '-`"98FWJ,C,

OSCILLOGRAMS

All oscillograms taken with groundlead of 'Scope connected to receiverchassis and controls set for normalreception. Power Booster control ad-justed to give 50 volts peak to peakat cathode of picture tube. Oscillo-scope vertical amplifier response wasflat to within 20% at 2 MC.

Number appearing to the left of oscil-logram specifies setting of horizontalsweep frequency control on 'Scope.

330

01

6C86ist I F AM"

JO

A

00 1?!,

rI6C86

*vitt AMP

33

"IS

OV

o

6C86As I.F.ALP.

ml, 2

0

17

5U46

..e.

33646 86

444 v 31

os

A 6

68E6 VIAGATED SYNC '/2126'/2126011 2,,SEPARATOR SYNC. AMP

1°3

3

11

:41

u

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTSAll voltages measured with a 20,000 Ohm per volt meterwith the receiver connected to a 117 volt 60 cycle powersupply.Tuner set to an inactive channel with antenna terminalsshorted and connected to ground.Controls set for normal reception - Power Booster controlcompletely counterclockwise.Voltages marked with an asterisk (*) will vary widely withcontrol settings.

PRODUCTION CHANGES - ContinuedLETTERDESIGNATION

144

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE

The following changes were incorporated to improve the video response.1. Change peaking coil 51 in plate circuit of tube V4 (Video Amp.) from

part 520984 to 520689.2. Change resistor 52 in parallel with peaking coil 51 from 15,000 Ohms

to 12,000 Ohms.3. Change peaking coil 53 in plate circuit of tube V4 (Video Amp.) from

part 520986 to part 509342.4. Change resistor 54 in plate circuit of tube V4 (Video Amp.) from 3900

Ohms to 2200 Ohms.5. Change resistor 55 in plate circuit of tube V4 (Video Amp.) from 1500

Ohms to 1800 Ohms.

1/13

6686SOUND I F AMP

LIMITER.

3

1_ _

l's

VII A

1/2618'SOUND DISCRIMINATOR

SOUND AMP

133 v

9 5,

--I P"1G n4 111..P

so 52'.L;

VII

'/,618

G C CLAMP

54


1

5=

NJ'

Vi6SNIGT

NOW A I C

Stewart -Warner Series 21C9300 and 21T9300 Receivers

12617.VITRO AV/P

AllY26900

HDRI/BLOCAING 26OSCILLATOR

VIS

6A05

SUING OUTPUT

Is,

95

6AWAm-kcc

RR

Is 2

110

6606 CT

HORIZONTAL

SCANNING OUTPUT

. VG.

HOLD.ToIRS

!fr.'189*

CLTRIa

12.6.

69

15000 16(55

2164NPICTURE TUN

-11;;

VAT umuMGT HOPI/IONIC w.oTH

NEGINRWM DAMPINGWWIER

V /9

1/212807'WART BLOCKING

OSCILLATOR

RIG

6AH4G7VERTICAL

SCANNING OUTPUT

iiIOU00044g

flA'KAL 004 44(5.0..

s

145


Stewart -Warner Television ReceiversSeries 21C9300 and 21T9300, continued

PRODUCTION CHANGESThe following tabulation furnishes complete details on changes which occurred duringproduction. The receivers incorporating these changes ore identified by coding stampedsurface of chassis. The coding consists of one or more letters following the word SESERIES B, SERIES AC, etc., and corresponds to similarly lettered changes shown below.incorporate only that change indicated by letter designation; i.e., chassis stamped "SEdoes not include changes "A" or "C" or "13".

The circuit shown on this page appliesto "SERIES ABCDEFGHJKLMPORST" chassis.

A letter following the component circuit diagram number thus -201 0, indicates that thisparticular item was affected by a circuit change. The letter corresponds to the series code letterlisted in the production change column, from which complete change information can beobtained.

LETTERDESIGNATION


UNCODED INITIAL PRODUCTIONThe following change was incorporated to maintain a better balance offilament voltage on the tubes connected across the 12.6 volt transformerfilament winding in the event of tube failure or removal from the socket.1. The center tap of the 12.6 filament winding on power transformer 76

is connected to ground through the common red and yellow lead. Trans-formers not having this modification have a red identification dot onthe bottom side.

The following changes were incorporated to improve focus at high bright-ness levels.1. Change resistor 63, connected from one end of the Brightness control

from 15,000 Ohms to 22,000 Ohms.2. Disconnect pin 6 of picture tube, V17, from the 270 volt supply and

connect to chassis ground.3. Disconnect phono terminal of switch 66A from the 320 volt supply and

connect to the 120 volt supply.

"C" The following changes were incorporated to increase horizontal sync. stabilityon strong signal levels.1. Change connection of condenser 107 (100 Mmfd.) in grid circuit of V8A

(Horiz. A.F.C.) from junction of resistors 105 and 106 to the plate(pin 6) of V7A (12AT7-Sync. Amplifier).

2. Change resistor 124 in plate circuit of V8A (Horiz. A.F.C.) from 100,000Ohms to 120,000 Ohms.

3. Change resistor 97 in grid circuit of V6 (Gated Sync. Separator) from1.2 Meg. to 820,000 Ohms.tv, The following changes were incorporated to extend range of width control.

1. Change resistor 84 at output of V12 (Rectifier) from 100 Ohms to 50Ohms.

2. Add resistor 138 (47,000 Ohms) in parallel with resistor 139 (12,000Ohms) located in screen circuit of V9 (Horiz. Scanning Output).

O'F''

The following change was incorporated to facilitate production techniques.1. Two interconnecting sockets and plugs were added in the chassis.The following change was incorporated tominimize the possigni774c717777horizontal holding action when changing channels.1. Add condenser 45 (5000 Mmfd.) between resistor 44 (47,000 Ohms) and

pin 1 of tube V6 (Gated Sync. Separator). NOTE When undertakingthis modification be sure that the SERIES "C" is also incorporated.

The following changes were incorporated to minimize hum and buzz in audiosystem.1. Add resistor 92 (1500 Ohms) and resistor 93 (15,000 Ohms) in series

between the 120 volt supply and the 270 volt supply. The junction ofthese two resistors, 92 and 93, provides the 135 volt supply.

2. Relocate condenser 85C (40 Mfd.) from the 270 volt supply to the 135volt supply and add condenser 91 (4 Mfd.) to the 270 volt supply inthe position formerly occupied by condenser 85C.

3. Disconnect pins 2 and 7 of tube V5 (Keyer-A.G.C.) from the 120 voltsupply and connect to the 135 volt supply.

4. Disconnect resistor 97 (820,000 Ohms) in grid circuit of V6 (Gated Sync.Separator) from the 120 volt supply and connect to the 135 volt supply.

5. Disconnect resistor 104 (1 Meg.) in grid circuit of V7A (12AT7-Sync.Amplifier) from the 120 volt supply and connect to the 135 volt supply.

6. Disconnect pin 8, cathode of V7A (12AT7-Sync. Amplifier) from the 120volt supply and connect to the 135 volt supply.

7. Disconnect pin 6, screen, of tube V5 (Keyer-A.G.C.) from the 270 voltsupply and connect to the 285 volt supply.

8. Remove resistor 105 (3300 Ohms) in plate circuit of tube V7A (12AT7-Sync. Amplifier) and change resistor 106 from 3300 Ohms to 6800 Ohms.

The following changes were incorporated to meet an U.L. requirement.1. Add resistor 145 (1 Meg.) in high voltage supply to the picture tube.

This resistor is located in the shield of the 1B3GT socket.The following changes were incorporated to reduce the amount of undesiredvideo signal present in the sync. puke.1. Change resistor 100 in plate circuit of V6 (Gated Sync. Separator) from

330,000 Ohms to 220,000 Ohms.2. Change resistor 102 in plate circuit of V6 (Gated Sync. Separator) from

12,000 Ohms to 6800 Ohms."G. The following change was incorporated to improve the shape of the sync.

pulse.1. Change resistor 102, in plate circuit of V6 (Gated Sync. Separator), to

18,000 Ohms. Chassis that have the letter "F" in the series designationwere produced with a 6800 Ohm resistor. Chassis that do not have theletter "F" in the series designation were produced with a 12,000 Ohmresistor.

,,w, TFe following change was incorporated to minimize horizontal oscillator driftthus improving Horizontal Hold action:1. Change condenser 131 in plate circuit of V8B (Horz. Blocking Osc.) from a

ceramic type, 820 Mmfd. ±10%, 400 volt to a mica type, 820 Mmfd.±5%, 500 volt.

Ili II

146The following changes were incorporated to provide for the use of analternate type tube.1. Change V7A (Sync. Amp.) and V78 (Vert. Blocking Oscillator) from a

type 12107 to a type 12AU7 tube.Change condenser 71 in grid circuit of tube V17 from 5000Mmfd. to 03 Mfd.

receiveron rear

RIES, asChassis

IES BE"

LETTERDESIGNATION


"K" The following changes were incorpo-rated to provide for the use of analternate type tube.1. Change V4 (Video Amp.) from a

type 6CL6 to a type 12BY7 tube.2. The circuit for tube V4-6CL6 (Video

Amp.) is shown at the right:

14

6CL6VIDEO A.

"L" The following change was incorporated to improve focus.1. Disconnect pin 6, focusing grid of V17 (Picture tube), from ground and

connect to 270 volt supply.

The following changes were incorporated to meet on U.L. requirement.1. Remove condensers 73 and 74 (.01 Mfd.) from each leg of the A.C. input.2. Add resistor 201 (150,000 Ohms) to the switch leg of the A.C. input.Chassis having this change do not incorporate o Phono Switch (66-A, B) nor aPhono Input Socket.

"P" The following changes were incorporated to improve the picture quality.1. Change resistor 30 in plate circuit of tube V2 (2nd I.F.) from 15,000

Ohms to 5600 Ohms.2. Alignment frequencies of the I.F. system are as follows:

Converter Plate coil: 23.5 Mc. 2nd I.F. coil: 25.9 Mc.1st I.F. coil: 23.5 Mc. 3rd I.F. coil: 25.9 Mc.

The following changes were incorporated to extend the useful range of theHorizontal Hold control.1. Change Horizontal Range 108-A control in the grid circuit of V8A (Hori-

zontal A.F.C.) from a variable condenser (10-160 Mmfd.) to a fixed con-denser 218 (47 Mmfd.).

2. Change resistor 113 in grid circuit of tube V8A 'Horizontal A.F.C.) from150,000 Ohms to 220,000 Ohms.

3. Change resistor 114 in grid circuit of tube V8A (Horizontal A.F.C.) from330,000 Ohms to 1 Meg.

4. Add resistor 212 (150,000 Ohms) from the junction of condenser 109 (47Mmfd.) and resistor 114 (1 Meg.) to chassis ground.

5. Remove resistor 133 (10,000 Ohms) in grid circuit of tube V9 (HorizontalScanning Output) and replace with condenser 133 (270 Mmfd.).

6. Change resistor 97 in grid circuit of tube V6 (Gated Sync. Separator) from820,000 Ohms to 1.5 Meg.

7. The plate load resistor of tube V7A (Sync. Amp.) differs with variousseries type chassis. Before undertaking the change listed below, checkthe series type chassis and incorporate only the applicable portion.a. On chassis that incorporate a letter "1" in the series designation,

change resistor 106 from 10,000 Ohms to 4700 Ohms and odd resistor105 (4700 Ohms) in series with resistor 106 and plate of tube V7A.Resistor 182 (18,000 Ohms) remains connected to the plate of tubeV7A-12AU7 while condenser 107 (100 Mmfd.) is reconnected to thejunction of resistors 105 and 106.

b. On chassis that incorporate a letter "f" but does not include the letter"1" in the series designation, change resistor 106 from 6800 Ohms to3300 Ohms and add resistor 105 (3300 Ohms) in series with resistor106 and plate of tube V7A. Resistor 182 (18,000 Ohms) remains con-nected to the plate of tube V7A-12AT7 while condenser 107 (100Mmfd.) is still connected to the junction of resistor 105 and 106.

C. On chassis that do not incorporate letters "F" and "1" this step (#7)need not be undertaken when incorporating the "0" change.

In addition to the above changes the Syncroguide transformer must be re-adjusted in accordance with the procedure (for a Series "0" chassis) givenin the service data section of the manual.The following changes were incorporated to improve the blanking duringhorizontal retrace interval.1. Add resistor 213 (150,000 Ohms) between cathode of tube V9 (Horizontal

Scanning Output) and the grid circuit of tube V17 (Picture Tube).2. Add resistor 214 (1 Meg.) between pin 1 of the horizontal output trans-

former and grid circuit of tube V17 (Picture Tube).3. Add resistor 215 (56,000 Ohms) from the junction of resistors 213 and 214

to chassis ground.4. Add condenser 216 (100 Mmfd.) from the junction of resistors 213 and 214

to the grid of tube V17 (Picture Tube).The following change was incorporated to reduce illumination of picture tubewith minimum setting of the Brightness Control.1. Change resistor 68 in the brightness circuit from 470,000 Ohms to 330,000

Ohms.The following change was incorporated to prevent the A.G.C. voltage fromgoing positive.I. Add V14B (6T8-A.G.C. Clamp) by connecting diode plate pin 6 of

tube V14 -6T8 to A.G.C. system.

"R" The following change was incorporated to minimize frequency drift in thesyncroguide circuit.1. Change condenser 130 from a .01 Mfd. to a .01 Mfd. (Special charac-

teristic) Stewart -Warner part 512311 only.

"5" The following changes were incorpor-ated to improve the useful range ofthe Power Booster control.7. Change connection of Brightness

control 67A associated circuit fromcathode of tube V17 (Picture tube)to grid of the some tube. TheBrightness circuit for chassis thatdo not incorporate the letter "5"is shown at the right:

2. Add resistor 219 (470,000 Ohms)in parallel with condenser 62 (.1Mfd.) located in cathode circuitof tube V17 (Picture tube).

3. Change resistor 70 in plate circuitof tube V7B (Vert. Blocking Osc.) from 100,000 Ohms to 47,000 Ohmsand add condenser 210 (.1 Mfd.) in series with resistor 70. Connectother end of condenser 210 to the junction of condenser 190 (.047 Mfd.)and resistor 191 (8200 Ohms).

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONStewart -Warner Series 21C9300 and 21T9300 Receivers, continued

ALIGNMENT PROCEDUREThe receiver chassis must be removed from the cabinet in order to ac-complish alignment of all tuned circuits.

Alignment of oll RF and IF tuned circuits in this receiver may be ac-complished by utilizing the procedures described in the following charts.

These procedures should preferably be applied in the order in which theyare presented. Alignment of Sound Channel of IF Channel may be ac-complished individually if desired.

The RF Amplifier and Mixer alignment may also be occomolished inde-pendent of Sound or IF Channel alignment, but oscillator calibration canonly be done after IF Channel has been correctly aligned.

CAUTION

The picture tube is highly evacuated andif broken fragments will be violently ex-pelled. Handle with care. Avoid contactwith metal shell of picture tube as this ispart of the high voltage circuit.

INSTRUMENTS: The following instruments will be required as signalsources and output indicators during the alignment process. Since accuratealignment of a television receiver is heavily dependent upon the perform-ance of your instruments, it is imperative that they meet the essentialspecifications described here.

SOUND CHANNEL

1. STANDARD SIGNAL GENERATOR to provide unmodulated (pureRF) signals at the following frequencies. Maximum output on allranges should be at least .1 volt with provision for attenuation asdesired. This instrument must have good frequency stability and beaccurately calibrated.

a. IF Frequencies:4.5 Mc. Sound Channel21.5 Mc. to 26.6 Mc. IF Channel

b. RF frequencies:54 to 88 Mc.174 to 216 Mc.

2. VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER. The lowest voltage range of this in-strument should preferably permit a 1.0 volt reading to be indicatedat not less than one third of full scale deflection.

3. RF SWEEP GENERATOR to provide frequency modulated signal forobserving the over-all bandpass characteristic and RF Channel align-ment at the following frequencies:

20 to 30 Mc. with 10 Mc. sweep width.54 to 88 Mc. with 10 Mc. sweep width.174 to 216 Mc. with 10 Mc. sweep width.

4 CATHODE RAY OSCILLOSCOPE, preferably a unit with verticalamplifier having wide range frequency response and low capacitypick-up probe. This instrument is used for observing the over-all band-pass characteristic and for RF Channel alignment.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE1. Short antenna terminals together with a jumper wire.2. Set receiver Channel Selector to any inactive television channel and

Power Booster control to its maximum counter -clockwise position; othercontrols may be left at any desired setting.

3. A small screwdriver (preferably non-metallic) con be used for align-

ment of Sound IF. The blade of this tool will fit the slot in the core

of the transformer.

STANDARD SIGNALGENERATOR VTVM

CONNECTIONSMISCELLANEOUSINSTRUCTIONS

TRIMMEROR SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUSTMENTAND OUTPUT INDICATIONCONNEC-

TIONS FREQUENCY

Connect as shownin Fig. 1.

4.5 MC.unrnodulated

IMPORTANTThis signal mustbe accurate with-in 1/4 of 1F`io of4.5 Mc. Checkgenerator calibra-ciao against acrystal controlledsignal source by"zero beating"(heterodyning)with harmonicsof the crystal fro.quency.

Connect as shown inFig. 2.

1 Set Power Booster control to its maxi-mum clockwise position.

2. A special detector must be utilized whenaligning the 4.5 Mc. Sound Trcp Coil.This unit can be constructed in ac -cordance with the information con -rained in Fig. 3. If a VTVM containinga high frequency A.C. probe is avail-able, this probe can be utilized inplace of the crystal detector shown inFig. 2

3. During this adjustment only, removeone of the three 6CB6 IF amplifiertubes (V1, V2 or V3). This will preventnoise in the RF stages from effectingthe voltage reading while adjusting thesound trap.

# 14.5 MC Sound

Trap(See Fig. 10)

Adjust for minimum readingon VTVM.

Same asabove

Same asabove. Connect as shown in

Fig. 4.

A "swishing" sound may be heard in thespeaker during Sound Channel Alignment.This spurious oscillation is caused by hori-zontol sweep voltage being picked up inthe audio system thru stray coupling ofinstrument leads; it should be disregardedas it will have no effect on alignment ofthe sound channel.

Di#i2minatorscrSecondary

(See Fig. 10)

Adjust for maximum readingon VTVM.

#3Discriminator

Primary(See Fig. 11)

ax imuAdjust for m m readingon VTVM.

ndSou4 IFTransformer(See Fig. 10)

Adjust for maximum readingon VTVM.

Same asabove.

Some asabove.

Connect as elsown inFig. 5,

To obtain zero balance of the discriminatorcircuit, two 68,000 ohm resistors will berequired. These resistors must be matchedso that their respective resistances donot differ by more than 1%-the accu-racy of the total resistance is not critical.Connect the two resistors in series frompin 2 of the 6T8 tube to chassis groundas shown in Fig. 5.

#2Discriminator

Secondary(See Fig. 10)

Note that as slug #2 is rotated,a point will be found where thevoltmeter will swing rather sharp..Iv from a positive to a negativeregding or vice versa. The cor.rest setting of slug #2 is obtainedwhen the meter reads zero asthe slug is moved thru this point.

Replace the type 6CB6 tube previously removed in the above procedure and turn set on. Tune 'n to a local channel and should there be anamount of "Intercarrier Buzz" refer to procedure on adjoining page to remove this aforementioned fault.


Stewart -Warner Series 21C9300 and 21T9300 Receivers, continued

INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS FOR SOUND CHANNEL ALIGNMENT

STANDARD

SIGNAL GEN.

SET TO 4.5 MC.

NO MODULATION

PURE R.F. 1000MM F.

GROUND TORECEIVER CHASSIS

V4

VI4

VICKOANW 616

46

PCABOOSTER

(Refer to circuit diagram page for tube typeand pin connections.)

FIG. 1

Generator Connectionsfor Sound Channel and 4.5 Mc. Sound Trap

Alignment

VI/

2IMP4MIME TUDI

CRYSTALDETECTOR

V.T.V.M.

+GROUND TO I 1RECEIVER CHASSIS

FIG. 2Crystal Detector and VTVM Connections

for 4.5 Mc. Sound TrapAlignment

148

100MMF. 47K

FIG. 3Circuit Diagram for

Crystal Detector shown in Fig. 2

SOUND DISCRIMINATORSOUND AMP

Ise

O

USE 10,000 OHMISOLATING RESISTOR

IN SERIES WITHMETER PROBE

GROUND TOFIG. 4 RECEIVER CHASSIS

VTVM Connectionsfor Sound IF Alignment

V14

618SOUNC DISCRIMINATOR

SOUND AWP

'6

01V

5

3


IN SERIES WITHMETER PROBE

66K

66K

FIG. 5VTVM Connections

for Sound DiscriminatorAlignment

REDUCTION OF INTERCARRIER BUZZUnder actual reception conditions slight "dynamic" unbalance of the dis-criminator secondary can emphasize intercarrier buzz due to incompleteamplitude modulation rejection. Therefore it is vitally important to obtainan accurate setting of the discriminator secondary slug under these con-ditions.

Disconnect all instruments (Fe sure that I.F. tube removed for the adjust-ment of Sound Trap has been replaced) and then connect an antenna tothe receiver to obtain program reception from a local station. If inter -carrier buzz is prominent, a slight readjustment of the discriminatorsecondary slug (#2) should be made to obtain the "dip" point for thebuzzing sound. Note that program sound will be clear and free fromdistortion at this point. Buzz should now be at an acceptable minimumif station transmission is not at fault.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONStewart -Warner IF CHANNEL ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (Continued)

1. A special aligning tool designed to fit the stems on adjustable cares ofthe IF coils (see points 5, 6, 7 and 8 in Fig. 10) is available and maybe obtained from Stewart -Warner by requesting IF Alignment Tool#507479.

2. Turn receiver Channel Selector to television channel #12 and shortantenna terminals together with a jumper wire.

3. Connect a 3 volt battery to the receiver AGC system so that negativeterminal of battery connects to the AGC line and positive terminal ofbarery connects to receiver chassis. See Fig. 11 for convenient point ofconnection.

A. If the IF channel is badly misaligned and two or more immediately ad-joining IF stages are tuned to the same frequency, oscillation may oc-cur. Such oscillation shows up as an excessive voltage across thevideo detector load, circuit reference number 42 and 43, and is indi-cated by the VTVM that is connected to this point during alignment.It should be noted that voltage due to IF oscillation is unaffected by

strength of signal from the generator.

Where IF oscillation is encountered, it is generally possible to correctthe condition by detuning the IF coils in different directions. If thatdoes not have the desired effect, increase fixed bias on AGC line byusing a 41/2 volt battery instead of the 3 volt battery referred to ininstruction #3. After stopping the oscillation in this manner it willthen be possible to align all IF stages using the following procedure,however, the AGC bias battery must be changed back to 3 volts whenusing the oscilloscope to observe band pass characteristics. Once allstages have been aligned using the 41/2 volt bias, the IF channelshould be stable with reduced bias.

5. In order to eliminate the possibility of spurious oscillations, it is de.sirable to render the RF oscillator inoperative. This may be readilyaccomplished by insulating oscillator terminals of tuner. Remove tunerbottom shield and place a piece of transparent cellulose tape on thefirst two contacts (from front) of drum assembly. Use any inoperativechannel and rotate drum to this insulated position.

STANDARD SIGNALGENERATOR

SWEEP GENERATOR VTVMCONNEC-

TIONS

'SCOPECONNEC-

TIONS

MI SCELLANEOUSINSTRUCTIONS

TRIMMEROR SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUST-MfNT AND OUTPUT

INDICATIONCONNEC-TIONS FREQUENCY CONNEC-

TIONSFREQ.

Connect asshown in

23.4 MC.OR

Below

Connect as

Fig. 9.

Be sure that 'RF os-cillator has beenrendered inopera-

#5 atthethee head of thischart.

#5Converter

latecoil

(See Fig. 10)

Adjust for maximumreading on VTVM.

Some asabove.

24.2 MC.OR

23.5 MC.See Note "P"

Below

Not used. Sam. asabove. Not used. Same as

above.

#61st I.F.

(See Fig. 10)


Same asabove. OR

25.9 MC.Se. Note "P"

Not used. Same asabove. Not used. Same as

above.#7

2nd I.F.(See Fig. 10)


Same asabove.

25.4 MC.OR

25.9 MC.See Not* "P"

Not used.Same asabove. Not used. Same as

above.

# 83rd I.F.

(See Fig. 10)

Adjust for maximumreading on VTVM.r

Connect asshown inFig. 8.

26.6OR

26 MC.Se Note "F"

Below

Connect asshown in

Fig. 8.

25 MC.swooping-±- 5 Mc.

Same asabove.

Connect asshown in Fig. 9

IMPORTANT:

1. Adjust output at.tnuator onsweep generatorso that readingon VTVM Is ap-proximately one-half volt.

2. S e t attenuatoron standard sig-nal generator sothat marker sig-nal does net dig-tort the patternon the oscilla-scope.

3. B. sure that a3 volt battery Isconnected to AGCline as specifiedin instruction #3at the head ofthis chart. Do notuse a battery ofany other volt-age.

The I.F. bandpassby the useshould comparepicture carrierthat incorporateat rear ofamplitude

2 0 -,-

4 0 --

60

80-100-X ,

Should thiments, therepeated,of the markerformer slugsfrequencies.

characteristic can now be observedof a 'scope. Its general shape and contour

with the curve shown in Fig. 6. Themarker (26.6 Mc. or 26 Mc. on Chassis

a letter "P" in the series designationchassis) should appear at the 50% 1±10%)position of the curve as shown in Fig. 6.

EACH DIVISION= I MC.

SOUNDMARKER

-

observationcomplete

exercisinggenerator

for

I I I I f I I +-l

SOX

PICTUREMARKER

I . F.

RESPONSEFIG. 6 CURVEfail to meet the above require -

I.F. alignment procedure must begreater care in frequency setting

and adjusting the I.F. trans-maximum output at the prescribed

Some asabove.

22.1OR

21.5 MC.See Note "P"

Below

Same asabove.

Same asabove.

some asabove.

Same asabove.

Same a sabove.

The sound carrier marker (22.1 Mc. or 21.5 Mc. onchassis that incorporate a letter "P" in the series &silo -nation at rear of chassis) can be observed by the useof a 'scope and should be compared with that shownin Fig. 6. Increase the vertical gain control on 'scopein order to magnify the sound portion of the responsecurve. This marker should appear at the position indi-cated in fig. 6. Should the sound marker not be prop -erly positioned, check the setting of the picture carriermarker as indicated in the previous step.

NOTE "P": On chassis which have a letter "P" in the SERIES designation on rear o chassis, the converter Plate and 1st I.F. coils mustbe aligned to 23.5 Mc. and the 2nd I.F. and 3rd I.F. coils must be aligned to 25.9 Mc. The carrier markers on this seriestype chassis are: picture carrier 26 Mc., sound carrier 21.5 Mc. 149

RA SE TUBESH ELD TOISOLATE ITFROM BASE

FIG. 7Generator Connections

for IF Channel Alignment


INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS FOR IF CHANNEL ALIGNMENT

SOLDER PIGTAILFOR GENERATOR

CONNECTION

GROUND TOTUNER FRAME

STANDARD

SIGNAL GEN.(SUPPLIES

MARKER SIGNAL)

GROUND TORECEIVERCHASSIS

SOLDER PIGTAIL FORGENERATOR CONNECTION

RAISE TUBESHIELD TOISOLATE IT

FROM BASE

ROUND TOTUNER FRAME


for IF Channel Alignment

S

3

43

PLACE 1000 MMFDCONDENSER ACROSS

'SCOPE TERMINALSAS AN R.F. FILTER



IN SERIES WITH METERAND OSCILLOSCOPE PROBES

FIG. 9

1 5 0 VTVMfoarndIF Oscilloscope Connections

SAXER ONIO

AI ANDKATI TANANA

Af AMPONO /NYASA

ANDSEE CANNFOR TRIO

'11".AillrOA FINO

3. I MISIC CASON10A MO

SOUND Ir ANNIS NC.

SOUND TRAPINC

ION

FIG. 10Top View of Chassis

FIG. 11Bottom View of Chassis


RF CHANNEL ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE1. CAUTION: The shell of the picture tube has a high voltage potential,

approximately 14,000 volts, and contact should be avoided. As theadjustment screws are in relatively close proximity to this shell, somemeans of insulation from accidental contact should be provided.

2. Connect a 3 volt battery to the receiver AGC system so that negativeterminal o' battery connects to AGC line and positive terminal of bat-tery connects to receiver chassis. (See Fig. 11 for convenient pointof connection.)

STANDARD SIGNALGENERATOR

SWEEP GENERATOR VTVMCONNEC-MISCELLANEOUS

TIONS

SCOPECONNEC-

TIONS INSTRUCTIONSTRIMMEROR SLUG

TYPE Of ADJUST-MENT AND OUTPUT

INDICATIONCONNEC-TIONS FREQUENCY

CONNEC-TIONS FREQ.

RF AMPLIFIER AND MIXER ALIGNMENT

Connect asshown inFig_ 12.

209.75 MC.Sound Carrier205.25 MC.

Picture Carri-er Marker.

Connect asshown Fig.12 a nodd setcontrols forsweep widthof 10 Mc. ont e I e v i -

s i o n channelspecified inthe next col-umn.

CHANNEL1:12 Not used.


forSet Chan

#12.ne Selec-

to44-9it -

mixer Grid,(See Fig. 19)

"4"''(10RF A ma.

Plate,:See Fig. 19)

44' 1 I-,RF Amp.

(See Fig. 19)

Adjust these trimmers to obtain proper-ly shaped RF band pass characteristic asshown in Fig. 16. Use Mixer Grid trim -mer #9, and RF Amplifier Plate trimmer#10 to obtain correct amplitude of char -acteristic in vicinity of picture and soundcarrier markers. Then adjust RF Amp.Grid trimmer #11 t equalizeo o verallamplitude. Repeat adjustment of trim -risers to be sure correct response hasbeen obtained.

IMPORTANT: When adjusting trimmers#9, 10 and 11 it will be noted that theband pass characteristic con be broad -ened by sacrificing amplitude. It is un-desirable to overly broaden the curve asthat would result in a loss of sensitivity.

IMPORTANT(Keep output of

(standard s i n a Iggenerator a1 a levelthat prov desareadable m ark e rbut does not distortthe curve that is be-ing observed on thescope.

Same asabove

'

The bandpasscharac-teristic foreach of theSUCCes-sive channelsshould nowbe observedindivid-ually. For fre-quency settingof marker sig-sots see tablein Fig. 15.

Same asabove.

Set sweepgener-a t o r toc h a n -

net fire-q u e n -cies beingobserved.

Not used. Same asabove.characteristicSet channel selectorto channel beingobserved.

The RF band pass characteristic of the other televisionchannels should now be checked without disturbing thesettings of trimmers #9, 10 and 11. Adjust the RFsweep generator and marker generator for operation onthe other television channels, observing position of boththe sound carrier and picture carrier mark ers. Band pass

of these channels should conform close tothe RF response curve in Fig. 16. If necessary, a com-promise may be obtained to compensate for large varia-tions in channel response by returning to channel #12and making slight changes in the settings of trimmers#9, 10 and 11.

OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT1. IMPORTANT: Before undertaking oscillator alignment be sure IF 3. During this step and thru-out all succeeding steps it is necessary to:

circuits are correctly aligned for band pass characteristic illustrated keep output of sweep generator at a level that does not allow readingin Fig. 6. on VTVM to exceed one-half volt.

2. During oscillator alignment, it is necessary to set the Fine Tuning 4. Keep output of standard signal generator at a level that provides acontrol so that the tooth on the fiber fine tuning cam points downward readable marker but does not distort the curve that is being observed(correct position for this control is shown in Fig. 18). on the 'scope.


209.75 MC.Sound Carrier

Marker.

205.25 MC.Picture Carri-er Marker.

Connect asshown in Fig.12 a n d setcontrols forsweep widthof 10 Mc. ont e I e v i -

s i o n channelspecified inthe next col-umn.

CHANNEL#12



Set ChannelSelector to

#12

Be sure that gener-ator's output doesnot exceed volt egspecified it instr uc -tions #3 and 4above.

Using a non-metallic screwdriver to adjust channel .#12oscillator slug (accessible thru hole on front of RFTuner Unit-see Fig. 181 shift response curve so thatpicture carrier marker is located at the position indicatedin Fig: 17.

NOTE: Before making the following adjustment, ad -vance the vertical gain control on the 'scope in order tomagnify the sound portion of the response curve.

Observe position of sound carrier marker (see Fig. 17).

Same asabove.

The bandpasscharac-teristic foreach of theswiss-rive channelsshould nowbe observedindivid-wally. For fre-quency settingof marker sig-nals see tablein Fig. 15.

Some asabove.

Set sweepgener-ator toc h a n -

nil fire-q u e n -

cies beingobserved.

Same asabove.

Some asabove

(

Set channel selectorto channel beingobserved.

Adjust the RF sweep generator and marker generatorfor operation on the other television channels; set mark-er generator to sound carrier frequency. After settingChannel Selector to corresponding channel, adjust ascii-lator slug thru hole on front of RF Tuner Unit (see Fig.18). This permits response curve to be shifted so thatpicture and sound carrier markers will appear at theposition indicated in Fig. 17. The picture carrier markerfor the corresponding channel should thenappear atthe 50°,(,, amplitude position on the opposite side of theband pass characteristic curve.

NOTE: Make sure that cam on fine tuning control shaftremains properly positioned during this step (tooth onthe cam pointing downward-see Fig. 18).

If an oscil ator slug "fal s into" its coi form during adjustment, remove the slug move toward the end so that its threads will be engaged by thethe Channel Coil from he turret assembly and lift the Slug Retaining Slug Retaining Spring when that spring is returned to its normal position.Spring aside. By tapping the coil form it should be possible to make (See Fig. 20.)

If an unsatisfactory overall response is obtained for a particular shown in Fig. 16, then, (1) attempt to obtain a better compromise for RFchannel, observe RF Amp. and Mixer response curve for that channel. response on all channels by realigning RF Amp. and Mixer circuits, or (2)If characteristic does not conform reasonably well within the typical curve try replacing Antenna, RF and Oscillator coils for the particular channels.


INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS FOR R.F. CHANNEL ALIGNMENT

STANDARD

SIGNAL GEN.

(SUPPLIESMARKER SIGNAL)

SWEEP GENERATOR

WITH SO OHM

UNBALANCED

OUTPUT CABLE

COUPLE LOOSELY - DO NOT MAKEELECTRICAL CONTACT-MERELY TWISTINSULATED WIRES TO FORM TWO TURNS.

120-rt.


for RF Channel Alignment


IN SERIES WITHOSCILLOSCOPE PROBE

GROUNDTO

RECEIVERCHASSIS

ANTENNATERMINALS

PLACE 1000 MMF. CONDENSER ACROSS SCOPE TERMINALSAS AN R.F. FILTER

FIG. 13Oscilloscope Connections

for RF Amp. and Mixer Alignment


152

PLACE 1000 MMFDCONDENSER ACROSS'SCOPE TERMINALSAS AN R.F. FILTER



IN SERIES WITH METERAND OSCILLOSCOPE PROBES

FIG. 14VTVM and Oscilloscope Connections

for Oscillator Alignment

CHANNELNUMBER

PICTURE CARRIER SOUND CARRIERMARKER FREQ. MARKER FREQ.

13 211.25 MC. 215.75 MC.

12 205.25 MC. 209.75 MC.

11 199.25 MC. 203.75 MC.

10 193.25 MC. 197.75 MC.

9 187.25 MC. 191.75 MC.

8 181.25 MC. 185.75 MC.

7 175.25 MC. 179.75 MC.

6 83.25 MC. 87.75 MC.

5 77.25 MC. 81.75 MC.

4 67.25 MC. 71.75 MC.

3 61.25 MC. 65.75 MC.

2 55.25 MC. 59.75 MC.

FIG. 16

FINE TUNING SHAFT

CHANNEL SELECTOR SHAFT

FINE TUNING CAMThis cam must be setto position shown when

adiusting oscillator slug.

...CR 01,0TRIL461,11

PL

RI AMPGPiO IfliuKP

Fig. 15

EACH DIVISION...I MC.

20- 1

SO% SOUND4O- MARKER

60 -PICTUREMARKER80- TYPICAL

OVERALL100 - RESPONSE

Y. CURVE

FIG. 18Front View ofRF Tuner Unit

ffinwitip

FIG. 17

MIXER GRID TRIMMER

OSCILLATOR COIL TUNINGSLUG FOR CHANNEL IN USE

Slugs for coils of other channels

become accessible thrusame opening as ChannelSelector(and Tuner Turret)is rotated.

CONv[Plf.

SEE np"ran ,Rt0

FIG. 19Trimmer Location of

R.F. Tuner


STROMBERG-CARLSON 622 SERIES 624 SERIES TELEVISION

The illustration on this page of chassis top and rear panel is exact for622 Series and is similar in appearance to 624 Series. In following align-ment information on page 158, which is applicable to both 622 and 624, re-ference may be made to this view. Tube voltage chart for 622 Series is onpage 154, and the circuit diagram for 622 Series on page 155. The circuitdiagram for 624 Series is printed separately on pages 156-157, since it isdifferent in some important respects from the 622.

FRONT

L-4

eLr401V.H.F OSC.EIMI ER

OL-30 I

,ct.FAtjt

wiL-201

CONV.scc.39.7 M.c.TRAP

1st VI D.LK AMP.

T7 1stVIDEOI.F

OUTPUT T8 HORIZ.AIRC.4125

RATIO DETECTOR PHASE DET.

47.25 A .8.C.DE LAY DIODETRAP 1st AUDIO AMP

U.H.F OSC.

LI 7

YOKE SOCKET

HORIZ.OSC.

T- 8

2nd[T. S VIDEO

INPUTRATIO

.

2nd VIDEO I.F.AMP.

3rdVIDEOI.F.

T -I0

PHASE INVERTER2nd SYNC.CUPPER

RATIO DETECTORDRIVER

Toy

2nd AUDIOI. F.

KEYED A.G.C.

1st AUDIO I.F. El 2nd VIDEO3rd VID.I.F AMP. NOISE CANCELLATION Atka

T -I I

21 FP4-AKINESCOPE

V 15

DAMPER

4th L7,21 V -I3 L-27VIDEO AUDIO MO 6U8 WV 4.5I.F. 1,F, )4.C.TRAP

1/4 AMP. FUSE

E M-2

H.V.RECTIFIER

AUDIOOUTPUT

HORIZ.AMP.

VERTICALOSC.

VERTICALOUTPUT

POWERRECTIFIER

SPKR. SOCKET

POWERRECTIFIER

SIMILAR RECEIVERSSeries 621A is similar to 622,but uses a different type tuner.Series 625 and 625RP are alsosimilar to 622. Series 624RPis similar to 624 Series.

HORIZ. PHI)"FRED.FREQ. SWITCH

eL-28 TV

PHONOINPUT

REAR

1st VIDEO1st SYNC.CLIPPER

LINEFIDE

R-255 %...)) L-30 R228 R2320 0 0 M-4 8 0 0

NOISE HORIZ. HORIZ. HORIZ. VERT. VERTCANCELLATION LIN. DRIVE SIZE SIZE LIN.

R-261 L-29

153


Stromberg-Carlson 622 Series Tube Voltage Chart

TUBE VOLTAGE CHART1. Measurements are made at 1 1 7 Volts line using vacuum tube voltmeter. All voltages are D.C. and are

positive with respect to chassis ground except where noted.2. Contrast and brightness controls set for normal picture. (Strong signal area).

PIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN 7 PIN 8 PIN 9

ACV-10 6C86 1st VIDEO -3.66 .09 Fil. 6.3 134 144 Gnd.

AC ACV-11 6CB6 2nd VIDEO -3.46 .08 6.3 6.3 125 144 Gnd.

AC ACV-12 6CB6 3rd VIDEO 0 1.28 6.3 6.3 110 128 Gnd.

V-13 6U8 1st SYNC. CLIPP AC AC1st VIDEO AMP 43.2 -1.32 104 6.3 6.3 129 Gnd. Gnd.

ACV-14 6W6 2nd VIDEO AMP 9.8 6.3 274 146 9.26 528 Gnd. 25

V-15 KINESCOPE SOCKET. Gnd. 313 474 RF 522 Gnd. 468 465

AC ACV-16 6U8 1st AUDIO 128 0 141 6.3 6.3 140 .78 -.56 -21.2

AC ACV-17 6AU6 DRIVER -11.3 Gnd. 6.3 6.3 107 113 Gnd.

AC ACV-18 6T8 RATIO DET -15.8 -37.4 -2.46 6.3 6.3 -3.7 Gnd. -.76 64.4

ACV-19 6V6 AUDIO OUTPUT NC Gnd. 234 257 .05 NC 6.3 12

V-20 6AU6 A.G.0 134 144 144 144 -37 316 144

V-21 12AU7 PHASE INV AC AC2nd SYNC. CLIPPER 41.8 Gnd. 15.6 6.3 6.3 116 13.4 20.6 Gnd.

ACV-22 6C4 VER. OSC NC NC Gnd. 6.3 128 -28.5 0

ACV-23 6S4 VER. OUTPUT NC 23.2 NC 0 6.3 .11 NC NC 458

ACV-24 6AL5 PHASE DET 0 0 Gnd. 6.3 14.8 NC -13.6

ACV-25 65N7 HOR. OSC -14.6 156 11.6 1.64 264 11.6 6.3 Gnd.

ACV-26 611Q6 HOR. AMP 161 Gnd. NC 159 -25.4 -25.4 6.3 10

ACV-27 6AX4 DAMPER NC NC 565 NC 316 563 6.3 Gnd.

V-29 5U4 L.V. RECTIFIER NC 335 NC Plate NC Plate NC 335

V-30 5U4 L.V. RECTIFIER NC 335 NC Plate NC Plate NC 335

AC T.B.17227 Terminal V.H.F. TUNER 137 152 6.3 -.98 NC 0 0 0 0

154


STROMBERG -CARLSON 622 SERIES TELEVISION RECEIVER

ie ti

ii ri !, z.Aph.

111Wdi

1(10. it h.,

v. a, . !1-1.--i. i fill i dI..*

- r^..._)±,-"-'`AA'-'-v'Al 'Lt50

11 tiv,,,

ilF4,;i>th 70-'ill iL

Lit -1111-t

-s

I dNI

it

N

vn

aid

"

it

5.3

Alid: 1....41114

1(-0

4;1

II 1:

r. IA it

Th

T6,-P""

T

-1TI1-MW

K-*

t-

;r_JAA4;

tv

;Hifi17.

MI553 5111

I= 0

! 35

4

1

feu

ai

15

Al:

1

1

El

NI

V0;1

"t.

N

8

i;IHTirs'

NI

155

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1854 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I

6807R F AMP

C-10

C -R10001AMFC-111/-4

2°H1-MF

r--;*;

0000V2

-1114".! C"" 6J6MIXER OSC.

R-2

47K

R95K

220

7-c di

1-12

L-13

C-20-13001/61F

SHIELDEDCABLE

IF 06 PUT -

L -14 0300MMF

-.iC -I9

C-14

5 PANE

I 10 MNIF10

FINE 1 C-13TUNING C 1510140

F

C53-9

MAW

C13-01401 -01±1 B -C1

L MMF MMF MM

R-647K

"`IeooMMF

AGC T FIL 8+ fir-MXT6iWHITE BLACK BLUE V RED 130 V -150V

L -I0

C-21

11

21

CONVERTERSEC 1-6

3975508E1765TRAP

4

KX1324F

6CB6i ST VCE0 IF AMP FjOMMF

OUTPUT T-7 H01ST VIDEOIFt-,

0000

16 fa00

2 HI-,;IMF "

41.25NCSE P28Aa

-C-105 R-MYS SHIELD 1

6CB624K 2ND VIDEO F AMP 3RD VIDEO IF

2

056

.";

L102

L103 .1

0-10712MMF 7 4104

R-1102214

-- 1210-r 50.1

C-104T150050

ACC 7150 7

1500MMF

110

°ManTRAP

12R-1 21200

3R0 VIDEVIF

YF j_C

31011

H47.2006

C-200T 22 MF ,R6,5,73 `41,.°4

P-301 p.302

22K 2W 226 2W

047

C-134

R-1351M

15.75KC

C -I35 100MMF

R -I36

I ST SYNC CLIPPER

1/2 6U8V -I3-13

R-1313

680C-210

MF

15.75KE4T- " 34:1*

150KR-210

2ND SYNC CLIPPER

1/2 12AU7V -21-A

(L_MV 100133V1575 KC 60-

r- '

C-220

.0C221L17

a,C-221

C04)10

re 14 0222

BLOCKINGTRANS. C-223

T-18.0IMF

r1;500IM

60- R-2254

VERTICAL OSC.

6C4V-22

g1YELLOW

8206R-224

VERTHOLD

STROMBERG - CARLSON624 SERIES TELEVISION

156

1170AC60

N 422610K

C-224

22 MF

01 MFC-211

2241,1

226R-215

2.20 V1

R-213

PHASE INVERTER

1/2 12AU7V-21-13

R-200

O

TWISTEDPAIR 005

ME

X 0,103KEYED AGC

6AU6V-20

v -I6 -A

1/2 6U61ST AUDIO IF AMP

310

140LThrir\105V

,

IMF

30

6MR-228

0613 MF

C-225

VERTSIZE

1NTERLOCX o

C-293MF

VERT OUTPUT AMP

6BL7 GTV-23

C-291-6LT 10061F

R-232VERTICALLINEARITY

T-21POWER

TRANS

00611-249

BL

.65

M4 13LK5 AMP

U FUSE

TO OFF -ONSWITCH

RED

00 5

g.14

S RED

617 VI 60^

BLUE I

VERT 1,

CUTPUT 3,0'sTRANS.

T-19

GREEN

RED

.1_ 20 MFC -291-D

v. RECT504011-30

YEL

L.V. REC.

5U4G0.29

YI TWISTEDPAIR

V2

80 2WR-233

(ME

C-23,

1575 KCj:Li1;4rv.001MF1- _L C-241

1\1,\..4,157560 \ .15.75001-

100K C-242

470KR-242

947

C-240 If.' - 26V, .00IMF15.75 KC

PHASE DETECTOR

6AL50-24

R-251 501IyVY

B710142 HMO

8 2W

68 2W 7310

R-303R-290

40ML-T' 2.2KC -290A

1500

405EtiC-29

R-152ION

IMF


1 'wt.ttitycco:.,31

-gflF1I 5MMF

r 4-_,.o L-22

r1 21

L - ... 81.1(

R -I22MOO

VI

22KR-131

IRK

R.11 T1575 KC

00

NOISE C.ANCAMP

1/2 6U8v-16-8

78 IOU

2K8-132

1-26

1.-25

0

00

Stromberg-Carlson 624 Series DiagramIS 750C

0-140

1ST 010E0 AMP

1/2 6U8V-13.4

ei;

T -I55.Faig._IF_c,t

0-17033 WE

MF

60SW

y1 TV-17

6AU6RATIO

OCT DRIVER

.018

0-171

VV`158

10 Mf

RATIODETECTOR

T-16

220

01010 OUTPUT

6W6 GT

8-14300

0 `o0O

R-141-4

21C 7wR-144 L- 27

TRAP

01 MF

0-142

CONTRASTI

:.-1042 ±C

CONTROL

00:1;

R -I45

Ri841014

RATO Due AGO DELAY

6T80.18

0161FC-184

C-1131A05 MF

R185

005

LAM

8-14622 K

R.050IM

-T-1850PIT V_LMAX

15.7580

24CP4A/24 TP4CRT0-15

GREEN

RED

175 v

ORANGE

YELLOW

BROWN

X X

TWISTED PAIR

VOL CONT.r -R-113.3.1%+2506

100K

R-14 -8BRIGHTNESS

CONTRA_

--------------

g R. 57

TV330K

1

-182 8-M2C-183

1.00331AF

H. V. POWER SUPPLY BOTTOM COVER

1-

2054706

8-256

t_40K R.255Vt.:ma DRIVE 2701mAF i25 v

G234_A_

15.75 KC

DI niF

7 0 0.26210K1.257 47K

R-260

390MMF0.255

68

27K IRR-204

HOW. OUTPUT AMP

6C06 0V-26

500KR-261

NOSE GANG.CONTROL

El. DAMPER

-22mF6AX4 GTse C-262 0-278.265 r.

4

- 8A7w

261 100101_514F 0-1.277

L-29HOR12

LIN. CONTROL

T 20HORIZOuTIT oTRAM

: 363"

DAMPER 7.6AX4 GT g I5.

v-31

rl

2 2,8L-33

270

0H v REGT

1183 30 KV

V-28 *

7

047 MF8 3^

047MFC -27I

206

R-275

R-502 10 59 w

FUSE 220KI/4 AMP 0.273

205101 2206.a94 .01 8.274

10. 27580 /46.0

R-2704 7K 2W

476 2wR -27I

8-2 22W0

IIORIZ SIZE , SA.CANTROL

TOOTH1aTRAM

OCTALSOCKET

------------ -

11.854700

R-19268

-000181

8-190470K

R-183-8500K

0294-

0-186LT'40MF

R-194

I' OW480IOW

T 17

ROW

8-1931250SW

DEFECTION YOKE L-32

0.276 0.277

OCTALDEFLECTIONPLuG

RED AR

276120

1.500R -a78

RED(SMALL)

Taw

gM'CO'TZLN

-

NOTE ARROW ON POTENTIOMETERSINDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATIONS

157

R -i912702W


Stromberg-Carlson 622 and 624 Series Alignment ProcedureApply A.G.C. bias of approximately -2 V to A.G.C. Line (across C-202). Maintain the output level of thesweep generator such that the second detector output is 2 volts peak to peak. Scope Cal. 1-V per inch.

NOTE -USE A NON-METALLIC ALIGNING TOOL AND LIGHT PRESSURE ON ALL SLUGS.

Signal Generator Oscilloscope orConnection VTVM Connection Adjustments

1. Output of 40mc. Sweep Genera- Input of scope to grid of 1. Adjust top and bottom of T-11

---s\for to grid of 3rd I.F. Tube, pin Video Amplifier, pin 2 of for marker positions as shown1 of 6CB6 V-12 thru 100 MMF 6U8 V-13 thru 47K ohm on curve Figure 1.isolating capacitor. isolating resistor.

5.,4 :',

FIG. 1

41.9,

2. Output of 40mc. Sweep Genera- Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust top and bottom of T-10for to grid of 2nd I.F. Tube, pin for marker positions as shown on1 of 6CB6 V-11 thru 100 MMF curve Figure 2.isolating capacitor.

..

FIG. 2

3. Output of 40mc. Sweep Genera- Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust top of T-9 for markerfor to grid of 1st I.F. Tube, pin 1 position of 47.25mc.of 6CB6 V-10 thru 100 MMF 2. Adjust bottom of 1-9 for markerisolating capacitor.

positions at 41.25mc.

3. Adjust bottom of T-6 for marker 4, 7, ,

position at 39.75mc. \_..-) '4. Adjust bottom of 1-7 and T-8 to

produce curve as shown on Fig-ure 3.

FIG. 3

4. Raise converter tube shield from Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust top of 1-6 and L-4 onground and connect output of tuner (L-14 on standard coil40mc. sweep generator to the tuner) assembly to produce a

)

shield. curve as shown on Figure 4. 4

5. Connect a 400 cycle modulated Connect 2-100 resistors 1. Adjust L-21, T-15 and bottom FIG. 44.5mc. signal to the junction of in series from plate of slug of T-16 for maximum indi-Video detector M-13 and C-130. ratio detector pin 2 of cation.Adjust generator output to a V-18, 618 to ground. Con -level to indicate 1.5 Volts on nett VTVM from junctionVTVM. of the 2-100K resistors to

ground.

6. Same as Step #5. Connect - VTVM ground 1. Adjust the secondary (Top slug)lead to the junction of of T-16 for zero volts betweenthe 2-100K resistors (see the positive and negative ex -5 above). Connect VTVM cursions. (Increase Generator out-D.C. lead to the junction put for good deflection).of C-183 and R-182.

Alternate Trap AlignmentIF THIS METHOD IS USED, IT SHOULD BE PERFORMED BEFORE THE I.F. CURVE ALIGNMENT

Signal Generator Oscilloscope orConnection VTVM Connection Adjustments

1. Connect a modulated (400 cycle) Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust bottom of T-6 for mini-39.75mc. signal to grid, pin 1 mum response on scope.of the 1st video I.F. Tube -V-10:

2. Connect a modulated (400 cycle) Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust bottom of 1-9 for mini-41.25mc. signal to the grid, pin 1 mum response on scope.of 1st video I.F. Tube 6CB6-V-10.

3. Connect a modulated (400 cycle) Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust top of T-9 for minimum47.25mc. signal to grid, pin 1 response on scope.of 1st video I.F. Tube 6CB6-158 V-10.


SYLVANIATELEVISION

MASK PICTURE weeHOLODOWN STRAP

PIN CUSHIONCORRECTOR MAGNET

1-514 CHASSIS

YOKE MOUNTINGWINO NUT

SYLVANIA ELECTRIC PRODUCTS INC.

CHASSIS 1-514-1, -3, -41-520-1, -3, -4, -7, -8

MODELS ALL 105-14, 300 SERIESALL 120-20, 320, 325, 326 SERIES

FOCUS MAGNETADJUSTMENT

SCREW

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

SHAFT

PICTURETUBE

SOCKET

ION TRAP MAGNETAPPROAIMATELYFROM FRONT OF PICTURE

TUNE BASE

REAR TUBEMOUNTINGROO NUT

REAR TUNE MOUNTINGBRACKET

REAR TUNE MOUNTINGBRACKET SCREW

PICTURE TUBE

Picture Tube ReplacementAlignment of the mask and picture tube should not benecessary after normal servicing of the chassis.However, if tube support members have been dis-turbed during picture tube replacement, observe thefollowing procedure. See Picture Tube Installationillustrations.1. Position tube with face tilted forward about 3 de-

grees with brackets in approximately normal po-sition, Tighten the following just enough to per-mit further adjustment in cabinet.(a) Tube holddown strap mounting nuts (21" chas-

sis only).(b) Holddown strap rod or rod nuts.(c) Rear tube mounting rod nut.(d) Yoke mounting wing nuts.(e) Rear tube mounting bracket screws if pre-

viously loosened.

HaloLight Tube Replacement1. Remove chassis from cabinet.2. Unfasten the nuts that hold the bezel assembly

to the cabinet and remove assembly.3. Lay bezel assembly face down on a surface that

will not scratch bezel.4. Remove clamps holding light shield and mask to

bezel.5. Remove HaloLight plug, and transformer and con-

trol assembly.

WOOD BLOCK IN CABINETJ PAGER

ASNER

OD SCREW

MOUNTING STUD, NUT, WASHER AND BRACKET

IN CUSTNONCORRECTOR MAGNET

PTC.TuRE TUBE NOLDOOWN STRAP

TIGHTEN TUBE NOLDOOWN STRAPROO NO'

HOLDDOWN STRAP ROO

INSTALLATION

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

PICTURE TUBEcnoualomc SPIONG

1-520 CHASSIS

YOKE MOUNTiNG*FRG NUT

CENTERINGADJuST AO NT SNAT T

FOG, MAGNETADJUSTMENT SCREW

PICTURE TUBESOCITET

iON TRAP MAGNETPANOTTATATE LT la 'FROM

FRONT OF PICTURE TUBE BASE

REAR TUBEMOUNTING ROD NUT

RAF. HANDLE

REAR TUBEMOUNTING BRACKET

REAR TUBE MOUNTINGBRACKET SCREW

Remove retaining channels and lift HaloLightshield from assembly.Remove tape holding HaloLight tube mounting clipsand leads to shield.Remove vinyl tubing from ends of tube and care-fully lift tube from shield.Unsolder leads from tube.To replace tube, follow the foregoing steps inreverse order. It is important that all tape re-moved from assembly be replaced to minimizedust collection on picture tube face.

RETAINING CHANNEL

EE

CLAMPS-

%Wool

BEZEL-

-

//CLAMPS

HALOLIGHTTUBE

LIGHT SHIELD

CLAMP

MOUNTINGSTUD

hoc`

RETAININGCHANNEL

LIGHTDSHIEL

MASK

POTu13

BEZEL

HALOLIGHT TUBE REMOVAL 159


SYLVANIA Chassis 1-514 and 1-520, continued

VIDEOIFI

4.5MC TRAP AND SOUND ALIGNMENTPREALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS READ CAREFULLYBEFORE ATTEMPTING ALIGNMENT.

Lay chassis on side with H. V. supply down for under-chassis adjustments.

Ground all test equipment unless otherwise stated.

Keep detector leads short.

Use proper non-metallic alignment tools for powderediron cores with hex holes or slots. Metallic screwdrivers may be used for cores adjusted by brass screws.

Receiver should warm up for approximately 15 minutes

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT

before alignment.

During Video IF Alignment, when indicated, raise shieldon Oscillator/Mixer tube so ground contact is broken.

Set Fringe (AGC) switch to maximum counterclockwiseposition on 1-514-3, 1-514-4, 1-520-3, 1-520-4 and1-520-8 chassis.

STEPSIGNAL GENERATOR

Connection Freq.SWEEP GENERATOR

Connection Freq.VTVM

CONNECTIONOSCILLOSCOPE

CONNECTION ADJUSTOUTPUTREADING COMMENTS

I. To raised tube shieldon Osc. /Mix. tube.

39.75MC

Across diode loadresistor R147 -4.7K.

L54(Top Core)

Min. Set VHF tuner to free channel. Apply -3V%between C130 - 22 Mfd. and chassis. Usesufficient output for satisfactory reading.

2.

CHASSIS 1-514-1, 1-520-1- - -Loosely couple markerto Looker Point "B" onVHF tuner.

AND-42.1 &45.75

MC

1-520-7 ONLY:_ _ _ _Looker Point "B" onVHF tuner.

_43.25

MC10 MCSweep

- -- - - - -Pin 5 of 1st VideoIF Amp. thru de-tector circuit.

- -L54 (Bot.Core); T2(VHF tuner)

- - -Responsecurve shownin Fig. A.

Remove AGC voltage. Disconnect T55 pri-many lead from pin 5 of VI - 6CB6; con -nect 330 Ohm resistor in its place (fromR128 - 1K to pin 5 of VI). LowerOsc. /Mix. tube shield to normal position.On chassis 1-514-1 and 1-520-1 and -7,set VHF tuner to any free high channel;on chassis 1-514-3, 1-514-4, 1-520-3,1-520-4 and 1-520-8, set VHF tuner be -tween any two channels. L53 controlswidth of curve on 1-514-3, 1-514-4,1-520-3, 1-520-4 and 1-520-8 chassis.

CHASSIS 1-514-3, 1-519-4,

Loosely couple markerto pin 5, 676 thru holein VHF tuner.

1-520-3,

42.1 &45.75MC

1-520-4, 1-520

Pin 5, 676 thru holein VHF tuner.

8 ONLY:-43.25

MC10 MCSweep

- - - - -Pin 5 of 1st VideoIF Amp. thru de-tector circuit.

- - -L54 (Bot.Core); L8(VHF tuner);L53

- - -Responsecurve shownin Fig. C.

3. Repeat step 2 until curve is flat with 42.1 MC and 45.75 MC markers on corners. REMOVE 330 OHM RESISTOR AND RECONNECT T55 before proceeding with step 4

4. To raised tube shieldon Osc. /Mix. tube.

41.25MC

Acrossresistor

diode loadR147 -4.7K.

L55 4thVideo IFtrap.

Min.Set VHF tuner to free channel. Apply -3V.between C130 - .22 Mfd. and chassis. Usesufficient output for satisfactory reading.

5. Same as 4 47.25 Same as 4 T56 Min. Same as 4MC

_(Top Core)

6. Same as 4 41.25 Same as 4 T55 Min. Same as 4MC (Top Core)

7. Same as 4 44.0 Same as 4 T58 Max. Same as 4. Reduce signal generator outputMC

_to keep VTVM reading between 1 and 2 volts.

8. Same as 4 42.0 Same as 4 T57 Max. Same as 7MC

_9. Same as 4 45.2 Same as 4 T56 Max. Same as 7

MC_

(Bot. Core)

10. Same as 4 43.2 Same as 4 T55 Max. Same as 7MC

-(Bot. Core)

11. Repeat steps 4 to 6 Inclusive.

12. Loosely couple mar-ker to raised tubeshield on Osc. /Mixer.

41.25MC

42.1MC

45.75MC

47.25MC

To raised tube shieldon Osc. /Mixer tube. 43.25

MC10 MCSweep

- Across diode load re-sistor R147 - 4.7Kwith 33K resistor inseries with hot scopelead.

T58T57T56

(Bot. Core)T55

(Bot. Core)

ResponseCurveshown inFig.B

Same as 4. Use low signal input and highscope gain. Retouch T58, T57, T56 andT55 adjustments slightly to obtain responsecurve shown.

100x EXTERNALT ,.. 7 . ifika RESISTORS

VTVZZOK0-1 L541901.)

T2(TUNER)45.75

45.0 MC. RESPONSE.100%

L53 L5411301.)

6 100 /.4 f 1N34 :0* . SCOPE

INPUT . 120 K 1N60"-.001CRYSTAL

42.11MC.

L54(TOP)

MC. PIK42.1 MG 45,75MC.

42.1MC. L13(TUNER)45.75 MC.

L54fTCP)

3M250V.0PflE

3915MC

SOUND41.25 47.25MC. PAC,5

1-52(1-3,TO 002

mg GROUND LEAD5 5103

SOUND DISCRIMINATORALIGNMENT SETUP

(NOT NECESSARY IF SHIELDED LEADUSED ON SCOPE)

VIDEO IF DETECTOR CIRCUIT

1-514-1, 1-520-1, 1-520-7FIGURE A FIGURE B

VIDEO IF RESPONSE CURVES

1_514_3, 1-514-4,1-52.15-4,1:520-8

FIGURE C

4.5MC TRAP ALIGNMENT


Connection Freq.VTVM CONNECTIONS

RF Probe Ground Lead ADJUSTOUTPUTREADING COMMENTS

Video1. To Pin 2 of 12BY7

Amplifier.4.5 MC RF Probe connected to

Cathode (Pin 11) ofPicture Tube.

To chassis. 1.61 Min. Short Pin 1 of V4-6CB6 4th Video IF Amplifier to Chassis.


SYLVANIA Chassis 1-514 and 1-520, continuedSOUND ALIGNMENT


CONNECTIONVTVM CONNECTIONS

DC Probe Ground Lead ADJUSTOUTPUTREADING COMMENTS

1. 45 MC and 4.5 MC generators eachconnected through a 1000 ohm resistorto pin 1 of VI -13C136 1st video IFAmplifier

or45 MC generator with 4.5 MC mar-ker (preferably crystal controlled)through 1000 ohm resistor to pin 1of V1.

To pin 5 of v7-6AL5. To pin T of V7 . T52 Sec. (Top Core)T52 Pri. (Rot. Core)L62

Max..

Set tuner to free channel with minimum interference.

2. Same as 1To junction of twomatched 100K resis-tors connected in series across R104.

Thru 100K re-sistor to ter-urinal 5 of 752.

T52 Sec. (Top Core) Zero Use lowest meter scale set to zero center. At correctsetting, a slight turn of core will give either a positiveor negative reading.

3. Remove test equipment and resistors.

ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT

STEP SIGNAL SOURCEVTVM CONNECTIONS

DC ProbeI

Ground Lead ADJUSTOUTPUTREADING COMMENTS

1. Connect a good antenna installation to the receiver.

2. Strong station To pin 5 of V7-6AL5. To pin 7 of 117-6AL5. T52 Pri. (Bot. Core)L62

Max. Repeat all adjustments until maximum is reached.

3. Strong station Thru 100K resistor toterminal 5 of T52.

To junction of twomatched 100K resis-tors connected inseries across R104.

T52 Sec. (Top Core) Zero Use lowest meter scale set to zero center. At correctsetting, a slight turn of core will give either a positiveor negative reading.

4. Remove test equipment and resistors.

irillosalso,1.csipA215 Ac4*Ci 33R1., di Ct77 v",,223 Ri56'"iiiiir R225. 8224Cil2a

CI35A (1C134 0214 HEIGHTC 356 ®Ri4=

136 R'37<ipCi75A R229

UHF TUNER

c1376C136 Ri40

I 71;6i42120CR:8

C2i2I-

II. R227 R219

L55

Ri 42C

:.,0139

4 4C Ai11C2i0f,

%

C140 RiOiy59

8220

L58 ,RI4 Ilo "0,4,

IC207,C206

R149 Ern

C209.R 216CONTRAST Ci41

1 R146 R147II%

...R217MI 4. ss R148

L57

CI46 IlD

R 214

111 00IAC200..,.....R100 44.-0 4.-* R215CI42 /*Ai RI54

CI02, C103CI04,11103

anDC203

R101 GIOIA C100 e .53 % ..i. Lse

C201R201R203, 202 ID R20

BOTTOM LAYOUT

C106

%

am

ciole .0 t,R10 LED 40 L60

R208inn2 Dm 0113 = R205-

mIn

R150R8151 Ile"

53

R204

8200

RI52 C254

RI06 =C256

(I 01 47 C252c c 7 ED8121

)FRINGE(AOC)il :-.-.J.R2t0 R209L::,

. T53!

R114

8104NM

C105

Nj.

1,- =R1158257

R206 2253 Al.111251

Vei,R252IL._

C204 P212 R207 Rage' R255_414, 20501111

8254t

OmR222

'---11

-LC107C106 R256

R25,(7111 R213R2Il

C251

0'>R107 arn n C258 0206

R262 L50 R261C255

C25048 C111 WIA R 10 9 SYNC

SAL

R112 C257HOR.

C259 R263 HOLD

C109R2%50

ON -OFF 1

.SWITCH

3 R108 RIII Albi 111C26I C260

OR.T

CHOC (5§).R260 III R267 DRIVE

RIOSVOLUME

Qq,coos '40

C110A ' RII0 L70 0265iti)L72 R2. 41'16 #"...

R155BRIGHTNESS iltr-

R113

R265262R266 161

UN

now

,14

IIT

25

SYL

VA

NIA

EL

EC

TR

IC P

RO

DU

CT

S C

hass

is 1

-514

and

1-5

20 C

ircu

it D

iagr

am

SA

ND

PA

SS

IE A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

SL5

4111

10T

TO

R C

OR

E/

L53

L. (

TU

NE

R)

2516

C T

ON

G S

WE

EP

VH

F T

IME

RIG

.I.I

LE

CIIII

4°1

2 2R

1100

9A5S

if A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

SLS

4 M

OT

TO

.. C

OR

EI

T2

(TU

NE

R)

3 25

1K O

RO

SW

EE

P

V12

VI

vi6C

4 R

AM

O6C

.6E

OM

AC

M

75L5

OC

KC

ITY

C17

11

ooI

OW

00

vzo

acT

UR

EU

BE

8201

EN

-NW

416.

MO

O

L54

FR

ING

E M

GC

ISW

ITC

HN

MF

OR

AG

E P

OS

TO

N)

zn

:

GZ

! TA

SA

120

V WO

AN

Lto

C25

0[S

YN

C II

ALA

NC

IRG

I70

-70/

Nd

le*

R25

022

4

- r

SC

HE

MA

TIC

DIA

GR

AM

FO

R 1

-514

& 1

-520

TV

CH

AS

SIS

"tax

onD

OT

UA

MIC

NOTESti,

trvr

rOR

IM10

. 111

0,0A

. OK

11,.

rIr

'Av1

73 Z

ratV

8.10

7112

3101

- N

YT

SPE

IL: /

2:13

TM

E

-""

ndr"

rtA

:a1%

":11

" R

K/

coul

ason

s Y

AL

E. 0

1.1.

112

1- 1

:011

1.1

CO

NST

AO

L S

AT

tO M

AII

NK

R.

C00

47

0,33

-1,

541

0 0

1

V3

T5?

6CB

63T

LR V

IDE

OA

/AP

IMI:

OR

R/

100A

4osT

ipat

7" v

X;

2110

v?

FM

a

6Ay6

6AL5

1.T

S2

RA

,0 D

E T

!OS ov

/

002

1-17

'04

41-

-11

V.

INI0

5

viD

EO

47.

/A

AI

6C86

tF

44W

Ri4

3T

S.

DE

TE

CT

OR

W-W

r-III

.60.

. - -

- -

fflor

fi 'I

--1

561

1"

cAt.

ts.,

W0

II',

...C

HI)

-.-

I

::IZ

:F.1

'''''';

I'1

140-

-- -

-i

-0 i

I02

2250

0lO

OK

1.25

)

KIN

IOU

6SN

7GT

/A14

NO

R 0

5C

1125

6W

. 7

4E4

8252

0047

R25

54K

C2S

6

0047

Tac

a. °

sc.

aa.s

... 3

.3S

ICR

I MO

V1.

1.25

.G

.?:

N-T

.50

.

-r29

00E

RE

IM02

900

.262

255

6AH

4GT

VE

RT

OU

TP

UT

TO

P ila

r

CI'

C10

710

04/0

,

RIO

.IS

ME

G

NO

EL

MO

IL

L.4

L65

0I

ISA

232

Nut

VW

,

L6?

L_ NO

R

0259

8264

-co

,I0

0,1

70.1

fA

O ,,

L.

1131

1D

RIV

E

iNT

TT

0254

1126

1C

GI

LS

N7G

T/A

11-1

1--"

AN

-4-0

--ip

-vm

om

6E0

12M

EA

SUR

ED

AG

IN A

N E

LEC

TR

OS

TA

TIC

OR

ZE

RO

CU

RR

EN

T M

ET

ER

AN

D A

T L

INE

VO

LTA

E M

ET

ER

RE

AD

IO

F II

/ VO

LTD

S. U

ND

ER

WN

W O

HS

OF

NO

RM

AL

SU

N..

AN

NO

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S

$B

RIG

HT

NE

SS C

ON

TR

OL

AT

MA

XIM

UM

.P

ICT

UR

E C

ON

TR

AS

T C

ON

TR

OL

AT

NIN

INU

N.

FRINGE rE

4t1

.0.1

17aC

M,4

1111

:N.X

.IM

UM

CO

UA

NIG

H P

EA

K V

OLT

AG

E O

f SH

OR

T D

UR

AT

ION

(A

PP

RO

X. s

pa, v

)M

AT

DA

MA

GE

ME

TE

R U

SE

D F

OR

TH

IS M

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

.

+01

4NP

EA

K V

OLT

AG

E M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

,000

VO

LTS

)V

OLT

AG

E S

OV

ICE

S A

RE

RE

IGA

TE

° G

I EN

CIR

CLE

D S

YM

BO

LS; C

OA

RE

SP

ON

OM

G S

YM

BO

LS W

ITH

OU

T C

IRC

LES

IND

ICA

TE

VO

LTA

GE

TIE

PO

INT

S.

Vs1

:.*Z

.,;;!°

.tcA

,Tja

Di M

iTT

RA

LET

" A

AT

T Z

2P4,

2711

.U.T

.Ics'

st A

TE

LtA

ftV g

rafa

'"ccl

asta

LcT

sEIT

Igo:

17.5

4,4s

711s

." II

T V

OLT

AV

ER

AG

E V

OLT

AG

ES

AN

O C

C, R

ES

ST

AN

CE

S A

RE

IND

ICA

TE

D. R

ES

IST

AN

CE

OF

TA

PP

ED

CO

ILS

IS f0

01 E

NT

IRE

RIN

GIN

G. C

OIL

RE

SIS

TA

NC

E IS

NO

T S

HO

WN

VIN

EIM

RE

AD

ING

SA

RE

WO

SM

ALL

OR

WID

ELY

VA

RIA

BLE

.A

PR

ON

S A

T C

ON

TR

OLS

WE

NC

AT

E C

LOC

KW

ISE

RO

TA

TIO

N O

F C

ON

TR

OLS

.

m

®35

0v C

264

10p

6Y6G

OV

IRU

T

NC

RO

uTO

u

za

140A

C11

100

47

Rom

omax

Maw

r.M

ON

O..

1111

3.1

0E2

40.

01

C26

70

gO

igL

70:0

1

6A%

401

DA

MPE

R

TO

oF

US

E

1.90

v

CA

UT

ION

NO

TIC

ET

HE

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E L

EA

D T

O T

HE

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

HA

SA

PO

TE

NT

IAL

OF

IIS

O00

VO

LTS

. PR

EC

AU

TIO

NS

SH

OU

LD B

E O

BS

ER

VE

D W

HE

N T

HE

CH

AS

SIS

ISR

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E C

AB

INE

T F

OR

SE

RV

ICE

PU

RP

CG

ISD

O N

OT

OP

ER

AT

E T

HE

RE

CE

IVE

R W

ITH

TH

E N

.V.

CO

VE

R R

EM

OV

ED

.

ALW

AY

S U

SE

SA

FE

TY

GO

GG

LES

AN

D G

LOV

ES

IF IT

ISN

EC

ES

SA

RY

TO

RE

MO

VE

TH

E P

ICT

UR

E T

HE

.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONcau HANGkS VARIATIONS

a a. a3 a ts. ,CHASSIS 4 :,,, '" N. ~rye e, ,,, 4,,,,?

... ., .., ..., , ..... 4


COl I. P. COl I. P. I. P. I. P. I. P. I. P.Hor. Osc. socket and Audio Out-put transformer relocated.R269 - 1 K and C267 - . 1 Mfd.added to H. V. assembly (Initialchange).

CO2 I. P. CO2 COl I. P. CO1 I. P. I. P.

R269 - 1 K and C267 - . 1 Mid.added to H. V. assembly (Revisedproduction).

CO3 I. P. CO3 CO2 I. P. CO2 COl COl

C206 - .0033 Mid, changed to0047 Mfd. (1-514 only)

C04 C04 _ _C261 - 10 Mfd. removed. C04 I. P. C04 CO3 I. P. CO3 CO2 CO2

R22IVERTHOLD

R226VERT.LIN.

HEIGHT

FRINGE 1,0(AGM

L7IHOR.SIZE

R259NOR.

HOLD

C260NOR.

DRIVE

CHASSIS PICTURE TUBE TUNERSVHF UHF

1-514-I 17YP4(Cyl. ) S. T.1-514-3 17YP4(Cyl. ) G. I.1-514-4 17YP4(Cyl. ) G. I. G. I.

1-520-1 212P4A(Spher. ) S. T.1-520-3 21ZP4A(Spher. ) G.I.1-520-4 21ZP4A(Spher. ) G.I. G.I.1-520-7 21EP4A (Cyl.) S. T.1-520-8 21EP4A (Cyl. G.I. G. I.

HALOLIGHT MODELS

NoNoNo

105-14; 300Same as 1-514-1.105-14; 300 ("U" Models)

NoNoNoYesYes

120-20; 320; 325Same as 1-520-1.120-20; 325 ("U" Models)326326 ("U" Models)

S. T. - Sarkes - Tarzian tuner.G.I. - General Instrument tuner."U" Models - All -channel models designated BU, MU, etc.Cyl. - Cylindrical faced; Spher. - Spherical faced.I. P - Change incorporated in initial production.

17N6AH4GT

OUTPUT

VI2

6C4VERT. OSC.

VIO

12AU7SYNC. SEPSVIIC.AMP

6AL5NOR. PHASEDETECTOR

t-113

1 /4AMPFUSE

CI75)CI751

(;;-\12BY7VIDEO

AMPLIFIER

I2AU7NOISE

INVERTER

V166BQ6GT

Now OUTPUT

T61

isn

VII

I B3GTN.V. RECT.

6 A X4 TDAMPER

v

6CB6r VIDEOIF AMP

V26CB62ND VIDEO

IF AMP

V36686

30 VIDEOIF AMR

V46CB6

4 DI VIDEOIF AMP.

O

SYLVANIA ELECTRICService Data, continued

TOP LAYOUT

1N105VIDEO

DETECTOR

O

V76 AL5

RATIODETECTOR

V66AU6SOUND IFAMP

6S N7GT ANOR. OSC.

VS

6AV61ST AFAMP

V96Y66

A F OUTPUT

VHF CHANNELSELECTOR

4 FINE TUNINGAND UHF CHANNEL

SELECTOR

GI49CONTRAST

R155BRIGHTNESS

163


SYLVANIATELEVISION

CHASSIS 1-518-1, -2, -3

MODELS ALL 175-18, 372,

373, 375,376, 377 SERIES

(Pages 164 to 168)

Note 1: The terms "Hori-zontal,"or "Vertical,"refer tothe oscilloscope sweepemployed.

Note 2: All waveforms aretaken with the oscilloscopehorizontal sweep directionfrom left to right and with

414

SYLVANIA ELECTRIC PRODUCTS INC.WOOD BLOCK IN CABINET

MASK

upward deflection corre-sponding to positivepolarity.

Note 3: In some instancesthe waveforms obtainedwill not be identical withthose shown, due to theelectrical characteristics of

ViriNrctilo

*12BY7 (V7) Video Am- "12BY7 (V7) Video Am-plifier Control Grid (Pin plifier Control Grid (Pin2) 3.5 Volts (PP) Vertical 2) 3.5 Volts (PP) Hori-

zontal

41- -AL

.I40: Now

*12BY7 (V7) Video Am-plifier Plate (Pin 7) 75Volts (PP) Vertical

164

*12BY7 (V7) Video Am-plifier Plate (Pin 7) 75Volts (PP) Horizontal

6C4 (V 16) Vertical Oscil-lator Plate (Pin 1) 180Volts (PP) Vertical

J

6AH4GT (V17) VerticalOutput Grid (Pin 1) 85Volts (PP) Vertical

SPACERWASHER

WOOD SCREW

MOUNTING STUD, NUT, WASHER AND BRACKET

PICTURE TUBE HOLDDOWN STRAP

TIGHTEN TUBE NOLODOWN STRAPROO Nut

HOLODOWN STRAP ROO

PICTURE TUBEGROUNDING SPRING

PICTURE TUBE INSTALLATION

the oscilloscope used.Note 4: All waveforms aremeasured with respect tochassis unless otherwiseindicated.Note 5: Have Picture(Con-trast)control at maximum.

12AX7 (V14) Hor. Sync 12AX7 (V14) Hor. SyncSeparator and AGC Recti- Separator and AGC Recti-fier Cathode (Pin 3) 6 fier Plate (Pin 1.,) 45 VoltsVolts (PPG Vertical (PP) Vertical

12AX7 (V14) Hor. Sync 12AX7 (V14) Hor. SyncSeparator and AGC Recti- Separator and AGC Rect.-fier Cathode (Pin 3) 4.0 fier Plate (Pin 1) 45 VoltsVolts (PP) Horizontal (PP) Horizontal

6AH4GT (VI7) VerticalOutput Plate (Pin 5) 700Volts (PP) Vertical

Vertical Deflection Coils(Test Point 1) 70 Volts(PP) Vertical

6AL5 (V18) HorizontalDiscriminator Plate(Pin 2) 55 Volts (PP)Horizontal

6AL5 (V18) HorizontalDiscriminator Plate(Pin 7) 55 Volts (PP)Horizontal

PIN CUSHIONCORRECTOR MAGNET

YOKE MOUNTINGWING NUT

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT SHAFT

FOCUS MAGNETADJUSTMENT SCREW

PICTURE TORESOCKET

ION TRAP MAGNETAPPROXIMATELY 1/2"FROMFRONT OF PICTURE TOOL BASE

REAR TUBEMOUNTING ROD HUT

RAYING HANDLE

REAR TUBEMOUNTING BRACKET

REAR TUBE MOUNTINGBRACKET SCREW

*The peak to peak (PP)voltages of these wave-forms are dependent on thedepth of modulation of thetransmitted signal; voltagesshown are obtained whenmodulation is approxi-mately 90 percent.

12AX7 (V14) Sync Sepa-rator Plate ( Pin 6) 40Volts (PP) Vertical

12AU7 (V15) Sync Am-plifier and Clipper Plate(Pin 1) 90 Volts (PP)Vertical

NV\

12A1.77 )V15) SPILL Am-plifier and Clipper Plate(Pin 1) 80 Volts (PP)Horizontal

6C4 (V16) Vertical Oscil-lator Grid (Pin 6) 180Volts (PP) Vertical

6CB6 (VI9) Horizontal 12131-17 (V20) HorizontalControl Plate (Pin 5) 70 Discharge Plate (Pin 6)Volts (PP) Horizontal 85 Volts (PP) Horizontal

12BH7 (V20) HorizontalOscillator Plate (Pin80 Volts (PP) Horizontal

AGC Winding of Hori-zontal Output Transformer(Point X to Ground) 300Volts (PP) Horizontal

SYL

VA

NIA

EL

EC

TR

IC P

RO

DU

CT

S C

ircu

it D

iagr

am

Cha

ssis

1-5

18-1

, -2,

-3,

Mod

els

All

175-

18, 3

72, 3

73, 3

75, 3

76, 3

77

CA

UT

ION

NO

TIC

ET

IC 0

020

VC

S.T

AG

E L

EA

D T

O T

ot P

ICT

UR

E T

ulle

NA

S P

OT

EN

TIA

LO

F IT

,__

_00040

1n. P

IRE

CA

UT

ION

S SI

CV

LO

if M

CR

AE

) vo

IEN

TIC

Gm

AG

GIS

IS R

Em

OV

ED

FR

OM

TIC

CA

BIN

ET

FO

P S

ER

VIC

EPU

RPO

SES.

00 N

OT

OPE

RA

TE

TH

E R

EC

EIV

ER

WIT

H T

OE

00

CO

VE

R R

OW

ED

*LA

WS

USE

WE

TS

GO

GG

LE

S A

NO

GIM

ES

K M

IS

NE

CE

SSA

R1

TO

RIM

/ TIC

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

.

O I

NA

SIN

IE0

0101

4 A

N E

i.EC

TR

OST

TPC

OP

IN

CIu

M C

ows.

,14

1.0

KA

N v

OL

TA

St O

F ..7

0E

t.E

NE

TE

R N

O A

T L

rIV

6020

2003

V w

ow.

IMPI

O.0

1. O

KR

1011

spo

ov is

mK

AT

A*1

710

RE

AO

K O

F 07

VO

LT

S.W

.. M

ET

ER

uSE

G. F

OR

7...

UN

DE

R 0

0.10

.11.

00

*004

2. B

AN

AL

OR

loos

css

com

voL

otSu

alm

EN

TA

RO

..NW

AT

NA

AN

tura

m A

66

r v.

. a I

MA

IO/W

O C

O01

6230

<03

2 M

GM

K. v

OL

TA

GE

K.S

.ToN

010.

TH

AN

1,0

00 v

0,11

166

2 63

64,2

0T

.RIC

LE

0 PA

MPA

03.

1.07

.0...

..CO

E V

O.,1

141

Wet

611

1rO

ZA

SOK

0 K

1 C

RA

SS...

ASS

OT

HE

RW

ISE

11.

100G

AT

EG

I, 0

G T

AK

EN

AT

t0,0

00 O

K. K

R L

IM,

EC

AT

100

OH

MS

KR

vO

LT

ME

ASU

RE

ME

NT

CO

RO

T...

WIL

ES*

OT

HC

KN

SE 1

.1.1

0 SO

UR

CE

HT

VO

LT

SO G

VO

.E. A

RM

.. IN

SCO

NN

EC

TE

D w

ITH

SH1.

1. H

AM

A F

IGN

OE

GO

TT

TT

TT

AT

0.0

.0. M

TIO

RT

.S$

111.

1011

.01O

W -

OT

HE

R G

ON

TIN

N.S

AT

001

0....

. 1.0

.10.

111.

AV

ER

MIC

VO

LT

ASC

S IN

TO

CO

IL 0

0001

.010

00D

I4T

E0

RE

SIST

RC

IE O

F T

AK

EO

G00

., IS

FO

R 0

40.

0000

x1[.

Gdl

RE

NsT

AN

CE

000

SHO

WN

WH

ER

E R

EA

DIN

GS

APE

700

WA

LL

OR

111

150

.010

01.1

ON

O. A

T C

ON

TR

O.S

0.0

6110

2 0.

00,6

62

Ism

iNha

s H

Alu

tarm

INT

SIS

OIN

CA

I O

MN

I56

4L

AM

AG

A,

AST

SC O

NG

ME

%s

Eve

ttf:':

or..

We

'CA

MO

MC

O.

of=

5F5

6

Mg

:..-

''fU

=1

GC

RE

MO

., A

NN

' eFEM

1I ,.

0 t

r2

7 iM

i ,r

1

,aco

ir...

'"-,

-X -

*4tr

?

, sta

..Il

l.h

..._.

J°

w R

Ov.

i S e

n, ,A

,

144

rN

SAv.

.

2i 10

00' L

ee e

acrl

aw 1

,...,

SUG

GSU

46 ..

1.3.

, 17.

.

..L--

303

;O

O.

, /6

GK

C.

.:24141MM

:,:F

R =

0.:.-

wig

2 SO

v ®0

w

ovom

0(77

Swot

.oo

5

0) UI

ssoF

f:1`0

.) 0007

Gv4

211

aIV

5. ?

16v,

OS

541

36v2

0qv

?

as

Vas

664

0V

a66

70.

v

6AU

6SO

.. 7

6GU

G

r1.

10F.

EN

O

GA

LS

1100

Oaf

OF

FS C

omm

os-

. _ _

SPi,e

af,

co.,

..,,

.N

Go.

006

F":

To'

---,

,,-,-

__"3

-77

607'

. ';''

O;

--it-

--1C

rili

I

1'

."4:

;10

il;1

.21

6,y 7

LL

:

11, .

GG

GP.

03,F

WV

n010

411

I 12

1.

0:(0

1:

GA

VE

Tor

ct4.

2.'"

7C H

v..h

KO

.0;

4?'

"Z14

7rx

'si.u

,c.

o..0

Cw

izS2

TA

NC

I.70

2

11G

1. O

K11

ST. A

m

11.

A R

CO

.,

T50

.

GA

LS

NO

R M

ICR

R2S

3

C

1.

id!!

1..,l

uras

so2u

NII

lox

6V6G

TA

r 01

014.

0

,0,

,,T

ST

vK2I

EN

IAPI

CT

UR

E T

U.

CO

O.0

00v

el C

r I-

0 'A

1.2

2

i55s

,OW

610

0F 1

2807

461;

31

c16

cr55

.FF

57O

lcN

OR

aw

l26

2G

OT

T.

NO

N

01:1

0b1.

-To

C

IIO

uTFu

0012

00.

4,ar

rav

ree

m

ER

. 1

11

alb

-

VI;

42v

ia

_oi

0vG

I..

41.2

11,K

ovC

.Ms

rroT

ero,

von

AsN

2060

. 3I6

ovila

,117=WranlY

E T

n 'att .S

0231

10

60. S

IJA

am

0v

ar,

aa20

0234

ISD

N

....

VID

EO

IF, 4

.5M

C T

RA

P A

ND

SO

UN

D A

LIG

NM

EN

TP

RO

CE

DU

RE

Sin

PRE

AL

IGN

ME

NT

IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

-R

EA

D C

AR

EFU

LL

Y3.

Whe

n co

nstr

uctin

gde

tect

orci

rcui

tke

ep le

ads

shor

t.5.

Allo

w r

ecei

ver

to w

arm

up

for

appr

oxim

atel

y 15

min

utes

0)B

EFO

RE

AT

TE

MPT

ING

AL

IGN

ME

NT

.be

fore

pro

ceed

ing

with

alig

nmen

t.4.

Use

pro

per

insu

late

d al

ignm

ent t

ools

for

pow

dere

d ir

on1.

Lay

cha

ssis

onsi

defo

run

der

chas

sis

adju

stm

ents

.co

res

with

hex

hol

es o

r sl

ots

and

met

allic

scr

ew d

rive

rsN

OT

E:

Dur

ing

Vid

eo I

F A

lignm

ent,

whe

n in

dica

ted,

rais

efo

r th

ose

core

s ad

just

ed b

y br

ass

scre

ws.

shie

ld o

n O

scill

ator

-M

ixer

tube

so

that

gro

und

cont

act i

s2.

Gro

und

all

test

equi

pmen

tun

less

oth

erw

ise

stat

ed.

brok

en.

w l' rV

IDE

O IF

ALI

GN

ME

NT

.c

Z 0 CO H e 0 ili y tvi

STE

PSI

GN

AL

GE

NE

RA

TO

RC

onne

ctio

nFr

eq.

SWE

EP

GE

NE

RA

TO

RC

onne

ctio

nFr

eq.

VT

VM

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NO

SCIL

LO

SCO

PEC

ON

NE

CT

ION

AD

JUST

OU

TPU

TR

EA

DIN

GC

OM

ME

NT

SZ 1-

4Z a

1.T

o ra

ised

tube

shi

eld

on O

sc. -

Mix

er39

.75

MC

Acr

oss

Dio

de L

oad

Res

. R15

2 3.

3KL

53(T

op C

ore)

Min

.Se

t Tun

er to

fre

e ch

anne

l.A

pply

-12

V.

betw

een

junc

tion

of R

137

and

C13

1 an

d()

Z tl__

__ch

assi

s.U

se s

uffi

cien

t out

put f

or s

atis

-fa

ctor

y re

adin

gs.

Ptr

i

2.L

oose

ly c

oupl

e m

arke

rto

con

trol

gri

d (p

in 5

) of

45.7

5M

CT

hrou

gh H

ole

in tu

ner

cove

r to

Pin

5 o

f 6J

643

.25

MC

Plat

ePi

n 5

ofV

3 6C

B6

thro

ugh

L59

(Sot

. Cor

e),

Res

pons

eC

urve

Rem

ove

AG

C v

olta

ge. D

isco

nnec

t T55

pri

-m

ary

from

pin

5 o

f V

3 6C

B6;

con

nect

a 3

30

cn U)

CO

r

ej trj

616

Osc

. -M

ixer

thro

ugh

hole

in T

uner

Cov

er.

42.1 MC

10 M

CSw

eep

Det

ecto

r C

ircu

it.Se

e"C

omm

ents

"L

8 (T

uner

),L

54sh

own

in F

ig. A

ohm

res

isto

r in

its

plac

e. L

ower

Osc

. -M

ix-

er tu

be s

hiel

d. S

et V

HF

tune

r be

twee

n an

ytw

o ch

anne

ls. L

54 c

ontr

ols

wid

th o

f cu

rve.

o- i

31-,

Rep

eat s

tep

2 ad

just

men

ts u

ntil

curv

eis

fla

t with

42.

1 M

C a

nd 4

5.75

MC

mar

kers

on

corn

ers.

RE

MO

VE

330

OH

M R

ESI

STO

R A

ND

RE

CO

NN

EC

TT

55 b

efor

e pr

ocee

ding

with

ste

p 4.

tit 1

h"t ,,4.

To

rais

ed tu

be s

hiel

don

Osc

. - M

i-te

r41

.25

MC

Acr

oss

Dio

de L

oad

Res

. R15

2 3.

3KL

554t

hM

in.

Set T

uner

to f

ree

chan

nel.

App

ly -

12 V

.be

twee

nP1

37C

131

,-,

-11

:11

Vid

eoIF

trap

.ju

nctio

n of

and

and

chas

sis.

Use

suf

fici

ent o

utpu

t for

satis

fact

ory

read

ings

.i N,

14 til,

S.Sa

me

as 4

47.2

5Sa

me

ae 4

T56

Min

.Sa

me

as 4

Irli

MC

(Top

Cor

e)W

8.Sa

me

as 4

41.2

5ga

me

as 4

T55

Min

.Sa

me

as 4

'.A

tliul

roi

MC

(Top

Cor

e)Fe U

)7.

Sam

e as

444

.*0

Sam

e as

4T

58M

ax.

Sam

e as

4.

Red

uce

Sig.

Gen

. out

put t

o ke

ep4-

,:-.4

*

MC

VT

VM

rea

ding

bet

wee

n 1

and

2 V

olts

.al

l

8.Sa

me

as 4

42.0

Sam

e as

4T

57M

ax.

Sam

e as

7(9

ZM

CP,

-M

a.,

9.Sa

me

as 4

45.2

T56

Max

.Sa

me

as 7

IVM

C(S

ot.

Cor

e)50

-hX

10.

Sam

e as

443

.2T

55M

ax.

Sam

e as

79S

4M

C(S

ot. C

ore)

161

11.

Rep

eat s

teps

4 to

8 in

clus

ive.

9) ,-,-

bill

12.

Loo

sely

cou

ple

mar

-ke

r to

rai

sed

tube

shie

ld o

n O

sc -

Mix

er

41.2

5M

C42

.1

To

rais

ed tu

be s

hiel

don

Osc

. -M

ixer

43.2

5M

C10

MC

Acr

oss

Dio

de L

oad

Res

.R

152

3.3K

with

33K

resi

stor

in s

erie

s w

ith

T58

T57

T56

Res

pons

eC

urve

show

n

Sam

e as

4.

Use

low

sig

nal i

nput

and

hig

hsc

ope

gain

.

(5 ..Z C)

ei 84M

C45

.75

MC

47.2

5M

C

Swee

pho

t sco

pe le

ad.

(Bot

. Cor

e)T

55(B

ot. C

ore)

in F

ig. B

0

'0Z 8i

(5

4.5M

C T

RA

P A

LIG

NM

EN

TC

LPi

STE

PSI

GN

AL

GE

NE

RA

TO

RC

onne

ctio

nFr

eq.

VT

VM

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

RF

Prob

eG

roun

d L

ead

AD

JUST

OU

TPU

TR

EA

DIN

GC

OM

ME

NT

S

Dill

Oil

Fle

1.T

o Pi

n 2

of 1

2BY

7V

ideo

Am

plif

ier

4. 5

MC

RF

Prob

e co

nnec

ted

toC

atho

de (

Pin

11)

ofPi

ctur

e T

ube

To

chas

sis

L61

MM

.Sh

ort P

in 1

of

V6

6CB

6 4t

h V

ideo

IF

Am

plif

ier

to C

hass

is0

220K

45.0

L53(

8011

0---

110

00//

f:N

34I

roA

SP

ON

SE

0..5

442

.1M

CLB

ITU

NE

RI

45.7

5MC

L53(

TO

TI

OR

'

SC

OP

EIN

PU

TI2

0K31

60-'

.001

AL

PO

I42

.IMC

45.7

5MC

En

i'

CA q

39.7

5M

C

FIG

UR

E A

(NO

T N

EC

ES

SA

RY

IF S

HIE

LDE

D L

EA

DIS

US

ED

ON

SC

OP

E 1

VID

EO

IF D

ET

EC

TO

R C

IRC

UIT

SO

LIN

O70

%41

.25M

C50

.4 4

7.25

MC

FIG

UR

E B

L <0 ill

ZS

OU

ND

ALI

GN

ME

NT

ti ZS

TE

PS

IGN

AL

GE

NE

RA

TO

RC

ON

NE

CT

ION

VT

VM

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

DC

Pro

beG

roun

d Le

adA

DJU

ST

OU

TP

UT

RE

AD

ING

CO

MM

EN

TS

133

. Zi.

45 M

C a

nd 4

.5 M

C g

ener

ator

s ea

chco

nnec

ted

thro

ugh

a 10

00 o

hm r

esis

tor

to p

in 1

of V

3 6C

1313

1st

Vid

eo IF

Am

plifi

eror

45 M

C g

ener

ator

with

4. 5

MC

mar

-ke

r (p

refe

rabl

y cr

ysta

l con

trol

led)

1000

ohm

res

isto

r to

pin

Iof

V3.

To

pin

7 of

VIO

6A

L5T

o pi

n 5

of V

IO6A

L5.

T52

Sec

. (T

op C

ore)

T52

Pri.

(Bot

. Cor

e)L8

2

Max

.S

et tu

ner

to fr

ee c

hann

el w

ith m

inim

um in

terf

eren

ce.

on CO

MM

U),

... "1 CT i

CO

1.-+

trj tii tv tri el rt

hrou

gh

mip

2.S

ame

as 1

To

junc

tion

of tw

om

atch

ed 1

00K

re-

sist

ors

conn

ecte

dIn

ser

ies

acro

ssR

110.

To

pin

1 of

de -

emph

asis

plat

e th

roug

h10

0K r

esis

tor

T52

Sec

. (T

op C

ore)

Zer

oU

se lo

wes

t met

er s

cale

set

to z

ero

cent

er.

At c

orre

ctse

tting

, a s

light

turn

of c

ore

will

giv

e ei

ther

a p

ositi

veor

neg

ativ

e re

adin

g.N i

113

46 Ili tri

3.R

emov

e te

st e

quip

men

t and

res

isto

rs.

...

IL"

VII

ALT

ER

NA

TE

SO

UN

D A

LIG

NM

EN

T..-

.o'

q4 N

sS

TE

PS

IGN

AL

SO

UR

CE

VT

VM

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

DC

Pro

beI

Gro

und

Lead

AD

JUS

TO

UT

PU

TR

EA

DIN

GC

OM

ME

NT

S5 (1

)

gii

umI.

Con

nect

a g

ood

ante

nna

inst

alla

tion

to th

e re

ceiv

er.

0 ,-,-

0 Z2.

Str

ong

stat

ion

To

pin

7 of

V10

6A

L5T

o pi

n 5

of V

IO 6

AL5

T52

Pri.

(B

ot. C

ore)

L82

Max

.R

epea

t all

adju

stm

ents

unt

il m

axim

um is

rea

ched

.1-

4

RI 0

finV

ITo

3.S

tron

g st

atio

nT

o te

rmin

al 5

of T

52ju

nctio

n of

two

100K

res

isto

rs in

serie

s fr

om p

in 5

to p

in 7

of V

106A

L5.

T52

Sec

. (T

op C

ore)

Zer

oU

se lo

wes

t met

er s

cale

set

to z

ero

cent

er.

At c

orre

ctse

tting

, a s

light

turn

of c

ore

will

giv

e ei

ther

a p

ositi

veor

neg

ativ

e re

adin

g.S

D I. 0

0 4 F4

4.R

emov

e te

st e

quip

men

t and

res

isto

rs.

0 -el 8.

4

(-) 0

3 T

urns

(F

irst l

oop

from

VH

FZ

pulle

y to

war

d fr

ont o

f cha

ssis

),..

,'""

.U

HF

Pul

ley

Hub

,...

VH

F P

ulle

y(T

)

Eye

let

Thi

s si

de o

f loo

p fo

rms

3 tu

rns

CL.

Z CI

18 /13 0

over

hub

.,,,

.4".

.?

Not

e op

enin

gsO

in P

ulle

ys m

ust -

1---

w.

face

eac

h ot

her.

CO

..--

I I/4

"-.

-1

Ove

rall

leng

th o

f dia

l str

ing

=36

''

UH

F/V

HF

DIA

L C

OR

D S

TR

ING

ING

ING

II WI 0 z

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSYLVANIA Chassis 1-518-1, -2, -3, Service Information, Continued.

REIT

MOLDVERT

RUTVE RT ELIN

1223MEI6NT

RISSPICTURE

(CONTRAST)

ICIVERT SCAN

vus

12AU7 12AX7 I2BY7SYNC SEP.0 VIDEOSYNC.EN;

NOISE SATE ADC RECT. AMPLIFIER

CLIPPER

11102ABC 6AU6 6AL5

A6C NORAMP DISC*

NORHOLD

LSB

SIZEMOR

ROSSNOR.

DRIVE

168

V3

6CB6ITT VIDEO

F AMP

VI

2ap6CB6VIDEOIF AMP.

VSO 6C863RD VIDEO

IF AMP

C.)vs

6CB6VIDEO

IF AMP

(c7ii\12BH7 6CB6MOR.OSC NOR

NC/N.016CW CONTROL

T63NOR. SCAN

3 2

NOR. YOKECONNECTOR

SOCKET

921

6B06GTMON OUTPUT

BOTTOM LAYOUT

R10980RiCHTNESS

Roo9AVOLUME

ON -OFFSWITCH

/7 923I B3GT

II V RECT

2:81f°

t1111011"0114

NMI C

CA

(I -sue -2)

UHF/VHFSWITCH

0-311-21

9106AL5

RATIODETECTOR

SPEAKERSOCKET

129/19231

680(7(1-311.1,«2)

V26J6

osc MIXER

TOP LAYOUT

arl:ZI 5230AM

COST RED

0261

1126.1

KITS

SO 8179

CI77

1116R209

R260 R IS

111E -71.1-=-J R2700262 11264

CIO

1201 CMRITT 1221

FIZI)

VHF CHANNELSELECTOR

FINE TUNINGEl UHF CHANNEL

SELECTOR 11-515.2)

VOLUME

711113 F1-1

BRIONTNESS

C200,0 205,02071121,1, AZ IS,R2 IA

FF72AGC7).

HOWHOLD

R263HOPDRIVE


WestinghouseModels H -765T17, H -766T17,

Models H -770T21, H -771T21,H -776T21, H -786K21,

TELEVISION

H -810T17, Chassis V-2240-1, V-2240-2, and

E -772K21, H -773K21, H -774K21, H -775K21,H -787K21, using Chassis V-2243-1.

MODELS CONTAINING ALL -CHANNEL UHF TUNERSWhen the letter "U" appears in the model number, it indicates that the receiver contains an all -channel UHF tuner in addition to its VHF facilities. For example, Model H-770TU21 is the same asModel H -770T21 except that an all -channel UHF tuner has been added to it.

The service material and alignment information presented on pages 169 to 171,applies to all models listed above. Separate circuit diagrams for Chassis V-2240-1and -2 (pages 172-173), and for Chassis V-2243-1 (on pages 174-175), are printedsince these diagrams differ in some respects. Refer to correct material.

The following additional Models H -782K21, H -783K21, H -784K21, H -785K21,H -791K21, H -792K21, using Chassis V-2247-1, and Models H -788C21, H -789C21,H -790C21, H -794C21, using Chassis V-2249-1, are similar to Chassis V-2243-1,and differ mainly in the Sound I.F. and Audio sections. Models H -795T27, H -815T24,and H -817K24, using Chassis V-2250-1, are also similar to V-2243-1, with the maindifferences in the Power and Sweep sections.

PICTURE

OPT -ON -VOLUME

LOCI. HOLD

VERT. MOLD

BRIGHTNESS

PILOT LAMP

PINE TUNING

CHANNEL SELECTOR

BELT TIGHT NCR -5

7641.6--;KLIF0

',RGC

N WitAFC

6t3

LPOWER TRANS.

6454GT112,

SAWYER

2

L400RINGING/3,6 COIL A2AT7\

SING 0 SWIG cotoraxsc

(6006

0L302

(AM 2INBOARD

FUSE

Jf NTNOSE GLIM>,

L202

1®.

SPAR{

L 201

B $51 ASOUNO

Y1010 TEST

CRYSTALVIDFODCT

SPACE FORuNF TUNERMOUNTING

FIG. 5 - TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

L303

IONIC LIN

117,A -C

1

. FOCUS

yE HT I. IN

YOutri INNCORM/06

AG CCONTROL

169


170

Westinghouse Electric, Television Chassis V-2240-1, V-2240-2, V-2243-1ALIGNMENT CHARTS

COMMON I -F SECTION

Rotate the channel selector to channel 13.

Connect the oscilloscope to the video test terminal, point "B"through the decoupling network shown in Fig. 2.

Connect a 9 volt bias battery to the AGC line, point "A''

Couple the Ts- ker generator output to the sweep generator out-put. In the steps that follow, use the marker to check the responsecurve at the frequencies indicated on Fig, 6.

StepAlignment

Signal Remarks Adjust -1. Remove the 6BZ7 R -F amplifier tube

2. 44 mc. sweep to3rd I -F grid

Connect detuning clipsto lst & 2nd I -F plates

Pri. of T302 for max. re -sponse and sec. of T302for symmetrical curveshown in Fig. 6A

3. 47.25 mc. ampli-tude modulatedto 1st I -F grid

Use sufficient signalto produce sine waveresponse on oscillo-scope

L302 for min. response

4. 44 mc. sweep to2nd 1-F grid

Connect detuning clipto 1st 1-F plate

Pri, of T301 for max. re -sponse and sec. of T301for symmetrical curveshown in Fig. 6B

5. 44 mc. sweep to1st I -F grid

Detune L103 before ad-justing T300

Pri. of T300 for max. re -sponse and sec. of T300for symmetrical curve

6. 44 mc. sweep to1st I -F grid

L103 for "suck -out" at44 mc. (center of curve).See Fig. 6C

7. Replace the 6BZ- R -F amplifier tube

8. 213 mc. sweep toantenna term-inals throughnetwork

Fine tuning set to mid-range

L300 for symmetricalcurve and L301 for min.41.25 mc. marker am -plitude. See Fig. 6D

4.5 MC. TRAPConnect the signal generator to pin #3 or #7 of the 6BK5 video amplifier (point "B") through

a .001 mfd capacitor.

A

B

C

D

47.25Mc 45.0mc 43.0Mc 41.25Mc45.75Mc 44014c 42.25Mc1

1 '

47,2514c 45.OMc 45.0M 41.25Mc45.75Mc 44 ONG 42:25Mc

FIG. 6 - RESPONSE CURVESAT VARIOUS STAGES OF

ALIGNMENT

StepSignal Gen.Frequency VTVM Connections Remarks Adjust -

1. 4.5 mc.unmodulated

R -F probe to point "C",and common lead to

chassis

Use strong signal from gen-erator

L303 for minimum voltage

CRT CUSHION

DEFLECTION TONE API

LP. R DONN MAW* AOL.

ION TRAP MAGNET

ALINADAG GROLPCNG SPRING

MACK 8ACK 8 LATERAL CUIP.O. ADA

CENTERING MAGNETS A111

FIG. 1 - CRT ADJUSTMENTS

1

OSCILLOSCOPE

CAPACITOR

RESISTORTK

CHASSIS POI*30R7GROUND VIDEO AMP.

1____ TO SWEEPGENERATOR

FIG. 2 - OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS


Westinghouse Electric, Television ChassisAlignment Information, continued.

The sound system can be aligned using eitherlocally generated signals or a received TV signal.Since the latter method does not require signalgenerating equipment, it will be described first andwill be followed by the procedure using locallygenerated signals.

To use an "air" TV signal for alignment:1. Tune the receiver to a TV station and con-

nect an attenuator between the receiver and theantenna so that the strength of the signal can bevaried from weak to strong.

2. Set the quieting control (R202) locatedon the back of the chassis approximately to itsmid -position.

3. Adjust the 4.5 mc. IF slug (L200) formaximum program sound. If peaks occur at twodifferent positions of the slug, use the peak thatoccurs when the slug is farthest counterclockwise.Reduce the signal to its lowest usable level andrecheck the adjustments.

4. Apply a strong signal to the receiver, andadjust the quadrature coil (L202) for maximumprogram sound. If peaks occur at two differentpositions that are widely separated, use the onethat occurs with the slug farthest counterclock-wise. If two peaks occur within a narrow range ofadjustment, sufficient signal is not being appliedto the receiver or the quieting control is not setat the desired position.

5. Apply a very weak signal that allowsnoise to be heard and adjust the quieting control(R202) for minimum noise. The position at which

V-2240-1, V-2240-2, and V-2243-1Sound Section.

the noise is minimized depends on the strengthof the signal; therefore, the weakest usable sta-tion in the area should be used for this adjust-ment. This, control determines the AM rejectioncharacteristics of the sound system, and itscorrect setting is normally about mid -position.Do not leave the quieting control set at its max-imum counterclockwise position.

To use locally generated signals for align-ment:

1. Connect an oscilloscope or an AC volt-meter across the volume control for use as anindicator.

2. Apply a 4.5 me. FM signal (deviationapproximately 7.5 kc.) to pin #3 or #7 of the 6BK5video amplifier.

3. Using the lowest signal level that willproduce an indication, adjust L200 for maximumoutput.

4. Using a strong signal, adjust L202 formaximum output.

5. Apply a 4.5 mc. AM signal (modulatedapproximately 30 percent) to pin #3 or #7 of the6BK5 video amplifier.

6. Beginning with a very low signal level, in-crease the generator output, while rotating thequieting control back and forth, until the signallevel is such that the AM output across the volumecontrol dips to zero with a rise on each side asthe quieting control is rotated. Set the quietingcontrol for zero output at this signal level.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

To avoid scratching or chipping the cathoderay tube, the speaker and baffle should he removedbefore attempting to remove the chassis from the

cabinet. To release the speaker and baffle fromthe cabinet, remove the four No. 6 Phillips -headscrews from the top of the cabinet.

CRITICAL LEAD DRESS

All leads located near the horizontal multi -vibrator trimmer capacitor, C430, must be dressedaway from the capacitor and close to the chassis.

All resistors rated above one watt must hedressed away from each other and clear of othercomponents and wires.

REFLECTION

Light reflection from the pilot lamp can appearon the lower right hand corner of the CRT unlesspreventive measures are taken. To eliminate thereflection, a piece of electrical tape (1" x 6") isapplied to the edge of the lower right corner of

Video peaking coils should be dressed awayfrom the chassis and clear of adjacent parts.

All leads in the high voltage unit must bedressed away from the high voltage transformerto prevent arcing.

Keep all leads in the I -F and video circuitsas short as possible.

ELIMINATION

the CRT face.When replacing a CRT, the electrical tape

must be applied to the new tube in the samemanner as it was applied to the old tube.

171

Inpr

oduc

tion,

any

or

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing

chan

ges

may

be

inco

rpor

ated

in V

-224

0-1

chas

sis.

R45

0 is

cha

nged

fro

m 6

.8K

to 1

2K to

pre

-ve

nt h

oriz

onta

l ove

rdri

ve.

A c

onde

nser

C44

7, 4

7mm

f. is

add

ed b

e-tw

een

the

plat

e (p

in 5

) of

the

6AU

6 sy

nc s

epar

ator

and

grou

nd.

R3I

6 is

incr

ease

d to

270

K a

nd R

332

to12

0K to

pre

vent

pic

ture

str

eaki

ng,

R.2 A

O

(i)

flrn

a a cz

I

Fila

men

t cho

ke L

505

part

'JV

-488

6-2

has

been

add

ed in

ser

ies

with

the

fila

men

t(p

in 3

) of

the

6BN

6. A

12K

res

isto

r ha

s be

en in

sert

ed b

e-tw

een

R20

3, 4

70 o

hms

and

C21

1, .0

2 m

fd.

C41

9 is

cha

nged

fro

m 1

00 m

mf.

to 1

50 m

mf.

8. C

302,

1.5

mm

f. h

as b

een

chan

ged

to 2

.2m

mf.

toin

crea

se s

ound

atte

nuat

ion.

With

this

chan

ge C

301,

3.3

mm

f., i

s un

nece

ssar

y an

d ha

sbe

en r

emov

ed.

HO

P ^4

,P^

-

;A

a x0

C


MODEL H -765T17 H -766T17 H -810T17

SECTION 2 SOUND I -F and AUDIO

643700711306470

630270

16! F ARE5 95V

16

4"4"-,

v 3,

aT = L302

4)4, X11

C3036810/0

1800

5304101

25 6305 IC 3061004 ^800

MIFF

C307=.005

&LIU254 IF 101

4 309i

16/95V 31

1_

C3Il47 AINF

2 b3o 08 "-68 MMF

0309_

6CB63!t if AAP.

SECTION 3 VIDEO

6E11,46FM DEL 5203

T 3014210V 470ZZ61.00C21021 c.026

C2122 7

.02

L30550 oh

4207276

C47`09OR AI&

VIDEO DET

lion-I

3,43

1

MMFI-_S 183117 7 IK 3

53122.2X

L306250KA

6E(5AUDIO OUTPUT

3-7

RRO6 500Kv1.11.16 a -COBSCONTROL

T200OUTPUT

TRANS.

2209

5v 111

661(5VIDEOAMP.

100

64014.74 12AU7

KEYED AGC 11C403

NOISE CLIPPE

C400

2202

120vCICH100

5402100K

540482K

O C7

1406

5405626

150V

C4022.05

0 CAL

65400OCISTANT

6406476

07

IM

SOYP.P

ri8'87(

3V P -P270kC404

5AU627047SYNC. SEP NtIoc 1; .

30 vP -P

R461 C407476 1

I/2128H7

VERT. DISCHARGE

85v MP

50 to i5OVftC4I0.02

Oto45Vtt

47441231061

R4221006-w

R429)I ,-c00 4,1,2zsii

C412 4424.007 7I.SM

641127145/408M 6806431

7:18 64:0119

6420

1Y425225I

CONTROL

42K

//80V RP

C321

C214.005

R2147,10

.005=

1404

C31833miof

03194314

15KPICTURECONTROL

1/212E17VERT, OUTPUT

.0C4131 414-01

320 to 4209

L30150068

RN2.7

2.R32.11

I:see*

522 C323'005 .25

2211 632, 100K

CON13FIIGHROLT7ESST

0320 032236WAF

R3I5150 lc

4316220K

609 P.P

0415 3Q02 peR

liOro125/19

2

410V

166V17LP4C. K.T.

ition, 256

.4010

8430 58VERT. LIN,CONTROL

J 7400

CTNIZIT.

C416

44335.66

77V P P

5401°EFL. YOKE_p5460

6341011

6AL5HORIZ. AFC

6437

4/1 20.1 P.P

R444106

RINGING 1-C428L400 'NA.509 P.P COIL T.'

--t1/41?, AA tv -I-C427 I i Dv P -P

T,347,;F'°"---

"--... 5443/ /C420 0422 \ 22Kmmf VW 5,::1

12AU727K

NORIZ. MULTItoo 390

5438

0121

04392206

6448106

_LC433T.25

844936K

005 5

R440 C4244706 T.01

8445

140V6 c429 ,,,,C430 R450

071 61=5LP80 6.811

11447e;r140611. , 0

10V P -P CONTROL

820 C431

0432390

.1106.F8152470K

6B06GT1402e. OUTPUT

C434.01

Rit

54554, 2.2X

4 145V

_C436v 1.1

6453 -C43533 .1

183GTV.V. RECT.

SECTION 4 SWEEPI.C 7T.2g

845616

C44116007 MMF

C41691_30

8435iSK

436336

C4 I

.06 .25411 11

VERT.

1vwHORI

Ra1

.1

58 C444390 51 1111/1f

4457 I

330K

/

I L 402139

I WIDTH L401J4

I I 60812. LIN.

) /-C442.04

6AUGT64X4GTDAMPER

173


Westinghouse MODELS H -786K21 H -787K21TELEVISION (MAHOGANY) (BLOND)

174

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY V-2243-1613z47roRLpsgiA

v) If

W

3 9K

FACTCRYTENTrOINT

TOP

6 _city.405 Fi .(1)

-= 005

R7EFIN.

111:

UHF REAR

511

OF.4-- FRONT

WAFER

TOP

uHF4 2INBOARD

N32250

BOTTOMVIEW

VALUES OF ALL CAPACITORS IN RF TUNERARE SHOWN IN NMF,

SECTION I R -F470

R331 8323I.9K 3.3K

CIOE

L.TERN 1-405

II0V

0300005

0300

0301 C302

TnU 1.5F MMF

R328IOK

.021R325

I . 5M v., -

R324 13(2218M 7, .01

C30368

MMFL

R327 SOONAGO

CONTROL83263,04

C324"17 .005

vviErilliTuT sZaTuta. 64116 601(5 6C86 6G86 6CB6 21YP4NOISE CLIPPER SYNC AMP. SYNC SEP. AUDIO OUTPUT I 11 IF 2 tio 51/I2 F CRT

-

4/V 4 4A 4/13 33/1(iv 3/)..:$ 5A.4

6.3V7

6.3v

- soo0506 0507MT .003- 0504 WR 0 MMF roeTUNER 6AS4GT OR

2 6SN7GT 68N6 641 120Y7 680661 64x4G1 64116 610.VEFTT. MULTI. FM PET. SOUND IF VIDEO AMP HORIZ . OUTPUT TAMPER KEYED AGC HORIZ. AFC844313^4 5 7/)/2

0508-IT .005

* 47PILOT LAMP 24117

HORIZ. MULTI4/\&\5

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY V-2243.1

117 V

NOTES'A.0

I. VOLTAGES WILL VARY WITH CONTROL SETTINGQUIETING CONTROLPICTURE CONTROL

41,vERT HOLD CONTROLvERT LIN. CONTROL

PEAK .TO.PEAK WAVEFORMS WERE TAKEN WITH THE PICTURE CONTROL SET FOR SIGNAL OF 60V. AT THE CATHODE OF C.R.T.ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL PICTURE.

3. PARTS TOLERANCE AND RESPONSE OF TEST EQUIPMENT NAY CAUSE SOME VARIATIONS OF THE PEAK -.TO-PEAK VOLTAGEREADINGS.

4. D -C VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS GROUND USING A 20,000 OHM/ VOLT METER AND NO SIGNAL INPUT. RE nOiNGS SHOULDBE AS SHOWN ± 20 PER CENT.

5. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN MFO AND AU. RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

1500L.V

POWER TRANS.

7We."06.3V54Q

L.V.U RECT.

R501 L500330V GO = 300V

C90EA 'F6-6

-Th 40 11 40

5,4G--

L.V. RECT.

KEYED 400

5

11011

BOY!

0435 R4524.7DOS 8453

K

SW 500OFF -ON

SECTION 5 POWER and FILAMENTS

12ALTSYNC CONTROL

SYNC AMP.


H -770T21 H-7721(21(MAHOGANY) (MAHOGANY)

H -771T21 H-7731(21(BLOND) (BLOND)

H-7741(21 Westinghouse(MAHOGANY)

H-7751(21 H -776T21TELEVISION

(BLOND) (MAHOGANY)

L 200

SECTION 2 SOUND I -F and AUDIO

C20:150UM!

6A06 Xpg,1ST SOoNn II AMP

-I- NI* .01! 470

./V

6200110

62004.7MMF

6204.002 I

1 0202 -T

L201

62011.24

C207-r .005

6200 7

47MMF 2

' L003350011

czoe7 .005

6202 500QUIETINGCONTROL

68)(5AUDIO OUTPUT

zeov0210 6211

.0O2/37T..T.02

R207 e-- 5V

G212±-ws.'"130 6v 6

116 50.01 10VOLUME

060203 62138

CONTROL 1130ff- 20

2052

R20474

2702

7200OUTPUTTRANS.

.0020135

66261.1a

+0216A30

- C309 0305.005 470

6C662 KO iF AMP. r

8303 76

0305800iKeF

R330'OK

6 329100K

1.39.P -P

302

6325SOOMMI'

C306 - 21k363

MW Tr BOO

10307mmF

6VP -P

C32/3 8308.47 MMF 470

63064

6066

'06VC31_I_800MMF

CRYSTALC4706-IN64

OR 14160

-1.3cPri3RD IF AMP r L32-0-1

5

Id 11 C312 C313 C3i4 L305

=10:146.3.3 12 MMF

I , 31 9t_ )C3II -1- -

8307 T600150 _ MMF

SECTION 3 VIDEO

VIDEOTEST

POINT

`11

R311126

83103.36C315T

631210

17313 1.51$PICTURECONTROL

3009

11E228309 VIDEO AMP220 #21710 2906 qr

Pemntr

C316V1.18:___ MMF

0318Hov

So

7V

6519 R3I5.005 3 96

J_

L303 L307 a (509614088 .

KO V.P-1

_.111g8?1 C,301°+

B11319 10O6RIGNTNESS

CONTROL

11514 rm V

C321_

6

5059

R32I ONFOCUS

CONTROL

505V

211_2L1C.R.T.

\\S13.5116

186

R4492206

1448 64001308 2704 7

64012.28

64024.74

0401270 MMF

C400 #404.01 4708

8403It 4704

i2 126H7NOISE CPPER

...LI....0 *AV

405 'l,, 1C402

4.74 (C4 34 2.26 .5 4114F270

GA110 R,LCISYNC SCR

3V

21L-IV. P -P

8406471,

16VP -P

278

#4106.86

2400

.01 224 8.24 8.24

28 .002 .005 005

#447 644011450 476 .1

IM

-P

3

6517qlVERT. MULTI.

P

2445OK

844447

165C1P -P 1.26_-E7

VERT. OUTPUT114171000

0407

to 2 5211-0406

.01

6418 2506HEIGHT'CONTROL

845606

?cr'4,&11,.,

#414 7506VERT. NOLOCONTROL

R2.281

8419 -

39811(

1

-"It15 to 306

T_ ISO

*422 54 VERT. LK

CONTROL

006 #41505 6.81

ftRI63.3K

7400- VERT..; OUTPUT 538.

TRANS. P I.

+C4IlB10

8424 041013te476 30

R41237.56

#458 #4571006 338

2401DEFL.yoKE

rm5;4:00 R34,11,

NO1112ICIL390 51 11111F

426IM

601.5HORI Z. AFC

7

0412150

M.° 53V. P.P. \\\

0429 C28100 390 R438MMF PAW 1811

1f -4-I(

L400RINGINGCOIL

11130 '1

226R42927K

843147K

-n_C419

64,83900

1F

12 AU 7HORIZ MULTI

160V

1109. RP

04156445 .005

MR42722011

_Tig 6414- #4128 - 6416P.IF .01 06 Z.01

7 7

FLP

C4i7

4F2

09. P -P

1256 60420

1444F

R43270

R432 R434 606820 NOR HOLDCONTROL7

R437276

1494: r

A 3

0424, .25 #443

,

#4436 ', T 61306GT 8'2156 ,

100611. OUTPUT

104256421 j_.01

/Am,5-80 6R435

6.13K o 30440 5

0423390

T MMF0422 7 6441 026

.1 ..p 33../ 0.P

14N 34

4 135V

61271

F400

:

1/4014RN. tsoy

1401

G4302 500MMF

SECTION 4 SWEEP10437 #455T.25 16

I LV;I WIDTH 8920

0441 +a,10°5 L401

7

C432 043306 .25

175:0

-NOR12.

_0431'

6 AS4 GTORvahz

175


Weslinghowe electric Corporation

Models H -736T17 and H -738T17Chassis Assembly V-2227-1

Model H -739T17, H-739TU17Chassis V-2227-2, is similarbut uses RF tuner with UHFattachment provision, and theH-739TU17 contains a built-in UHF tuner. Other circuitdifferences are:C301 changed to 3.3 mmf.A .005 mfd. capacitoradded between #3 of thetuner and ground.A 2200 -ohm resistor isadded between 100 of tithe tuner and the 280volt B+ line.

NOTES:

AMT

10

Although this circuit differs in important respectsfrom the sets covered in last year's volume, thealignment information given on page 184, VolumeTV -7, 1953 Television Manual, applies exactly tothis additional chassis, V-2227-1.

6005R.F. AMP

2.2K

1800

'V.V.470 '005

1470

14

L ALL `MATCH WAFERS VIEWED FROM THE FRONT ON CHANNEL 13.2.11. FRONT OF WAFER.' 8" REAR OF WAFER.3. MJIMiLDS ON WAFER SHOW CHANNEL POSITIONS.4. VALUES OF ALL CAPACITORS IN RF TUNER IN IMF

In the later production of Models H -736T17 and H -738T17, the following production changes were incor-porated.

IMPROVED HORIZONTAL AFC. To increase the lock -in range of the horizontal oscillator, the horizontal multi -vibrator trimmer, C457, was changed from 5-40 mmf to5-80 mmf and R435 was changed from 125,000 ohms to60,000 ohms.

VERTICAL MULTIVIBRATOR CIRCUIT. C407, .002mfd and C408, .002 mfd (series connected) were removedand replaced with a single .001 mfd., 1000 volt capacitordesignated C407.

IMPROVED TONE COMPENSATION. C208 has beenchanged from .01 mfd to .02 mfd. R207 has been changedfrom 10,000 ohms to 27,000 ohms.

PICTURE DISTORTION. Picture distortion whichappears as a vertical wiggle from the top to the bottom ofthe picture can be caused by AC ripple in the B-, appliedto the plates of the horizontal multivibrator tube. Thiscondition is corrected by changing C466 to .25 mfd andR441 to 10,000 ohms.

6BQ6GT PLATE CURRENT REDUCTION. To reducethe plate current of the 6BQ6GT horizontal output tubeand thus prolong its life, R499 was increased to 39,000ohms.

176

OK

SECTION I RF

Alos.

!62\*.-±"'

800

r1800

7 7.

RIVETED

C445.25

CHASSIS NO. V 2227-I

1300

HON A.F.C.

P47IN

UV, PP 15,7501. R475

\ 220K

C455.005

:A=12AU7HCR MV.

11W PP

8433820

HIV. PP 15,750

10322

LKWA.G.C.NOISE CLIPPER

325

LOCAL "4°1114491

MST A 474

R403 11.2K

2 C65: 100 MMFC.62- ,00

"F 745304993MIIT

SECTION 4 SWEE


Westinghouse H -736T17 H-738117TELEVISION

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY V-2227-1SECTION 2 SOUND IF AND AUDIO

C2013.3-

0223

"F

6806FM OCT.

2

-LR201 500QUIETINGCONTROL

62434TO

_L 0202 005 02071

_L005 0202

220

1-F CHASSIS

L204 I C215

3621030.

C222.02

6207IOU R208 500.

C2078 VOLME-CARTTROL

5219120

6E165

480.0 OUTPUT2400

3V

0225120

T202

L

-1- C220

SPEAKER

6

AMP

1306

C3C4 I

800MMF

03351 Qat 0310DOS 1. 2 NO. IF AMP.

T302

11

63067

0303 V7 105,1800 tr.

MTAF

_0320 2 80 -IMF

63134/0

§.21§6_1? IF AMR

aLQ§,orbVIDEO OCT.

4 5.3104 .310 L302 R342100W, I K

4 1303 71,--.1-10J,% ' i irroo,---vv,___i ' -,-- is 7-- I

./.z We , _I_ COZ9

5 ,,;,.5., ,47.

2

; c, -eTs 1 '114 F t-4 /.. .24

- t;111312'

IlL -I 41C306 7-- - ISO

I cCs.: C 308 .

I. 800 - T.. 1600 ---NPIFWF-

03172,21

L502504

5005VIDEO 010

L303 L30714..6

SECTION 3 VIDEO

6TF -;;/;4325

1148;1 T

013ADT343. 71

;1;161Tt00570401_ _1 2.8.6

343

R3623 C.3,5 3007ROL 4

-304 .1

5 5M

032K20

021.3,1

1-1

,:.113

WII 102 640826V 0-1, 6010

Oa;ft6A116 1001(SYNC. 5E1

C4032706162

11409270.

6 30

R42V

2.6457

SWEEPCHASSIS

1405181(

5411

Rg./11

L:_c--Li 96V

6015.1

12BH7VERT.

DISCHARGE

134V. 64. 6015.., C410 -(6; P -P 60114 /

1413(006

1428 vERT HOLD

61119 5.0091810.

1201,17

E4.9 6417 0407 CP. ART OUTPUT.02 1003 002

64554700

144133IOU

04

W1974/.

°°' TC440 -L. C4C13 ;99011,:;,;;;TRE.10.;;QUTPUT""0, RAL8

6.

1

5851/

),;(1;71.7 T;; 4 6

042836

L.R42.1 ,-.HT004

+ tidkc;

Ws 43 VLA..3) ' . --411;7_1;_4;44:_'

ti 7/ ;;; ;;!-;;;Z1.... 37-1R 4 R 11.,

6----"SAN-6<' HEIGHT 046per

---"W3'39

oz

P CO,

;COKE2402

27

6441216

0423

I

04992.2.

891.242

?AI

4VD5 6156

8 0 10429I

- - - 73300-NAY

Ranb 042321

844431402 330.

6

1

CATSM

C431'500WWF

C,T.C.14

416

6A646TDAMPER

2808

POwE6TRANS

301-- "SW 507

ON. OFT SWITCHI

II es; - 6. 3 V

0504rr

0,1.

ddddl

R5012206

5046L.V. RECT.

L.54.21

40 11-/-0502T L301 - 40= A

R50250

300v

SECTION 5 POWER

NOTES:I ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN 4WD AND ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS UNLESS

oTHER78SE SPECIFIED.2.19 EARLT PRODUCTION CHsSis A FEW COMPONENTS WERE OF SLTGHTLT DifiERENT

VALUE THAN SHOWN. REPLACEMENT PARTS SHOULD BE OF VALUES SHOWN.

3 VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS GROUND USING A 20,000 OW/VOLT METERLINE VOLTAGE 117 VAC, ALL CONTROLS SET AT MIDRANGE AND WO SIGNAL 1.6.17.HEADINGS SNOUT/ BE 43 SHOWN 220%.

1. FARTS TOLERANCE AND 623606SE OP TEST EOUIRAENT MAT CAUSE SOWE VARIATIONSOF THE PEA. TO -PEAK VOLTAGE READINGS. 177


WESTERN AUTO SUPPLY COMPANY

63

270

VHF ANT.

R-382C-26

R5

1000MEG.

R 3975 MEGSYNC.STABILITY

ALL RESISTANCE VALUESIN OHMS.

ALL CAPACITANCE VALUESLESS THAN 1.0 IN MF. ANDABOVE 1.0 IN LAF.. UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

COIL RESISTANCE VALUESLESS THAN 1.0 OHM ARENOT SHOWN.

V -I6CB6

1ST P/X I -F

63 V0C

VHF I zsoLTUNER

Additional informationon page 180.

178

f1101,

C-281000

R-78100 6

6CB6

16

I 1000

C-21.61000

cano,22.

V -S 8I2AT7

PHASE SPLITTER

R-422216

C.29 C -30A1000 20 A4F. -

V -IS6AL5

PHASE DE T.

11-80 C-601006 7.01

R-79 R -8I4.7 MEG. 4709

MODEL 2D1331A 2D1345A 2D2334AModels No. 2D1330A and 2D1336A use almostthe identical circuit.

V-2 T-2 V-36CB6 2ND P/X 6C86

2ND P/X I -F t -f COIL 3RD P/X /-F

OVV210 R-29

W1000 150

R 464 R 46B R -46C2 2 K 8268213 1

R-82 R-83276 6.86

L- 14HORIZ.FREQ.

R-51I MEG

VERT.HOLD

1000 1 1000

9-30 9-3:1003= 2.7 MEG

4.00 THRESHO:GOM,OCC

R108V -B 2.5 MEG.

6SN7-GTAVERT. OSC. s vERr. OUTPUT

C-34 3

T-4VERTOSC.

0 300V

V- 66SN7-GTA

NOR Z. OSC.

TC-64.047

33 2.26R-86R-85

630.22

1.8 MEG

R-88 C-66

R 57-- 2.2 MEG

9-494VERT.L/N.

R-551 8A.AEG.

R-532.2 MEG.

R-52 R-5418013 2.5 MEG

HEIGHTCONTROL

R 89 R 90

150 K NOR/Z. DRIVE 47 lc

3001,

C-67 C-681 C-691430"- 3307 200

R91.5 K

T-3RD P/X

I -F COIL

L-3

C-8311000 C 19

7

V-46A

3.

1000=

*F1 321 330

9.33....4';n

V-06AU6A.G. C.

R 59 .1 C-70

V-176BQ6-GT

NOR/Z. OUTPUT

R-92 R-93 C -7I *fi 95 C-725.66 4709 5 MET 100 .047

R9450 6NOR/Z.HOLD

K-96 C-73126 1000

300

10

C.


V -4.46AL5

P/X DET.

C85

WESTERN AUTO (Truetone) Models 2D1331A and 2D2334A (2D1336A is similar)

651.47-GTA-Vert. Osc. Plat*125V P -P 60 C.P.S.

V-3.11-R707 12AT7/ 226 1ST

RV/DEO

L-5 I 21, 11

60 ±T2! --rI I L-9

TI.5 AIME I

C-9 80 MU .1

R-11

5.6 K

L-6 L-7 Cd0500141/

MC. 5 360

TRAP ---

6.1004 7 K

L- 836 MUM

1.1.1M111.-V-6

6AH6VIDEO OUTPUT

C11__-047

R -I21.5 K

R-2033 6

6AU6 A.G.C.450V P -P 15,750 C.P.S.

L1 I

I 140-M0M.R-16 L- I I4.7K

CO -.112

6 .1/50 V

R-13 N R-14I MEG. 100

R-22CONTRAST 1.5K

'5° V CONT

R 212 2 K

R-24100K

ISO MU. H.

65N7-Hor. Osc. Plate50V P -P 15,750 C.P.S.

11-113

100 K R-19I MEG.

2

CI3 047

R-26 0.1C -I5

.150 VR-25

500 KBRIGHTNESSCONTROL

V-2/2IMP4

V-4 a6AL5

o. C. RESTORER

15 NV

Continued onpage 180.

v -/o6AU6

/ST AUDIO -F

V-//6AU6

2ND AUDIO /-F

T - 7SOUND RATIO

DET. TRANS.----1 7- - /3-1

:-42 IR60,.- / ! T-6 !

1

1,-- e---..

1 1001....1 ; 'SOUND

I ,-, ,- I I -F I I_ ,I

i .1-7: L' TRANSL-13 jai

0 UND -e-1-45 .I.C-46 5000

1I 6

15616 ._,/wA,__ ., Ill 5000R 63° R-65 1C-49

IKE-OFF7IL R-61 000

- - -

R-63336.

R-64100K

150 V

V -IS6AL5

RAT/0 DET.6AV6

/ ST AUDIO AMP

TONECONTROL

R-72I MEG.

C;51270 686

C 53 68 KR-70 .0047T

C-54 R -7I.0047 I I MEG.

VOLUMECONTROL

V-/46AQ5

AUDIO OUTPUT

C0157- -11FJ

I7

I 9-75A 14-7584706 4706

CI__ _Et J CO

R-76330

194146 IC.o17

T-8AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS.

C-591.0047.4 -

.Tx- tR77I K

C-56 1R-73.01

10 MEG. .290V

T-9NORIZ. OUTPUT SH. V TRANS., - -

I <

liE 1.(S. , R-975

17,I a, 1 v -i8.:g I 6AX4-GT

I:1- 'il DAMPER21'23

'741

I

fr-"-

WIDTHD.

0

L-15

CONTRotic 85

-

e I

1-*

C-740.1

L- I 6 0300NORIZ. LIN.CONTROL

I-C -75

56

L- I 7 I 76NOR/Z.T°15DEFLECT/ON

R-991 MEG

V-20 Al V-225U4 -G

L.Y.RECT.

4

2

I0 RV

°IB3-GT 1.150 0250V 4,100V

N. V. RECT.R-IO2 R -I03 L- 18 F -I

1.5 K 330 "5FILTER

R -I01 CHOKE

.047 50018 Ic-BO ,1C -15B

60MF. 30 MF. 80 MEC-77 C-78

R -I09100 K

C-79 B80 ME

T -10POWER TRANS6E0 r

(11

a arift

4J 4

OR

C -8I C-82.01

re-Rcix,

179


WESTERN AUTO SUPPLY COMPANYModels 2D1331A, 2D1345A, 2D2334A (2D1336A is similar) continued from pp 178-179

FRONT APRON

--1--CONvERTER GRID ADJ C-209

R -f TEST PO -NT

CONVERTER COL AD,' L-59t51 .0C

TR PL ATE AC, C-206

TT ANTENNA ANof C-201

T- I1ST P!R If

13 r

6C86

T-22 ND P,R

15 0 WC

L-13SOUNDTARE -OFFCOIL

5 wC

SOUND TRAPzr /

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

T-7SOaNDRATIO DETTRAMSsecukoAPZERO CENTER 5 .MC

°SOUND i-F TRANS

5 MC

L-7TRAP

5 04C

A. Unmodulated R -F signal into Converter Grid by meansof tube shield insulated from base. VTVM with filterin lead of 22 K ohms and 5000 mmf connected to pic.det. load resistor, (R-100) 4700 ohms, in series withpeaking coil (L-6) from Pin 7 of 6AL5. Input signallevel should be such that output is less than 2 voltsDC. Apply -4.5V battery bias on AGC line.

FREQUENCY ADJUST

1. 25.2 MC

2. 23.1 MC

3. 25.9 MC

4. 24.1 MC

5. 21.7 MC

B.

18

Converter plate coil on top oftuner for maximum dc at picturedetector.

let picture I -F coil (T-1) formaximum dc at picture detector.2nd picture I -F coil (T-2) formaximum dc at picture detector.

3rd picture I -F coil (T-3 belowchassis) for maximum dc at pic-ture detector.3rd picture I -F trap (T-3 in canabove chassis) for minimum dcat picture detector.

I -F Sweep Generator into converter grid by means oftube shield insulated from base.Connect oscilloscope across R-100 (in place of VTVM).Apply -4.5V bias (DC) to AGC line (battery).Tuner should be switched to dead channel so as notto cause interference.Observe overall I -F response, which should be asshown above: A slight touch-up may be required. Atno time should the trap coil be re -adjusted, nor shouldit be necessary to turn any of the picture I -F coilsmore than 1/2 turn of the slug. The following com-ments are suggestions only:

1. The height of the 26.2 MC marker is controlled bythe 25.2 MC (Converter Plate Coil on tuner) andthe 25.9 MC (2nd P.I.F.) coils.

2. The uniformity of response (flatness across topand position of 23.5 MC) marker is controlled forthe most part by the 24.1 MC third picture I -F coil.

3. The 23.0 MC marker position is controlled by thefirst picture I -F (23.1 MC coil). However, it is not

padvisable to change the setting of the coil, due toits effect on sound rejection.

T-7SOUND RATIODET TRANS

PR/ 4 5 MC.

T-6SOUND I -FTRANS.45 MC

FRONT APRON

T-33 RD PIX I -F24 1 MC.

Bottom Chassis Video and Audio I -F Adjustments

VIDEO

With 4.5 MC unmoduloted signal from a high impedancesource, (10,000 ohms in series with the generator) intoplate of the picture detector tube (Pin 7-6AL5) andVTVM on picture tube grid, tune 4.5 MC trap (L-7 Top)for minimum response. 0-10 V AC scale. Thisadjustment can also be made while observing a picturefrom a station. Tune trap for least 4.5 MC beat in pic-ture.

22.K

vrvm

0 VTVM Connections

23.5 25.25

23.0 26.2

21.7 2710

Overall Response Curve

AUDIO I -F

50 %

1. With signal generator set to 4.5 MC and dc VTVM con-nected to junction of R-62 and C-46, adjust soundtake -off coil (L-13 Top) and sound I -F transformerslugs (T-6 Top & Bottom) for maximum.

2. With VTVM connected to pin 7 of V-12 (6AL5) adjustthe ratio detector primary (T-7 Bottom) for maximum.

3. With VTVM connected to junction of R-66, R-69 andC-50, adjust ratio detector secondary (T-7 Top) forcross over (zero voltage) on lowest scale.NOTE-- If no signal generator is available, the pro-cedure above may be followed by tuning in a stationand using the 4.5 MC beat between picture and soundcarrier.


gfri/ TH 1954 "L" SERIES

ALTERNATE FOCUSING& CENTERING UNIT

FOCUS

HORIZONTAL DRIVE-,

-4-4))

BEAMBENDER

CHASSIS 19L25 -191.26 -I9L27 -19L28 -21L21 -221.20

154 FRINGE LOCK

REMOTE CONTROLAC SOCKET

AC. INTERLOCK

-1(39 BUZZ CONTROL

MAGNETIC CENTERING El FOCUS- WIDTH (USED IM SOME MODELS)

- HORIZONTALLINEARIT

PICTURE CENTERING !ADJUSTMENT

AC INTERLOCK2 P CTURE CEN-TERING ADJUST PHONEVISION SOCKET A C,MENTS WIDTH

HORIZONTALLINEARITY

FUSE ---__

PHONEVISIONCONNECTION POINT

k,CRRECTOR MAGNET

TONE REGISTERCONNECTORRISER m SONE MOD -CSI

SPEAKER COMPENSATION -

JUMPER WIRE

A FC TEST POINT(V T VOLTMETER

CONNECTION)

VOLUME CONTROLON-OFF SWITCH

TONE REGISTERCONTROL (USED IN SOME otoo(151

HORIZONTAL HOLDHEIGHT CONTROL --

BRIGHTNESS--I

BEAMJ1 BENDER

'BEAMBENDER

-FOCUS

VIDEO OUTPUT!TEST POINT

FRINGELOCK

-rflc

c

'-PICTURE CEN-TERING AD-JUSTMENTON YOKE 0COVER

SCIEET REGIS-TER CONNECTOR

(USED IN SOME MODELS)

DEFLECTIONYOKE ADJUSTMEN

17LP4 T4 4TH21YP4 IF TRANS

:NE.4 21 EP4B2IEP4A ASSEM a TAL

DET.

%...VIDEO DET. TEST POINT "D.

(SCOPE CONNECTION)

L23 OUADRATURE COILT3 3RD I.F TRANS.

LII 39 75MC TRAP-ADJ.CHANNEL PICTURE

T2 2NC I.F TRANS.LI2 4725 NC TRAP-ADJCHANNEL SOUNDL13 41.25 MC ASSOCIATEDSOUND TRAP COIL

TI 1ST LF TRANS

BULL'S EYE ADJUSTMENT

I.F OUTPUT JACK

LIO OSC. IND TUNING

-ANTENNA TERMINALS

!-L6 CONV. GRID IND. TUNINGr7EST POINT *A"( I.F SWEEP GEN. INJECTION)

R39 BUZZ CONTROL

0/ LB CONV PLATE TUNING'TEST POINT "H"(SCOPE CONNECTION FOR

RF BANO PASS OBSERVATION I

C9 CONV GRID CAP TUNING

L7 MUTUAL INDUCTANCE TRIMMER

L5 R -F PLATE IND TUNING

C7 R F PLATE CAP TUNINGLI9 SOUND TAKE -OFF COIL

- C3 R.E. GRID TUNING

CORRECTOR MAGNETL22 INTERCARRIER COIL

FOCUS SELECTOR TERMINALSTRIP (USED IN SOME MODELS)

* TEST POINTS USED INPRODUCTION

CHANNEL SELECTOR

PILOT LIGHT CONNECTOR

SCREEN REGISTER CONTROLtuseo IS SOME moo(10

FINE TUNINGA.G.C. DELAY CONTROL

--CONTRAST CONTROLVERTICAL LINEARITY

VERTICAL RANGE I I VERTICAL HOLD(USED IN SOME MORELS)

Fig. 1 Representative Chassis Layout "L" Models.

Continued on pages182 to 190, inclusive.

181

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1954 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZenith "L" Series, continued

INTRODUCTION

The 19L25, 19L26, 19L27, 19L28, 21L21 and 22L20chassis described in this manual are basically alike.Alignment and adjustment procedures are identical.The slight differences which exist are as follows:

19L25: This chassis utilizes a 17 inch rectangularpicture tube and is the basic chassis.

19L26: This chassis is the same as the 19L25 withoutthe screen and tone register controls.

19L27: This is the 19L25 chasSis with a 21 inch picturetube.

19L28: This is the 19L26 chassis with a 21" picturetube.

21L21: This chassis is the same as the basic 19L25chassis except for the 21 inch picture tube and theaddition of a 5U4G low voltage rectifier and a 1X2Atube in the high voltage circuit. The 1X2A is used inconjunction with the 1B3GT rectifier to boost thepicture tube second anode voltage to 18.5 Kv. Thischassis uses a 6CD6 in the horizontal output circuit.PM focusing and centering is utilized.

22L20: This chassis is similar to the 21L21 chassisbut has a separate power supply and utilizes eitherthe 24 or 27 inch picture tube. The 12AX7 used as thevertical oscillator in all other "L" chassis is used in theinterlace circuit of this chassis. This circuit is design-ed to utilize the actual vertical pulse for triggering,rather than depending on the voltage build-up acrossan intergrating network. In this circuit the first ofthe six serration of the vertical pulse is differentiated,clipped by the 12AX7 (used as a diode) and applied to the6SN7GT vertical oscillator. By using the actual pulsefor triggering, the time relationship between alternatefields remains constant and positive interlacing results.This chassis utilizes the 6AV5GT vertical output and the6AS4GT damper.

All models have provisions for reception of the newUltra High Frequency stations by the simple additionof UHF strips as required.

THE FRINGE LOCK CIRCUITThe fringe lock is a newly developed circuit, utilizinga 6BE6 heptode, which can be adjusted to assure syncstability over the wide range of noise and signal levelsencountered in different areas. In this circuit the out-put of the crystal detector, approximately -3 voltspeak to peak, is fed to grid #1 of the 6BE6. The samesignal, after it has been inverted and amplified toapproximately 40 volts peak to peak by the first videoamplifier, is applied to grid #3 which in this circuitis the signal grid. The fringe lock control is used topre-set the bias on grid #1 so that the normal 3 voltsignal allows proper sync clipping action, i.e. the sync

182

pulses, which have been stripped from the compositevideo signal appearing at grid #3, will appear at theplate. If a noise pulse drives grid #1 beyond the 2 voltlevel, plate current cutoff occurs and the noise pulsecannot get through to falsely trigger the sweep oscil-lators. On rare occasions, a strong noise pulse mayoccur at the time of the sync pulse and the tube like-wise will cut off, however, the flywheel action of thesweep oscillators will maintain sync during this briefperiod. The entire fringe lock system is based on thefact that the loss of an occasional sync pulse is to bepreferred over having a noise pulse get through tofalsely trigger the sweep oscillator.

FRINGE LOCK ADJUSTMENT1. Turn the fringe lock control fully clockwise andthen back it off approximately 1/4 turn. Adjust thevertical and horizontal hold controls and check opera-tion of the receiver to see that it syncs normally whenthe turret is switched from channel to channel.

2. If the picture jitters or shows evidence of delay,tearing, split phase, etc., back down the fringe lockcontrol further, a few degrees at a time, each time re-adjusting the hold controls and switching from channelto channel until normal sync action is obtained. It willbe found that under normal signal conditions, thecorrect adjustment will be near the counterclockwiseposition of the control.

3. In fringe and noisy areas, the best adjustment willbe found at or near the maximum clockwise positionof the control, however, do not automatically turn thefringe lock fully clockwise in fringe areas as has beendone on previous models. Always follow the procedureoutlined.

CENTERING ADJUSTMENTIn the 19L series, the centering assembly is built into.the yoke housing. This assembly is made up of twomagnetic rings which can be rotated by means of tabs.Centering is accomplished by gradually rotating the tabswith respect to each other then rotating both tabs simul-taneously until the picture is centered.

In the 21L and 22L series, PM focusing and centering isutilized. The top screwdriver adjustment on the center-ing assembly is used to move the picture up or downand the bottom adjustment for side to side movement.The center adjustment is for focusing.

In some 21L and 22L receivers, a single centering leveris used for both vertical and horizontal centering. Theup down movement of this lever moves the picturehorizontally while a left -right movement moves thepicture vertically. A screwdriver adjustment is pro-vided for focusing.

AFC ADJUSTMENTThe AFC adjustment can effectively be made by set-ting the horizontal hold control L26 to a positionwhere it is virtually impossible to "throw" the re-ceiver out of horizontal sync when switching fromchannel to channel.


BULLS EYE TUNER ADJUSTMENTSTo adjust the receiver for bulls -eye tuning, set thefine tuning control to its approximate center positionas shown in Fig 2 . Without further adjustment ofthe fine tuning control insert a 68-21 alignment wrenchinto the tuner (See Fig.11) and adjust each operatingchannel to resonance. It will be noted that tuning toone side of resonance results in a faded, washed-outpicture with the spacing between the wedge linesfogged and tuning in the opposite direction causes thespaces between the lines to clear up. However, goingbeyond this point causes the picture to take on a"wormy" appearance from sound getting into thepicture. Correct adjustment is obtained by tuningto the "wormy" picture and then backing the controloff slightly until the picture clears up.

Fig. 11 Bulls -eye Tuning Adjustment.

REMOVING TURRET TUNER1. Pull out the power and IF connector cables anddisconnect the antenna transmission line.

2. Look through the U shaped openingin the top of the tuner and rotate the fine tuning controluntil the allen head set screw (or paint mark on sometuners) is straight up.

3. Loosen (do not remove) the hex head set screwin the turret dial cord pulley assembly.

4. Slide the pulley towards the front of the chassisuntil it clears the fine tuning shaft.

5. Remove the four hex nuts and gently pull the tunerassembly straight out of its case.

REMOVING CHANNEL STRIPS1. To insure proper indexing, carefully note thechannel to which the receiver is tuned so that thetuner drum can be rotated back to this channel be-fore the unit is reassembled.

Zenith "L" Series, continued

2. Rotate the turret drum until the strip to be re-moved is readily accessible.

3. Insert a small screwdriver in the slot (See Fig.13).Push in the direction of arrow until the channel stripclears the drum slot then lift straight out in directionof screwdriver shaft. Some strips have a round holeinstead of a slot and a pointed tool is used in place ofthe screwdriver.

CAUTION: TO AVOID DAMAGE TO CHANNEL STRIPS,DO NOT USE PRYING ACTION IN REMOVING STRIPS.

Fig. 13 Removing Channel Strips.

REMOVING TURRET DRUM ASSEMBLY1. Use long nose pliers and remove the two turretshaft tension springs from the front and rear of thetuner assembly. Unsolder and slide the bronze turretshaft grounding springs out of their slots at the frontand rear of the tuner.

2. With a pair of long nose pliers, grasp the firstturn of the spiral index spring and lift spring offits hook. This takes pressure off the detent armand may cause the roller to fall out and become lost.

3. Slide the drum out of its slot. Reverse this pro-cedure to re -assemble the tuner.

Some of the component parts in the tuner cannot be re-placed without removing the fine tuning control andbracket assembly. This bracket can be removed asfollows:1. Unsolder the fine tuning capacitor lead.2. Loosen the Allen head set screw on the fine tuningshaft collar and remove fine tuning shaft.3. Remove the self tapping screw from the center topof the tuning capacitor mounting bracket, loosen thethree remaining screws and remove the bracket.

183



DOUBLE DELAYED GATED AGCIn order to obtain the best possible performance infringe and weak signal areas, it is important that theapplication of AGC voltage to the 6BK7A RF tube bewithheld until the signal level reaches approximately500 microvolts at the antenna input. The noise figureof the tuner will be optimized only under this condi-tion of no AGC voltage. To accomplish this, thecathode of the 6CB6 1st IF tube is approximately8 volts positive by virtue of the drop through thecathode resistor of the 6CB6 3rd IF. This voltageplus the voltage which results from current flowthrough the tube makes the grid of the 6CB6 1st IFapproximately 9.3 volts negative with respect to itscathode. It should be noted here that the bias voltagefor the 3rd IF is obtained across the 100 ohm portionof the cathode resistor only. The voltage at thejunction of the two resistors varies from 8 volts withno signal to 4 volts with strong signals. The 2nd IFtube is in series with the 1st IF tube and any changesin the plate current of the 1st IF tube will also changethe 2nd IF tube thus the 2nd IF tube is also controlledindirectly by the AGC.

Under weak signal conditions, the output of the AGCtube at point "E" is approximately 8 volts positive.This positive voltage however, does not reach thegrid of the 6BK7A because of the 2.2 megohm resistor.Actually the grid of this tube is slightly negativebecause of contact potential developed as a result ofthe high resistance in its grid circuit (2.2 megohms).The 8 volts positive voltage however, is applied tothe grid of the 6CB6 1st IF but because the cathodeis 9.3 volts positive the grid is actually 1.3 voltsnegative with respect to its cathode and AGC controlof the IF results under weak signal conditions.

When the receiver is used with normal signals, thesignal voltage applied to the grid of the AGC tubewill increase and as a result the output of the AGCtube will become 4 to 5 volts negative. This negativevoltage will be applied to the 6BK7A through the 2.2megohm resistor thus both the RF and IF stages willthen be controlled by the AGC.

With the application of a negative AGC voltage to the6BK7A tube under normal signal conditions, the noisefigure of the tuner will not be optimized as under weaksignal conditions, however, this is not a considerationwith normal signal levels.

AGC ADJUSTMENTS

IMPORTANT: 1HE AGC CONTROL CANNOT BE USEDIN ANY WAY TO IMPROVE THE RECEIVER SENSITI-VITY. The sole function of this control is to set thelevel applied to the video amplifier (12BY7) tube so thatthe output of this tube is approximately 100 volts peak(100% modulated video signal) for application to thepicture tube cathode.

184

The adjustment can also be made by connecting a cali-brated oscilloscope through a 10K isolation resistor, totest point "D" (See Fig.16) and, while receiving thestrongest TV signal adjust the AGC delay control for 2.5volts (2.75V on 19L26 and 28 models) peak output.Satisfactory adjustment can also be made by observingthe picture and slowly turning the AGC delay controlfrom its maximum clockwise position, counterclock-wise until a point is reached where the picture dis-torts and buzz is heard in the sound. The controlshould then be turned slowly clockwise and set at apoint comfortably below this level of intercarrierbuzz, picture distortion and improper sync.

CAUTION: Misadjustment of the AGC delay controlcan result in a washed-out picture, distorted picture,buzz in sound OR COMPLETE LOSS OF PICTUREAND SOUND.

ALIGNMENT

TO RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS

MODIFIED 5-15369MATCHING TRANSFORMER

HOOKED ENDFOR CONNECTINGTO VARIOUS GRIDS

470 MMFD.CERAMICCAPACITOR

5611.1/2 W 5%CARBONRESISTOR

GROUND DIRECTLYTO CHASSIS. DO NOTUSE LEADS.

SWEEP GENERATOROUTPUT CABLE

Fig. 15 IF-RF Alignment Fixtures

A suitable sweep generator in conjunction with anaccurate marker must be used for alignment work.It is very important to have the sweep generator out-put cable properly terminated and to check whetheror not its attenuator is reactive. If the attenuator isreactive or if the output cable is improperly ter-minated, correct alignment cannot be made since thedegree of attenuation then may change the shape aswell as the amplitude of the response curve. Theposition of the attenuator should only vary the ampli-tude and not the shape of the response curve.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT1. Connect the negative lead of a 2 volt battery supplyto terminal "E" (Fig.36 ) and the positive lead tochassis. The bias supply should be made variable sothat it can be varied from negative 3 volts to positive3 volts. Keep the supply leads short.

2. Connect the calibrated oscilloscope through a10,000 ohm isolation resistor between terminal "D"and chassis. The sweep generator input to the re-ceiver should be adjusted for 3 volts peak to peakdetector output. Do not exceed this output levelduring any of the adjustments.


T4 4th IFAND CRYSTAL

LI3-4 25MC TRA.

LI2-47 75mC TRAP

LI I-39.75MC TRAP


REMOVE TwO MOUNTING SCREWSAND LAY TUNER ON ITS SIDE.

TUBES AND ADJUSTMENT SLUGSARE THEN READILY ACCESSIBLE.

ON THOSE MODELS WHICH DO NOTHAVE 41.25MC STAMPED ON THECAN. LI I AND 1.13 ARE REVERSED

IF Alignment Guide.

3. Feed the output from the sweep generator throughthe special termination unit shown in Fig. 15 to point"C" (Pin 1 of 6CB6, 3rd IF). Adjust the generatoruntil a pattern similar to Fig. 17 is obtained.

4. Set the Marker Generator to 45.75 Mc and alter-nately adjust the top and bottom slugs of the 4thIF transformer for maximum gain with the 41.25 Mcand 45.75 Mc markers positioned as shown in fig. 17

Fig. 17 4th IF Response.

If the correct response curve cannot be obtained inthis step, check the position of the two slugs to seethat they are entering their respective coils from theopposite ends of the coil form. The position of theslugs near the center of the coils may change thecoefficient of coupling, making correct alignmentdifficult if not impossible.

4

5. Connect the sweep generator cable to terminal"A" (Mixer Grid). In this step it may be necessaryto temporarily reduce the bias to zero or even to goto a slightly positive voltage in order to see the highlyattenuated trap slots with the oscilloscope vertical gainnear maximum.

6. Adjust the 47.25 Mc, 41.25 Mc and 39.75 Mc trapsfor minimum marker amplitude (See Fig.I8 . It canbe seen that maximum oscilloscope gain has been usedand as a result the top of the response curve has been"run off" the oscilloscope screen in order to see a"blow-up" of the trap slots.

7. Readjust the bias to -2 volts and set the oscilloscopevertical gain to the calibrated position. Adjust thesweep generator for a 3 volt peak to peak output fromthe video detector.

Fig. 18 Exploded View of Trap. 185



Fig. 19 Overall IF Response.

8. With the test equipment set up as in Step 7, alter-nately adjust the 2nd IF, 3rd IF, 1st IF and the conver-ter plate coil until an overall response curve similar toFigl9is obtained. It will be found that the 2nd IF affectsthe low side (42.75 Mc) and the 3rd IF the high sideof the response curve. If the proper response curvecannot be obtained by an alternate adjustment of theabove trimmers, it may be necessary to retouch the4th IF transformer.

SOUND ALIGNMENTProper alignment of the 4.5 Mc intercarrier soundchannel can only be obtained if the signal to the re-ceiver antenna terminals is reduced to a level belowthe limiting point of the 6BN6 Gated Beam Detector.This level can be easily identified by the "hiss" whichthen accompanies the sound.

Various methods may be used to reduce the signallevel, however, it is recommended that a step atten-

Cot scoorTION

AAAAAAA SLUG

1411-121

Watt 11,0osc L L A Tom SLUG

CS

C

12454ItSSOtor um, CC.

0fir,letalke .0Y.60o" .0 IT scaJtt-.0ttr,

tr.05Skits?St -5

00../ G. sir DISC car 5000U1

wIT saw G. DISC CAIO 100D-1001000 5000

CI Nrs. Tot ho WINCISCI

CI

cIScot

4.06 NILX[1.1

MILL..1.nom.n4400.0000 6 IT CAN 5000StelDitt.tatt

47,5 N W EEN .06,/MO0LOLD 111.110 50.

StttOs 000 tOtMs °mu 0.4 ve w

N3NA

11

41.160663- A055.11511

3500 (11011 ror1/2 W SoO

Ts on ION oft wONM DS Ir

1. ONW 103.111 ut

SISIO

11,111211,01

Sl-I1411

0 0.1 WA oft wONSI 10% 011N

St 0050 100. 01

LIL

t:LS

t;LS010

S-1541)t0.4.DO..A10-4 fa5-1055520-4"IDS.>

0-000023.1.6.

FINAL ANT LIAO 4555,4,NT ruk.ND COILO 10.1 TUNING COIL.CODILINO COILOSC. Tow. COIL

iII 5,00.9 PINTO. CO, A5501

co, 05550r owiltToo-rILN <Aim). COILPINTO. .LOTS COIL 55504stuTIAL,Z.N4 co, .5.

186

cAScoos PLATS c0,1551w

I/

T0 DoorTJWI.T

swproo us,Wow,. str.C.T

t",°.14,Itra

I 6I.F.

L10

uator similar to the S-17203 unit be used for mostsatisfactory results. To prevent leakage, certainprecautions must be taken when connections are made.Use as short a lead as possible between the atten-uator and receiver antenna terminals and approxi-mately 6 feet of 300 ohm shielded line between theantenna transmission line and the attenuator. Theshield from the transmission line should be connectedto the attenuator and the attenuator itself grounded

to the TV chassis under test.

After the connections have been made, proceed asfollows:

1. Tune in a tone modulated TV signal and adjust thestep attenuator until the signal is reduced to a levelwhere "hiss" is heard with the sound.

2. Adjust the sound take -off coil L19 (top and bottomslugs), intercarrier coil L22, quadrature coil L23and buzz control R39 for the cleanest sound andminimum buzz. It must be remembered that any ofthese adjustments may cause the "hiss" to disappearand further reduction of the signal will be necessaryso that the "hiss" does not disappear during alignment.

If intercarrier buzz is in evidence, after all normalsound adjustments have been made, the cause may beattributed to one or more of the following:

1. Improper adjustment of the AGC delay control.

2. Defective 6AU6 sound limiter.

3. Extremely high signal levels which require atten-uation in the antenna circuit.

4. Transmitter over modulation.

L

6AU6AMPL.

IstNL ir- dc

111

C 44444 L ssAcrtT

L 7

Cl

6AF4OSC.

-/T_Nlt

Schematic Diagram 5-19670 Continuous Tuner.

LT

Too .00\eV,

.?'s Doff

NODSTONO

1.11.0T"t050IT

ot-oss

111

Lao

L30

111

:AB

LE

AN

TE

NN

A

C 8

940

MIA

F5% 5% 4 M

MF

1.31

C89

4016

.4F

5%

1.31

5% 40 m

hoC

89

111

111

V2

6U8

OS

C M

IXE

R

VI

6BK

7AR

F

VIS

6B06

GT

OR

660

6GH

OR

IZ O

UT

V6

1291

'7V

IDE

O A

MP

V14

6SN

7GT

1114

1MIS

CV

968

65S

OU

ND

OU

T

6AV

1073

GT

HO

RIZ

CO

NT

RO

L

V5

6C13

63R

D I

F

V4

6CB

62N

D IF

V3

6CB

61S

TI

F

V7

6AU

6S

OU

ND

LI

V8

6BN

6A

UD

IO D

ET

V19

I7 L

P4

PIX V12

6AH

4GT

VE

RT

OU

T

vi7

6A X

4GT

DA

MP

ER

VIO

1245

7A

G C

. VE

RT

VII

6BE

6S

YN

C C

LIP

O0

O0

0

V

O 0

O0

Ocz

470

MM

F

0 0 0 O 0

O 0

O 0

2 0

0

8.2

PL

I

L30

CI

400

MM

F F

TG

M V LI

C6

800

MM

F

L2

3L3 CS

100

UH

F

C4 II

01C

3R

2 5-

647

661

64F

2 2

MM

FV

IA5%

1/2

68 R. F

. 470

10%

CI 40

0F

T D

EN

OT

ES

FE

ED

UH

FT

HR

OU

GH

TY

PE

OF

F

CE

RA

MIC

CO

ND

EN

SE

RG

M V

02-5

%,H

8%4

WO

.0

-at

lyZ

u^t A

NT

EN

NA

R F

GR

ID

0 I5

V W

HE

NT

UN

ED

TO

UN

E C

HA

NN

EL

5830

OS

CIL

LAT

OR

FE

ED

FO

RU

HF

R4

R F

PLA

TE

226

VIB

1/2

6 B

KT

AR

. F.

,

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L.S

OC

KE

T

LC

680

0IO

WG

MV

L4 20,

R7

476

10%

wV

AR

IR

3i

2206

400

1R

614

64F

R5

FT

GM

VIR

K00

67

1100

10k

44.

MM

FF

T G

MV

SW

ITC

H O

NV

OLU

ME

CO

NT

RO

L.

117

VA

C

9

Ingr

rit,1

0CONVERTER

CIO

C8

GR

IDT

19M

MF

Ii

2 1/

2%

SU

E

100

,L7

V 2

A

MMCII

11/2

6U

8Fss

, lot .

.M

IXE

RL6

i15-

7 2

3.1

.16i

F

98 470

220

CI 40

0 M

MF

FT

GM

v

-4.IV

WIT

HR

EC

EIV

ER

TU

NE

DT

O C

HA

NN

EL

2-2

6V

WIT

HR

EC

EIV

ER

TU

NE

DT

O C

HA

NN

EL

13

C9 .7 -

3.0

MM

F V18

R34

5 U

4G10

0618

L.V

.R

ED

EC

T.

SLA

TE

/ B

RN

475

AM

PS

QR

N5,

01 A

MP

S7

400

MM

EF

T GM

V

R6

1006

10%

RIO 26

.10

%

II i -s

0I

i04

CO

- ,a

o.41

o. t

...m

a'.0

ccs'

-'co

o-

.1co ,_

,Iv

CD

0'1

3".

.1cs

1ts

.),-

-

0z0

(1)

00 .-

-«,

t--,

r -T

CO

I-4

I-4

1-3

't,U

1011

)o

escr

cl1-

,-.-

t\Dr)

U3

,72

()c;

o.,

coca

.-/

00co O

crs

o"c

0<

"0

0' 0

111:

1)N

co

(Dp

on,-

.,-

,-

`<rj

)i7

.0

't's

,...o

Cl-

C)

,-,

ti.,

(-r-

Z4'

ncl

0 P 0

"- O° 0

CO

'cn

,-.

(D°I

I

T9

CD

,..1

a27

50111

6-N

L -,

-1C

7380

LP, C

OLD

Pao

v0

- ,

",40

0 M

si F

D

1410

MM

F0.

5 M

MF

RI2 22

6

13 FIN

ET

IJN

IC

ON

TR

N

lh ,,

- 4

.10,

AU

ui: t

JO

SC

ILLA

TO

R

NR

CI2

LIO

55 M

MF

0.5

MM

Fv2

81/

2 6U

8O

SC

.

4M

MI

±5

MA

W

R1

106

10%

13ev

WIT

H R

EC

EIV

ER

TU

NE

DT

O C

HA

NN

EL

240

0 W

ITH

RE

CE

.VE

R T

UN

ED

TO

CH

AN

NE

L I!

I? O

Vv0

TH

RE

CE

IVE

R T

UN

ED

TO

CH

AN

NE

L 2

[21

0 V

WIT

HR

UIN

ER

TU

NE

DT

O C

HA

NN

EL

13

_25.

50 W

ITH

RE

CE

IVE

R T

UN

ED

TO

CN

AN

NE

L224

0 V

WIT

HR

EC

EIV

ER

TU

NE

DT

O C

NA

NN

E I.

I

1.

O*1

0ul

P0

PE

nm

CD

073

AD

41=

180

MF

D40

0 V


ZENITH 1954 "L" SeriesSchematic 19L25 & 19L27

Some of the models listedbelow use these chassis,and others use 19L26,19L28, 21L21, 22L20.See page 182 forchassis differences.

co

I=,LL.1

04

5 . 3 iC.)

2001

"4-4

C3550MMF

-4"411

-o :1

3

bA

0O

GD

a)

O

a)

O

IV7

6AU6SOUND LIM.

TI

t

L_

V3 V56CB6 6CB61ST I.F. 3RD I.F

CI5 - C661 Ci7470 7 6MMF MMF MMF

a Jf

8^L24

-I 5V

63733010%

CI

001

R6006

7t

L22

I I

a 361

60V L10MMF'InJ

R3BiOOK10%

ce

MMF

L12 L25

24

536

22 MEG

125V

5

929Ri4

%1056

RI368

2

V46CB62ND I.F.

SSA.470

1439

2039

R29106 1310%r -t

L_

4.

CI9

ye68N6

SOUND DISC.7 R40

6606

R39600BUZZCONTROL

39

5

65V

C3726 01M

84133

001 CI9001

ANC21 AAC19C2 330M1AFT 00147 10%

040

80MMF.1.7C3,1Fibt

10% *1

C39

047

R33220K10%

RI9

i 1206 10%AmAcig R19

I00110%120A /I494.

C22470 MAW10%

V96BK5

03I SOUND OUT.

01

1K

09

6

2396

4.9

11-1 45 5006VOL Callailv

+ 250 V

R2222010%

5

2

60

1316

CIS

T70IAMF

R22Re470 1.001c:g

2201 10%

-1- 250 V

GO

0%,

o40

:011147.10K'ADDED FORIRACHO TV'COMB! T1ONSONLY

T20

C73 CO30 MFD

Pf411;1-1400 V

40 MFD25 1.

R4B47010%

VIOA1/2 I2AX7

A.G.C.

SPi84910011

R302.7610%

C23

4AG C

DELAYCONTROL

T4

24

MM

811062610%

R747610%

C44 R54002 75

MEGFRINLOC

031101

4

MODEL

L1812E or RL1820E or R

188

I 3A1/2

V6A07GT

A.F.C.

C5256MMF10% c53 R72

6=F

T,439

2

0

gr;

3

R72I MEG10%

C54 =

VI4A

S

3B1/2Vt6A07GT

HORIZ. wr, C57CONTROL ei-a1

R751/2 65N7G

10%R72 R66 04 t

I MEG10%

R6447K10%

Abo 055

10%

C56

10%

100

3.7V 6

C54

R7347010%

L26HORIZ

HOLD

R74

106

C33

OSC

1500 MMFR4

226C59

1100 MMF10%

431.79

C60

001

MO

R76150610%

599 I

RI476

VI4B1/2 6SN7GT

HORIZ.2 DISCH.

C62 R66

2- 70 - MMF10%

`6B0 R634706

10%

R5230%

)

NOC63RIZDRIVETRIM.

VI 56 BQ6GT OF

H01-35V

L1846E or RL2229E or RL2235E or RL2236E or RL2258E or RL2259E or R

L2260RL2261E or HL2262CL2262RL2266RL2267E or H

L2270L2281 or EL2281RL2285RL2287RL2291E

L2571RL2572RL2573EL2574RL2575EL2592R

4 309

C64

04 1:rR77 <IBK10%

200 MAQIN.D

L2593HL2876EL2876RL2878RL2879EL2894HU


V612 BYT

VIDEO AMP.41.C30

33 MMFLI9 10"

R15 L20

R2833610%

R302.7610%

P2910610%

C82

0033

C3247AINF10%

R3IK

R6 '0iOOK10%

E8

R32156

NTRASNTROLT

R33

220K 10%

36

0 5

R33220K10% R35

R34TOOK

200K

°

10

V1921YP4..I 7LP4

P I X

6

4-5654

.003310%

ZENITH 1954 "L" Series

Schematic Diagram 19L25 & 19L27 Chassis.

TO H V

FOCUSADJUSTMENT

385V

VII6B E6

SYNC. CLIP234

5R5i

68060%

2159

EXENoiNo.ON FRINGE10( SITT1

i555 MEG

10%

VIOB1/2 I2AX7

R57 A-, C45 VERT. OSC.

33610%

2,011F-.

1

75MEGPOT

VERTICALSIZE

R6100610%

VI 26A H4GT

VE RT. OUT.

145

833.

220610%

=C48C85 001

033 100610% 10%

R6515610%

j 756

HOL 14760%4.4RI.C67' C47

33 220F0MM10%

4-250 V

RIRC4600110%

0%

C50

R66

100

R678 MEG

10%

82i5vR691500VERTLINEAR-

ITY

R971005%0

C28DD100 MFD50 v

LT6

C5I

T7

6010%

R76

10%

2

C2840MFD400 V

230V

R7I68010%

VERTDEFLEC-TIONCOILS

R 7e213k

46GT14

L37jI DTW

:ONTROL

10%

WHITE

4- 385 V

VI6I B3GT

H. V.RECT.

C28AD y.

4759

.14 RV TO 2NDANODE PI5 TUBE

T7

YELLOW

WHITEVRED

.05 c72.01

la%1. SLACK

C6I1-1=-0;00.5'

L 28 HORIZ, LIN.

V17 TcxL36 6AX4GT

DAMPER5 2499

450v

C

POWER SUPPLY110 Volts - 60 Cycles AC

19L Series 185 Watts21L Series 225 Watts22L Series 255 Watts

C6615107,

R81336

FINISHE - BlondeR - MahoganyH - CherryC - Copper Tone

* NOTE ON MODEL 19L28 CHASSIS645 63-2777 BECOMES R9663- 2838 VI9 17LP4 BECOMES2IYP4

NOTESALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED.ALL VOLTAGES ARE DC UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDALL DC VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLT-

METER HAVING II MEGOHM INPUT RESISTANCE.ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO BE MADE WITH NO SIGNAL

PRESENT NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS 8, CHANNEL SELEC-TOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISESPECIFIED

ALL RESISTORS 20% TOLERANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCE !.20% UNLESS OTHERWISE

SPECIFIEDRESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED

FROM CIRCUITCOIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE OHMCATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WITH

ELECTROSTATIC OR 20K MIN OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGEMETER.

ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

ALIGNMENT

O POINTS CIRCLED ALPHABETS INDICATE ALIGNMENT ANDTEST POINTS

Mahog. 189


ZENITH 1954 "L" Series, continued

190

AUDIODET.

V3

6CB6) 1ST. I.F.

OSC.

.V4

16C136;2ND I.F.

V5 ';3RDt6CB6;

.... ........

VI9I7LP4 OR 2IYP4

PICTURE TUBE

(FRINGE LOCKGATE ).

VII 4%

6BE6** ..

SYN

*

VAMIDEP PIN*I I

VERTICAL CIRCUIT .4. ««..HORIZONTAL CIRCUIT

Signal Path Chart

AFFECTS PICTUREAND SOUND

GI E.

I2AX7 SOUND OUT-%iyag.. PUTVERT -1°

OUT.

TOVERT.YOKE

TO HORI Z. YOKE DISCHARGE

DAMPER

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

SOUND CIRCUITCOMPOSITE VIDEO*******

Signal Path Chart 19L Series Receivers.

This signal path chart can be used for quickly isolating theparticular section of the receiver where trouble is suspected.As an example, if the set under test has video but no sound, thechart will indicate that the sound signal alone is handled by V8and V9, and so the trouble must lie in one of these sections.The AGC tube (V10A) affacts both picture and sound. In usingthis chart reference should be made to the main circuit shownon pages 187 and 188-189.


IndexAdmiral Corp.19A2 1519B219D219E219J119L119P1195122F222G222M222N222P222R2121UDX12122DX12122UDX12221UDX16L221UDX17L222DX15B222DX16B222DX17B222DX27B2220DX15222UDX16222UDX17321UDX15L3210DX16L322DX16A3220DX16TU1811TU1812TU1822TU2212C2215CU2215T2215TU2215C2216CO2216H2216H02216K2216KU2216T2216TU2216C2217CO2217H2217H02217K2217KU2217T2217TU2217T2218TU2218702222T02226C2236CO2236C2237CO2237

15151515151515555

55

5

155

5

151555

55

55

5

151555

1515151515151515151515151515151515151515151515151515151515151515

Arvin Industries.7E358-1 19TE359 19TE363-1 19

Under each manufacturer's name are listed that make chassisand models in numerical order, at left. The corresponding pagenumber at right of each listing refers to the first page of each sec-tion dealing with such material.

Arvin (cont.)TE364921092129216921892199240

19191919191919

Crosley Corp.F-17COBH 23F-17COBU 23F-17COMHF-17COMUF-17TOBHF-17TOBUF-17TOLBHF-17TOLBUF-17TOLHF-17TOLUF-17TOMHF-17TOMUF-21CDBHF-21CDBUF-21CDIMHF-21CDLBUF-21CDLHF-21CDLUF-21CDMHF-21CDMUF-21COBHF-21COBUF-21COLBHF-21COLBUF-21COLHF-21COLUF-21COMHF-21COMUF-21TOBHF-21TOBUF-21TOLBHF-21TOLBUF-21TOLHF-21TOLUF-21TOMHF-21TOMU402, 402-1403, 403-1404, 404-1405, 405-1410, 410-1

232323232323232323232323232323232323232323232323232323232323232323232323232323

Du Mont Labs,RA -306 31RA -307 31

Emerson Radio732G 37741F742E757D760D,762D7 67A771A,773A781A, 781B784E, 784G785K

453745

760H 373737

7710 3737454545

Emerson (cont.)120182D 45120185B 37120190D 37120191D 37120192B 37120192D 37120195D 45120196B 45120197B 45120197D 45

General -ElectricEE21C22521C33321T721T821T2021T21

Hallicrafters21K200B21K201B21K210M215211M215220B21K221B21K230M21K231M24K240B,-M24K241B,-M27K250B,-M27K251B,-MA1400D81400DC14000D1400D

Hoffman7B1417M140215144,-021B318, -U218719,-U21M143, -U21M317,-021M317,-021M718,-021P145, -U21P720, -U300-17300-21

47474747474747

53535353535353535353535353535353

59595959595959595959595959

Motorola, Inc.17517,-B 7217T15A,-AE 7217T16, -B 72Y17K17,-B 72Y17T15A,-AE 72Y17T16,-B 7221C1BD, 6921C1BDY 6921C1BY,-D 6921C1DY,-Y 69

21C2, -B 7221F2F,-FB 6921F2FBY 69

Motorola (cont.)21F2FY,-Y 6921F3BD 6921F3BDY21F3BY,-D21F3DY,-Y21F5. -B21K4AY,-BD21K4BDY21K4BY,-C21K4CB21K4CBY21K4CW21K4CWY21K4CY,-D21K4DY,-WD21K4WDY21K4WY,-Y21K5BD21K5BDY21K5BY,-D21K5DY,-Y21K6D,-DY21K6Y21K7D,-DY21K7Y21K9, -Y21K1021K10B,-BY21K10Y21511, -B21K11BY,-Y21K12A,-AB21K12WA2151321514, -B2151521516, -W2151721T4ACY21T7, -B21T7BY,-Y21T8A,-AE21T11, -B21T11WY21C2,-BY21F5, -BY21K12AY21K12ABY21K12WAY21K13,-BY21K14,-BY21K15Y21K16,-WY21K17Y21T8A,-AEY21T11,-BY21T11W2451, -B2452, -B2453, -WY24K1,-BY24K2,-BY24K3,-W2752, -B27K3Y27K2,-BY27K3

696969726969696969696969696969696969696969

6969696969696969727272727272726969697272727272727272727272727272727263636363636363636363

MotorolaTS-292AYTS -292BTS -292CTS-292CYTS -292YVTS-292BVTS-292BYVTS-292CVTS-292CYVTS-292YWTS-292WTS-292B,-BYWTS-292C,-CYWTS-292YTS -402TS -402YVTS-402, -YTS -502TS -502YTTS-502,-YVTS-502,-YWTS-502,-YTS -602TS -602Y

Muntz TV178117B2171017B417B517B637A2317T2321T1321T22053-A2054-A2055 -A, -B2056-A2158-A2159-A2162-A2457-A2461-A

(c ont .)

696969696969696969696969696972727272727272726363

77777777777777777777777777777777777777

Olympic Radio17C57 8317555 83175101 8317T56 83TM -17 8321065 8321068 8321C72 8321C73 8321060 8321064 8321561 8321562 8321K63B 83

21T58 8321T69 8321T70 8321T74 83TN -21 83TNA-21 83

191


Packard -Bell Philco, (cont.) Itytheon Stewart -Warner + Westinghouse ++2040 85 R -191U 98 21T8 127 21T -9300R 143 H-784KU21 1692041 85 R -192U 98 24T2 127 21T-9300RB 143 H -785K21 1692042 85 D-194 98 UM -2133A 127 21T -9300S 143 H-785KU21 1692043 85 R-194 98 UM -2134A 127 21T -9300T 143 H -786K21 1692044 85 R -194U 102 UM -2135A 127 24C-9360 143 H-786KU21 1692141 85 D-201 105 UM -2136A 127 24C-9370 143 H -787K21 1692142 85 R-201 105 UM -2139A 127 27C-9310 143 H-787KU21 1692143,2144 85 D-202 105 UM -2141A 127 27C-9350 143 H -788C21 169

R-202 105 UM -2142A 127 H-788CU21 169Philco Corp. D-204 105 UM -2144A 127 Stromberg- H -789C21 16918B3000 96 R-204 105 UM -2145A 127 Carlson H-789CU21 169188133000 96 UC-2403A 127 621A 153 H -790C21 1691883001 96 RCA Victor UC-2404A 127 622 153 H-790CU21 169188173001 96 17S349 115 UC-2405A 127 624, -RP 153 H -791K21 16918B3002 102 178350,-U 115 UC-2406A 127 625, -RP 153 H-791KU21 169188133002 102 178351,-U 115 H -792K21 16918B3100188113100

9696

178352U178360,-U

115115

Sentinel Radio Sylvania Elect. H-792KU21H -794C21

169169500 135 1-514-1 159

18B3102 102 178361,-U 115 510 135 1-514-3 159 H-794CU21 16918811310218B3104188113104188340818811340822B4000

10210910910210296

17T301, -U17T302, -U17T310, -U21D305, -U21D317, -U21D326, -U

115115115121121121

511512513515532542

135135135135135135

1-514-4 1591-518-1 1641-518-2 1641-518-3 1641-520-1 159& -3,-4,-7,-8

H -795T27H-795TU27H -810T17H-810TU17H -815T24H-815TU24

169169169169169169

228114000 96 21D327, -U 121 552, 554 135 105-14 159 H -817K24 16922B4002 102 21D328, -U 121 562, 564 135 120-20 159 H-817KU24 169228114002 102 21D329, -U 121 175-18 164 V-2240-1 16922B4004 102 21D330, -U 121 Spar ton 300 159 V-2240-2 169228174004 102 21D358, -U 121 139 320 159 V-2243-1 16921S173A2284008 109 21D368, -U 121 21S214 139 325 159 V-2247-1 169225U400822B4100

10996

21D376, -U21D377, -U

121121

24U17424U213

139139

326 159372 164

V-2249-1V-2250-1

169169

22BU4100 96 21D378, -U 121 139 373 16422B4102 102 21D379, -U 121 11322A 139 375 164 Zenith Radio228114102 102 21D380, -U 121 11324A 139 376 164 L Series 18122B4106 102 218354,-U 111 15312A 139 377 164 19L25 181228114106 102 218362,-U 111 15314A 139 19L26 1812284108 109 21T303, -U 115 20312 139 True tone, 19L27 181228114108 109 21T313, -U 115 20313 139 Western Auto 19L28 18122B4109HM 102 21T314, -U 115 21322, -A 139 21L21 1812D1330A 178228114109HM 102 21T315, -U 115 21324 139 2D1331A 178 22L20 18122B4110 109 21T316, -U 115 31322 139 2D1336A 178 L1812E,-R 1882280411022B41502284301

10910296

21T322, -U21T323, -U21T324, -U

115115115

323243332234324

139139139

2D1345A 1782D1352A see 1432D1353A see 143

L1820E,-RL1846E,-RL2229E,-R

188188188

22B4302 102 21T356U 111 35342 139 2D2334A 178 L2235E,-R 18822811430222B43032281143032284304223U430422B4306

1029696102102102

21T363, -U21T364, -U21T365, -U21T372, -U21T373, -U21T374, -U

111111111111111111

353433634236343503125031458112

139139139139139139

WestinghouseL2236E,-RL2258E,-RL2259E,-RL2260RL2261E,-HL2262C,-R

188188188188188188

H -765T17 169H-765TU17 169H -766T17 169H-766TU17 169

228174306 102 21T375, -U 111 58114 139 H -770T21 169 L2266R 1882284307HM 102 KCS-78 115 H-770TU21 169 L2267E,-H 18822BU4307HM 102 KCS-78B 115 Stewart -Warner H -771T21 169 L2270 18822B4308 109 KCS-78F 115 21C -9300E 143 H-771TU21 169 L2281, -E 188228114308 109 KCS-78H 115 21C -9300F 143 H -772K21 169 L2281R 1882284400W 102 KCS-78J 115 21C -9300G 143 H-772KU21 169 L2285R 188228114400W 102 KCS-81 121 21C -9300K 143 H -773K21 169 L2287R 18822B4402 102 KCS-81B 121 21C-9300KB 143 H-773KU21 169 L2291E 18822BU4402 102 KCS-81D 121 21C -9300L 143 H -774K21 169 L2571R 18822B4404 109 KCS-81E 121 21C-9300LB 143 H-774KU21 169 L2572R 18822B4405 109 KCS-81F 121 21C -9300M 143 H -775K21 169 L2573E 18822B4406 109 KCS-81J 121 21C-9300MB 143 H-775KU21 169 L2574R 18824B6002 102 KCS-82 115 21C -9300P 143 H -776T21 169 L2575E 18824B6104 102 KCS-82B 115 21T -9300A 143 H-776TU21 169 L2592R 188D-181 87 KCS-83 111 21T-9300AA 143 H -782K21 169 L2593H 188R-181 87 KCS-83B 111 21T -9300B 143 H-782KU21 169 L2876E,-R 188R -181U 87 KCS-83C 111 21T -9300D 143 H -783K21 169 L2878R 188D-191 98 KCS-83D 111 21T -9300H 143 H-783KU21 169 L2879E 188R-191 98 KCS-83E 111 21T-9300HA 143 H -784K21 169 L2894HU 188

192

+

.,._'&,.. ' t,,.1-1,-.- - , - t..°` ''',,!,ft,:02..kr-.--.: :-.--,-..--- c-

, .,-.:_ _-,-

A

Another

Supreme Publications

Service Manual

Supreme Publications are Available at All Leading Parts Jobbers

1954 Television - World Radio History

Documents

Transcript of 1954 Television - World Radio History